K. Nishikawa M.

Wakatani

Plasma Physics
Basic Theory
with Fusion Applications

Second, Corrected Edition

With 80 Figures

Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg GmbH

 Professor Kyoji Nishikawa
Hiroshima University, Faculty of Science,
1-1-89 Higashisenda-machi, Hiroshima 730, Japan

Professor Masahiro Wakatani

Plasma Physics Laboratory, Kyoto University,
Kyoto, Japan

The first edition appeared as

Springer Series in Atoms and Plasmas, Vol. 8

ISBN 978-3-540-56854-4 ISBN 978-3-662-03068-4 (eBook)

DOI 10.1007/978-3-662-03068-4

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data

Nishikawa, K. (Kyoji) Plasma physics: basic theory with fusion applications 1 K. Nishikawa, M. Wakatani. - 2nd,
corr. ed.
p. cm.
Includes bibliographical references and index.

I. Plasma (Ionized gases) 2. Controlled fusion. I. Wakatani,Masahiro. II. Title. QC718.N57 1993 530.4'4-
dc20 93-36463 CIP
This work is subject to copyright. All rights are reserved, whether the whole or part of the material is concerned,
specifically the rights of translation, reprinting, reuse of illustrations, recitation, broadcasting, reproduction on
microfilms or in any other way, and storage in data banks. Duplication ofthis publication or parts thereof is permitted
only under the provisions of the German Copyright Law of September 9, 1965, in its current version, and permission
for use must always be obtained from Springer-Verlag. Violations are liable for prosecution under the German
Copyright Law.
© Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg 1990, 1994
Originally published by Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg New York in 1994.

The use of general descriptive names, registered names, trademarks, etc. in this publication does not imply, even in
the absence of a specific statement, that such names are exempt from the relevant protective laws and regulations
and therefore free for general use.
54/3140 - 5 4 3 2 I 0 - Printed on acid-free paper
Preface to the Second Edition

The first edition of this text has sold steadily and received much praise from the
scientific community. The new edition has given us the opportunity - apart from
correcting a few misprints - to add some important material which was missing
in the first edition. Following the suggestion of Dr. H. Lotsch, Springer-Verlag,
we have presented the new material in the form of additional problems, which
serve to guide the reader step by step towards thorough comprehension of the
subject.
Last but not least, we would like to acknowledge all those who have helped
us to perfect this new edition and to bring it within the reach of students in the
form of a paperback.

September, 1993 Kyoji Nishikawa

Masahiro Wakatani

v
 Preface to the First Edition

The physics of fully ionized high temperature plasmas has made remarkable
progress in the past two decades. This progress has been achieved mainly in
connection with research into methods of controlling high temperature plasmas
in large tokamak machines.
"Tokamak" is a generic name for the axisymmetric, toroidal, magnetic con-
finement devices used to produce high temperature plasmas and to stably confine
them by means of a strong magnetic field. The purpose of such confinement is
to yield a substantial amount of nuclear fusion inside the plasma. Investigations
of high temperature plasmas using these machines, as well as others built for
more fundamental research, have revealed numerous interesting properties char-
acteristic of collision-free systems with collective electromagnetic interactions.
The basic theory of these properties was established at an early stage of plasma
physics research, and several excellent introductory textbooks have been pub-
lished on these subjects. Books on more advanced topics, such as those dealing
with the various nonlinear responses of high temperature plasmas to an external
disturbance, also abound. More recently, some useful books devoted to specific
applications of plasma physics, such as tokamak plasmas, laser-produced plas-
mas, and space plasmas, have been published. To our knowledge, however, no
standard books are available which start from the very basic theory of high
temperature plasmas and subsequently deal with its applications to present-day
nuclear fusion plasma research in a self-contained manner. As a result, many
students who want to study plasma physics and/or nuclear fusion research ap-
pear to encounter difficulties in understanding the relation between the emphasis
in basic plasma physics and actual fusion plasma physics. This book is written
with the aim of filling this gap by consolidating basic plasma physics and its
applications to present-day nuclear fusion research.
We originally intended to intertwine the basic plasma physics with the ap-
plications to nuclear fusion research. However, on the advice of the editors, we
finally decided to separate the basic plasma physics from the applications. This
was done in consideration of the fact that there may be many readers who are
interested in plasma physics itself, but not so much in nuclear fusion research.
The book is therefore divided into two rarts: Part I, Basic Theory, and Part II,
Applications to Fusion Plasmas.
Since the plasma physics of nuclear fusion research is making daily progress,
it is not an easy task to describe the most recent advances in this field. We

VII
thus decided to present only those subjects or theories which are more-or-less
established and to avoid those which are still controversial. Some of the hot topics
in the field are intentionally omitted since they are described in other literature
(e.g. review articles). We intend the present book to be an introduction which
will enable the reader to understand literature on the more advanced topics.
The main body of Part I was written by Nishikawa, the part dealing with mag-
netohydrodynamics by Wakatani. In Part II, the sections dealing with magnetic
confinement were written by Wakatani and those dealing with inertial confine-
ment are by Nishikawa. The entire text was then integrated by Nishikawa.
We are grateful to the staff of Springer-Verlag, particularly Dr. H. Lotsch and
Dr. A.M. Lahee, for suggesting to us that we write this book and patiently assist-
ing us in the writing of the manuscript We are highly obliged to Dr. N. Aristov,
the copy-editor of Sprioger-Verlag, who carefully read the manuscript and cor-
rected our English. Moreover, she gave us much advice on how to present the
material. Our secretaries, Miss Yuko Utsumi of the Plasma Physics Laboratory,
Kyoto University, and Miss Saeko Fujioka of the Faculty of Science, Hiroshima
University, have generously spent their precious time in typing our manuscript.
Without their devoted effort our book would not have been completed.

Hiroshima, Kyoto K. Nishikawa

February 1990 M. Wakatani

VIII
Contents

1. Introduction 1

Part I Basic Theory

2. Basic Properties of Plasma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

2.1 Plasma Condition .................................... 6
2.2 Ideal Plasma ........................................ 7
2.3 Individual Motion and Collective Motion ................ 10
2.4 Types of Plasmas .................................... 11
Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

3. Individual Particle Motion ................................ 14

3.1 General Relations .................................... 14
3.2 Cyclotron Motion .................................... 15
3.2.1 Guiding Center ............................... 17
3.2.2 Adiabatic Invariant ............................ 17
3.2.3 Magnetic Moment ............................. 18
3.2.4 Magnetic Mirror .............................. 18
3.2.5 Magnetic Mirror Trap .......................... 18
3.2.6 Pitch Angle .................................. 19
3.2.7 Longitudinal Invariant ......................... 19
3.3 Drift Across a Magnetic Field .......................... 19
3.3.1 Drift Velocity ................................ 19
3.3.2 E x B Drift ................................. 20
3.3.3 Curvature Drift ............................... 21
3.3.4 Gradient B Drift .............................. 22
3.4 Motion in an Oscillating Electric Field .................. 24
3.4.1 Polarization Drift ............................. 23
3.4.2 Magnetic Field Effect .......................... 23
3.4.3 Cyclotron Resonance .......................... 24
3.4.4 Ponderomotive Force .......................... 24
3.4.5 Magnetic Field Effect .......................... 25
3.5 Coulomb Collisions .................................. 26
3.5.1 Differential Cross Section ...................... 27
3.5.2 Cumulative Small-Angle Scattering ............... 28

IX
 3.5.3 Coulomb Logarithm .......................... . 30
3.5.4 Collision Frequencies and Relaxation Times ...... . 30
3.5.5 Effective Collision Frequency .................. . 34
3.6 Relativistic Effects .................................. . 35
Problems .............................................. . 55

4. Formulation of Plasma Theory ........................... . 39

4.1 The r -Space Description
(Klimontovich System of Equations) ................... . 40
4.2 The {l-Space Description
(Boltzmann-Vlasov System of Equations) ............... . 42
4.3 Drift Kinetic Theory ................................ . 44
4.4 Two-Fluids Theory .................................. . 47
4.5 Resistive Magnetohydrodynamics (MHD) ............... . 52
Problems .............................................. . 55

5. Electrostatic Response .................................. . 56

5.1 Debye Shielding .................................... . 57
5.1.1 Debye Potential ............................... . 57
5.1.2 Physical Picture of Debye Shielding ............. . 58
5.2 Electron Plasma Oscillation ........................... . 59
5.3 Two-beam Instability ................................ . 62
5.4 Ion Acoustic Waves ................................. . 65
5.5 Drift Waves ....................................... . 68
5.5.1 Diamagnetic Current .......................... . 68
5.5.2 Diamagnetic Drift Velocity in the Slab Model ..... . 69
5.5.3 Drift Waves in the Slab Model ................. . 70
5.5.4 Properties of the Drift Wave ................... . 73
5.6 Nonlinear Waves ................................... . 74
5.6.1 K-dV Equation for Ion Acoustic Waves .......... . 74
5.6.2 Nonlinear Electron Plasma Waves ............... . 76
Problems 79
6. Kinetic Theory ......................................... . 82
6.1 Linearized Vlasov Equation .......................... . 82
6.2 Linear Electrostatic Response in Isotropic Plasma ......... . 83
6.3 Landau Damping ................................... . 87
6.3.1 Resonant Particles and Nonresonant Particles ...... . 87
6.3.2 Effect of Resonant Particles on Electric Susceptibility 88
6.3.3 Mathematical Formulation of Landau Damping .... . 90
6.3.4 Physical Mechanism .......................... . 92
6.3.5 Kinetic Instabilities ........................... . 92
6.4 Electrostatic Response in Magnetized Plasma ............ . 93
6.5 Collisionless Drift Wave Instability .................... . 97
6.6 Trapped Particle Effects and Quasilinear Effects .......... . 99

x
 6.6.1 Bounce Frequency ........................... . 99
6.6.2 Bernstein-Greene-Kruskal (BGK) Waves ......... . 100
6.6.3 Quasilinear Effects ........................... . 102
6.7 Source and Noise Level .............................. . 105
6.8 Collision Integral ................................... . 108
Problems .............................................. . 114

7. General Theory of Linear Waves ......................... . 116

7.1 Source and Response ................................ . 116
7.2 Dielectric Tensor and the Dispersion Relation in a
Uniform Plasma .................................... . 118
7.3 Cold Plasma Model ................................. . 122
7.3.1 Unmagnetized Plasma ........................ . 124
7.3.2 Parallel Propagation .......................... . 125
7.3.3 Perpendicular Propagation ..................... . 126
7.3.4 Oblique Propagation .......................... . 128
7.4 Wave Energy and Momentum ......................... . 128
7.4.1 Wave Energy Equation ........................ . 128
7.4.2 Wave Momentum ............................ . 132
7.4.3 Action ..................................... . 133
7.4.4 Non-uniformity Effect ........................ . 133
Problems 134

8. Parametric Excitation and Mode Coupling ................. . 136

8.1 Mathieu Equation Model ............................. . 136
8.1.1 The Case of Wo ~ 2no ........................ . 137
8.1.2 The Case of wo ~ no ......................... . 138
8.1.3 Effect of Damping ........................... . 140
8.2 Coupled-Mode Parametric Excitation ................... . 140
8.2.1 Dispersion Relation .......................... . 141
8.2.2 Uniform or Dipole Pump: ko = 0 ............... . 143
8.2.3 Stimulated Scattering ......................... . 144
8.3 Coupled Electron Plasma Wave and Ion Acoustic
Wave Parametric Excitation .......................... . 145
8.3.1 Electromagnetic Pump ........................ . 145
8.3.2 Stimulated Scattering ......................... . 149
8.4 Nonlinear Wave-Particle Interaction - Nonlinear
Landau Damping of an Electron Plasma Wave ........... . 150
8.5 Condensation and Collapse of Langmuir Waves .......... . 151
Problems .............................................. . 153

XI
 Part II Applications to Fusion Plasmas

9. Plasma Confinement for Fusion .......................... . 156

9.1 Principle of Thennonuclear Fusion ..................... . 156
9.1.1 D-D Reaction ............................... . 156
9.1.2 D-T Reaction ............................... . 158
9.1.3 Ignition Condition ........................... . 159
9.1.4 Lawson Criterion ............................ . 160
9.2 Magnetic Confinement and Heating of Plasmas ........... . 162
9.2.1 Open-End Confinement ....................... . 162
9.2.2 Toroidal Confinement ......................... . 164
9.2.3 Tokamak ................................... . 165
9.2.4 Reversed Field Pinch and Spheromak ............ . 166
9.2.5 Helical System (Stellarator/Heliotron) ............ . 168
9.3 Inertial Confinement and Compression of Plasma ......... . 170

10. Ideal Magnetohydrodynamics ............................ . 173

10.1 Basic Equations .................................... . 173
10.2 MHD Equilibrium .................................. . 178
10.3 Interchange Instability ............................... . 186
10.4 Rayleigh-Taylor Instability ........................... . 194
10.5 Current Driven Instability (I) ......................... . 197
10.6 MHD Waves ....................................... . 200
Problems 204

11. Resistive Magnetohydrodynamics ......................... . 205

11.1 Reduced MHD Equations ............................ . 205
11.1.1 Slab Geometry .............................. . 205
11.1.2 Toroidal Geometry ........................... . 207
11.2 Tearing Mode Instability and Magnetic Islands ........... . 211
11.3 Current Driven Instability (II) ......................... . 216
11.4 Ballooning Instability ............................... . 219
11.5 Resistive Interchange and Rippling Modes .............. . 222
11.6 Disruptive Instability ................................ . 226
11.7 Driven Magnetic Reconnection ........................ . 231
11.8 Self-Organization ................................... . 234
Problems .............................................. . 239

12. Wave-Plasma Interactions ............................... . 240

12.1 Waves in Non-unifonn Plasma ........................ . 240
12.1.1 The Eikonal Approximation .................... . 240
12.1.2 The Local Dispersion Relation ................. . 241
12.1.3 Geometrical Optics ........................... . 241
12.1.4 The Eigenvalue Problem ...................... . 241

XII
 12.1.5 Absolute vs Convective Instabilities .............. 244
12.2 Accessibility of Waves in Magnetized Plasmas ............ 244
12.3 RF Control of Magnetized Plasmas ..................... 251
12.4 Laser-Plasma Interaction .............................. 253
Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

13. Transport Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

13.1 General Properties of Collisional Transport ............... 256
13.2 Neoclassical Transport in Axisymmetric
Toroidal Configurations ............................... 260
13.3 Neoclassical Transport in Nonaxisymmetric
Magnetic Confinement ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
13.4 Convective Cell and Associated Transport ................ 271
13.5 Drift Wave Turbulence and Associated Transport .......... 274
13.6 MHD Turbulence and Associated Transport .............. 278
Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

14. Progress in Fusion Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

14.1 A Brief History of Tokamak Research ................... 282
14.2 Progress in Other Magnetic Confinement Research ......... 287
14.3 Progress in Inertial Confinement Research ................ 291
14.4 Plasma Physics Toward Fusion Reactors ................. 293
A. Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
A.l Problems to Part I Basic Theory ........................ 299
A.2 Problems to Part II Applications to Fusion Plasmas ........ 310

References ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323

SUbject Index ............................................... 331

XIII
1. Introduction

The three states of matter, solid, liquid and gas, are well-known to us. As the
temperature is elevated, solid is liquefied and liquid is evaporated to form a
gaseous state. If we further increase the temperature, the molecules constituting
the gas are decomposed into atoms and the atoms are then decomposed into
electrons and positively charged ions. The degree of ionization increases as the
temperature rises. For the case of hydrogen gas at normal pressure, the ionization
becomes almost complete at about (2 ,..... 3) x 104 K. The ionized gas formed
in this way is called high-temperature plasma. It consists of a large number
of negatively charged light electrons and positively charged heavy ions, both
electrons and ions moving with high speed corresponding to high temperature.
The net negative charge of the electrons cancels the net positive charge of the
ions in the plasma. This is called the overall charge neutrality of the plasma.
There are other types of plasmas, such as the electron gas in metals and
the plasma inside stars, which are formed by the quantum effect due to high
densities. In this book we shall not deal with such plasmas, but restrict ourselves
to the fully ionized high temperature plasmas which will be simply referred to
as plasmas; these are the plasmas which are of relevance to present mainstream
research on controlled thermonuclear fusion.
Historically, plasma research was initiated by studies of gas discharges. In
1929, Tonks and Langmuir observed an electric oscillation in a rarefied gas dis-
charge [1.1]. They referred to this oscillation as "plasma oscillation". Since then
the word "plasma" has been used to represent a conducting gas. Because it has
properties which are quite different from those of ordinary neutral gas, the plasma
state is often called the fourth state of matter, distinct from the previously known
three states of matter, solid, liquid, and gas.
Experimental research on plasmas had made little progress over more than
a quarter of this century because of difficulties in controlling them. They often
show unexpected behavior which is hardly reproducible due to the presence of
complicated atomic processes and the governing boundary conditions. On the
other hand, the plasma state has received considerable attention from theoreti-
cians. A gaseous system consisting of a large number of charged particles cannot
be treated by the standard theory of gases based on the expansion in powers of the
density. The difficulties are due to the long range character of the Coulomb inter-
actions which intrinsically requires many-body correlation effects. A number of
theoretical efforts have been devoted to a formulation which properly takes into
account the many-body effects. The works by Vlasov, Landau, Mayer, Balescu,
 Lenard and Guernsey [1.2-7] will be specifically mentioned here. A theoretical
model, treating plasma in a strong magnetic field as a continuous electromagnetic
fluid (magnetohydrodynamics or MHD), has also been established by Alfven [1.8]
and others [1.9,10].
Progress in plasma research has revealed that plasma is an active medium
which exhibits a wide variety of nonlinear phenomena. Response to an external
disturbance in a plasma is typically represented by excitation of a wave or a
collective motion of charged particles which is a result of the long range character
of the Coulomb interaction. Since collisional dissipation effects are weak in high
temperature plasmas, the excited waves can easily grow to a high level and
exhibit a variety of nonlinear behavior. Thus plasma physics is a field of active
research on nonlinear physics [1.11-15].
Progress in plasma physics emerged in the second half of this century, mo-
tivated by two very important applications: space exploration and thermonuclear
fusion. In the 1940s, radio-astronomers discovered that more than 99% of the
universe is in a plasma state. Since the first Sputnik spacecraft was launched in
1954 into an orbit circling the earth, a number of space probes have been used to
collect data on the earth's magnetosphere. This information has disclosed that the
space outside the earth is not just a void but is filled with an active dilute plasma
of energetic charged particles. This plasma exhibits many interesting physical
phenomena such as the interaction of the solar wind plasma with the earth's
magnetic field, particle acceleration and trapping, wave excitation and propaga-
tion, etc. The solar system is now considered to be the primary laboratory in
which a rich variety of plasma processes can be studied [1.16,17]. Controlled
thermonuclear fusion research was started in the early 1950s. In the beginning,
it was conducted as classified research. Declassification took place in 1958 at
the second Geneva Conference on the Peaceful Use of Atomic Energy [1.18].
Since then thermonuclear fusion research has been carried out with active in-
ternational collaboration. Various ideas for controlling high temperature plasmas
had been proposed by 1960, but the experiments showed unexpected difficulties
in controlling plasmas until the results of the USSR T-3 tokamak were reported
in 1968 [1.19]. They showed a dramatic improvement in plasma confinement
and promising scaling properties. Since then a large number of tokamaks has
been constructed allover the world and a substantial amount of experimental
data have been accumulated. Concurrently, extensive theoretical and computa-
tional efforts have been devoted to plasma equilibrium, stability, transport, and
heating with specific application to tokamak devices. Thus the recent progress in
fusion-oriented plasma physics has largely depended on tokamak research. An-
other field of plasma physics that has also evolved is that of inertial confinement
fusion which requires the compression of a plasma to very high densities, as high
as those in the center of the sun.
The present book aims to be a comprehensive textbook for a graduate level
plasma physics course relevant to thermonuclear fusion research. The prereq-
uisites are a knowledge of mechanics, electromagnetism, fluid dynamics, and
applied mathematics, which are normally taught at the undergraduate level for

2
 majors in physics and engineering. This work is also intended to be an introduc-
tion to fusion theory which should allow the reader to understand review articles
on specific subjects of fusion research.
The book consists of two parts: Part I, Basic Theory, and Part n, Applications
to Fusion Plasmas. Part I is organized as follows. After an introductory descrip-
tion of plasma properties and charged particle motion in Chaps. 2, 3, a concise
presentation of the basic formulation of plasma theory is given in Chap.4. In
Chap. 5, the two fluid model is used to describe the fundamental collective re-
sponses of plasma. Chapter 6 deals with the kinetic theory and Chap. 7 with the
general theory of linear response in plasmas. Examples of nonlinear response
are described in Chap. 8 which contains somewhat advanced topics in nonlinear
plasma theory. Part n starts with an introduction to controlled thermonuclear
fusion research in Chap. 9. Then Chaps. 10, 11 are devoted to magnetohydrody-
namics and its application to equilibrium and stability of fusion plasmas. Brief
descriptions of the wave-plasma interaction and transport processes, with specific
reference to current fusion plasma research, are given in Chaps. 12, 13. Finally
in Chap. 14, recent progress in fusion plasma research is surveyed.
Although the plasmas treated in this book are restricted to the classical fully
ionized neutral plasmas, most of the important properties described in this book,
specifically the motion of charged particles, collective motion, and nonlinear
phenomena, are also applicable to other types of plasmas such as low temperature
weakly ionized plasmas, high-density quantum mechanical plasmas, and non-
neutral plasmas.

3
 Part I

Basic Theory
2. Basic Properties of Plasma

As mentioned in Chap. 1, plasma is a conducting gas and, as the fourth state of

matter, has properties which are distinct from ordinary neutral gas or nonconduct-
ing fluid. In this chapter, we shall describe the basic properties of plasma from a
statistical mechanical viewpoint. First, in Sects. 2.1, 2, we show the intrinsically
collisionless and continuous nature of plasma. In Sect. 2.3 the two fundamen-
tal aspects of the plasma motion, the individual and the collective aspects, are
shown as being characteristic of a collisionless continuum. Various plasmas are
described in Sect. 2.4.

2.1 Plasma Condition

Plasma is formed under the condition that the average kinetic energy of an
electron substantially exceeds the average Coulomb energy needed for an ion
to bind the electron. The average kinetic energy of an electron is represented
by the electron temperature Te. Here, and throughout this book, we shall use
temperature as an energy unit in which the Boltzmann constant is taken to be
unity. The average Coulomb energy needed for an ion to bind the electron is
represented by e2 /47rcod, where d is the average distance between the nearest
electron and ion, e is the elementary charge and co is the permittivity of vacuum.
For simplicity, we assume that the ions are singly ionized. Let no be the average
number of electrons or ions per unit volume, then we can estimate d by the
relation (47rd 3 /3)no = 1. The condition that plasma is formed can then be written
as
47r ) 1/3 e2
( (2.1.1)
Tno 47rcoTe ~ 1 .

Taking the 3/2 power of the left-hand side and omitting the numerical factor
47rJj, we have the relation

(2.1.2)

where AD is defined by

AD = JcoTe /noe 2 • (2.1.3)

6
This parameter has the dimension of length and is called the Debye length. As
we shall see later, it is one of the most fundamental properties that characterize
the plasma. The condition (2.1.1) or (2.1.2) is called the plasma condition. The
inverse of the left hand side of (2.1.2),
1
9 == ~ , (2.1.4)
nOAD
is often called the plasma parameter. Since 9 ~ 1, it is used as one of the basic
expansion parameters in plasma theory.
We note here that although in the following the plasma condition (2.1.1)
or (2.1.2) will be assumed to be true, it is neither a necessary nor a sufficient
condition for a plasma to exist. The degree of ionization of an atom at thermal
equilibrium is determined by the ionization equilibrium condition in statistical
mechanics. If we can treat the neutral atoms as being independent of each other
(i.e., as an ideal gas), then the ionization equilibrium formula is given by [2.1]

n5 _ GeGi (2rrmeT)3/2
N - G h2 exp - T
(W) ' (2.1.5)

where N is the number of neutral atoms in unit volume, Ge, Gi and G are,
respectively, the partition functions for the internal motion of an electron, an
ion, and a neutral atom, me is the electron mass, h is the Planck constant and
W is the ionization potential energy. This formula is called the Saha ionization
formula [2.1]. For the case GeGi/G = 1, (2.1.5) gives

no -
-
A
_ 23/2 -710- e
b xp--(W) (2.1.6)
N JnO% T'

where ao(= h2c;o/me e2rr) is the Bohr radius. It is clear from this formula that
condition (2.1.1) or (2.1.2) is neither necessary nor sufficient for nolN to become
sufficiently large. At low temperatures (T ~ w), a high degree of ionization is
possible only at an extremely low density. At high temperatures, 710Ab is not
necessarily large if noa~ ~ 1. It should be noted, however, that the condition
w < T is not necessary for high ionization. As was mentioned earlier, a good
hydrogen plasma can be formed at T = (2 rv 3) x 104 K, although w = 13.6eV
which is about 1.5 x lOS K. This is due to the large factor nol(2rrmeTI h2)3/2
in front of the factor exp (-wiT). Physically, this large factor comes from the
increase of the entropy of the electron due to the ionization.

2.2 Ideal Plasma

The starting point for the description of gaseous behavior in the theory of gases
is the approximation of an ideal gas, that is, the limiting case of low particle
density and high temperature. Similarly, in the theory of plasmas one can define

7
a limiting case of an "ideal plasma". In contrast to an ideal gas, an ideal plasma
is defined by the condition
noA~ == No -+ 00 (Ao ~ 1) , (2.2.1)
that is, the particle density goes to infinity. This can be understood when we
examine the physical meaning of the Debye length AD. As is well known, the
Coulomb potential is of long range in the sense that it extends over an infinite
distance in vacuum or in an unpolarized medium. In a plasma, however, the
Coulomb potential of any charged particle (to be referred to as the test particle)
induces an electric polarization because it attracts (or repels) the charge of the
opposite (or same) sign. The polarization charge tends to cancel the charge of
the test particle and restricts the effect of its Coulomb potential to a finite range.
As we shall show in Sect. 5.1, it is the Debye length that gives this range in the
case of static test charge. The restriction of the effective range of the Coulomb
potential by the polarization charge is called the Debye shielding. In an ideal
plasma, the Debye shielding is caused by an infinite number (of order No) of
charged particles, because every charged particle suffers only an infinitesimal (of
order g) amount of effect of the test particle.
Two basic properties emerge from the limit in (2.2.1). First, it implies (al-
though no -+ oo!) that the plasma is collisionless. This comes from the condition
that the particle kinetic energy be infinitely large in comparison to the Coulomb
energy of the nearest particle, which is inversely proportional to one third of the
particle density, as stated in Sect. 2.1. Thus, the motion of a particle in an ideal
plasma is free fro~ two-body Coulomb interactions or collisions. This collision-
less aspect of an ideal plasma can be seen more quantitatively by estimating the
mean free path I of a particle. When TO be the collision diameter, then it is found
from the standard formula
1
I '" - - 2 . (2.2.2)
no 1rTo
The collision diameter for the electron can be estimated as the distance at which
the electron orbit is strongly modified by a scatterer which may be either an
electron or an ion. A strong orbit modification occurs when the electron kinetic
energy m e v2 /2 becomes comparable to the Coulomb energy e2/41rcoTO. On av-
erage, mev2/2 can be replaced by Te , so that we have
e2
TO'" - - -
41rcOTe . (2.2.3)
Substitution of (2.2.3) into (2.2.2) yields
161rc2 T2
I", 0 e
noe4
= 161rNoAo . (2.2.4)

Actually (2.2.4) is not quite correct. As we shall show in Sect. 3.5, an important
effect arises from an accumulation of many small angle scattering processes due
to distant encounters. If cumulative small angle scattering is taken into account,
the electron mean free path should be written, instead of as in (2.2.4), as

8
 (2.2.5)

where A is of order ND. Essentially the same result can be obtained for the ion
mean free path, as we can see from the mass independence of the formula. In
any case, the mean free path becomes infinite in the limit of (2.2.1).
The second basic property of an ideal plasma also arises from the fact that the
limit in (2.2.1) implies that the density is infinite. The ideal plasma can therefore
be regarded as a continuum. In this sense, the ideal plasma has a similarity to
a neutral fluid described by the usual fluid dynamics. The property of the ideal
plasma is, however, fundamentally different from that of the neutral fluid in two
aspects.
First, whereas the neutral fluid can be treated as a ct>ntinuum in real physical
space, the ideal plasma is to be treated as a continuum in the combined physical
and velocity space (phase space). This is due to the difference between the
ratios of the particle mean free path to the typical macroscopic scale length in a
neutral fluid and an ideal plasma. In a neutral fluid, the mean free path is much
shorter than the scale length of the macroscopic observation L, and hence the
particle velocity suffers frequent changes by collisions when observed on the
macroscopic scale (Fig. 2.1), except in the case of a Knudsen gas. The individual
particle velocity is immaterial in this case, therefore the neutral fluid can be
treated as a continuum in real space. On the other hand, since in the ideal plasma
the mean free path is infinitely long, each particle keeps the memory of its initial
velocity, so that the notion of the velocity space distribution becomes important
This is the characteristic feature of the collisioniess continuum.
Second, since the plasma consists of charged particles, it shows a strong
response to electromagnetic fields. The response often appears as an electric cur-
rent and/or space charge and modifies the original electromagnetic fields. Thus
the plasma fluid should be treated as an electromagnetic fluid which is described
by a coupled system of fluid equations and Maxwell's equations for electromag-

- - - - L -----+ - - - - L -----+
(a) (b)
Particle motion in neutral Particle motion in ideal
fluid (L» 1) plasma (L«.I)
Fig. 2.1a,b. Particle motion in neutral fluid (a) and in ideal plasma (b)

9
netism. It is primarily for this reason that plasma is often called the fourth state
of matter, distinct from an ordinary gas.

2.3 Individual Motion and Collective Motion

As mentioned in Sect. 2.2, the ideal plasma is characterized as a collisionless

continuum. The properties of real plasmas are close to those of an ideal plasma
and give rise to two characteristic types of particle motion.
The first one is a result of the collisionless nature of the ideal plasma. Each
particle moves over the macroscopic scale length without being disturbed by
collisions with other partfcles, keeping the initial memory of the motion. This type
of motion is called the individual motion of the particles. It does not necessarily
imply a motion at constant velocity. Since plasma is an electromagnetic fluid,
there often exists a large-scale electromagnetic field which affects the individual
particle motion. However, because the electromagnetic field is macroscopic, the
particle orbit is determined by solving the equations of motion under a given
initial condition. No stochastic nature characteristic of collisions comes into play
in the individual motion of the particle.
The second type of motion arises from the continuous nature of the ideal
plasma. The characteristic motion in a continuous medium is a collective motion
which is a result of a coherent motion of a large number of particles.
At first glance, the individual and collective natures of the particle motion
appear to be inconsistent with each other. This apparent paradox can be resolved
by the following consideration. Although in a plasma each particle moves without
being disturbed by collisions with other particles, at every encounter the particle
orbit is modified by an infinitesimal amount of order g, which in turn causes
a similar amount of orbit modification to the other particle in the encounter.
There are approximately ND electrons and ions in the unit volume and every
one of them suffers such an orbit modification. Its direction is either attractive or
repulsive depending on the sign of the charge. As a result, an electric polarization
charge (charge separation) or current of order gND '" 1 is induced. This induced
charge or current is observed as a collective motion of the plasma.
Thus, in addition to the shielding length of the Coulomb potential of a static
test charge described above, the characteristic length of this collective motion of
charged particles can also be parametrized by the Debye length.
As we can see from the above argument, the individual motion and the col-
lective motion of plasma particles are not mutually independent, but are closely
related to each other. The individual particle motion is determined by the macro-
scopic electromagnetic field which is produced or modified by the collective
motion of the plasma, and the collective motion is produced by the sum of a
large number of very small orbit modifications of the particle individual motion.
In the remainder of this book we will explore the various physical phenomena
which arise from these two characteristic types of motion and their interplay.

10
2.4 Types of Plasmas

If one wants to produce a good plasma in a laboratory, one usually needs to

construct a fairly large apparatus. If one goes outside the earth, however, the
plasma state is the most abundant state of matter. It is thought that more than
99.9% of matter in the universe is in plasma. Indeed, plasmic matter begins at
about 50lan above the earth's surface in the ionosphere. There are various types
of plasmas in the universe, ranging from very high density (n '" 1(}36 1m3) inside
a white dwarf to very low density (n '" 1<fi 1m3) in interstellar space. Figure 2.2
shows various plasmas as a function of temperature and density. In this figure
the various states are classified into four groups. The very high temperature state
where the electrons must be treated relativistically is called relativistic plasma,
whereas the very high density state where the electrons must be treated as a
quantum-mechanical degenerate Fermi gas is called degenerate plasma. The
remaining region is divided into classical plasma and neutral gas depending on
whether the plasma condition (2.1.2) is satisfied or not. As can be seen from this
figure, the neutral gas state is restricted to only a very narrow region. In this book

Relativistic Plasma

~
::s
0+-
108 I laser plasma I inside
star
~
Q)
a. 107 I keV
E
~ Classical Plasma
106

101)

I I

1020 1021) (cm-3 )

Particle density
Fig. 2.2. Types of plasmas in a logarithmic temperature-density parameter space

11
we shall be interested in the region of the classical plasma, specifically, in those
plasmas which have been studied in relation to thennonuclear fusion research.
In this region, charged particle motion can be treated by nonrelativistic classical
mechanics. However, as we shall show later, the plasmas relevant to inertial
confinement fusion research are often at very high density and the electrons have
to be treated quantum mechanically as a degenerate Fenni gas. Moreover, when a
plasma is heated by an electromagnetic wave, for example, by electron cyclotron
resonance heating, a fraction of the electrons are selectively heated to a very high
energy so that they do have to be treated relativistically. The relativistic effect is
certainly important for special problems, but to avoid unnecessary complications,
we shall neglect it unless otherwise stated.
As mentioned above, the plasma is a collisionless medium and, hence, is not
necessarily in thennal equilibrium. For instance, a typical discharge plasma in
a vacuum tube has an electron temperature which is much higher (Te ,...., 1 eV)
than the ion temperature (11 ,...., 0.1 eV) and the degree of ionization in such
a plasma is typically 1O-3_IO- s, which is between the value predicted by the
Saba fonnula of the electron temperature and that of the ion temperature. A
relatively highly ionized plasma at low temperature (,...., 0.3 e V) and low density
(,...., 10 16 /m 3 ) can be produced by contact ionization of an alkali beam, by using
a device called the Q-machine. Such a low density, low temperature plasma is
useful for studying the basic properties of wave propagation in a plasma. Various
methods for producing laboratory plasmas are described in [2.2].
In a low ionization plasma, various atomic processes, such as ionization and
recombination, excitation and radiation, play important roles in detennining its
properties. These processes are also important in fusion plasmas, particularly
in connection with spectroscopic diagnostics of plasmas. These problems are
described in [2.3,4]. In this book we shall restrict ourselves to the problems in
fully ionized plasmas and do not discuss these atomic processes.

Thble 2.1. Density, temperature, Debye length, plasma parameter, mean free path, and
typical size of various plasmas
n(m- 3 ) Te(eV) AD (m) n A1 1) L(m) 2) I(m)
106 1 7.4 4 x 108 10 7 1.0 X 10 10 Interstellar gas3 )
10 12 102 7.4 X 10- 2 4 X 108 10 6 1.0 X 108 Solar corona
10 18 102 7.4 X 10-5 4 X 10 5 1 1.5 X 102
10 19 103 7.4 X 10-5 4 X 106 1 1.3 X 103 Hot plasma
1020 104 7.4 X 10-5 4 X 10 7 1 1.2 X 104 Thermonuclear plasma
10 26 104 7.4 X 10-8 4 X 104 10- 3 3.4 X 10- 2 Laser plasma
1) system size

2) electron mean free path

3) system size for interstellar gas is chosen to be the radius of the typical orbit of
a spacep'robe around the earth
12
 In Table 2.1, we show the density, the temperature, the Debye length, the
plasma parameter, the system size, and the mean free path of various classical
plasmas. We can see from this table that the Debye length is a good measure for
the observation of plasma properties while the mean free path is as large as or
greater than the plasma size. Thus the real plasmas shown in this table can be
treated as being close to the ideal plasma.

_PROBLEMS

2.1. Calculate the left-hand side of (2.1.1) for the following cases:
a) no = IOW/m 3 , Te = IOkeV (typical magnetically confined fusion core
plasma)
b) no = 1(}31/m3 , Te = 1 keY (typical inertially confined fusion core plasma)
c) no = 1(f'lm3 , Te = lOeV (typical space plasma near the earth)
d) no = 1017 1m3 ,Te = 1 eV (typical laboratory plasma)

2.2. Draw the no = N line as given by (2.1.6) with w = 13.6eV in Fig. 2.2.
2.3. The collision diameter of a typical neutral gas in the standard state is
5 x 10- 10 m. Estimate the mean free path.
2.4. If the gravitational force acting on a proton exceeds the Coulomb force
acting on the proton by an electron, how far away from the proton must
the electron be?
2.5. There is no shielding effect similar to Debye shielding in universal gravi-
tation. Consider a half sphere of radius R composed of an equal number
of electrons and protons distributed uniformly at a constant temperature T.
If the universal gravitation acting on a proton at the center of the sphere
equals the Coulomb force of an electron a Debye length away· from the
proton, then how large is the radius R?

13
3. Individual Particle Motion

In this chapter, we consider motion of a single particle in a given electromag-

netic field. First in Sect. 3.1 we briefly describe the basic equations. Motion
of a charged particle in a static magnetic field is described in some detail in
Sects. 3.2, 3. Then effects of an oscillating electric field on the charged parti-
cle motion are discussed in Sect. 3.4. Finally collisional effects are described in
Sect. 3.5.

3.1 General Relations

We use classical mechanics to consider the motion of a point particle of mass m
and charge q in an electromagnetic field. As we can see from Problems 2.4, 5,
the gravitational force is negligible in comparison to the electromagnetic force.
The force acting on the particle is, therefore, the Lorentz force due to the electric
field E and the magnetic field B (strictly speaking, it is the magnetic induction).
The relativistic effect is neglected, so the particle mass is treated as constant.
The equation of motion for the particle of velocity v is then given by
dv
m dt = q(E + v x B) , (3.1.1)

where v x B is the cross product of these two vectors. Although the equation itself
is simple, its solutions are quite diverse and complicated since the electromagnetic
fields E and B in general depend on both space and time:

E = E(r, t), B = B(r, t) . (3.1.2)

In (3.1.1) we put r = r(t), the position of the particle which is given by the
relation .

dr
dt = v(t) . (3.1.3)

In the following, we consider only those simple cases in which the magnetic
a
field is static, i.e., B / at =0 or B = B( r), and its spatial dependence is small.
Due to the absence of the magnetic monopole, we have the scalar product

V·B=O. (3.1.4)

14
3.2 Cyclotron Motion

We consider the case of no electric field, i.e., E = O. In this case, since the force
acting on the particle is perpendicular to the particle velocity, the Lorentz force
does no work on the particle. The particle kinetic energy is therefore conserved,

4mv2 = const , (3.2.1)

where v = Iv I. +-+

H the magnetic field is uniform, i.e., VB =0 (the simple product of two

vectors XY stands for the dyadic tensor), then the acceleration parallel to the
magnetic field vanishes, or

= const,
VII (3.2.2)

where VII = b· v, b being the unit vector along B; b = BIB. Along the magnetic
field, the particle moves at constant speed. From (3.2.1,2), the kinetic energy of
the particle motion perpendicular to B is also conserved, i.e.,

4mvi = const , (3.2.3)

where V.l is the modulus of the perpendicular velocity, V.l = ";v2 - vIT'The
particle therefore undergoes a circular motion at constant speed V.l around the
magnetic field. This motion is called the cyclotron motion or gyration. Its angular
frequency, to be denoted by We, can be readily obtained from (3.1.1) as

We=--
IqlB (3.2.4)
m
and is called the cyclotron or the Larmor frequency. The radius of the cyclotron
motion, to be denoted by {!L, is given by
v.l
{!L =- (3.2.5)
We

and is referred to as the cyclotron or the Larmor radius. The direction of the
cyclotron motion depends on the charge of the particle and is shown in Fig. 3.1.
The values of We and {!L for the electron and the proton are shown in Fig. 3.2,
where the abscissa is the magnetic field strength B and the parameter shown is at
constant perpendicular energy mvi/2.
For a given magnetic field, the cyclotron

o....
B G ion electron
Fig. 3.1. Direction of cyclotron motion for an electron and ion

15
 We
[rod/sec] .'1.f
[m]

10-5
0.OL-
1 - - -O
=-'.I:------'-1--"---"7'10[TeslaJ
102 103 104 lOS [Gouss]
--+
B
Fig. 3.2. Values of cyclotron frequency and Larmor radius versus magnetic field strength for various
plasma temperatures

frequency is much greater for the electron than for the ion, while the Larmor
radius, at a given perpendicular energy, is much smaller for the electron than for
the ion.
Superposition of the parallel motion and the cyclotron motion yields a spiral
motion as shown in Fig. 3.3. If we choose the z-axis to be along the magnetic
field, the particle motion can be expressed as

Vz = VII =const,
Vx = V.L cos(ilt + 00), (3.2.6)
Vy = -V.L sin(ilt + 00),
and
z = zo + vzt,
x =Xo + (V.L/ il) sin(ilt + 00), (3.2.7)
= yo + (V.L/il)cos(ilt + 00),
y
where il = qB /m, which is equal to +we for the ion and -We for the electron, 00 is

16
 -+ Fig. 3.3. Spiral motions of an electron and an ion in a
B magnetic field

r
ion electron

the initial phase of the cyclotron motion, and Xo, yo, Zo are the initial coordinates
of the particle.

3.2.1 Guiding Center

Since the cyclotron motion is usually rapidly oscillating, it is more convenient

to consider the motion averaged over the cyclotron period 271"/We. The motion
obtained in this way is called the guiding center motion and the corresponding
coordinates of the particle are called the guiding center coordinates. In the present
case of a uniform magnetic field, the guiding center motion becomes a motion
of constant speed along the magnetic field,

Vz = vII = const, Vx = Vy = 0 (3.2.8)

and the guiding center coordinates are

x = Xo, fj = Yo, Z = Zo + vllt , (3.2.9)

where the bar denotes the average over the cyclotron period. The frame of ref-
erence which moves with the guiding center is called the guiding center frame.
In this frame, the particle motion is a mere cyclotron motion which we denote
by V.l(t) and r.l(t), i.e.,

V.L(t) = [V.Lcos(nt + ( 0 ), -V.L sin(.W + 90 }]

r1.(t) = [~ sin(Qt + (0), + ~ cos(Qt + ( 0)] (3.2.10)

The motion in the rest frame is given by

(3.2.11)

3.2.2 Adiabatic Invariant

Consider the case in which the magnetic field slowly varies in space. The vari-
ation is assumed to be sufficiently slow that the magnetic field at the particle
position hardly changes during the cyclotron motion. For such a quasi-periodic
motion, there exists an adiabatic invariant given by

17
 (3.2.12)

where P(J and q(J are the canonical momentum and angle variable representing
the cyclotron motion. Note that (!Lil is the gyration speed and 27r(!L is the
circumference of the cyclotron orbit.

3.2.3 Magnetic Moment

We note that mv'iJ il is the angular momentum of the gyrating particle and that
it is proportional to the magnetic moment I-' associated with the circular current
due to the cyclotron motion
qil 2 mvi
I-' = 27r 7r[)L = 2B . (3.2.13)

Here qil/27r is the current due to the cyclotron motion and 7riit is the area
surrounded by the circular current. The result implies that the magnetic moment
is an adiabatic invariant for the case of slow variation of the magnetic field.

3.2.4 Magnetic Mirror

Consider the case that the magnetic field strength varies slowly along the field
line. As the guiding center of the particle moves along the field line, the magnetic
field strength at the particle position changes. Since the magnetic moment is
conserved, vi varies proportionally to the magnetic field strength B. Therefore
the kinetic energy of the parallel motion varies according to the relation
1
2mv~ + I-'B = K = const . (3.2.14)

This relation implies that the guiding center motion along the field line behaves
like a particle motion in a magnetic potential energy I-'B. When the particle comes
to the point where I-'B equals K, the parallel velocity vanishes and the particle
is reflected. Thus, a magnetic field configuration varying along the field line can
act as a mirror for the particle guiding center motion. Such a configuration is
called the magnetic mirror.

3.2.5 Magnetic Mirror Trap

A magnetic field configuration which forms a potential well for the guiding center
motion can trap a charged particle in the well. Such a configuration is called the
magnetic mirror trap or magnetic mirror confinement system, and is used for
confinement of particles along the magnetic field line. The dipolar magnetic field
of the earth is a well-known example of a magnetic mirror trap. It should be noted,
however, that the magnetic mirror trap is effective only for those particles whose
parallel energy mv~/2 is less than I-'(Bmax - B), where Bmu is the maximum
strength of the magnetic field.

18
3.2.6 Pitch Angle
The angle given by

B = tan-I V.L (3.2.15)

vII
is called the pitch angle. The magnetic mirror configuration can trap only those
particles whose pitch angles are greater than the critical angle

Be = tan-I .jB /(Brnax - B) . (3.2.16)

Particles having pitch angles smaller than Be escape from the magnetic mirror.

3.2.7 Longitudinal Invariant

A particle trapped in a magnetic mirror undergoes a periodic motion along the
field line. The period of this oscillating motion may change for various reasons.
For instance, if the mirror field is not axisymmetric, the reflection point changes
with time due to the drift across the field line (curvature drift and gradient B
drift, see Sect. 3.3). However, if the deviation from the axisymmetry is sufficiently
small, the trapped particle motion becomes quasi-periodic and there appears an
adiabatic invariant,

h=m fVlldS, (3.2.17)

where ds is the line element along the parallel motion and the integral is over one
oscillation period. This quantity is called the longitudinal (adiabatic) invariant
or the second adiabatic invariant.

3.3 Drift Across a Magnetic Field

When an effective force F is present in the equation of motion for the guiding
center of a charged particle in a direction perpendicular to the static magnetic
field B, a guiding center motion is also induced in the direction perpendicular
to both B and F. Such a guiding center motion is called the particle drift.

3.3.1 Drift Velocity

We write the guiding center equation of motion corresponding to this situation
as
dv _
m dt = F + qV.L X B . (3.3.1)

At steady state the left-hand side vanishes. Taking the vector product of the
resulting equation with b = B / B, we have

19
 b x (v x B) =F x b/q . (3.3.2)

The vectorial identity

a x (b x c) =(a . c)b - (a . b)c (3.3.3)

gives the left-hand side of (3.3.2) as

b x (v x B) =Bv - vllB =B(v - vllb) = Bv1. .
Use of this relation in (3.2.2) yields
Fxb FxB
v1.=-qn= qB2 . (3.3.4)

This is the drift velocity due to the force F in the guiding center equation of
motion.
The physical mechanism of this drift motion can be seen from the following
considerations. Consider a geometry as shown in Fig. 3.4. The magnetic field is
directed toward the reader out of the plane of the page (Le., in the z-direction)
and the force F is upward within the plane (Le., in the y-direction). The particle
cyclotron motion is in the plane (Le., in the xy-plane). Due to the force F the
particle is accelerated in the positive y-direction. As a result, the local gyrating
speed of the particle changes such that it is greater at y > ii than at y < ii,
where ii is the y-component of the guiding center coordinates. The local Larmor
radius l'L(y) also changes such that l'L(y > ii) > l'L(y < ii). Variation of the local
gyration speed or the local Larmor radius results in a net drift of the guiding
center along the x-axis as shown in Fig. 3.4.

B
FXB
o ~

, iF ;00 0 ElfOlHr y=y

L
•
z
x
e,ectron0
--~-fH-He-Hi>-Hi>-H'-Hiirom-H-H+-+-Y= Y
-"¢:":.. .
FXB
Fig. 3.4. Drift motions of an electron and an ion in the presence of an extemal force F

3.3.2 E x B Drift
The most well-known example of the particle drift is the E x B drift which
arises when there is a static electric field E with a component perpendicular to
the magnetic field. In this case, F = qE, hence (3.3.4) gives the drift velocity as
ExB
v1. = B2 == VE . (3.3.5)

20
This result shows that the E x B drift velocity is the same for all particles
independent of their charge, mass, and velocity. Thus the E x B drift constitutes
a massive plasma flow across the magnetic field.

3.3.3 Curvature Drift

Consider a curved magnetic field line as in the case of the magnetic mirror
configuraion. The particle guiding center motion that follows the field line is
deflected along the curve and as a result the particle undergoes an inertial force
or a centrifugal force perpendicular to the field line. This force can be derived
from the inertial term for the particle motion along the field line

(3.3.6)

The force across the magnetic field comes from the second term on the right-hand
side. The first term is parallel to B and is responsible for the magnetic mirror
effect.
Here the curvature of the field line is represented in terms of the r-dependence
of b,b = b(r). We substitute the particle coordinate r(t) into r. Then
db dr
dt = dt . Vb = v . Vb(r) .
We now take the time average over the cyclotron period. Then the second
term on the right-hand side of (3.3.6) gives
--;n;
mVIl dt = mVll v . Vb(r) .
To lowest order we can use (3.2.6) or (3.2.7) which is obtained for the case of
straight field line. Since VII is constant while V.L is rapidly oscillating, only the
parallel component of vllv . V remains nonvanishing. We can therefore write

db. 2 vijRe
b . Vd- = Vllb . Vb == - 2 ' (3.3.7)
t Rc
where Rc is the radius of local curvature of the magnetic field line and Rei Rc
is the unit vector in the direction of the centrifugal force.
Coming back to the original equation of motion, we can write
dv dv.L d
m dt = mTt +m dt(Vll b) = qv x B
from which we obtain for the component perpendicular to B
dv.L db
mTt = -mvil dt + qv x B .
The time average of this equation yields the guiding center equation of motion
as
dv.L _ mvijRe _
m dt - R2 +qv.LxB.
c

21
The first tenn on the right hand side is the effective force, so that the particle
drift velocity V.L is obtained from (3.3.4) as

m R.:qB2x B
2
_ _ mVIl __
V.L - = Vc . (3.3.8)

This drift is called the curvature drift or the centrifugal drift. Contrary to the case
of E x B drift, the curvature drift depends both on charge and the particle velocity
v. In particular, the electrons and ions drift in opposite directions. Therefore the
curvature drift yields a plasma current across the magnetic field.

B
o dBl y=y
ydY
L
•
z
electron
x Fig. 3.5. Gradient B drift motions of
an electron and an ion
B strong

3.3.4 Gradient B Drift

A similar drift occurs when the magnetic field is straight, but has a gradient
V B across the field. This is due to the variation of the local Larmor radius,
which is inversely proportional to B, during the cyclotron motion. In Fig. 3.5,
the magnetic field is stronger in the region Y < ii than in the region Y > ii, which
causes the local Larmor radius (!L(Y) to vary such that eL(Y > ii) > (!L(Y < ii)
and yields a drift along the x-axis. The effective force for this case is obtained
from the equation of motion perpendicular to B:
dv.L
mTt =q[V.L x B(r(t))) . (3.3.9)

We write r(t) = r + r .L(t) following (3.2.11) and approximate B(r(t» as

B(r(t» == B(r) + r .L(t)· V B(r) .

Substituting this expression into (3.3.9) and taking the time average over the
cyclotron period, we get for the right-hand side of (3.3.9)

q[v x B(r)] + q{V.L(t) x [r .L(t)· V]B(r)} .

We calculate the second tenn using (3.2.10) as follows:

q{V.L(t) x [r .L(t)· V]B(r)}

=qVy(t)x(t) ! BAr)e", - qv",(t)ii(t) ~ Bz(r)ey

= -2' !i V Bz(r) == -
qv 2 mv2
2B.L V B(r) , (3.3.10)

22
where we used the trigonometric formulas
{T IT 1 (T
Jo cos2 (wt)dt =Jo sin2 (wt)dt = 2' Jo cos(wt)sin(wt)dt =0, (3.3.11)

where T = 27r/w and in the last expression of (3.3.10) we approximated Bz(r)

by B(';'). The drift velocity due to the force in (3.3.10) can be calculated from
(3.3.4) as

- = 2qB3
V.l.
mvi B x VB(-) -
r ::Vo (3.3.12)

which is called the gradient B drift.

3.4 Motion in an Oscillating Electric Field

Consider an electric field E(t) which oscillates at angular frequency Wo:

E(t) = Eo cos Wot . (3.4.1)

3.4.1 Polarization Drill

We start with the case of no magnetic field and constant amplitude Eo. In this
case the solution of the equation of motion can be written in the fonn v(t) =
Vo + ..1v(t), r(t) = ro + vot + ..1r(t), where vo, ro are constant and ..1v(t), ..1r(t)
represent the motion induced by the oscillating electric field and are given by

..1v(t) = qEO sinWot, ..1r(t) = -~ E(t) . (3.4.2)

mWo ffiWo
Both ..1v(t) and ..1r(t) depend on charge q, such that the electrons and ions
oscillate in opposite directions, inducing an oscillating charge and current. This
motion is called the polarization drift.

3.4.2 Magnetic Field EfTect

We next consider the case in which a static and unifonn magnetic field B is
presenL We choose it to be directed in the z-direction and the direction of Eo
lies in the xz-plane. Since the motion in the z-direction is unaffected by the
magnetic field, we consider the motion in the xy-plane. It is described by the
equations of motion
d q d
-v - ilv
dt '" 1/
= _J:'I_.
m
coswot
.<JUz , dt vI/ + ilv", =0 . (3.4.3)

The solution of these equations can be written in the fonn V.l.(t) =V.l.o(t)+..1V.l.(t)
23
where v J.o(t) is the solution in the absence of the electric field E(t) and L\v J. (t)
is the part induced by E(t). We can write L\vJ.(t) as

L\v.,(t) = L\v., sin wot, L\vit) = L\vlI cos wot . (3.4.4)

Substitution of (3.4.4) into (3.4.3) yields for the case w5 .,. n2

_ Wo q _ n q
L\v., = Wo-
2 n2 m Eo." L\vlI = Wo-
2 n2 m Eo.,. (3.4.5)

In the special case of Wo -+ 0, L\v J. -+ V E as given by (3.3.5), therefore, the

component of L\v J. perpendicular to E [i.e., L\vll(t)] is called the E x B drift
and is denoted by L\v E. Its general expression is given by

(3.4.6)

The component parallel to E (i.e., L\v.,) is reduced to (3.4.2) in the limit n -+ 0,

namely the polarization drift and its velocity is denoted by L\vp(t) which is given
by
q 1 B x [(dE/dt) x B]
L\vp(t) = - n2 2 B2 (3.4.7)
m -wo

3.4.3 Cyclotron Resonance

An important feature of (3.4.5-7) is that when w5 approaches n2 they become
infinitely large. This is called the cyclotron resonance. Under this condition, the
particle gyrating motion is in phase with the electric field oscillation, namely,
the gyrating particle is continuously accelerated by the oscillating electric field.
Stated in other words, the oscillating electric field is observed as a dc field in the
frame of reference moving with the gyrating motion of the particle. Of course,
in the limit of w5
-+ n2 , the above solution is no longer valid. In this case we
have to take into account a collisional drag force on the particle motion. Since
the cyclotron resonance is very effective in accelerating charged particles, it is
widely used for the production and heating of plasmas.

3.4.4 Ponderomotive Force

We now consider the case of a spatially varying oscillating electric field

E = Eo(r)coswot, (3.4.1')

where Eo(r) now depends on r. The dependence is assumed to be sufficiently

slow that in the lowest order we can neglect it. In this case an effective force,
called the ponderomotive force, arises along the gradient of Eo(r).
We first describe a physical picture of the ponderomotive force by considering
the case of no magnetic field. We assume that the electric field is in the x-direction
and consider the electron displacement L\x(t) which oscillates with time in phase

24
 t:.X(t) t /\ /'\ /\ /\ ) t
Eox=const.l ~~C

t:.X(t)

(dEo. >0)
dx
Ex weak ,JJ, ponderomotive
force
Fig. 3.6. Particle motion in the Jresencc of a ponderomotive force

with the electric field as shown in (3.4.2) (Fig. 3.6). The electron is accelerated
to the negative x-direction when Ex > 0, and to the positive x-direction when
Ex < O. Suppose that the amplitude &x increases with x, then the force acting
on the electron changes its strength depending on the displacement L1x. The
force is stronger when L1x > 0 than when .:1x < O. As a result a net acceleration
occurs to the negative x-direction as seen from Fig. 3.6. To derive the expression
for the ponderomotive force we denote the particle coordinate as r(t) = r+.:1r(t)
where r is now the time average over the oscillation period 271" /wo and .:1r(t)
is the oscillating part which in the lowest order is given by (3.4.2). We then
approximate the field amplitude Eo(r) by

Eo(r) = Eo(r) + .:1r(t) . V Eo(r) . (3.4.8)

The equation of motion can then be written as follows

dv _ _
m dt = qEo(r) cos wot = qEo(r) cos wot + qL1r(t)· V Eo(r)cos wot .
Substituting (3.4.2) into the above equation and averaging over the time period
271"/wo, we get
- ..2 2
m-
dv
= - -'I.22 Eo(r)
_ _ q 1 - 12
. VEo(r) = - - 42 V Eo(r) , (3.4.9)
dt mwo mwo
where we used the trigonometric formulas in (3.3.11). We see that the pondero-
motive force as given by (3.4.9) always acts to expel the particles from high
field region and that it is stronger at lower frequencies and for lighter particles.
We also emphasize that the ponderomotive force is a nonlinear force since it is
proportional to the square of the field amplitude.

3.4.5 Magnetic Field Effect

The magnetic field effect on the ponderomotive force is important when the
oscillating electric field E(t) has a component perpendicular to the magnetic
field B. In order to illustrate this effect, we consider the case when B is in the

25
z-direction and E(t) is in the x-direction with the amplitude Box varying slowly
along the x. The equations of motion in the xy-plane are given by (3.4.3) with
Eox = Eox(x). As before we denote x(t) = x + Llx(t) where x is the average of
x(t) over period 27r/wo and .1x(t) is the oscillating part, and approximate Eox
by a
Eox(x) == EoAx) + .1x(t) ax EoAx) . (3.4.10)

From (3.4.4) .1x(t) is given by

t .1-
.1x(t) = [ .1vx(t')dt' = -~(cos wot - 1) , (3.4.11)
10 Wo
.1vx being given by (3.4.5) with Box = Eox(x). Substituting (3.4.10) into the
right-hand side of (3.4.3) and using (3.4.11) we obtain the average force in the
x-direction as

dvx
mdi
a q
= q.1x(t) ax Eox(x) cos wot = - 2wo .1vx ax Eox(x) ,
a
where the trigonometric formula given in (3.3.11) was used. Use of (3.4.5) for
.1vx yields

dv x q2 1 a q2 1 oE6x
(3.4.12)
mdi = - 2mwa- il2Eox ax Box = - 4mw5 - il2 ax .

This is the ponderomotive force. The only difference from (3.4.9) is that wil 2
is now replaced by (w5 - il2)-I. As a result, the direction of the ponderomo-
tive force changes depending on whether W6 > il2 or W5 < il2. Since il2 is
proportional to m- 2 , the oscillating electric field of frequency Wo either attracts
the particles (when W5 < il2) or repels them (when W6 > il2) depending on the
mass of the particles. Moreover, the ponderomotive force is resonantly enhanced
when W5 approaches il 2 due to the cyclotron resonance. These features can be
used for selective acceleration of particles that resonate with the oscillating field,
in a chosen direction.

3.5 Coulomb Collisions

Although collisions are rare in a high temperature plasma, they are of vital im-
portance in relaxation phenomena, such as approach to equilibrium, transport
processes (diffusion, heat transport, and electrical conduction) and plasma heat-
ing, etc.

26
3.5.1 Differential Cross Section

The standard fonnula for the integral cross sectional area is a = 1I"r5, where ro is
an effective collision radius and after the collision the particles are scattered into
all angles. In our system we can estimate the length of this radius by noting that
the Coulombic energy existing between two particles is equal to their relative
kinetic energy:
ql(j2 1 *2
(3.5.1)
---::::-m v .
4m::oro 2
Here m* is the reduced mass of the colliding particles I/m* = E ·(1/mj) is
their charge, with j being a particle index, and v is their relative vei~ity. This
yields for the cross section of scattering by a Coulomb potential, also known as
Rutherford scattering

a(v) '" 11" ( 2 ql(j2 2'

)2 (3.5.2)
1I"eom*v
/
/

Fig. 3.7. Collision of two particles

The differential cross section, where only the particles scattered into a given

r
deflection angle 8 and azimuthal angle ¢ (Fig. 3.7) are counted is given by

a(v, 8, ¢) = (811":;:*v2 sin}812 . (3.5.3)

The differential cross section can be defined as follows. Consider a particle of

species 1 (incident particle) moving in the medium consisting of particles of
species 2 (to be referred to as the field particles). Let V12(V, 8, ¢)dv sin 8 d8 d¢ be
the average number of those scattering events per unit time in which particle 1
is scattered by a particle of species 2 moving with speed in the range v '" v + dv
relative to the incident particle through an angle in the range 8 '" 8+d8, ¢ '" ¢+d¢
as measured in the frame where the center of mass of the two colliding particles

27
is at rest. Then

vdv, (), ¢» = h(v)va(v, (), ¢» (3.5.4)

where h(v)dv is the number density of the field particles with relative speed in
the range v v +dv. Since a(v, (), ¢» is independent of ¢>, so is VIZ(V, (), ¢», thus
I'V

it shall hereafter be neglected.

The differential cross section as given by (3.5.3) has two important prop-
erties. First, the cross section decreases rapidly with increasing relative speed
v. Second, the cross section becomes markedly large as the scattering angle de-
creases. Both properties are the results of the long range character of the Coulomb
interaction.

3.5.2 Cumulative Small-Angle Scattering

As mentioned in the preceding paragraph, small angle collisions have a signif-
icant effect on a(v, (}). In particular, the dominant contribution to a large-angle
deflection of a particle orbit arises from a cumulative effect of many small angle
scattering processes rather than a single large angle scattering process.
We examine this effect by considering the case when the incident particle 1 is
an electron and particle 2 (a field particle) is an ion. We assume that the particles
are moving with a speed on the order of their thermal speed VT = (T/m)l/Z and
that the electron and ion temperatures are about the same. Then the ion speed
is much smaller than the electron speed, Vi <t:: ve , so that the relative speed
v can be approximated by Ve. On the other hand, the ion momentum is much
greater than the electron momentum, mi Vi > me ve • SO that the center of mass,
which is at rest. is practically on the ion. Vi = O. We can therefore regard the
electron as moving in a medium consisting of ions at rest. Since the angular
direction of the scattering is expected to be random. the process can be regarded
as an angular diffusion. The scattering angles (), ¢> can be represented by the
velocity components after collisions v., and VII' where v., = V sin () cos ¢> and
VII = V sin () sin ¢>. Obviously. the average rate of change of v., and VII (ilv.,/ ilt)
and (ilvlI/ilt) vanishes. The angular bracket denotes the average taken with
respect to the collision rate vcj(v, (), ¢». We therefore calculate (ilvi/ ilt), where
vi = v; + v~, which is given by

(3.5.5)

Then the quantity defined by

(3.5.6)

28
gives the average frequency for the particle orbit being deflected by an angle of
order Ll8 = sin-l(v.L/v). For Ll8 = f, it is the effective collision frequency for the
90 degree deflection of the electron orbit by static ions. If we substitute (3.5.3,4)
into (3.5.6), we find the integral diverges at 8 -+ O. This itself implies the
importance of the small angle scattering effects. The divergence can be avoided
if we note that the small angle scattering corresponds to an encounter of two
particles a large distance apart. Because of the Debye screening, however, the
Coulomb potential cannot extend to such a large distance in a plasma. Therefore
there must be a natural lower limit for the value of 8. The integral in (3.5.6) can
then be carried out by introducing a lower limit, say at 8 = 8min , which is related
to the Debye shielding. Substituting (3.5.3) into (3.5.4) and then into (3.5.5)
and noting that in the present case of electron scattering by ions, m* = me and
!i(V) = ni which is the ion number density (all the ions can be treated as being
at rest), we obtain
_
Vei(V, Ll8)
2
Ze )2
= 3211" ( 81I"eomeV niV
2· 2
[ 1
log . (8 /2)
] (3.5.7)
S10 Ll8 S10 min

!
where Z = qi/e and we have dropped the sin2(8min /2) term since it is small
compared to the logarithmic term.
For electrons moving with thermal speed Ve = JTe/me, the collision fre-
quency for the 90 degree deflection becomes

Vei (v, i) == Vci.L = 2~ z:t ~~/2 log [sin(8:in/2)] . (3.5.8)

In addition to the angular deflection, the incident electron is subject to a

frictional force. Indeed, accompanied by the angular scattering of angle 8, the
electron's velocity component parallel to the incident velocity decreases by an
amount Llvil == v[l - cos 8] = 2v sin2 8/2. The average rate of change of Llvil
can then be calculated in the same way as (3.5.7) as

(~) =

(3.5.9)

Substituting the thermal speed into v, we obtain the collision frequency for the
deceleration process veill as

Veill ..
= [; (~I)]~ = 411"e:~~/210g [sin(8:in/2)] (3.5.10)

This frequency determines the electrical resistivity Tf through the relation

(3.5.11)

29
The appropriate numerical factor c was calculated by Spitzer and the resulting
resistivity is called the Spitzer resistivity [3.1].
Equation (3.5.7) becomes infinitely large for v - t 0 and L.lB - t O. For suf-
ficiently small v the above fonnula is invalid since the ions can no longer be
treated as static. Naturally, L.lB has to be larger than Bmin. We also note that in the
present approximation of static ions (i.e., the infinite ion mass approximation),
there is no energy exchange between the electron and the ion: the scattering is
purely elastic.

3.5.3 Coulomb Logarithm

The collision frequencies given in (3.5.7-10) depend on Bmin , which remains to be
detennined. Since it appears only through the logarithmic tenn, its uncertainty
has little effect on the collision frequency, so that we do not need a precise
expression. It can be evaluated by the relation
f)
I7mm
• '" L.lv1.
V

where L.lv1. is the perpendicular velocity component acquired by the scattering

at a distance of AD, the Debye length. The velocity component L.lv1. is produced
by the Coulomb force of order e2/47reoA5 which acts during the period of order
AD/V,
e2 AD e2
Llv1. '" 2
47reoAome v
=- ---
47reoAomev·
Therefore we find
e2 1
(}mm 1\ To '
. '" 47reoAOmev2 '" 9 '" HI

where in the last expression we put v = ve. The logarithmic factor then becomes

log [sin(B~/2)] = log A, A '" 2nA~ . (3.5.12)

This logarithmic factor is called the Coulomb logarithm and represents the
relative importance of the cumulative small-angle scattering effects. It is typically
on the order of 10-20.

3.5.4 Collision Frequencies and Relaxation Times

For other types of collisions, we have to take into account the difference in
velocity between the center of mass frame and the laboratory or rest frame.
In addition, one has to take into account the velocity distribution of the field
particles. Let VI and V2 be the incident velocities of the colliding particles as
measured in the rest frame. Then the change of the relative velocity due to the
collision L.lv = Ll(vI - V2) is related to that of the change in velocity of each
particle L.lv i by the relation
30
 ml m2
Llv = -Llvi
m*
= --LlV2
m*
; (3.5.13)

as seen from the momentum conservation, mlLlvl + m2Llv2 = o. We calculate

(ILlv.l12/Llt) and (Llvil/Llt) in the same way as in Sect. 3.5.2, where Llv.l and
Llvil are, respectively, the components of Llv perpendicular and parallel to v.
Noting that v = Ivl = IVI - v21, we have

IILlV.l12) =·327r·( qlq'l )210gAJd3V2 h(V2) (3.5.14)

\ Llt 87rcom* IVI - v21

I LlAVtll) = 167r ( qlq'l )210gAJd3V2 (VI - v2)h(V2)

\ .u 87rcom* IVI - v21 2

= -167r( qlq'l )210gA...!£.J~V2 h(V2) , (3.5.15)

87rcom* dVI IVI - v21
where h(V2)J3v2 is the average number of the field particles in the velocity range
V2 '" V2 + dV2. The collision frequencies of angular deflection and deceleration
of particle 1 in collisions with the field particles of species 2, VI2.L and V1211' can
then be defined by the relations

( ILlVI.L12)_(m*)2(ILlV.l12)
- - -- = __Vl2.l 112
VI (3.5.16)
Llt ml Llt

(3.5.17)

The inverses of VI2.L and vI211 correspond to the momentum relaxation times,
--I --I
vl2.L = TI2.L, vl211 = T1211> (3.5.18)
and are called the angular deflection time and the slowing-down time, respec-
tively.
To obtain a more explicit expression, we calculate the velocity integral in
(3.5.14,15) by expanding IVI-V21-1 in terms of the Legendre polynomials Pn(z)
as
1 _ {(l/VI)L::o(vdvI)nPn(COSOI2) (VI> V2)
(3.5.19)
IVI - v21 - (l/vz) L::O(Vt/V2)n Pn(cos 012 ) (vz > VI)

where Vj = Iv j I and 012 is the angle between the two vectors VI and V2. For the
case where h(V2) is isotropic, i.e., h(V2) = h(vz), we then get

Ja- t3
v2 h(V2) { 1
1VI - V2 I = 47r -VI
loti! dVZV2h(vz) + 1 dV2VZh(vz)
2 00
}
, (3.5.20)
0 tI!

d J 3
-d d V2 1
h(V2) VI
I = -3'"47r
loti! dVZ V2h(vz) .
2
(3.5.21)
VI VI - V2 VI 0

31
In particular, when h(V2) is the Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution, i.e.,

h(V2) = ( 2rrvh
1 )3/2 n2 exp (2 )
- 2~h ' (3.5.22)

where vh = T2/m2, the above integral becomes

(3.5.23)

(3.5.24)

where

</>(x) = J:rr l' dye- r , (3.5.25)

G(x) = _1 [</>(X) _ x d</>(X)] (3.5.26)

2x 2 dx

Substituting these expressions into (3.5.14-17), we finally obtain

(3.5.27)

(3.5.28)

If we note

for x --+ 0: </>(x)/x --+ 2/../i, G(x)/x --+ 2/3../i

for x --+ 00: </>(x) --+ 1, 2x 2 G(x) --+ 1, (3.5.29)
for x f"V 1: </>(x) , G(x) 0(1),
f"V

we find the following relations for the particles moving with the thermal speed
(VI f"V VTI):

(3.5.30a)

(3.5.30b)

(3.5.3Oc)

(3.5.3Od)

For Te f"V 1] and Z = 1, we then find

32
 (3.5.31)

Now, the like particle collisions contribute to the approach of the system
towards the Maxwell-Boltzmann (equilibrium) distribution (3.5.22). We then find
from (3.5.31) that the electrons approach equilibrium much faster than the ions.
We next consider the relaxation time needed for the electrons and ions to
approach a mutual equilibrium at the same temperature. This relaxation time
is called the energy equilibration time and is denoted by Teq. Since the energy
change of the incident particle 1 due to the collision with a field particle is given

(3.5.32)

its average rate of change is written as

(~~) = ml (VI. (~I) +~ (1~;;12))

1
= (iil2.1. - 2iiI211)2:mlvI12 , (3.5.33)

where we used the relations (3.5.16, 17) and have ignored (ILlv1I1 2jLlt) since it is
much smaller [on the order of (log A)-I] than the other tenos. As we shall later
show aposteriori, the energy equilibration time is longer than the time needed
for each species of particle to approach its own equilibrium, i.e., Teq > Tee, TjiJ
SO that we can assume that each species of particle is in a Maxwell-Boltzmann
distribution specified by its own temperatures TI or T2. Then we can use (3.5.27,
28) to obtain

q?q!n2 10gA [.!.4> (_V_I )

(~~) = 411"eOmi _ (1 + ml) ~I G (_V_I )]
VI vn..fi m2 Vn vn..fi

= iq~n2
-=-~~
411"e~m2
Iog A [(1 + -m2)
ml
~- - 1exp (V?
11" vn
---)
2vh

- .!.4> VI Pi)] ,
( vnv2 (3.5.34)
VI
where (3.5.26) was used. We then average (3.5.34) over the Maxwell-Boltzmann
distribution for species 1:

((~~)) = (211";~V}1 J£fvlexp (-2:tJ (~~) (3.5.35)

Noting the relations

33
where f3 = v-n/VTI, and the last expression was integrated by parts, we obtain

((~~)) =
(3.5.36)

with

Finally, setting (3.5.36) equal to (3nt/2)dTI/dt, we arrive at the temperature

relaxation equation

(3.5.37)

with
31ry'i;'c~mlm2 (TI T2 )3/2
Teq = 22
ql q2 n2 lo g A
-+-
ml m2
(3.5.38)

By setting TI = Te , T2 = 11, ml = me, m2 = mil ql = -e, q2 = Ze, and n2 = nil

the electron-ion energy equilibration time T:.! is then given as

ei . 31ry'i;'c~mi T;f2
eq = Z2 e4 ni log A - - .;m; .
T. (3.5.39)

Clearly it is of the same order as Tie and hence the assumption of Teq ~ Tee, Tii
is justified.

3.5.5 Effective Collision Frequency

The collision frequencies (3.5.30) are for particles moving with thermal speed
and scattering at 90 degrees. Let us reexamine the parameter dependence of the
general expression for the collision frequency (3.5.7), i.e.,
1
vei(v,LlO) ex: 3 ·2 . (3.5.40)
V sm .10
This relation shows that the collision frequency is smaller for faster particles and
that it is large for small-angle scattering.

34
 We mentioned before that the electrical resistivity is detennined by Veil!
through the relation (3.5.11). This is true only at thennal equilibrium. How-
ever, if there is a special class of electrons which move at a much faster speed
than the thennal electron speed, their collision frequency is low, so that these
electrons can be accelelated by an electric field for a much longer time than the
time veil. The more they are accelerated, the fewer collisional events do they
suffer. tus these particles can be accelerated to a very high speed, close to the
relativistic limit. Such electrons are called the run-away electrons. Similarly, the
relaxation times of fast particles are much longer than the average relaxation
times given by (3.5.30). In many real plasmas of interest, there exist high en-
ergy components. These components constitute a high energy tail in the velocity
distribution and are sometimes called the supra-thermal particles.
Let us examine the momentum relaxation of supra-thennal ions, such as
those produced by energetic neutral beam injection (NBI) and the a-particles
produced by nuclear reactions. As seen from (3.5.27-29), their relaxation times
are proportional to vt. In particular, because of the mass ratio in (3.5.28), the
relaxation time of the ions with VI > VTe is detennined by the slowing-down
process due to the electrons,
. 47l'e~memi 3
11el!(VI > VTe) = p e2 ne Iog A VI • (3.5.41)

In many cases of interest, in order to significantly decrease the velocity we

do not need 90 degree deflection in collisions; only a small-angle deflection is
sufficient. For instance, particles trapped in a local magnetic mirror potential can
be detrapped by relatively small pitch angle scattering. If the critical pitch angle
for trapping is Be, the effective collision frequency Ve.ff needed for detrapping is
given by

(3.5.42)

where V.1. = 1/7.1. is the 90 degree deflection frequency.

3.6 Relativistic Effects

The equation of motion is written as

dv
dt =v x We, (3.6.1)

where We =Web and

eB
We=- (3.6.2)
"'{m

is the cyclotron frequency and "'{ = [1 - (v/d]-1/2. The fact that the cyclotron

35
frequency depends on -y means that the relativistic effect significantly changes the
electron cyclotron resonance W = Wee in an inhomogeneous magnetic field. This
implies that the relativistic effect is important in the analysis of electron cyclotron
wave absorption for high electron temperature plasmas where Te ;2; 20keV.
We now consider a charged particle moving in a combination of electric and
magnetic fields E and B, where both are uniform and static. As a special case,
E .1 B will be treated first. Consider a Lorentz transformation to a coordinate
frame K' moving with a velocity u with respect to the original coordinate frame.
The equation for the charged particle in K' is

dp '
dt' = e(E' + v x B') , (3.6.3)

where the primed variables are in the K' system. The electromagnetic field
becomes
E' = -y(E + u x B) - L! (:!!:. . E)
-y+lc c
and (3.6.4)

B' =-y ( B- ~ u x E) -, -y~ 1; (; . B) . (3.6.5)

Let us consider the case of lEI < ciBI. If u is chosen as the E x B drift
velocity, then
ExB
u = B2 (3.6.6)

Then from (3.6.4, 5) we find the fields in K' to be Eil

= 0, E~ = and = ° Bil
0, B~ = Bh, where -y = [l - (u/c)2rl/2. Here II and .1 refer to the direction
of u. In the K' frame the only field acting is the static magnetic field B~ which
points in the same direction as B, but it is weaker than B by a factor lh. Thus,
the motion in K' is a spiraling around the line of force.
The drift velocity u has physical meaning only if it is less than the velocity of
light, i.e., for lEI < ciBI. If lEI> clBI, the particle is continuously accelerated
in the direction of E by the strong electric field and it is considered that its
average energy continues to increase with time. To understand this we consider
a Lorentz transformation from the original frame to a system K" moving with a
velocity
, 2E x B
u=c £l . (3.6.7)

In this frame, from (3.6.4, 5) with E' E", B' B", -y -y' = [1 -
Eii =0, E: = Eh' and Bii =
-t -t -t
(u'/c)2]-I/2 the electric and magnetic fields are
0, B~ = 0. Thus in the K" system the particle moves in a purely electrostatic
field.
If E has a component parallel to B, the behavior of the particle is not
straightforward to understand. The scalar product E . B is a Lorentz invariant.
If E . B f 0, both E and B will exist simultaneously in all-Lorentz frames.

36
 For a charged particle in a uniform static magnetic field B and E = 0, the
transverse motion is periodic. The action integral for this transverse motion is

(3.6.8)

where P.L = ,mv.L + eA is the transverse component of the canonical momentum

and dl is a line element along the circular path of the particle. This gives

(3.6.9)

The quantity B7rei. is the flux through the particle orbit This means 'Y1l- is an
adiabatic invariant, where J-L = ewcei./2 is the magnetic moment In time varying
fields, J-L is an adiabatic invariant only in the non-relativistic limit.

_PROBLEMS

3.1. Calculate the cyclotron frequency and the Larmor radius of the following
particles: (i) an electron of leV in the earth's magnetic field ('" 0.3G);
(ii) an alpha particle of 3.6 MeV in a magnetic field of 20 kG; (iii) a boron
atom B of 200keV in a magnetic field of 50 kG.
3.2. The magnetic mirror force arises from the Lorentz force component,

mdvil/dt = -qveBr.
Show that it is given by -J-LoB/oz.
3.3. Show that in vacuum the sum of the curvature drift and the gradient B
drift is given by

Vc + VG = qm(2vII + "2
vi)BXVB
B3 .

3.4. Discuss the guiding center motion when a static electric field is present in
the direction of the gradient B drift as shown in Fig. 3.8.

B
o
===> Fig. 3.8. Directions of static electric field and gradient
'YB drift B drift, for Problem 3.4

3.5. Estimate the E x B drift velocity, the curvature drift velocity and the
gradient B drift velocity, in a magnetic field of 104 G. Use the units kV/m
for the electric field, m- I for the gradient and keY for the energy.
3.6. Discuss the particle motion in the presence of a weak oscillating magnetic
field B.L cos wot perpendicular to a static magnetic field Bo.

37
 3.7. Show that the ponderomotive force (3.4.9) can be written as

-v· (m/21L1vI 2 ) = -V(qL1r· E).

3.8. Estimate the collision frequencies Vee and Vei for the following plasmas:
(i) Te = lOeV and n = 1018m -3; (ii) Te = lOkeV and n = lOWm- 3 ; (iii)
Te = lOkeV and n = l()31m-3 •

38
4. Formulation of Plasma Theory

In this chapter, we begin the exposition of the theory of plasmas. We shall

restrict ourselves primarily to plasmas consisting of charged particles which can
be represented by point charge and point mass. Each particle is assumed to
obey the classical nonrelativistic equations of motion and the plasma has no
net charge, namely, there are equal number of negative charges (electrons) and
positive charges (ions).
The basic equations describing the behavior of such a plasma can roughly be
divided into three classes depending on the level of detail of the description. The
most detailed description is to follow the motion of each constituent particle,
including the mutual interactions with other particles. In this description, the
plasma is represented by a distribution function in r-space (the phase space
of all the particles) and the electromagnetic fields produced by all the charged
particles. The system of equations corresponding to such a description is called
the Klimontovich system of equations. Although these equations can completely
describe the plasma, the direct information gained by such description is often
useless because it contains too much detail.
A more useful description which treats the plasma as a phase space contin-
uum, is the J.L-space description where a single particle phase space distribution
is used to describe the behavior in the presence of an averaged electromagnetic
field consistent with the continuum particle distribution. In this case we can ei-
ther include the collisional effect (Boltzmann equation) or neglect it (Vlasov or
collisionless Boltzmann equation). In the presence of a strong magnetic field, we
can further simplify the equation by considering only the time-averaged guiding
center motion (drift-kinetic equation).
The most widely used description is similar to that of an ordinary macro-
scopic fluid. Here the plasma is represented by a continuum in real space and
only the macroscopic quantities such as density, fluid velocity, temperature, and
the electromagnetic fields consistent with these macroscopic variables are used
to describe the plasma behavior. Although this description neglects the phase
space continuity of plasma, it is a good description of an electromagnetic fluid.
There are two types of macroscopic descriptions: one is to treat the plasma as
a two-component fluid consisting of an electron fluid and an ion fluid, and the
other is to treat it as a one-component fluid by assuming local charge neutrality.
The former is useful to derive the electrostatic response of a plasma, whereas the
latter, usually called the magnetohydrodynamic (MHD) model, can describe a
plasma in the presence of a strong inhomogeneous magnetic field. In fact, it can

39
be derived from the more fundamental equations in the limit of small Larmor
radius and large cyclotron frequency.

4.1 The r -Space Description

(Klimontovich System of Equations)
Consider an sth species of particles (s = e for the electron and i for the ion) and
let the number of such particles in the spatial region r '" r + dr and the velocity
region v '" v + dv at time t be F.(r, v, t)d3rd3v.
If we choose the volume element d3r~v to be sufficiently small such that
only one particle or less can exist inside it, then F. will become either zero (if
no particle exists there) or one, that is, it is a b-function. Let there be a total of
N. particles and let the position and velocity of the jth particle at time t be r j(t)
and v it) (j = 1,2, ... ,N.), then the distribution function F. can be written as
N.
F.(r,v,t) = L:b[r - rj(t)] 15 [v - Vj(t)] , (4.1.1)
j=1

where b[a] for a vector a represents the product of the three b-functions for each
vector component:

8[a] = b[a x ] 8[ay] b[a z ] • (4.1.2)

Differentiating (4.1.1) with respect to time yields

of. =
at
E
j=1
(oF• . drj + of• . dVj) .
orj dt OVj dt
(4.1.3)

Here, dr j / dt =v j and dv j / dt is given from the equation of motion as

dVj q.
= -[E(rj,t)+vj x B(rj,t)] == K.(rj,vj,t) ,
A A A

-d (4.1.4)
t m.
where q., m. are the charge and mass of the sth species of particle and the
hat stands for microscopic quantities, implying that the fields produced by point
charges, as well as the external fields, are included.
Equation (4.1.3) then becomes

of.
at

where we used the fact that F. is a sum of 8-functions. We can write from (4.1.1)

E
)'=1
of. of.
or)· = - or'
~ of. = _ of. ,
~
j=1 U~v j U
~v

40
from which we finally obtain
8F~ 8F. 8F.
at
A

+V· 8r +K.(r,v,t)· 8v =0. (4.1.5)

This equation is called the Klimontovich equation. The acceleration k. or the

electromagnetic fields E and B satisfy Maxwell's equations:
8
= - at B(r, t)
A A

V x E(r, t)
1 8
= c2 8t E(r, t) + f-Lo.l(r, t)
A A A

V x B(r, t) (4.1.6)
V· B(r,t) = 0,
V· E(r, t) = ..!.ae(r, t).
100

where j and ae are the microscopic current density and charge density and are
given in terms of F. as

J(r,t)
A
=~ J
L.Jq. vF.(r,v,t)d3v,
A
(4.1.7)
•
ae(r, t) = Lq. J F.(r, v, t)d3 v . (4.1.8)
•
We note that in (4.1.6), the current and charge produced by the plasma
particles are all included in j and ae, so that the relations between B and iI
and E and b are the same as those in vacuum.
Equations (4.1.5-8) constitute the Klimontovich system of equations. The
structure of this system is the following: given the particle distribution function
F., it determines j and ae through (4.1.7, 8) which in turn determine E and B
through (4.1.6); the acceleration k. is then expressed in terms of F. which has
to satisfy (4.1.5) (self-consistency).
Since the Klimontovich system of equations are partial differential equations,
their solution is not unique unless initial and boundary conditions are prescribed.
The boundary conditions could be determined by assuming an idealized vessel
wall and vacuum electromagnetic fields which are produced by external means.
On the other hand, specifying the initial conditions requires a knowledge of the
positions and velocities {r j, v j} of all the constituent particles at t = 0, where
{rj,vj} = {rl(t = O),Vl(t = O),···,rN(t = O),VN(t = Onand N is the total
number of particles (N = E. N.). The solution of the Klimontovich system of
equations therefore depends on the 6N initial parameters {r j, v j}. We denote
this by
F.(r,v,t)=F.(r,v,tl{rj,vj}) , E(r,t)=E(r,tl{rjovj}) etc. (4.1.9)

Naturally it is impossible to know all 6N initial parameters, so that in practice

we cannot solve the Klimontovich system of equations. Even if we knew the
initial parameters and even if we succeeded in solving the equations, the results
would contain too much information to be of any use!

41
4.2 The J.l-Space Description
(Boltzmann-Vlasov System of Equations)
The Il-space description can be obtained from the r -space Klimontovich system
of equations by averaging their solutions over the ensemble of initial parameters.
The resulting distribution function and the field variables then become smooth
functions of r and v. In the notation used here, this average is denoted by an
angular bracket, and the averaged quantities are now without a hat as

(Fa(r, v, tl{rj, Vj}») _ Fa(r, v, t), (4.2.1)

(E(r,tl{rj,vj}») _ E(r,t) etc.
The quantities defined by (4.1.frS) can also be averaged as in (4.2.1) and the
same equations as (4.1.frS) hold for the averaged quantities, since these equa-
tions are linear with respect to the quantities with hats. However, because of its
nonlinearity, taking the average of (4.1.5) we have

aFa a ( A a A)
8t + v . ar Fa + K a' av Fa =0 . (4.2.2)

The last term on the left-hand side differs from K.· a Fa/av. We denote the
difference by

A av
( K.· F • corr == (A
aA) aA) a
K.· av F • - K.· av F •. (4.2.3)

This quantity is usually called the two-body correlation term or the term repre-
senting the discreteness effect of the plasma. Indeed, k a and F. are expressed
in terms of the sum of contributions of the discrete particles represented by
c5-functions. Thus, (/(.' (a/av)F.) consists of the terms like
(c5[r - rj(t)] c5[v - Vj(t)] c5[r - ri(t)] c5[v - Vi(t)]} .

If the particles are mutually independent of each other, then for j:f: i the above
average is reduced to

(c5[r - rj(t)] c5[v - Vj(t)]} (c5[r - ri(t)] c5[v - Vi(t)]}

so that its contribution to (4.2.3) vanishes. Nonzero contributions to (4.2.3) can

be expected only from the terms j = i. The physical process represented by
such terms is the following. Consider a particle which we call the 'test particle'.
The electromagnetic fields produced by this particle modify the orbits of the
surrounding particles. This orbit modification in turn induces a field at the position
of the test particle and modifies its orbit. It is clear that (4.2.3) always represents
the two-body correlation effect or the collisional effect. The collision term can
also be derived in a way similar to the Boltzmann collision integral in an ordinary
gas, but by taking into account the collective screening effect of the surrounding
particles (Sect. 6.S).

42
 We note that in the limit of an ideal plasma, the two-body correlation term
can completely be ignored. Indeed, the ideal plasma is a continuum in phase
space and has no discrete properties, hence, the two-body correlation effect is
totally negligible when compared with the effect of the average electromagnetic
field. Of course, this argument is true only when we look at the plasma on a
spatial scale greater than or equal to the Debye length. On sufficiently small
spatial scales, the discreteness effects become very important We also note that
the definition of the average ( ) has not yet been clearly stated. For a system
not in thermal equilibrium, the ensemble average cannot be precisely defined.
We shall not dwell on this point, but restrict ourselves to mentioning that the
average smears out the discreteness effects to an extent which depends on the
given situation of interest.
In the discussion below, we shall consider only plasmas very close to an
ideal plasma and neglect two-body correlation terms. The resulting system of
equations can then be written as follows:

(4.2.4)

K.(r,v,t) = ~[E(r,t)+v x B(r,t)] , (4.2.5)

m.

aB 1 aE
VxE = at
, V x B = C2 tit + J..LoJ , (4.2.6)
1
V·B = 0, V·E=-ae ,
eO

J(r, t) = Lq. JvF.d v , 3 (4.2.7)

Lq. JF.d v.
8

ae(r, t) = 3 (4.2.8)
8

We refer to (4.2.4) as the Vlasov equation or the collisionless Boltzmann

equation, and (4.2.4-8) as the Vlasov system of equations. Note that they are
exactly of the same form as the Klimontovich system of equations. However,
their components are different on the following two points. First, whereas the
Klimontovich equations describe the exact behavior of the plasma, the Vlasov
equations are approximate and valid only when two-body correlation effects are
totally negligible. Second, every solution of the Klimontovich equations contains
6N initial parameters {r j, v j} but the solution of the Vlasov equations do not
have any such parameters. The initial condition for the latter is simply that the
solution be smooth in phase space.
Both the Klimontovich system and the Vlasov system are invariant under
time reversal, so that the physical processes described by these system of equa-
tions are essentially reversible processes. This can be seen by the invariance of

43
equations by the transfonnations t -+ -t,11 -+ -11 and B -+ -B. This prop-
erty of the equations is the fundamental difference from the Boltzmann equation
which describes the irreversible approach to equilibrium by collisional processes.
However, the Vlasov equation is nonlinear with respect to the electromagnetic
fields, as shown by the last term on the left hand side of (4.2.4). This term is
nonlinear because the distribution function Fa depends on the electromagnetic
field. Because of this nonlinearity, the problem of solving the Vlasov equation
is in general extremely difficult, and the solution describes a rich variety of in-
teresting phenomena.

4.3 Drift Kinetic Theory

For plasma immersed in a strong magnetic field, the Larmor radii of the individual
particles are much smaller than the characteristic length of the magnetic field,
L. Since {!L/ L < 1, where eL is a representative Larmor radius, we can expand
the Vlasov equations for such plasmas in this small parameter. The lowest order
equation in the expansion is called drift kinetic equation. It is also possible to
derive this equation directly from the guiding center equations of motion rather
than by expanding the Vlasov equation. Then the guiding center orbits are exactly
described by the resulting drift kinetic equation.
In the guiding center approximation of the particle motion, the cyclotron
motion is averaged out and the magnetic moment and the parallel velocity are
enough to describe the motion (Sect. 3.2). Hence we consider a five-dimensional
phase space with coordinates ai(i = 1 to 5), where {ail = {z,j.t,vlI};z is the
guiding center position, j.t is the magnetic moment, and VII is the guiding center
velocity component parallel to B at z. The volume element in guiding center
phase space is defined by
(4.3.1)
The collisionless guiding center drift kinetic equation follows from the require-
ment that the number
dN=fdV (4.3.2)
of guiding centers in the co-moving volume element dr be constant in time,
d
dt(fdV) =O. (4.3.3)

Here the total time derivative in phase space is defined by

.!=~+Eda; ~. (4.3.4)
dt &t ; dt aa;
It is noted that

44
 oai = 0 oa·
&t '
~ = Dij (Kronecker delta) , (4.3.5)
uaj

and dad dt in (4.3.4) is a function of {ai} and t.

After a short time dt, the volume element dV will become dV + [d(dV)/dt],
where

{dV + ~(dV)dt} / dV
= o(al +(dati dt)dt, ... , as +(das/ dt)dt) +.!.dJ dt
(4.3.6)
o(al,· .. , as) J dt
by the rule for transforming small elements of volume. The first term on the right
of (4.3.6) is a determinant whose non-diagonal elements are all proportional to
dt, and whose diagonal elements are

a
- l ) dt,···,I+- (da
1 + - (da - s ) dt. a (4.3.7)
Oal dt oas dt
Thus, neglecting squares and higher powers of dt,

i.(dV)
dt
= {E ~
i oai
(da i )
dt
+.!.J dJ} dV .
dt
(4.3.8)

Equation (4.3.3) can be transformed to yield

df +Sf=O (4.3.9)
dt '
with S defined by

S == _1 i.(dV) = E ~ (da i ) +.!. dJ . (4.3.10)

dV dt i Oai dt J dt

Here, (4.3.9) is the collisionless drift kinetic equation. The quantity S van-
ishes identically when the Vlasov description is applicable to the chosen phase
space volume dV. The left-hand side of the drift kinetic equation is then a total
time derivative in phase space, hence f = const along the phase space trajecto-
ries. If Sf. 0, then f varies along the phase space trajectories. It is important to
note that (4.3.9) can be transformed to yield

~(Jf)+
&t
Ei ~ (da i Jf)
Oai dt
=0 (4.3.11)

as an alternative form of the drift kinetic equation and that S can be written in
the form

S = .!.
J
[OJ
&t
+Ei ~ (da i J)]
oai dt
(4.3.12)

45
as an alternative to (4.3.10). The fonn of (4.3.12) is the same whether Vlasov
description is satisfied (S = 0) or not (S f 0).
We will now turn to a guiding center drift theory valid for time-independent
magnetic fields, which is consistent with the Vlasov description. The equations
of motion are
dz v2
dt == VD = vllb+vE+vG + ~(V x b), (4.3.13)

~
dt
= (.!L
m
E - .lm!:.. V B) . [b + vII V x b]
Q
, (4.3.14)

dJ-L =0 (4.3.15)
dt '
where Q = qB/m and VE and VG are Ex B drift and gradient B drift, re-
spectively, given in Sect. 3.2. The last tenn in (4.3.14) can be derived by using
J-LB + mv~/2 + q</J = K = const:

-dVIl = -d [( -2 )
dt dt m
1/2
v'K - J-LB - q</J]

= ---
~
1 (dB d</J) (K -J-LB-q</J) -1/2
J-L-+q-
dt dt '
(4.3.16)

dB/dt = dz/dt· VB and d</J/dt = dz/dt. V</J. By substituting (4.3.13) into

dz / dt, and noting (v E + vG) . (J-L V B - qE) = 0, we obtain

~
dt
= - (.l!:..v
m
B + .!LV</J) . [b + ~(V x b)] .
m Q
(4.3.17)

for E = - V </J. A special property of this guiding center equation is that (4.3.14)
contains a tenn for the parallel drift which is of higher order in eLi L, and that vII
agrees with the usual guiding center velocity along the magnetic field line only
in the leading order in eL/ L. It is noted that the last tenn of (4.3.13) is identical
to the curvature drift in Sect. 3.2 since b· Vb = -b x (V x b) and V x B = 0:
V2 v2
Vc = ~b x (b· Vb) = ~(V x b). (4.3.18)

The Vlasov description follows as an exact consequence of the preceding

guiding center equations of motion. Use of the phase space volume element
271"
dV = -Bdz
m
dVIl dJ-L (4.3.19)

leads to S = 0 as defined in (4.3.12). By noting that B is assumed to be stationary,

S reduces to

46
 S=~B [v. (d2!B) +~ (~B)] .
dt aVIl dt
(4.3.20)

The resultant drift kinetic equation has the fonn

af + VD . V f + ~ ~ f = 0 (4.3.21)
at dt aVIl
or alternatively, .

~(Bf)+V'
at
(vDBf) + ~ (~Bf)
aVIl dt
=0, (4.3.22)

corresponding to (4.3.11). Here the nabla operator means that the spatial deriva-
tive is perfonned with vII and /-l kept constant.

4.4 Two-Fluids Theory

Another approach to describe a plasma with no net charge is as a continuous
medium in real space. In this approximation, infonnation about the velocity dis-
tribution function is averaged out and kinetic effects relating to wave-particle
interactions, which will be discussed in Chap. 6, are neglected. The mass, mo-
mentum, and energy conservation equations are used to obtain a macroscopic
description of the plasma.
The distribution function describing the dynamics of charged particles in
phase space (/-l-space) is given by F.(r, v, t), where r denotes the real space and
v denotes the velocity space, respectively. As before, the suffix s denotes the
particle species; s =i for an ion and s =e for an electron. The particle number in
the phase space volume element d!rd3 v at time t is given by F.(r, v, t)d3 rd!v.
The volume element should be large enough to treat F.(r, v, t) as a continuous
function.
The particle density n.(r, t) at the position r at time t is given by the integral
of the distribution function over the velocity space:

n.(r,t) = JF.(r,v,t)d v. 3 (4.4.1)

Particle balance in the real space volume element d3 r is expressed in tenns

of the time evolution of n.(r, t) and the divergence of particle flux r .(r, t) as
an.
at +v·r.=o. (4.4.2)

This is the mass conservation equation, since integration over the closed volume
under the boundary condition v.' n = 0 gives a constant total number of particles
or J n.d3r = con st. Here, n is the unit vector nonnal to the surface of the closed
volume. In (4.4.2) the particle source tenn due to ionization of neutral atoms
and particle sink tenn due to recombination between an electron and an ion are
neglected, since we are concerned with fully ionized plasmas. The particle flux

47
r a is defined by

ra(r, t) = JvFa(r, v, t)d3 v = na(r, t)va(r, t) , (4.4.3)

where the bar denotes the average with respect to the velocity distribution func-
tion. The continuity equation (4.4.2) is required for both electrons and ions.
Hereafter vi represents the component of the velocity vector along the 1-
direction in cartesian coordinates. The momentum of the i-direction is given
by

I
IIa(r, t) = JmaV I Fa(r, v, t)d3 v = na(r, t)mav~(r,
- t) . (4.4.4)

The I-component of the momentum flow in the unit area perpendicular to the
k-direction is given by

p;k(r, t) = J mvlv kFa(r, V, t)d 3 v = na(r, t)mav~v: . (4.4.5)

This quantity is called the momentum transfer tensor and is related to the pressure
tensor. The velocity vector can be separated into an average velocity vector Va
and a fluctuating ii a, i.e, Va = Va + ii a. By using this relation, (4.4.5) can be
rewritten as

p;k(r, t) = nir, t)m8v~(r, t)v~(r, t) + p;k(r, t) , (4.4.6)

where

p;k(r, t) = ma J fjlfjk Fa(r, v, t)d3 v . (4.4.7)

The quantity p;k is called the pressure tensor. In deriving (4.4.6), we used the
relation fj! = O.
Hereafter the distribution function is assumed to be Maxwellian with tem-
perature Ta. This assumption is not essential to obtain the macroscopic equations
in a closed form. By including the average velocity Va' the Maxwell distribution
is given by

(4.4.8)

This is called the local Maxwellian distribution since the average quantities,
n a, T. and Va are spatially dependent. By substitution of (4.4.8) into (4.4.7), the
pressure tensor is given by

-Ik
Pa =(
naTa
0
0 0)
0
naTa . (4.4.9)
o 0 naTa

Thus for a Maxwellian distribution the pressure tensor becomes isotropic and
corresponds to a scalar pressure Pa = naTa.

48
 Occasionally, small deviations from the Maxwell distribution become impor-
tant. Then the pressure tensor is given by

(4.4.10)

where 81k is the Kronecker delta (unity for I =k and zero for If k). The off-
diagonal component of 8Pjk is given by

(4.4.11)

This quantity is related to the viscosity tensor which we will not discuss further.
In real problems, even when there is a deviation from a Maxwellian distribution,
it is often neglected. This is because the description of macroscopic or averaged
quantities is rather insensitive to the details of the distribution function.
Now we consider the momentum balance in the real space volume element
d3r. When electron-ion collision effects are negligible, the momentum balance
is
an! '" ~
~ +L.J!l
pkl
•
= pi.' (4.4.12)
Vb k VXk

where the second term on the left hand side corresponds to the momentum flow.
The term P; is the electromagnetic force per unit volume. This force is found
by taking the average of the force q.(E + v. x B) for electrons or ions over the
velocity space:
(4.4.13)

The gravitational force on the charged particles is neglected since it is much

smaller than the electromagnetic force. Then (4.4.12) can be written as
a
~ (n.m.v.)
_I " a
+ 'L.J _I -k
~(n.m.v.v.)
Vb k VXk

= - '" a -Ik _ I
L.J~p. +q.n.(E+v. X B) . (4.4.14)
k VXk

By using the continuity equation (4.4.2) in (4.4.14), we have

( av~ '" -k a _I)

n.m. at + 7" v. aXk v.

=- L: !la
k VXk
p;k + q.n.(E + v. x Bi . (4.4.15)

When the pressure tensor is assumed to be a scalar by (4.4.9), (4.4.15) becomes

(4.4.16)

where the left hand side is expressed in terms of the convective derivative,
d/dt = a/at + v.· V.

49
 Next we will consider the energy balance in the volume element J3r around
the position r. The energy density is defined by

fa(r, t) -
_/1 2 3 _1
2mav Fa(r, v, t)d v - 2manava .
"2
(4.4.17)

(4.4.18)

The charged particles will be accelerated or decelerated by an electric field

E in the direction of the force along v s' The magnetic Lorentz force vs x B,
however, will not contribute to the energy change. Then the energy balance is
described by
Of. ,,",Ok _
"'fu
U~
+ L.J -0 Qs
k Xk
= nsqsvs' E . (4.4.19)

Just as the momentum tensor can be separated into two parts by introducing
v s = v. + vs, so can the energy density:
_ 1 -2 1 -2
fa - 2 n am aV• + 2namaVa . (4.4.20)

The first term is the energy related to the macroscopic plasma flow and the
second term is related to the internal energy. The heat flow vector is then given
by
Q~ = 4m • / { ~(vk + vki} (vi + vl)F.(r, v, t)d3v

1 -2-1 1 (-2-1 2""' -k-k-I) 1 -2-1 (4.4.21)

= '2n"m"v"v"+'2n"m" v"v,,+ L...Jv"v"v" +'2n"m"v"v".
k

Here v! = 0 is used to obtain the last expression. The first term in (4.4.21) is the
kinetic energy flow related to the average velocity. The second term is the energy
flow related to the internal energy and is also called the convection of energy.
The third term is related to the thermal conduction. Under the assumption of a
Maxwell distribution, the following relations are obtained
1-:::-"2 T.
(v~)2 -(Vs) = -
3 ms
-I-k
v.vs = o (k 1= 1) (4.4.22)
-2-1
v.v. = O.
By using these results we can reduce the energy density and the heat flow vector
to the form
(4.4.23)

50
Substitution of these expressions into (4.4.19) gives
'" _kaU: 1 _2an. 3 a
n.m. 7 v. at + 2m •v • at + 2at (n.T.)

'" -k-I au!

+n.m.~v.v'-a +-2m.v'~-a
1 -2", a ( n.v.
-k)
k,l Xk k Xk

+ -25 '" -k a 5 '" au:

~ v. -a (n.T.) + -2 n •T• ~-a
k Xk k Xk
=n.q.v.·E. (4.4.24)
Use ofthe continuity equation and the equation of motion for an.1 at and au: I at
yields

23 ata (n.T.) + 23 7
'" -k a 5
v. aXk (n.T.) + 2 n.T·
'" au:
7 aXk = o. (4.4.25)

It should be noted that the continuity equation can be written in a different form

dn.
-+n.~
'" -
au:
=0. (4.4.26)
dt k aXk
Noting that the sum of the first and the second terms of (4.4.25) can be written
in terms of the convective derivative and, by using (4.4.26), (4.4.25) becomes
3 d 5 dna
2 dt (n.T.) - 2 T. dt =0. (4.4.27)

or

(4.4.28)

This relation is called the adiabatic law with the specific heat ratio 'Y = 5/3.
It is valid when collisions are frequent and energy equipartition is established
in a short time. In some rare cases of plasmas immersed in magnetic fields,
equipartition of the energy along directions perpendicular to the magnetic field
line is sufficient for the adiabatic assumption, but the energy exchange between
the perpendicular directions and the parallel direction is incomplete. In this case
'Y = 2. The general form of (4.4.28) is therefore
dP. p.
-='Y- (4.4.29)
dn. n. '
with 'Y =(d + 2)1 d and d is the number of degrees of freedom.
In summary, the following set of equations is obtained by combining the
continuity equation, momentum conservation, and energy conservation with the
Maxwell equations:
an. _
at + V . (n.v.) = 0, (4.4.30)

51
 (4.4.31)

dP. PB (4.4.32)
-="'{-
dna n. '

VxE=--
oB (4.4.33)
at'
(4.4.34)

(4.4.35)

V·B=O. (4.4.36)
When the ions have charge state specified by Z, qi = Ze and qe = -e, and 1-'0
and eo are the vacuum pennittivity and vacuum dielectric constant, respectively.
Equation (4.4.35) is the Poisson equation of an electric field due to space
charges, (4.4.33) is the induction equation and (4.4.34) is Ampere's law deter-
mining the magnetic field due to conduction current and displacement current.
These are the two-fluid eqUiltions, where one fluid is pure electrons and the other
pure ions. There are sixteen unknown quantities, i.e., n e , nil Pe, l'i, Ve, Vi, E and
B and eighteen equations. However, it should be noted that the divergence in
(4.4.33) corresponds to the time derivative of (4.4.36). That is, (4.4.33) describes
the time evolution of the initial condition set by (4.4.36). Similarly, the diver-
gence of (4.4.34) is equivalent to taking the time derivative of (4.4.35), when
we include the continuity equation (4.4.30). Thus, the Poisson equation (4.4.35)
also specifies an initial condition. That leaves 16 remaining independent equa-
tions, equal to the number of independent variables. This argument shows that
the two-fluid equations are closed and that they describe the dynamics of both
an electron fluid and an ion fluid in self-consistent electromagnetic fields.

4.5 Resistive Magnetohydrodynamics (MHD)

When the collisional momentum exchange is considerable, the equation of motion
for an electron fluid becomes

mene [ oue
at +(Ue • V)U e] =-VPe +neqe(E+ue x B) +R, (4.5.1)

and for ion fluids

(4.5.2)

52
where
(4.5.3)
Hereafter v6 is denoted by Us' The collision time between electron and ion is
denoted by rej.
In this section the resistive one-fluid MHD equations will be derived from
the two-fluid equations. By taking the sum of the equations of motion (4.5.1, 2),
dUe dUj
mene dt + mjnj"dt =- V P +J X B + aeE (4.5.4)

is given, where O'e = -ene + ZeTli, J = -eneUe + ZeTliUi and P = Pe + Fl. It is

noted that the mass density (! and the average velocity U can be approximated
by
(! = njmj + neme = njmj (4.5.5)
U = (ujnjmj + ueneme)/ (! = Uj •

In the left-hand side of (4.5.4), the electron inertia term is usually much
smaller than the ion inertia term and is therefore negligible. Then we have the
equation

(! (C;;; + (u· V)U) = -: V P + J x B + aeE . (4.5.6)

as the equation of motion for one fluid; the plasma is approximated by a single
magneto-fluid.
Similarly, by taking the sum of the electron continuity equation and the ion
continuity equation, we get
a(!
- + V . «(!u) = 0 (4.5.7)
at
as the one-fluid continuity equation.
It is noted that the energy conservation equation or the adiabatic law (4.4.29)
can be written as

(4.5.8)

After introducing charge neutrality ne = Znj = n and taking the sum of the
adiabatic laws for the electron fluid and the ion fluid, we get

(4.5.9)

If we use the continuity equation for the density instead of (!, (4.5.9) can be
rewritten as
ap
lit + (u . V)P + I PV . U =0. (4.5.10)

53
 From the equation of motion for an electron fluid (4.5.1), an expression for
the relation between the electric field E and the current density J, i.e., Ohm's
law, can be derived. When the electron inertia term is negligible, Ohm's law is
written as
1
E + 11. X B = -(J x B - V Pe + R) , (4.5.11)
en
where charge neutrality is assumed. The frictional force given in (4.5.3) can also
be expressed as
me
R = - J=en."J, (4.5.12)
'Teie

where we introduce the resistivity." = m e /n e e2 'Tei. When the current drift velocity
1I.d = -J len is much smaller than 11., and Pe = nTe/(B2/21-'0) < 1, the right-hand
side of (4.5.11) is simply replaced by ."J. Then Ohm's law becomes

E+1I. x B =."J. (4.5.13)

By taking the difference of the continuity equations for an electron fluid and
an ion fluid we have
oUe (4.5.14)
Ot +V·J=O.

For the electromagnetic fields, the same equations as in the two-fluids model
are employed:
oB
-=-VxE (4.5.15)
ot '
1 oE
-ClOt
- + r- 0 J - V x B
1l =0 , (4.5.16)

where c2 = (cOI-'O)-l.
Thus, the resistive one-fluid MHO equations are closed by (4.5.6, 7, 10,
13-16) for the fifteen variables {g, U e , P, 11., B, E, J}. As before, the equations
Ue
V·E=-, (4.5.17)
cO

V·B=O (4.5.18)

are initial conditions. It should be noted that the resistive MHO equations are
actually closed when the resistivity." is given independently. In Coulomb col-
lisions the resistivity is proportional to Te- 3/ 2 • But the pressure P also includes
Te. In order to include the temperature dependence of the resistivity within the
resistive MHO equations, we need an expression for the electron temperature
evolution or the assumption Te = 11 = P /2n.

54
_PROBLEMS

4.1. According to the Liouville theorem in classical mechanics, the one-particle

phase space distribution F(r,p, t) satisfies the Liouville equation
8F 8H 8F 8H 8F
m= 8r . 8p - 8p' 8r '
(4.P.l)

where H is the single particle Hamiltonian

1
H = -Ip
2m
- qAI 2 + qtP (4.P.2)

and p is the canonical momentum p = mv + qA. Here A and tP are,

respectively, the vector and the scalar potential. Using the equation of
motion

(4.P.3)

derive the Vlasov equation (4.2.4) from the Liouville equation.

4.2. Confino (4.3.18) by showing that b· (V x b) = O.
4.3. For the phase space volume element of (4.3.19), show that S =0, where S
is given by (4.3.20), by noting that dz/dt and dVIl/dt are given by (4.3.13,
14), respectively.
4.4. Taking the moment of the Vlasov equation (4.2.4), derive the continuity
equation (4.4.2) and the momentum balance equation (4.4.12) with (4.4.13).

55
5. Electrostatic Response

In general, plasma motion induced by an electric field produces an electromag-

netic field. However, in many cases of interest, the field produced by the plasma
motion can be represented solely by an electric field, without being accompanied
by magnetic field perturbations. Such is the case when a charge density fluctu-
ation is produced in a plasma with no magnetic field. In this case, the induced
plasma motion is parallel to the electric field E due to the charge fluctuation,
therefore the modification of the field due to the plasma motion is also parallel
to E. As a result, the curl of E vanishes and no magnetic field results. A similar
situation takes place when an electric field perturbation is along a static magnetic
field. In these cases, the electric field can be expressed in terms of an electro-
static potential E = -V¢>o The plasma response that can be expressed by an
electrostatic potential alone is called the electrostatic response. In this chapter,
we shall consider only such responses.
As mentioned in Chap. 2, plasma has a tendency to keep local charge neu-
trality. This electrostatic response is due to the local electric polarization of the
plasma, and is called the Debye shielding. Section 5.1 deals with this Debye
shielding. The following three sections treat oscillatory electrostatic responses
or electrostatic waves in plasma without magnetic field, namely, the electron
plasma oscillation in Sect. 5.2, the two-stream instability in Sect. 5.3, and the
ion acoustic wave in Sect. 5.4.
When the electric field perturbation is at an angle to the magnetic field, the
induced plasma motion has a component perpendicular to both the electric and
magnetic fields due to the E x B drift. As a result, a variation perpendicular to
E is induced, or V x E f 0, so that a magnetic perturbation is produced. Even
in this case, one often encounters the situation where the electric field is, to a
good approximation, expressible by an electrostatic potential alone (electrostatic
approximation). As an example of such cases, we consider in Sect. 5.5 the elec-
trostatic drift waves which are the waves that often cause enhanced transport of
plasma across the magnetic field.
The electrostatic responses considered in Sect. 5.1-5 are cases of linear
response, that is, the plasma response is linear with respect to the electric field
amplitude, which is usually true when the latter is sufficiently small. When the
amplitude becomes large, for example, through an instability, nonlinear effects
have to be invoked. Naturally, the theoretical treatment of nonlinear effects is
much more difficult than that of the linear response; we shall present some of
the simplest examples of nonlinear waves in the last section.

56
 The method used in this chapter is based on the two-fluid model described
in Sect. 4.4. For more rigorous analysis, one has to use the Vlasov model de-
scribed in Chap. 6. The most important effect that requires the Vlasov model
is the resonant exchange of energy between the individual particle motion and
the wave motion. Such effects become important when the phase velocity of the
wave is comparable to the thermal speed of the particles. Conversely, if the phase
velocity of the wave is either much larger or smaller than the thermal speed of
the particles, the two-fluid model usually gives a good approximation.

5.1 Debye Shielding

5.1.1 Debye Potential

The electrostatic potential produced by a charge e located at distance r is

e
¢(r) = -4- (5.1.1)
'/reor
The plasma consists of many charged particles and the electrostatic potential
inside the plasma is given by the sum of all the potentials, in the form given in
(5.1.1). Since the potential produced by a positive (or negative) charge attracts
negative (or positive) c~arge, the net potential around a specific charge becomes
smaller than that given by (5.1.1), approaching zero much faster than 1/r as r
increases. This is called the Debye shielding and is one of the most important
properties of the plasma.
Consider the potential ¢(r) near an ion of positive charge q placed at the
origin. The Poisson equation for ¢(r) can be written as
-V2¢(r) = .io[r] + ~ [Znj(r) - ne(r)] (5.1.2)
eo eo
where o[r ](= o[x]o[y]o[z]) is the product of Dirac delta functions and as before
nj and ne are the ion and electron particle density, respectively. We consider
the time scale in which the ion at the origin can be treated at rest. In this time
scale, most of the ions do not respond to the potential, so that the induced ion
density perturbation can be ignored, that is, nj can be treated as being constant.
The electrons can quicldy respond to the potential, however, and hence ne is
perturbed by ¢(r). Neglecting the electron inertia [the left hand side of (4.4.16)]
and assuming the isothermal response, Pe(r) = ne(r)Te, we obtain from (4.4.16)
with E = -V ¢ and B = 0 the relation
ne(r) =noexp [e¢(r)ITeJ (5.1.3)
where no is the initial unperturbed electron density. This relation describes the
static balance of the electrostatic potential force and the electron pressure gradient
force and is called the Boltzmann relation. Note that in the presence of a static
magnetic field, the same relation follows from the electron equation of motion
along the magnetic field. If we assume for simplicity that the ions are singly
ionized, then we have nj = no and (5.1.2) becomes

57
 2 n~ q
-V'</J = - [1 - exp(e</J/Te)] + -8[r] . (5.1.4)
co co
We further linearize this equation with respect to </J by considering the region
e</J ~ Te and look for a spatially symmetric solution, </J(r) = </J(r). Equation
(5.1.4) then becomes

1 d 2 d</J e2 no q
- - r - - - </J=-- 8[r] (5.1.5)
r2 dr dr coTe co
which can be solved under the boundary condition that </J(r) -+ 0 for r -+ 00 as

</J(r) = - q4 exp(-r/AD) (5.1.6)

7rcor
where AD is the Debye length defined by

AD =VcoTe/noe2 . (5.1.7)

The potential given by (5.1.6) is called the Debye potential and is shown in
Fig. 5.1, together with the bare Coulomb potential given by (5.1.1). We can see
that the Debye potential goes to zero much faster than the Coulomb potential for
r > AD. In practice, the Debye potential is effective only in the region r < AD,
being almost perfectly screened by the electrons in the region r ~ AD.

5.1.2 Physical Picture of Debye Shielding

As before, consider an ion of charge q at rest at the origin. An electron of speed
v passing by at a distance R away from the ion feels an attractive force equal
to eq/47rcoR2 during the transit time T which is on the order of .,fiR/v. As

I
I
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\ ,,
' ............ ,
' .......
.............. - Fig. 5.1. Debye potential (solid line) and
unshielded Coulomb potential (dashed
line) as a function of a reduced length
o
58 r/llo
a result, the electron orbit is displaced toward the origin by an amount Lir '"
r2eq/87reoR2m '" eq/47reomv2. There are no electrons in the unit volume. so
that the charge density induced at the r = R surface due to the displacement of
the electron orbit is -eno (Lir). where the angled brackets ( ) denote an average.
The potential due to the ion is completely screened outside the radius R if the
net induced charge at r = R, -47r R2eno (Lir). equals -q. Using the above result
for Lir. we obtain the value of R by

(5.1.8)

Approximating (l/mv 2) by 1/(mv2 ) '" lITe. we get R2 '" At. We can see from
this argument that low energy electrons contribute more efficiently to the Debye
shielding than high energy electrons. This is because the orbit of a low energy
electron has more time to be deflected than that of a high energy electron.
Three comments should be added. First, the linear approximation used to
derive (5.1.5) breaks down when r -+ O. Equation (5.1.6) shows that the condition
eel> <: Te is satisfied when
I AD
~-exp(-r/AD) <: I
nOAD r
or unless

r < AD/noA~. (5.1.9)

Since for such small values of r the potential due to the ion is close to the bare
Coulomb potential. the Debye potential of (5.1.6) is. in fact. a good approximation
for the entire range of r. Second. in the linear approximation the Boltzmann
relation is reduced to the form
ne - no eel>
no = Te (5.1.10)

which implies that the electron density perturbation is proportional to (or in phase
with) the electrostatic potential. For a large spacial scale the local charge neu-
trality given by nj = ne is satisfied due to the Debye shielding. so that in this
case the ion density perturbation is also in phase with the electrostatic potential.
Third, since the Boltzmann relation can be derived even in the presence of a
static magnetic field, the Debye potential can also be derived irrespective of the
presence of a static magnetic field, provided that the potential is isotropic.

5.2 Electron Plasma Oscillation

Consider a spatially uniform plasma free from magnetic fields. Suppose that in
this plasma an electron density perturbation is produced which depends only on
x and t. Such a perturbation can be made by a displacement in the x-direction
of the electron fluid relative to the ion fluid. Then an electric field is produced

59
and acts to bring the electron fluid back to the original position. Because of the
electron inertia, however, the electron fluid overshoots the original position and
must reverse itself again. This back and forth oscillation takes place at a high
frequency called the electron plasma frequency which is a function of the electron
mass. Thus, the response of the heavy ions to this oscillation can be ignored.
We examine this oscillation by using the two-fluid equations. We first con-
sider the case in which the plasma pressure gradient, force is negligible com-
pared to the electric field force. This approximation is equivalent to neglecting
the plasma temperature, and is referred to as the cold plasma model (Sect. 7.3).
Since no magnetic field is involved, the independent variables are the density n a ,
the fluid velocity u., and the electric field E, or equivalently, the electrostatic
potential </>. The two-fluid equations for these variables are
on.
at + V . (n.u. )=0 (5.2.1)

(5.2.2)

(5.2.3)

where in (5.2.3) we assumed that the ions are singly ionized and set qe = -e, qi =
e. We denote the perturbations due to the electron displacement by superscript
1,
n.(r,t) = no+n!(r,t)
u.(r, t) = u!(r, t) (5.2.4)
</>(r, t) = </>I(r, t)

where we assumed that u. and </> are zero before the electron displacement. Sub-
stituting (5.2.4) into the electron continuity equation and neglecting the terms in
second order with respect to the perturbation (Le., using the linear approxima-
tion), we have
ani .
ate + no V . u! = 0 . (5.2.5)

Similarly, the electron equation of motion in the linear approximation becomes

au! = eV</>I .
me7it (5.2.6)

As mentioned above, the ion response is neglected, Le., nl =0, ul =O. Then
the Poisson equation (5.2.3) in the linear approximation becomes

'\12</>1 =':"n!
eo
. (5.2.7)

Since we allow the perturbed quantities to depend only on x and t, we can express
them in terms of a superposition of plane waves of the form exp (ikx - iwt) as

60
 (:i¢! )=1: J~w ~i¢1 )
k ~
( exp (ikx - iwt) , (5.2.8)

where for simplicity, we suppressed the dependence of ii!, u!, and ;p

on k and
w. Equation (5.2.8) corresponds to the Fourier representation of the variables, k
and w corresponding to the wavenumber and frequency of the plane wave. Since
the Fourier components of different sets of (k, w) are independent of each other,
(5.2.5-7) can be reduced to the form
iwii! = inokiL!x
. -1
-lWmeU ex = ·k 11
1 e'l' (5.2.9)
_k 2Jl = (e/£o)ii!.
These equations can be derived from (5.2.5-7) by simply replacing a/at by-iw
and V by ik with k = kz, where z is the unit vector in the x-direction. Such a
replacement is always possible in the linear approximation for a spatially uniform
and temporally stationary unperturbed system. (A more rigorous treatment is
given in Chap. 7.) Solving (5.2.9), we get
2 )-1
(W 2 - wpe U ex =0 , (5.2.10)

where Wpe is the electron plasma frequency defined by

(5.2.11)

Equation (5.2.10) has a nontrivial solution (iL!x f 0) only when w 2 = w~. This
is the electron plasma oscillation. The frequency depends only on the particle
density and is independent of the wavenumber k. Therefore, the group velocity
vanishes and the oscillation does not propagate inside the plasma. As shown
in Chap. 7, the frequency and the wavenumber of a linear wave in a uniform,
stationary medium satisfy a relation called the dispersion relation. In the present
special case, however, w is independent of k.
If, however, the finite electron temperature is taken into account, the plasma
wave acquires a nonzero group velocity and propagates in the plasma. This effect
can be included by adding the pressure gradient force - V P~ on the right-hand
side of (5.2.6). Since the motion takes place only in the x-direction, we can
treat it as a one-dimensional adiabatic motion for which the specific heat ratio is
'Y = 3. We then obtain

-VPe
1
= -3TeVnex1 = - 3T.edn!x
dx :t.
A
(5.2.12)

Using the Fourier representation (5.2.8) and replacing d/dx in (5.2.12) by

ik, we obtain in the same way as before,

(5.2.13)

61
 w Fig. S.2. Dispersion relation of an electron
plasma wave

k
from which we obtain the dispersion relation

w2 =wpe
2 + 3k2v Te,
2 (5.2.14)

where VTe = JTe/m e is the thermal speed of the electrons. From (5.2.14), we
have the group velocity,

dw 3v~e
- dk
v. - -- - -Vph
- ,
(5.2.15)

where vph = w / k is the phase velocity of the wave. The wave satisfying the
dispersion relation (5.2.14), shown in Fig. 5.2, is called the electron plasma
wave or the Langmuir wave.
Two remarks are in order. First, for small k or long wavelength (27r/k), the
phase velocity is larger than the thermal speed of the electrons, but the group ve-
locity is lower. This implies that as the wavelength increases the density gradient
becomes smaller and hence, the energy transfer by the pressure gradient force is
reduced. Second, as k becomes as large as ADI =Wpe/VTe, the electron plasma
wave suffers a strong damping due to the resonant wave-particle interaction. This
will be discussed further in Chap. 6. Therefore, the dispersion relation (5.2.14)
is valid only in the long wavelength region kADe <: 1. There the pressure gra-
dient term 3k2v~e is small compared to the electric field term w:e
and the phase
velocity (group velocity) is large (small) compared to the thermal speed of the
electrons.

5.3 Two-Stream Instability

Consider the case in which the electron fluid is moving with speed u~ relative to
nf
the ion fluid in a uniform plasma with n~ = =no. We use the coordinate system

62
moving with the ion fluid and treat the plasma by the cold plasma model (Te =
11 = 0). The magnetic field is assumed to be absent The linear approximation
for the perturbation (denoted by superscript 1 as before) applied to the two-fluid
equations with the electron flow u~ yields

mjnO 0/ = -enoV ¢
8u~ I
, (5.3.1)

(5.3.2)

on~ I
+noV.u. =0 (5.3.3)
at
_I
I'

(5.3.4)

(5.3.5)

which are a closed set of equations for the perturbed quantities. We choose the
x-direction to be in the direction of u~ and consider the perturbation which
depends only on x and t. Using the Fourier representation of (5.2.8), we obtain
from (5.3.1, 2),
-I _ e kl1
u·I., - - - Y'
mjW

u!., = -ek~1 j me (w - ku~) (5.3.6)

and from (5.3.3,4),

= W~nou~I., = enok ~I
-I 2
nj
mjw 2
(5.3.7)

-I
ne = kno ul = _
W - ku~ U
enok 2
me(w - ku~)2
~I
.
Substitution of (5.3.7) into the Poisson equation (5.3.5) then yields

(5.3.8)

from which the following dispersion relation results:

W 2. w2
1+ pe =1 (5.3.9)
w2 (w - ku~)2 ,

where Wpi = (noe2jeomj)l/2 is the ion plasma frequency.

Let us investigate the solution of this dispersion relation. We let k be real
and solve for w. Equation (5.3.9) is fourth order in w, so there are four solutions

63
for W for a given real value of k. H they are all real, then all solutions correspond
to purely oscillating waves. H, on the other hand, a complex solution is obtained,
its complex conjugate must also be a solution. We denote such a pair of solutions
by W =Wr ± i1', and they yield Fourier components varying in the form

exp (ikx - iwrt) exp (±1't) . (S.3.1O)

Without loss of generality, we can choose l' to be positive. Then, since the exp
(-1't) solution decreases with time, but the exp (+yt) term grows in time, an
instability ensues. This demonstrates that we can determine the stability of a
wave by studying the reality of the solutions.
Noting that w:e/w~ = mdme and setting w/Wpe = ku~/Wpe = .", we can e,
write the left hand side of (S.3.9) as

(S.3.11)

F(S,'1)

Vi
I

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

(0) (b)
Fig. 5.3a,b. F<£, ,,,) given by <S.3.11) versus £,. <a) laJge ,,; (b) small "

Our problem is to find the number of real solutions for F(e,.,,) = 1 for given
real value of.". The function F(e,.,,) is shown for large and small." in Fig. S.3a
and S.3b, respectively. For large .", we have four real solutions for F(e,.,,) = 1.
On the other hand, if ." is small, we have only two real solutions, the two other
solutions are complex. We therefore conclude that instabilities can occur only
for small.". Such instabilities are called the two-stream instabilities. The critical
value of." below which instability takes place can be obtained from the condition
that the two real solutions in the region 0 < < ." coalesce,e
." < [1 + (me/mi) 1/3]3/2 . (S.3.12)

For me ~ mi, the instability arises when ku~ < Wpe. This means that for a given
k the wave becomes unstable when u~ is less than wpe/k. This result sounds
paradoxical, considering that the energy source of the instability is the kinetic

64
energy of the electron fluid. In reality, when u~ becomes very small, the unstable
waves obtained from the dispersion relation (5.3.9) have large wavenumbers or
small phase velocities, that is where the finite temperature of the electrons can
no longer be ignored. Then the resonant wave-particle interaction, which will be
discussed in Chap. 6, inhibits the instability. As will be shown in Sect. 6.3, for
the plasma with Te = 11, instability can occur only when u~ > VTe.

electron
~ ---+
velocity Uo Ju~+2e¢/m

electron no;"; u~+ 2e¢/m

density no

Fig. 5.4. Mechanism of two-stream instability. The electrons passing through the potential are accel-
erated. Since the electron flux neUe is everywhere constant, the number density ne in this region
must decrease

The physical mechanism of the two-stream instability can be explained as

follows. Suppose a small potential hump 4>(x) is produced as shown in Fig.
5.4. The electrons passing through the potential are accelerated by the force
-84>(x)/8x and become faster at the hump than in the region where 4> = O. At
steady state, the electron flux neUe must be constant at every point, so that at
the hump ne is lower than in the other region. Decrease of the electron density
at the potential hump results in a further increase of the potential hump. In this
way, the potential perturbation is amplified
'Y
If the growth rate of the unstable wave is constant in time, the amplitude
of the perturbation increases exponentially. Then the linear approximation used
to derive the dispersion relation becomes invalid. Nonlinear effects associated
with two-stream instabilities have received considerable attention in connection
with plasma turbulence theory [5.1-3].

5.4 Ion Acoustic Waves

It is well known that a density perturbation in a neutral fluid propagates as a

sound wave with phase velocity given by

v~ = V'Y; = V~ . (5.4.1)

where P, fl, T and 'Y are, respectively, the pressure, mass density, temperature,
and specific heat ratio of the fluid, and M is the particle mass. A similar wave
can propagate in a plasma provided certain conditions are satisfied.

65
 As before, we consider a spatially unifonn and temporally stationary plasma
without magnetic field. We use the two-fluid equations with electron tempemture
Te and ion temperature '11. We introduce a small low-frequency perturbation
denoted by superscript 1 and linearize the equations of motion and continuity
with respect to the perturbation:

mjno
auf
at = -enoV</J 1 - 1
')''11Vnj , (5.4.2)

(5.4.3)

an' + noV. u·1 = 0 (5.4.4)

_I
at I'

an!
-+no
at
V ·U =
1
e'
0 (5.4.5)

where we assumed that the ion pressure varies adiabatically while the electron
pressure varies isothennally as the oscillation is sufficiently slow. We combine
these equations with the Poisson equation

Ll</J 1 = -(ne
ell
- nj). (5.4.6)
co
For sufficiently slow spatial variation, we can assume efficient electron Debye
shielding and use the local charge neutmlity condition

n e1 = n~
1
(5.4.7)

in place of (5.4.6). Equations (5.4.2-5) and (5.4.6) or (5.4.7) are closed for the
. bies n el, nj ,'I' ,ue1' and Uj.
l ,/,1 1
vana
As in the previous two sections, we assume that the perturbation varies only
in the x-direction, then these quantities can be expressed in the form similar to
(5.2.8). Equations (5.4.2, 3) then become

(5.4.8)

(5.4.9)

where in the second equation we neglected the electron inertia since it is small.
From this relation we have

(5.4.10)

which corresponds to (5.1.10). The ion continuity equation becomes

-1
wnj =nok-1 Uj",. (5.4.11)

66
Using (5.4.7, 10, 11) to eliminate n!, nl, and ;p in (5.4.8) we obtain

(W2 - k2 Te + 1'11) Uix-

-1 - 0 (5.4.12)
mi

from which we get the following dispersion relation

(5.4.13)

where c. is called the ion acoustic speed. The wave satisfying this dispersion
relation is called the ion acoustic wave.
We note that in deriving this dispersion relation the electron continuity equa-
tion was not used. The electron continuity equation gives U! or the oscillating
current J! = no(ulx - u!x)' For electrostatic waves, because there is no magnetic
perturbation we do not have to calculate J!. In general, in order to derive the
dispersion relation for an electrostatic wave under the condition of static electron
force balance (5.4.10), the electron continuity equation is unnecessary.
The assumption of isothermal variation of the electron pressure can be justi-
fied since the thermal speed of the electrons is much faster than the ion acoustic
speed. The dispersion relation (5.4.13) shows that the phase velocity of the ion
acoustic wave is equal to its group velocity.
Let us discuss the physical mechanism of the ion acoustic wave. Suppose a
local ion density perturbation is produced, the electrons tend to shield the electric
field due to the ion density perturbation. However, because of the thermal motion
of the electrons the shielding is incomplete and an electrostatic potential on the
order of Tel e is left unshielded. This potential produces an electrostatic restoring
force on the ion fluid. The resulting ion motion compresses the neighboring
plasma because of the ion inertia, generating the propagating ion acoustic wave.
The ion pressure gradient also acts as a restoring force, but it is not essential
to this description. The ion acoustic wave can propagate in a plasma even in
the absence of ion pressure (11 = 0). In fact, because of the resonant wave-
particle interaction which will be discussed in Chap. 6, the ion acoustic wave
can propagate in a plasma only when Te ~ 11. In this case the ion acoustic speed
can be written as c. = JTe/mi and the following inequalities hold

W
VTe ~ k = c. ~ VTi , (5.4.14)

which are the condition that the wave propagates without significant damping.
At short wavelengths, the local charge neutrality (5.4.7) is no longer satisfied
and we have to use the Poisson equation (5.4.6) which reads

(5.4.15)

We substitute (5.4.10) into (5.4.15) and use (5.4.8, 11, 15) to eliminate Til, Ti!,
and 1>1 obtaining

67
 The dispersion relation can now be written as

w= (5.4.16)

For long wavelength waves, we can neglect kAt, < 1 and we recover the dis-
persion relation (5.4.13). For Te ~ 11 and 1 < k2At, < Tel 11, the dispersion
relation (5.4.16) becomes

(5.4.17)

which is the ion plasma frequency. In this case, the oscillation is called the ion
plasma oscillation. Because of the short wavelength, the electron cannot shield
the ion density perturbation and ion fluid oscillates in a uniform background sea
of electrons. If the wavelength decreases to the point where the phase velocity
of the wave becomes comparable to the thermal speed of the ions, the wave can
no longer propagate because of strong wave-particle interactions.

5.5 Drift Waves

So far, we have considered waves in a uniform plasma. In this section, we con-

sider a plasma which is spatially nonuniform in the density and/or temperature
in a direction perpendicular to a static magnetic field. In some cases, spatial
nonuniformity leads to waves with unique characteristics, an example of which
are drift waves.

5.5.1 Diamagnetic Current

Spatial nonuniformity causes a diamagnetic current in a plasma. The mechanism
of the diamagnetic current generation can be explained as follows: Charged par-
ticles in a magnetic field gyrate around a magnetic line of force as shown in
Fig. 5.5. In the absence of Coulomb collisions, each charged particle gyrates
around a fixed magnetic field line, that is, the guiding center is fixed in the plane
perpendicular to the magnetic field. (We are assuming that the magnetic field is
spatially uniform.) If we take into account the finite Larmor radius in a plasma
of nonuniform density, then the number of particles crossing the plane x = Xo in
Fig. 5.5a is larger from the high density side than from the low density side. As a
result, we get a net drift of plasma along the V n x B or y-direction as shown in

68
 L,
y Fig. S.5a,b. Mechanism of induction of a diamagnetic cur-
rent. <a) Nonunifonn density; (b) nonunifonn temperature

n(x)

x=Xo x=xo
(a) (b)

Fig. S.Sa. Since the electrons and the ions gyrate in opposite directions, the ion
drift and the electron drift also occur in opposite y-directions and a diamagnetic
current is produced. For the case of unifonn density but nonunifonn temperature,
particles crossing the plane x = Xo from the high temperature side have larger
Lannor radii or gyrating speeds than those crossing the plane x = Xo from the
low temperature side (Fig. S.Sb) which also results in a diamagnetic current in
the VT x B or y-direction.

5.5.2 Diamagnetic Drift Velocity in the Slab Model

We consider a plasma of uniform temperature but nonunifonn density with den-
sity gradient in the x-direction as shown in Fig. S.Sa. A uniform static magnetic
field B exists in the z-direction and the diamagnetic current is in the y-direction.
Such a model is called the slab model and is particularly useful in experiments
where the plasma is confined in a cylindrical vessel with the magnetic field along
the cylinder axis. The slab model can be used to simulate such a plasma if the
spatial scale of interest across the magnetic field is much shorter than the ra-
dius of the cylinder. The cylindrical plasma is most naturally represented by the
cylindrical coordinate system (r, B, z), the corresponding coordinates in the slab
model are x -+ r, y -+ B, z -+ z.

69
 We denote the plasma density and the magnetic field by no(x) and B = Boz.
We assume that the electron temperature is finite but the ion temperature is low
ell -+ 0). In the unperturbed system, the electric field is absent (Eo = 0), and we
further assume the absence of magnetic perturbations. A detailed analysis shows
that this assumption is justified provided that the ratio of the plasma pressure
to the magnetic pressure is very low; lower than the electron-to-ion mass ratio
me/mj [5.4]. In this case, the electric field can be represented by the electrostatic
potential t/J. From the electron equation of motion in a stationary state, we have

0= -ene(U~ x B)- VPe , (5.5.1)

from which we obtain

o Te 1 dno (5.5.2)
=------y
A
U
e melnel no dx '
where Inel is the electron cyclotron frequency. This velocity is called the electron
dianUJgnetic drift velocity. A similar expression can be obtained for the ions, but
since we are assuming 71 =0, u?
=0 and the diamagnetic current is determined
by the electron diamagnetic drift velocity alone.

5.5.3 Drift Waves in the Slab Model

Drift waves are the quasielectrostatic waves which, in the coordinate system
used in the previous section, propagate mainly in the y-direction with a phase
velocity close to the electron diamagnetic drift velocity. They also propagate in
the z-direction, but the wavelength in the z-direction is much longer than that
in the y-direction. We denote the wavenumber vector by Ie = (0, ky, k z ), then
the parallel phase velocity w / kz is close to the thermal speed of the electrons
while 1/ ky is of the same order or less than the inverse of the ion Larmor radius.
As we shall show in Chap. 6, resonant electrons tend to excite the wave while
resonant ions tend to damp the wave.
We shall derive the dispersion relation using the linearized two-fluid model.
Taking into account the magnetic Lorentz force in (5.4.2, 3) and neglecting the
ion temperature, we get

mjnO
oul
at =eno(-Vt/J I +UjI x Bo) (5.5.3)

OU!
menO at = -eno(-Vt/J I +UeI x I
Bo) - TeVne· (5.5.4)

We combine these equations with the ion continuity equation

onl
at + no V I I
. Uj + Uj . V no =0 (5.5.5)

and the local charge neutrality condition (5.4.7) nl = n!.

70
 As in the case of ion acoustic waves we ignore the electron inertia in (5.5.4)
whose z-component then yields the Boltzmann relation (5.4.10), while the per-
pendicular component yields the electron drift across the magnetic field. We use
the Fourier representation

(:: )-(i: ) .xp (ik .• - ""') , (5.5.6)

where r stands for the position vector (x, y, z). Equations (5.5.3, 5) then become

-iwmiU: = -ike~1 + e(u: x Bo) (5.5.7)

• - 1
-lWn· +lno
•
. - 1 +U·
k . u· -1 dno
-
" x dx
=0 . (5.5.8)

We solve (5.5.7) for ul and substitute the result into (5.5.8). In the case w «
ni = eBo/mi. (5.5.7) can be solved as
A -1
- 1 .Z x ktj> w k <i:1
Uu. =1 Bo + Boni yY'f' . (5.5.9)

The first term on the right hand side is the E x B drift while the second term
is the polarization drift. The drift wave propagation is shown in Fig. 5.6. The
parallel ion velocity is given by

-1 _ ek z 11
Uiz---'f' . (5.5.10)
miW

Z sf

Flg.S.6. Propagation of a drift wave. Re-

gions I and III are in the same phase. Re-
gion II is out of phase with regions I and
III; kz <: k

)( 71
 Substituting (5.5.9, 10) into (5.5.8), and assuming w 2 ~ ilt(kz/ ky)2, we have

(5.5.11)

The first tenn inside the parentheses can be written as k;c;/w2, where c. is the
ion acoustic speed. If we denote the second tenn inside the parentheses using the
electron diamagnetic drift velocity (5.5.2) u~ = U~yY' then we can write (5.5.11)
as

(5.5.12)

Using the Boltzmann relation (5.4.10) and the local charge neutrality condition
(5.4.7), we finally get

(5.5.13)

from which the following dispersion relation is obtained

W 2 - W.W - k 2zC.2 =0 , (5.5.14)

where w. = kyu~y and is called the drift frequency. The solution of (5.5.14) is
shown in Fig. 5.7. In the absence of the density gradient, U~y = 0 and we get the
ion acoustic waves propagating in the z-direction. For k z - t 0, (5.5.14) yields
two solutions WI = w. and W2 = -k;
C;/w •. The phase velocity of the mode at
W =WI equals the electron diamagnetic drift velocity.

w*

~--------------------kz

Fig. 5.7. Dispersion of drift wave given by (5.5.14)

72
5.5.4 Properties of the Drift Wave
The perturbed electric field EI perpendicular to the magnetic field produces a
EI x B plasma motion, u l = EI x Bo/B'5, as shown in Fig. 5.6. This motion
satisfies the condition

V .u = lk . u 1 = k . k</}B'5x Bo = 0,
I.
(5.5.15)

and hence is an incompressible motion. Both electrons and ions move with the
same E x B drift velocity uland the ion continuity equation becomes
ant 1 1 dno
{)t = -Ui . Vno = -Uix dx . (5.5.16)

This relation indicates that in nonunifonn plasma even an incompressible flow

produces a density perturbation. This is due to the fact that the E x B drift
along the density gradient carries the plasma from the high density side to the
low density side causing a density variation. Such a density perturbation, or drift
wave, propagates in the y-direction with a speed approximately equal to the
diamagnetic drift velocity U~y.
If the parallel phase velocity w/k" lies in the region
w
VTi « k" «VTe (5.5.17)

then the resonant wave-particle interaction is small. However, as we shall show

in an example in Sect. 6.5, drift waves become unstable for various reasons.
In order to stabilize this drift wave instability, one can use a spatially varying
y-component of the magnetic field represented by

B = ;. Boy + Boz , (5.5.18)

where L. is a constant called the shear length. The magnetic field of (5.5.18) is
shown in Fig. 5.8, and is directed along the z-direction at x = 0 and inclined
toward the y-direction at x f O. It depends on x and the declining angle becomes
45° at x =L •.

------~~~~------------+y

Fig. 5.8. A slab model representation for a sheared magnetic field

x 73
 Such a magnetic field configuration is called a sheared magnetic field. By
the transformation x - t r, y - t e, z - t z, a similar sheared magnetic field can be
formed in a cylindrical plasma (Chap. 10). In a sheared magnetic field, the parallel
wavenumber becomes kll = kz + kyxjL s• As the parallel wavenumber varies in
space, we represent the potential (p1(x, y, z) by ¢8x) exp (ikyy + ikzz - iwt) and
solve ¢I(x) as a linear eigenvalue problem in the x-direction. The result shows
that in the presence of a sheared magnetic field the electrostatic drift wave is
stable due to the resonant interaction with ions at the position where w = kVTi
[5.5-7].
In a more realistic geometry, drift waves can be destabilized due to the effect
of magnetic field curvature, finite ion Larmor radius effect, etc.
Drift waves have been extensively studied in plasmas used for nuclear fusion
research, because if we want to confine the plasma by a magnetic field, spatial
non uniformity across the magnetic field is inevitable and the unstable drift waves
excite turbulence. This may cause an anomalous transport of plasma across the
magnetic field (Chap. 13).

5.6 Nonlinear Waves

So far, we have restricted ourselves to very small amplitude waves and derived
the dispersion relations for linear waves. However, waves in a plasma often
acquire large amplitudes. Recently the focus of much research has shifted to
such large amplitude waves which naturally involve nonlinear effects. Here we
first discuss the various nonlinear effects and then derive the equations which
describe nonlinear waves.
The first study of nonlinear waves was on shallow water waves. For waves of
wavelength longer than the water depth, the fluid velocity u satisfies Korteweg-de
Vries (K-dV) equation:

OU ou fi3u
at + u oX + a OX3 = 0 , (5.6.1)

where X = x - st, s being the phase velocity of the water wave and a is a
constant. We first derive the same form of the equation for ion acoustic wave
propagation in the x-direction.

5.6.1 K-dV Equation for Ion Acoustic Waves

We first normalize the variables as follows:

-=n,
ni
no
-=u,
Uix

c.
(5.6.2)

then the ion equation of motion and continuity equation are written as
on 0
OT + o~ (nu) =0 , (5.6.3)

74
 au
-+u-+-=O
au acp (5.6.4)
aT ae ae .
For electrons we ignore the inertia term in the equation of motion, which yields
the Boltzmann distribution
ne
- =e'P (5.6.5)
no
The Poisson equation becomes

ff-cp _ 'P
ae2 - e - n. (5.6.6)

We write n = 1+n' where n' stands for the ion density perturbation, and transform
to a frame moving with the ion acoustic speed y = e- T. Expanding e'P in powers
of cp, we get from (5.6.3, 4, 6) the following set of equations:

an' a
-+-(u-n" 0
+nu)= (5.6.7)
aT ay
au a
- + -(cp -
au = 0
u) + u - (5.6.8)
aT ay ay
(5.6.9)

In the first order approximation, we ignore the nonlinear terms and the time
derivative a/aT,
then under the boundary condition that cp, u,
and n' -+ 0 at
Iyl -+ 00, we get
u
-
= n' = cp . (5.6.10)

In the second order approximation, we add (5.6.7-9) and use the lowest order
relation (5.6.10) for the time derivative and nonlinear terms, obtaining
au + uau- + -1 -cPu
aT ay 2ay3 = 0 .
- (5.6.11)

This is nothing but the K-dV equation with a = 1/2. The second term in (5.6.11)
corresponds to the nonlinear effect while the third_term comes from the disper-
sion effect of the ion acoustic wave, i.e., the effect which arises from the k 2 A5
correction in the dispersion relation (5.4.16).
We can easily show that (5.6.11) has a localized solution

u=uoo+Bsech2[(X~ct)], c=u oo +B/3, 6=/12a/B. (5.6.12)

This solution is called the solitary wave, or simply soliton, and its properties
have been extensively studied both numerically and analytically. The solitary

75
wave solution for the ion acoustic wave is called the ion acoustic soliton and its
basic properties have been experimentally verified by lkezi et al. [5.8-10].
Let us discuss how such solitary wave solutions can be produced. In the long
wavelength limit we can ignore the dispersion tenn fPu/oy3. Then the solution
of (5.6.1) has the fonn

u(y, t) =u(y - u(y, t), 0)

In the region ou/oy < 0 at t =0, the gradient of u becomes steeper, implying
the appearance of short wavelength (large k) components in that region. In the
Fourier representation, this means that starting from the fundamental component
(w, k), higher harmonics (2w, 2k), (3w, 3k) are produced by the nonlinear tenn.
For higher harmonics, the dispersion tenn becomes important, which tends to
suppress the short wavelength component From the point of view of the linear
dispersion relation, at long wavelengths, w = kc.. so that (2w, 2k), (3w, 3k), ...
also satisfy the linear dispersion relation. As we go to higher harmonics, the
linear dispersion relation w = kc. is no longer satisfied because of the k 2 At tenn.
In this way, the steepening due to the nonlinear tenD and the suppression effect
of the higher harmonics due to the dispersion tenD balance each other resulting
in a solitary wave.

5.6.2 Nonlinear Electron Plasma Waves

The electron plasma wave is a wave of high frequency, nearly equal to Wpe for
all possible wavenumbers that satisfy kAD < 1. Therefore, the higher harmonics
of the linear electron plasma wave do not satisfy the linear dispersion relation.
Harmonic generation, as in the case of ion acoustic waves, is unimportant for
electron plasma waves. If we denote the linear wave by
A cos(kx - wt) ,

then the lowest order nonlinear tenn is

A2 cos2(kx - wt) = lA2 [cos(2kx - 2wt) + 1] . (5.6.13)
The first tenD inside the bracket is the second harmonic and is therefore unim-
portant. The second tenD denotes the space-time independent tenn. For the case
of a strongly dispersive wave such as the electron plasma wave, nonlinear combi-
nation of the lowest order tenns in two linear waves produces two tenns similar
to the two tenns in (5.6.13). One tenn oscillates at frequency 2wpe and is unim-
portant The other is a tenn which depends only slowly on space and time. This
means that the medium in which the wave propagates slowly changes its proper-
ties, and, as a result, the wave dispersion characteristics change both spatially and
temporally. The principal nonlinear effect associated with electron plasma waves
arises through such slow modulation of the dispersion characteristics. Such a de-
scription is valid only at long wavelengths (much longer than the Debye length).
At shorter wavelengths resonant particles play important roles as will be shown
in Chap. 6.

76
 In the linear approximation, the wave equation for the electron plasma wave
can be written as

(5.6.14)

Setting Ucx '" exp (ikx - iwt), we can immediately derive the dispersion relation
(5.2.14). Equation (5.6.14) is characterized by two parameters, no through w~
and Te through v}e' Since at long wavelengths the thermal effect [the last term in
(5.6.14)] is unimportant, the dominant nonlinear effect will arise from the modu-
lation of the plasma density. Suppose the plasma density is modified nonlinearly
from no to no + hne(x, t). The time dependence of hne(x, t) is naturally much
slower than the plasma oscillation. Then (5.6.14) will be written as

(5.6.15)

We write
ue:t.(x, t) =u(x, t)e- iWpot + u*(x, t)eiWpot , (5.6.16)

where u* is the complex conjugate of u. We can assume that both u and u*

depend on time only slowly, and neglect the second derivative &u/Ot2 • Then
substituting (5.6.16) into (5.6.15) and neglecting &u/Ot2 , we get

.a 3 v}e & wpe hne(x, t)

(5.6.17)
1~u(x,t)+-22!l 2 u(x,t)--2 u(x,t)=O.
Vt wpe vX no
This equation has the form of the SchrOdinger equation in quantum mechanics,
in which the nonlinear density modification term [the last term in (5.6.17)] plays
the role of the potential. Without this term, the solution is a plane wave of a free
particle.
This plane wave solution represents the linear wave, and in this analogy, the
nonlinear wave corresponds to the quantum mechanical motion of a particle in
the presence of a potential. A particle trapped in a potential well corresponds to a
localized wave trapped in a density depression. Solitary waves are also obtained
from such localized solutions, but in this case, since the wave oscillates at high
frequency, it is called an envelope soliton.
Let us express the density modification hne(x, t) in terms of u(x, t). We use
the time average of the electron equation of motion to average out the oscillating
terms at high frequencies on the order of Wpe and retain only slowly varying
terms such as hne(x, t). The result is

au ex a 1 aPe a¢
me--;;;- + meuex~ucx
Vt vX
= --~
ne vX
+ e~ ,
vX
(5.6.18)

where the bar denotes the time average. The first term on the left hand side can
be ignored because of the low frequency and small electron mass. The second
term on the left hand side is nonlinear. Substitution of (5.6.16) yields to lowest

77
order

! (~eu~x) =! (melu(x,t)1 2 ) (5.6.19)

This is nothing but the ponderomotive force in the fluid representation. The
first term on the right hand side of (5.6.18) also contains the nonlinear effect,
but a detailed calculation using the electron continuity equation shows that this
nonlinear term is on the order of k2 A~ compared to the ponderomotive force,
and hence will be neglected. That is, we use the linear approximation for the
pressure gradient term

(5.6.20)

where we assumed that the slow variation is isothermal.

From these considerations, we get

a (melu(x, t)1 2) = - axa (Te

ax nO one - e¢-) . (5.6.21)

Under the boundary condition that one, ~ --+ 0 at u(x, t) --+ 0, we get

(5.6.22)

Finally, in order to calculate ~, we use the ion equation of motion. Since the
ion response to high frequency electron plasma oscillation is negligible, we can
use the linear approximation:

aUi 1 a
mi~
Vt
= - ea~
a-X - --a
no x
(nan. (5.6.23)

For sufficiently slow temporal variation, we neglect the ion inertia and get
- oni
e¢ = -11-, (5.6.24)
no
where oni is the ion density perturbation. For slow variation we can assume
charge neutrality, oni = one, then from (5.6.22,24)
melu(x,tW
-= (5.6.25)
no Te +11
If we substitute this relation into (5.6.17), we get a closed equation for u(x, t):

.a 3v}e & me
tat u(x, t) + 2w:e ax 2 u(x, t) + T Te + 11 lu(x, t)1 u(x, t)
Wpe 2
=0 . (5.6.26)

This nonlinear wave equation is called the nonlinear Schrodinger equation. Its an-
alytical properties have been extensively studied [5.11]. Relation (5.6.25) shows

78
that the electron density depression is produced in the high field region. Such
a density depression is produced by the ponderomotive force which expels the
particle from the high amplitude region. As the depression is produced, the wave
tends to localize in that region and as a result the ponderomotive force is further
enhanced. In this way the localization of the high frequency wave, which can
be expressed in terms of an instability, proceeds. This instability occurs in the
modulation of the amplitude and phase of a large amplitude plane wave and is
called the modulational instability. As the localization progresses due to this in-
stability, the second term in (5.6.26) becomes important. This term corresponds
to the diffraction term in quantum mechanics and spreads out the wave packet.
Thus the nonlinear localization is suppressed by the diffraction and a stationary
balance is obtained. This is the envelope soliton.
As a final remark, we note that we can derive the nonlinear SchrOdinger
equation of the form
o 02
i at u(x, t) + p ox 2 u(x, t) + qlu(x, t)1 2u(x, t) = 0, (5.6.27)

where q is a coefficient of the cubic nonlinear term and p is the group dispersion
1 J2w
p = '2 dP (5.6.28)

for a general class of one-dimensional propagation of a strongly dispersive wave

in the frame moving with the group velocity of the wave. Equation (5.6.27) has
a finite amplitude plane wave solution

u(x, t) = Aexp (-ivt), v = _qA 2 , (5.6.29)

but is unstable against a small perturbation of the amplitude and phase if pq > 0
(modulational instability, Problem 5.8) [5.12].

_PROBLEMS

5.1. Show that the potential (5.1.6) satisfies (5.1.5).

5.2. Consider an electron plasma in a background sea of uniform neutralizing
positive charge. The electrons consist of bulk cold electrons of density no
and a cold beam of density nb and velocity uo, with nb ~ no. Derive the
dispersion relation for this beam-plasma system and find the condition for
the-two stream instability.
5.3. Setting W = Wr + i')' in (5.3.9), find the maximum growth rate.
5.4. (i) In the presence of a magnetic field, each charged particle has a magnetic
moment -/lb. By summing up the magnetic moments of all the particles of
a species s, show that the magnetization of the sth species of particle per
unit volume is given by
nT
M S =-B2 B . (5.P.l)

79
 (ii) Show that the drift current due to the pressure gradient force J d3 =
-('\1 P x b)/ B is the sum of the curvature drift current, the '\1 B drift
current, and the diamagnetic current '\1 x Ms.
5.5. (i) Using the cold ion model and the Boltzmann relation (S.6.5) for the
electron, derive the following nonlinear equation for the one-dimensional
stationary wave propagation [set 8/8r =0 in (S.6.3, 4)]

Jl'P(O 8U('P)
df,2=-a:p (S.P.2)

where U('P) is called the Sagdeev potential and is given by

U('P) =- [e'l' + 2.poVI - 'P/'Po] + 1 + 2'Po + U(O) , (S.P.3)

where 'Po is a constant related to the energy: u 2/2 + 'P = 'Po.

(ii) Discuss the solution of (S.P.2) using the analogy of the particle equation
of motion Jlx/dt 2 = -8U(x)/8x in a potential U(x).
5.6. (i) Show that the transformation 'P-'Pm = cp and 'PO-'Pm = cpo yields U(cp) =
[U('P) - U('Pm)]exp(-'Pm), where 'Pm is the solution of 8U('P)/8'P = 0,
i.e.,
(S.P.4)

(ii) Show that by the transformation ~ exp ('Pm/2) =t, (S.P.2) is recovered
for cp:

(S.P.5)

(iii) Using the above result, prove that any problem (S.P.2) with 'Po < 1/2
or 'Pm < 0 can be transformed to an equivalent problem with 'Po> 1/2 or
'Pm> O.
(iv) Show from the result in (iii) that the solitary wave solution (localized
solution) of (S.P.2) is always supersonic if the charge neutrality condition
is satisfied at I~I - 00.
5.7. (i) Introducing a small perturbation of the form

LlU = (X +iY)exp(-ivt) (S.P.6)

to the plane wave solution (S.6.29) of (S.6.27) derive the following coupled
equations for X and Y

8X +p&Y +2qA2y = 0 (S.P.7)

at 8x 2 '

(S.P.S)

80
(ii) Setting X ~ cos(K x - Qt), Y = sin(K x - Qt), find the dispersion
relation between Q and K.
(iii) Find the wavenumber region for the modulational instability and show
J
that the maximum growth rate obtained at K = A q / p is "Ymax = qA 2•

81
6. Kinetic Theory

In this chapter, we treat the plasma as an aggregate of many charged particles and
discuss the plasma response in terms of the phase space distribution function. The
chapter consists of two parts: in the first six sections, we use the Vlasov model
and treat the plasma as a collisionless continuum or a continuum in the phase
space. First in Sect. 6.1, we consider a small perturbation to the unperturbed
state which is assumed to be stationary in time and derive the linearized Vlasov
equation. Then in Sect 6.2 we consider a magnetic field free isotropic plasma
and discuss the linear response of the plasma to an electrostatic perturbation.
Collisionless damping of the wave due to the resonant wave-particle interaction
is discussed in Sect. 6.3. In Sect. 6.4 we consider a uniform plasma in a magnetic
field and derive a general expression for the electrostatic response of the plasma.
Then in Sect. 6.5 we consider a spatially non-uniform plasma and present a
physical mechanism of the drift wave instability. In Sect. 6.6 we briefly discuss
the nonlinear effect associated with the resonant particles.
The last two sections deal with the discreteness of the plasma by considering
a spatially uniform and temporally stationary unperturbed state with no mag-
netic field. In Sect. 6.7, we show how each charged particle acts as the source
of a perturbation and estimate the thermal noise which is inherently present in
any plasma. Finally in Sect. 6.8, we derive a kinetic equation that describes the
Coulomb collision effect in a plasma.

6.1 Linearized Vlasov Equation

The Vlasov system of equations (4.2.4-8) is nonlinear with respect to the distri-
bution function F6 since the electromagnetic force K. generally depends on the
distribution function. However, if the perturbed electromagnetic fields are suf-
ficiently weak, then the perturbed part of the distribution is also small, and we
can use the linear approximation for the Vlasov equation. Assuming that there
is no unperturbed electric field, we write
E(r, t) = Ei(r, t), B(r, t) = BO(r) + Bi(r, t) , (6.1.1)

F.(r, v, t) = ~(r, v) + F:(r, v, t)

where the superscripts 0 and 1 denote the unperturbed and perturbed parts, re-
spectively. In the absence of perturbation, the Vlasov equation becomes

82
 V • or
Od)
r,; (r, v) + ( 0) • ov0 F.°(r, v) = 0 ,
V X (}. (6.1.2)

where
.
(}o = q.Bo(r)
m.
, (6.1.3)

and its magnitude equals the cyclotron frequency. For the perturbation, by using
the linear approximation we get

-d I
d F.(r,v,t) = -q. [E I(r,t)+v x B I(r,t)1 . ~r,;(r,v)
0 d) (6.1.4)
t m. uV

where d/ dt is the time derivative along the unperturbed particle orbit:

~ = ~ +V • !.... + (v x (}O) . !.... . (6.1.5)

dt at or • ov
Note that the unperturbed particle orbit is given by

dr
dt
dv
= v, dt = v x (} •.
° (6.1.6)

Equation (6.1.4) is called the linearized Vlasov equation. Equations (6.1.2,4) and
the electromagnetic field equations (4.2.5-8) form the basic set of equations for
small perturbations in the Vlasov model.

6.2 Linear Electrostatic Response in Isotropic Plasma

In this section, we discuss the linear electrostatic response of an isotropic plasma
using the linearized Vlasov equation.
For electrostatic response B I = 0 and the electric field can be written as
EI = -V t/JI. Of the electromagnetic field equations (4.2.5-8) only the Poisson
equation is needed:

-c:oL1t/J1 = qen!(r, t) + qinf(r, t) (6.2.1)

where qe = -e, qi = Ze and

n!(r, t) = J d3 vF;(r, v, t) . (6.2.2)

Since we are considering a spatially uniform isotropic plasma in the absence of

the magnetic field «(}~ = 0), the unperturbed distribution is a function of v(= Iv!)
alone,

F?(r, v) = F?(v) . (6.2.3)

Note, however, that ~(v) is not necessarily Maxwellian due to the absence of
collisions. The linearized Vlasov equation (6.1.4) becomes

83
 (! !)
+v· F1(r,v,t) = !s.V4>'(r,t). !F;(v). (6.2.4)

If F;(v) is given, then (6.2.1, 2, 4) fonn a closed set. These equations can be
solved using the Fourier representation for F' and 4>'

( F')
4>' (F')f'V ~' exp (ikx - iwt) . (6.2.5)

Although in general the wavenumber is a vector, for isotropic plasma we can

choose the positive x-direction to be in the direction of k, so that k = (k, 0, 0),
(k > 0). We denote the x-component of the velocity by w, then (6.2.1,4) can
be written as
(6.2.6)

(6.2.7)

Equation (6.2.2) becomes

(6.2.8)

We first solve (6.2.7) for F!(v) and substitute the result into (6.2.6, 8). In solving
(6.2.7) we encounter a divergence at w = kw. The physical meaning of this
divergence will be discussed in Sect. 6.3. Here we solve this problem by assuming
that the perturbation is introduced adiabatically from the infinite past t _ -00
and by adding a small positive imaginary part to w

w - w+i8(8 > 0). (6.2.9)

Then exp (-iwt) _ exp (-iwt +8t) which vanishes at t _ -00. Equation (6.2.7)
can then be solved for all values of w as

(6.2.10)

Equation (6.2.10) describes the linear response of the distribution to the electric
field. Substitution of (6.2.10) into (6.2.8) yields an equation of the fonn

(6.2.11)

where Xs(k, w) represents the degree of polarization due to the linear electrostatic
response of the Sill species of particle and is called the electric susceptibility of
the Sill species of particle. The explicit expression for Xs(k,w) is

X.(k,w) = kw~s
2 0
n.
J 3
d v
w-
k
k
w +1 vw
{) rrO
'8!l .1'; (v) , (6.2.12)

where wp• is the plasma frequency (w;.

= q~n~/com.) of the sill species of
particle. Substituting (6.2.11) into (6.2.6) gives

84
 -I
c(k,w)c/J (k,w) = 0, (6.2.13)

where
c(k,w) = cO [1 + Xe(k,w) + Xi(k,w)] (6.2.14)

is called the plasma dielectric function. It represents the modification of the

vacuum dielectric constant co by the plasma polarization effect (Xe + Xi). A
nontrivial solution (~I f. 0) of (6.2.13) can be found when

c(k,w) = o. (6.2.15)

This is nothing but the dispersion relation for the electrostatic wave in an isotropic
plasma. As we can see from (6.2.12), X.(k,w), hence c(k,w), is a complex
function. Therefore for real k the solution of (6.2.15) for w is in general complex.
We shall dwell on this problem in the next section. Here we assume that the
imaginary part of w is sufficiently small. As can be seen from (6.2.12), such is
the case for a typical value of Iwl either when

Iwl~klwl (6.2.16)

or when

Iwl~klwl (6.2.17)

The typical value of Iwl is the thermal speed VT ••

Let us calculate X.(k, w) for the two limiting cases (6.2.16, 17). We first carry
out the velocity integral for the y-, z-components to obtain

J dv
3
w-
k
1
w + 1·6!l
uw
aF;(v)=
1 00

-00
dw
W -
k
1
W
d 0
+ 1·6dW f.(w) ,
(6.2.18)

where

(6.2.19)

First in the limit given in (6.2.16) we expand the denominator in (6.2.18) as

w - kw + 16
1 . = 2.w [1 + kww + (kW)
w
+ (kW)
w
2 3 + ... J (6.2.20)

and carry out the velocity integral term by term. Since f~(w) is an even function
of w, df~(w)/dw is an odd function of w. The integral of an odd function over
the entire velocity range vanishes, so that the first and the third terms inside the
bracket of (6.2.20) are zero. Performing the integration by parts for the even
terms under the condition that f~(w) -+ 0 at Iwl -+ 00, we get

1-00
00
dw k
w - kw + 16 dw
. d f.(w)
0
w2
2
k 0 ( 1 + 3k
= --no
2 (w 2 )
w2
+ ... ) (6.2.21)

where we used the relations

85
 n~ = L: dwf~(w), n~(w2) = L: dww2f~(w). (6.2.22)

Use of this result in (6.2.12) gives

2 2 2
X.(k,w) = - w:; ( 1 + 3--;:;r-
k (w ) + ... ) (6.2.23)

for Iwl > kiwi. For a Maxwellian distribution,

(w 2 ) = v~. =T./m •. (6.2.24)

Even if the velocity distribution is not Maxwellian, we can use (6.2.24) when we
define the temperature T. by the average particle kinetic energy in the x-direction
as ( m.w2 /2) = T./2. Then the expansion (6.2.23) is a series expansion in powers
of the square of the ratio of the thermal speed to the phase velocity.
We next consider the other limit given in (6.2.17). In this case, neglecting w
we get to the lowest order
.
X.(k,w) = X.(k,O) = -k2
w;.0 1 1 dfj(w)
00
dw-- - . (6.2.25)
n. -00 w dw
For a Maxwellian distribution the velocity integral gives -n~/v~. and we get

X.(k,O) = -2k
w;.
2 = k 2 \2
1
' (6.2.26)
vT. ""D.
where AD. = VT./Wp. is the Debye length of the sth species of particle. For a

+=_
non-Maxwellian distribution, we can define the Debye length by the relation

AD.
w~
n.
1 00

-00
dW.!. df~(w) .
w dw
(6.2.27)

In most cases of interest, the right hand side is positive, and hence AD. is real.
Using (6.2.15, 23, 26) we can derive the dispersion relations for the electron
plasma wave and the ion acoustic wave. Namely, forw 2 > k2v~" > k2V~j we use
(6.2.23) for the electron susceptibility to obtain the dispersion relation (5.2.14).
For the ion acoustic wave, we assume T" > 71 and consider the frequency region
k2v~" > w 2 > k2V~j' We use (6.2.26) for the electron and (6.2.23) for the ion
to obtain the dispersion relation (5.4.16). Note that in (5.4.16) we have to use
(6.2.27) for the Debye length.
Finally, let us discuss the Debye screening. We consider the electron response
to a static ion point charge at the origin, qjnl(r,t) = qj<5[r]. We note that the
6-function can be represented as a superposition of the three-dimensional plane
waves as

6[r] = 6[x]6[y]6[z]
= 1 1 1
-00
00 dk",
-2
11"
00

-00
dky
-2
11"
00

-00
dkz
11"
.
-2 exp [l(kxx + kyY + kzz)] . (6.2.28)

86
Since the static charge can be represented by the Fourier component at w = 0
the Fourier component of nl(r, t) can be written as iil(k, 0). From (6.2.6,11) we
can write ~1(k, 0) as

qi
= eok2 [1 + Xe(k, 0»)
(for all k) (6.2.29)

from which we can calculate 48r) by Fourier inversion. Since we are looking for
a spherically symmetric solution, we use the spherical coordinate representation
for k = (k,fJ,cP). Noting the relations d!k = -k2dcosfJdcP and k· r = kr cos fJ,
we get

cP 1(r) =
foo dk
10
11 lJi
411"2 -1 dcosfJexp[ikrcosfJ)eo[1+Xe(k,O))' (6.2.30)

Substituting (6.2.26) into (6.2.30) and carrying out the integration, we obtain
(Problem 6.1)

cP 1(r) = --exp
qi 1 (--r) (6.2.31)
411"eo r ADe
where ADe is defined by (6.2.27) for s = e. Equation (6.2.31) is the Debye
potential (5.1.6).

6.3 Landau Damping

As mentioned in Sect. 6.2, the plasma dielectric function is, in general, a complex
function of w. This is due to the singular behavior of the perturbed distribution
at w = kw. This singular behavior in velocity space is the characteristic of a
continuum in phase space, which is different from a continuum in real space.
This is the problem that we shall dwell on in this section.

6.3.1 Resonant Particles and Nonresonant Particles

We first discuss the physical meaning of w = kw. The particles satisfying this
condition are moving with the phase velocity of the wave. Consider an electro-
static potential energy represented by a plane wave as shown in Fig. 6.1. In the
frame moving with the phase velocity of the wave (we refer to this as the wave
frame), this potential is at rest Particles which are free from collisions can be
regarded as moving with constant speed in this frame. Of course, the velocity is
modulated by the potential, but the modulation is negligible if the potential is
infinitely small.
We investigate the particle motion over a certain time period T. We assume
that during this time the potential can be regarded as fixed. In other words, we

87
q¢(x) Fig. 6.1. Electrostatic potential of plane
wave in the waveframe

~---A/2----~,~,-----A/2----~
accelerating I decelerating
phase phase

choose T such that it is smaller than or on the order of the lifetime of the potential.
Those particles moving rapidly in the wave frame will traverse the crests and
troughs of the potential during the time T and the particle velocity undergoes a
periodic modulation by the potential. When averaged over the time T, the kinetic
energy of these particles is constant. These particles will be referred to as the
nonresonant particles.
On the other hand, those particles which are almost at rest in the wave
frame will stay near the initial phase of the potential over the entire periodT.
These particles will stay in the same phase of the potential and will be either
accelerated or decelerated by the potential during the time T. In other words,
those particles feel the wave potential as a de field. If averaged over the time T,
the kinetic energy of these particles either increases (in the acceleration phase) or
decreases (in the deceleration phase) and therefore contributes to either damping
or enhancement of the wave potential energy. Thus these particles contribute to
the energy exchange between the wave and the particles. These particles are called
the resonant particles. For a sufficiently weak potential, the velocity change due
to the acceleration or deceleration is negligible compared to the initial velocity in
the wave frame and the condition for the resonant particles (resonance condition)
can be written as
Iw - w/klT < )../2 = 7r/k. (6.3.1)
We can choose an arbitrary time for T provided that it is smaller than the lifetime
of the potential. For short T, the resonance condition of (6.3.1) can be satisfied
by many particles, while for sufficiently long T the condition w = w / k must be
met. Since the particles satisfying the condition w = w / k satisfy the resonance
condition over a long time and contribute to energy exchange with the wave,
naturally these particles give rise to the wave damping or growth represented by
the imaginary part of w.

6.3.2 Effect of Resonant Particles on Electric Susceptibility

We now examine the effect of the resonant particles on the wave dispersion rela-
tion. To this end, we need an analytical continuation of the electric susceptibility
in the complex w-plane. We consider the velocity integral (6.2.18) [cf. (6.2.12)].
The integrand has a pole at

88
 Im{w} Fig. 6.2. Contour of integration for Im{ w} <0

_ _ _ _-:+-~., W/k Re{w}

o x C

w =(w +ic)/k (c > 0). (6.3.2)

Since k > 0, it is in the domain Im{ w} > 0. The integration path is along the
real axis, so the pole is above the integration path. Therefore, for Im{w} > 0, the
integration path can be along the real axis, while for Im{w} ~ 0, the integration
path has to be modified as shown in Fig. 6.2. If we denote the correct integration
path by C, then
_ w~. 1 1 d 0
X.(k,w) - -k 2n.0 c dw w - (W+l'c)lk dW f.(w) (6.3.3)

is the analytical continuation of the electric susceptibility over the entire w-plane.
Let us choose w real and divide X.(k,w) into real and imaginary parts as
X.(k,w) = X~(k,w) - iX:(k,w). (6.3.4)

We calculate X~ and X= by rewriting [w - (w + ic)lk]-l as

1 (w-wlk). clk
w - (w +ic)/k = (w - wlk)2 + (clk)2 +l(w _ wlk)2 + (clk)2 (6.3.5)

and take the limit at C -+ +0. We substitute (6.3.5) into (6.3.3). The real part can

.1
be calculated as
00 (w -wlk) d 0
6~ -00 dw (w _ wlk)2 + (clk)2 dwf.(w)

=P 100

-00
1 d 0
dw w -w Ik dw f. (w) (6.3.6)

where P denotes the Cauchy's principal value integral. The imaginary part of
(6.3.5) has a sharp peak at w =wi k (peak value'" k I c) and vanishes at w :f wi k.
If di'1( w) I dw is a smooth function of w at w = wi k, we can calculate the
imaginary part of (6.3.3) as

.1
6l!.~
00 iclk d
dw (w - wlk)2 + (clk)2 dw i1(w)
1
-00

d f!( )] r 00
d iclk
= [dw • W .......,1A:6~ -00 W(w-wlk)2+(clk)2

=i7r ddW i1(w) I.......,A:

I' (6.3.7)

89
Using (6.3.6, 7) in (6.3.3), we obtain

,
X.(k,w) = -kw~s
2n.oP
1
00

-00
dw w -
1 j kddf.O( w )
W W
(6.3.8)

"
X.(k,w)=7r k2
n. W
° [d
w~. -d f •O( w )]
ur-w/k
. (6.3.9)

We note that only the resonant particles contribute to the imaginary part of
X.(k,w).

6.3.3 Mathematical Formulation of Landau Damping

We now solve the dispersion relation (6.2.15) by assuming that Ix~1 « 11 + x~l.
We write the solution as

W = Wr - i-y . (6.3.10)

If Ix~1 is sufficiently small, we can expect

(6.3.11)

Therefore to lowest order we neglect, and X~ and get

€'(k,w r) == €o[1 + X~(k,wr) + xf(k,w r)] =0 . (6.3.12)

This gives the dispersion relation for Wr as obtained in Sect. 6.2. We next consider
the analytical continuation of €'(k, w) and calculate it to first order in ,:

€'(k,w r - i-y) = €'(k,w r) - i,8€'(k,w r)jowr

= -i,8€'(k,wr)joWr . (6.3.13)

For X"(k, w) we set W =Wr since X" is already small,

X"(k,w) == X:(k,w r) + Xf'(k,w r) .

Thus to first order, we have

€(k,w) 0 wr) -
. o€'(k,
= -I, . ["(k
leo Xe ,Wr ) + Xi"(k ,Wr)] .
Wr
When this expression vanishes the imaginary part of W is obtained from

. ["(k ,Wr) + Xi"(k ,Wr)] [O€'(k,

, = -leo Xe OWrwr)] -1 . (6.3.14)

We can calculate, by substituting (6.3.9) into (6.3.14). If, > 0 the wave is
damped, while if , < 0 the wave grows. The sign of , is determined by the sign

90
of 8c'(k,wr)/awr and [df~(w)/dw]W=Wr/k. For the electron plasma wave and ion
acoustic wave
8c'(k, wr) 0
Wr ~ > (6.3.15)
UW r

(Problem 6.2). Noting that w~./n~ = q;/com., the sign of'Y for these waves is
equal to the sign of the expression

(6.3.16)

If f~(w) is Maxwellian, then wdf?(w)/dw is always negative, therefore 'Y is

always positive. This means that for Maxwellian plasma, these waves are always
damped. This was first shown by Landau in 1946 and is called the Landau
damping [6.1].
Explicit expressions for the Landau damping rates for the electron plasma
wave and the ion acoustic wave can be readily calculated using (6.3.14) (Prob-
lem 6.3). For the electron plasma wave the ion contribution can be neglected
and only the electron contribution needs to be calculated. At long wavelengths
(k 2 >'&e ~ 1), the phase velocity of the electron plasma wave is much faster than
the electron thermal speed VTe = JTe/me, so that the condition of (6.3.11) is
satisfied. At short wavelengths, when k>'Oe '" 1, however, the phase velocity
becomes comparable to the electron thermal speed and as a result, 'Y '" Iwrl and
the approximation of (6.3.14) is no longer valid. For a Maxwellian distribution

(6.3.17)

the electric susceptibility given in (6.3.3) can be written as

(6.3.18)

where the function Z(O is called the plasma dispersion function [6.2]

Z(~)
1r=
= y7r 1
c
1_r
dt-~ e
t - ..
(6.3.19)

and its numerical values are tabulated for complex values of e. According to
this result, the Landau damping is very strong in this case and the wave cannot
propagate in a plasma at such a short wavelength.
For the case of the ion acoustic wave, both electrons and ions can contribute
to the damping. For Te :» 11 and at long wavelengths (HOe ~ 1), the phase
velocity is much larger than the ion thermal speed, and the electron contribution
dominates. At short wavelengths (HOe ~ 1), however, the ion contribution be-
comes more important. At even shorter wavelengths such that k>'Di '" 1, the ion

91
Landau damping becomes too strong for the wave to propagate. The same is true
for the case Te == 11.

6.3.4 Physical Mechanism

The physical mechanism of Landau damping can be explained as follows. First,
the reason that only the resonant particles contribute to the damping has already
been explained. Those resonant particles which move slightly faster than the
phase velocity (w ;;: I(wr/kl) can stay in the resonance region given in (6.3.1)
for a longer time period if they are in the deceleration phase than when they
are in the acceleration phase. Therefore on the average these resonant particles
tend to lose their energy to the wave. On the other hand, those resonant particles
which move slightly slower than the phase velocity (w ~ Iwr/kl) will, on aver-
age, be accelerated by the wave and receive energy from it On the whole, the
wave either loses or gains energy depending on the relative numbers of particles
at w ;;: Iwr/kl and w ~ Iwr/kl. Therefore the sign of'Y (damping rate) is deter-
mined by the sign of wd/1(w)/dwlW=Wr/k. If we take into account the difference
of the inertia of the electron and the ion, we can understand why the sign of
(6.3.16) determines the sign of 'Y.

6.3.5 Kinetic Instabilities

For collisionless plasma, /1(w) is not necessarily Maxwellian. Therefore 'Y is
not always positive. If 'Y < 0, the wave energy increases in time due to the
effect of the resonant particles. Such an instability is generally called the kinetic
instability. We shall show two such examples here.
The first is the case of an electron beam with the velocity distribution f~(w)
shown in Fig. 6.3. In this case, in the velocity region u, < w < Uz, wdf~(w)/dw
becomes positive, so that the electron plasma wave having the phase velocity in
this region becomes unstable. This instability is called the bump-on-tail instabil-
ity. The second example is the case in which the electrons are moving relative
to the ions, that is, when there is an electric current. If the electron drift velocity
is much faster than the ion thermal speed, the velocity distributions re(w) and
ff(w) are as shown in Fig. 6.4. If we now consider an ion acoustic wave whose
phase velocity is much faster than the ion thermal speed, the electron contri-

F. (w)

Flg.6.3. Hypothetical electron veloc-

ity distribution function in an electron
----~~------~----~~~~---w ~

92
 F (w) Fig.6.4. Ion and electron velocity distribution functions
with average electron drift velocity at Ud

Fi(W)

------------~~--~----~----W

bution becomes dominant in (6.3.16). IT wr/k < Ud, where Ud is the electron
drift velocity, then [wdre(w)/dw]w=wr/k > 0 and the ion acoustic wave becomes
unstable. This instability is called the current-driven ion acoustic instability. This
instability is similar to the two-beam instability discussed in Sect 5.4, but differs
in the sense that the resonant electrons play the essential role. Since the energy
source of kinetic instability is limited to a small number of resonant particles,
the growth rate is small compared to the case of the two-beam instability. The
kinetic instability is therefore easily suppressed by a rather weak nonlinear effect
as will be shown in Sect 6.6.

6.4 Electrostatic Response in Magnetized Plasma

We consider a plasma in the presence of a uniform static magnetic field in the
z-direction and discuss the electrostatic response to the electric field E' = - V <p'.
The basic equations are (6.1.2,4) and the Poisson equation (6.2.1).
We assume that the plasma is spatially uniform in the unperturbed state. Then
(6.1.2) becomes

(v x n~) . !~(v) =0, (6.4.1)

the solution of which can be written as a function of v% and V.i

~(v) =~(v%, V.i) . (6.4.2)

In general, the unperturbed distribution is an arbitrary function of the constants
of motion and which in the present case are v% and v.i.
For the perturbed distribution, we formally integrate (6.1.4) along the unper-
turbed particle orbit

F:(r, v, t) !l!..l'
= m. -00
dt'V<p 1(r', t')· !.,F;(v%, V.i)
VII
(6.4.3)

where r' and v' are the solutions of the equations of motion (6.1.6) at time t'
under the condition that r' = r and v' = v at t' = t. We write the perturbed
quantities in Fourier representation as
F:(r,v,t) = P:(k,w,v)exp[i(k.r -wt)] (6.4.4)
<p 1(r', t') = ~l(k,w)exp [i(k . r' - wt')] .

93
We add a small positive imaginary part to w which we shall not write here
explicitly. Equation (6.4.3) then becomes
- 1
F. = I-</>
. q. -I
m.
jt
-00
8,."o(
'k -8
dt· ,P; v z , V.L ) exp [.1k . ('
v
r - r) . ('
-lW t - t )]
(6.4.5)
where we suppressed the argument of 1'1 and ~I for simplicity. In (6.4.5) k .
8/ av', can be written as
8 8 , 1 8
k . -8
v'
= kz vVz + k.L . V.L--8
!L
V.L V.L
(6.4.6)

where k.L, v~ are the vectors representing the perpendicular components of k

and v' and v~ = Vz, v~ = V.L. Noting that

k.L . v~ = (k . v' - w) + (w - kzv z )

and using the relations

(~ . v' - w)exp [ik . (r' - r) - iw(t' - t)]

= -i d~' exp [ik . (r' - r) - iw(t' - t)] ,

we can partly carry out the time integral of (6.4.5) to obtain

1'; = .!l!..~1
m.
{.!... !l~ ~ + [kz vV
V.L VV.L
!l~ z + (w - kzvz ).!... 88 ]~}
V.L V.L

X loo dt' exp [ik . (r' - r) - iw(t' - t)] . (6.4.7)

To carry out the rest of the integration, we need the explicit expression for exp
(ik . r'). The position vector r' can be written in the form of (3.2.7) as

(v.L/il.)sin[il.(t'-t)+80]+xo )
r' = ( -(V.L/ il.) cos[il.(t' - t) + 80] + yo . (6.4.8)
vzt' + zo

The initial values 80, Xo, Yo and zo are determined by the condition r' =r at t' =t.
Without loss of generality, we can choose the k vector to be in the xz-plane.
Then from (6.4.8)

exp [ik . (r' - r)]

= exp {ikzvz(t' - t) + iZ.[sin(il.[t' - t] + 80) - sin 80n (6.4.9)
where

(6.4.10)

Now we use the Bessel function expansion formula

94
 00
exp[±iZ sin <p] = L J,(Z) exp(±il<p) , (6.4.11)
'''-00
and (6.4.9) becomes
00 00
exp[ik· (r' - r)] =E E J,(Z.)J,,(Z.)
'=-00 1'=-00
x exp [i(k",v", + In.)(t' - t) + i(l' -1)80 ] (6.4.12)

Substituting this result into (6.4.7) and carrying out the time integration, we
obtain
F; = ~~1{~
m. Vol
88
Vol
~ + [k"'88Vz + (w - k",vz)~88
Vol Vol
]~

x f: f: J,(Z.)J,,(Z.) ei (I-I')90}. (6.4.13)

1=-00 1'=-00 kzv", - w + In.

We integrate F1
with respect to 11 and substitute the result into the Poisson

i:
equation to obtain the dispersion relation. Noting the relations

J J311 = dvz 1 00
Voldvol 12ft d8 0 (6.4.14)

1o2ft d80 e·(1 1 -

I"ll.
I"U =211"6"•, (6.4.15)
00
E Jr(z) = 1 (6.4.16)
1=-00

and rewriting
w-kzv", =-1+ In.
kzv", - w + In. k",v z - w + In. '
we obtain the expression
-1
n.
q. -1 ~
= -4> L..J
m. 1=-00
J~ d 11 k
Jr(z) (In. 8 8 ) .,,0
In - - 8 + k"'-8 .l';(vz, Vol) .
zVz - W + • Vol Vol Vz
(6.4.17)
Substituting (6.4.17) into (6.2.11), we finally get the dispersion relation

e(k,w) =eo[1 + Xe(k,w)+Xi(k,w)] =0 (6.4.18)

where
X.(k,w)

(6.4.19)

This expression should be compared with (6.2.12).

95
 From (6.4.18,19) we can see two important kinetic effects (effects which
never appear in the fluid model) in the dispersion relation of a magnetized plasma.
One appears when the frequency w is close to the cyclotron frequency or its
overtones Ifl•. There, the effect of kzv z plays a crucial role. In particular, those
particles having the parallel velocity component
. Wr -Ifl.
Vz = (6.4.20)
kz
contribute to the imaginary part of the dielectric function as in the case of the
Landau damping and give rise to damping or growth of the wave. For the case
of I = 0, condition (6.4.20) corresponds to the Landau resonance condition in the
presence of a magnetic field. Since the particles can move freely only along the
magnetic field line, the resonance condition is that the parallel velocity equals the
parallel phase velocity wrl k z • On the other hand, the case of If 0 corresponds to
a resonance accompanied by cyclotron motion. We can understand this resonance
condition by writing (6.4.20) as
211" ( wr). 211"1
Ifl.1 Vz - kz = k; . (6.4.21)

The left hand side represents the distance that the particle moves relative to the
wave along the magnetic field during one cyclotron period, and the right hand
side is an integral multiple of the parallel wavelength 211"1 kz. Under the condition
given in (6.4.21), the particle comes back to the same phase of the wave after one
cyclotron oscillation. A detailed calculation shows that this resonance also causes
a damping of the wave if the unperturbed distribution is Maxwellian [6.3]. This
damping is called the cyclotron damping. We note that both Landau damping and
cyclotron damping take place only when the wavevector has a nonzero parallel
component, i.e., k z f O. If k z = 0, there are no resonant particles in a magnetic
field, since the particles cannot move freely along the wave propagation. We have
stated the effectiveness of a magnetic shear for the suppression of an instability
in Sect. 5.5. This is due to the fact that as the wave propagates the parallel
component of the wavevector changes and at the point where kll == WrlVT a
strong Landau damping takes place.
The other kinetic effect becomes important when the particle Larmor radius
becomes comparable to the perpendicular wavelength ('" 211"1 k.i)' In this case
IZ.I becomes of order of or greater than unity. For IZ.I ~ I the Bessel functions
are approximately
Jo(Z.) == 1, NZ.) == 0 (If 0) .

For IZ.I 2: 1 they start oscillating. As a result, the dispersion relation is signif-
icantly modified. This modification is due to the fact that during the gyrating
motion the particles feel different phases of the wave field or the field averaged
over the Larmor radius. We illustrate this phenomenon by considering the case
of very strong magnetic field, Ifl. I ~ I w I and Ifl. I ~ Ik zv zI. We ignore the
terms of order Iw - kzvzl/lfl.1 in (6.4.19) and use the (6.4.16) to obtain

96
In the limit Z. -- 0, the square of the Bessel function Jo goes to 1 and we
recover the result of the isotropic plasma with k = kzz. In the limit of a strong
magnetic field, the perpendicular particle motion practically vanishes. As Z. in-
creases, J6(Z.) '" 1- Z;/2+ ... and the first term inside the bracket of (6.4.22)
decreases while the second term increases. The decrease of the first term is due
to the averaging of the electric field by the cyclotron motion while the increase
of the second term is due to the appearance of the perpendicular particle motion
by the cyclotron motion. These effects are known as the finite Larmor radius
effects and are important in a high temperature plasma.

6.S Collisionless Drift Wave Instability

The drift wave discussed in Sect. 6.5 becomes unstable by various causes [6.4].
Here we give a qualitative description of the mechanism of the drift wave insta-
bility due to the Landau resonance in a collisionless plasma in the presence of a
uniform magnetic field.
We choose the magnetic field to be in the z-direction and the density gradient
in the negative x-direction and assume that the wave propagates in the yz-plane
(Fig. 5.6). For the electrostatic drift wave, the equi-phase surface of the electric
field of the wave is perpendicular to the wavenumber vector. In Fig. 5.6 the y-
and z-components of the electric field are shown. Since EI = - V 1/>1, EI > 0 in
the phase E! > 0 and E~ < 0 in the phase E! < O. The presence of E! causes
an Ex B drift vbx =E!/ Eo in the x-direction. The direction of this Ex B drift
is also shown in Fig. 5.6. Because of the density gradient this E x B drift causes
a density variation. In the region where the particles drift from the high density
side (regions I and TIl in Fig. 5.6) the density increases by the Ex B drift, while
in the region where the particles drift from the low density side (region II in Fig.
5.6) the density decreases.
Let us consider the effect of the resonant particles (particles of parallel ve-
locity V z = w/ kz ). In regions I and TIl of Fig. 5.6, the resonant electrons are
decelerated by the parallel field E! while in region II the resonant electrons
are accelerated by the parallel field E!. If there is no density gradient, for a
Maxwellian distribution, there are more electrons which are accelerated than
those which are decelerated and therefore the wave is damped by the resonant
electrons. In an inhomogeneous plasma, however, since in regions I and TIl the
electrons drift from the high density side, while in region IT the electrons drift
from the low density side, the number of the resonant electrons which are ac-
celerated may become less than those which are decelerated. Then the resonant
electrons can on average contribute to increase of the wave energy. This is the
physical mechanism of the collisionless drift wave instability.
97
 Let us examine the condition for the instability. First, for a spatially uniform
Maxwellian plasma. the rate of change in the number of resonant electrons due
to the acceleration or deceleration by the parallel electric field E! is

[dVz 8~(Vz)] == -~E~ [_ me ~] ~(vz = wlk,J

dt 8v z tlz=w I" &'
me Te kz

where we used the equation of motion dVzldt = -eE!/me. We evaluate as in

(5.4.10)

E~ '" -ikzq} , eq} ITe '" n!/n~ , (6.5.1)

then we can write

[ dVz 8~]
at 8v z '"
. n!.,o(
-lW nore Vz = w
Ik )
z . (6.5.2)
v.=wl". 0

This contributes to the damping of the wave.

On the other hand, the rate of change in the number of resonant electrons
by the E x B drift in an inhomogeneous plasma is

18.,0 _ _ E! [8 1.,0 _ I
vDx8xri(vz-wlkz,x)-[j 8 x n e n~re(vz-w kz).
0]
We evaluate as E! '" -ikll¢>l, e¢>llTe '" n!/n~ and get

vbX88
x
~(vz =wlkz, x) '" iw. no
n~~(vz =wlkz) (6.5.3)

where w. = [kIlTe/eBn~][ -dn~/dx] = kllu~ and is equal to the electron drift

frequency (cf. Sect 5.5). Equation (6.5.3) contributes to the growth of the wave.
Comparing (6.5.2) and (6.5.3) we find that if
w <w. (6.5.4)
the growth term (6.5.3) exceeds the damping given in (6.5.2) resulting in an
instability.
Now, the propagation speed of the electrostatic drift wave is determined by
the propagation speed of the ion density perturbation. Electrons follow the ion
density perturbation by the shielding motion along the magnetic field line. The
ion density perturbation propagates by the E' x B drift, but because of the finite
Larmor radius the electric field that the ions feel is weaker than IE~I. As a result
the propagation speed of the drift wave becomes less than that calculated by the
fluid model, namely, wi kll < U~II' Then the ineqUality in (6.5.4) is satisfied and
the drift wave becomes unstable. Thus the drift wave instability takes place due
to the combined effect of the finite ion Larmor radius effect and the E x B drift
of the resonant electrons. So far, we have ignored the effect of the resonant ions.
This is because we are assuming the region Iwl ~ kzVTi. Since the acceleration
of the resonant ions by the parallel electric field occurs in the direction opposite

98
to the resonant electrons, while the direction of the E x B drift is the same as
the electrons, the Landau damping rate by the resonant ions is enhanced by the
presence of the density gradient. In other words, the resonant ions can contribute
to strong damping of the drift wave. Therefore, in the presence of a magnetic
shear, the ion Landau damping can suppress the drift wave instability. A de-
tailed calculation shows that the collisionless drift wave instability discussed in
this section is completely suppressed by even a small magnetic shear [6.5]. Of
course, drift waves can become unstable even in a sheared magnetic field by
other means, such as a magnetic field curvature effect, plasma current, tempera-
ture gradient, etc.

6.6 Trapped Particle Effects and Quasilinear Effects

In Sect. 5.6, we have described typical examples of nonlinear propagation of
electrostatic waves using the two-fluid model. In this model, only an average
nonlinear response of the plasma can be treated. In the Vlasov model, we can
treat nonlinear effects due to sp~ific group of particles in a special velocity
range, i.e., the resonant particles. These particles are nearly at rest in the wave
frame. In other words, their kinetic energy in the wave frame m[w - w r /k]2/2
is nearly zero. Therefore, even a small amplitude fluctuating electric field can
produce significant effects o'n the particle orbits. In this section, we illustrate
such nonlinear effects by two examples. One is the case of a nonlinear wave
propagating at constant phase velocity and the other is the case in which many
waves of different phase velocities are present. For simplicity, we shall restrict
ourselves to the case of a one-dimensional propagation of an electron plasma
wave in the absence of magnetic field.

6.6.1 Bounce Frequency

Let us first consider the case of a wave propagating with a constant phase velocity.
In the linear approximation, such a wave undergoes Landau damping by resonant
electrons. In Sect. 6.3, we introduced a time T which is smaller than or on the
order of the lifetime of the wave potential. The lifetime can be estimated by
the Landau damping rate T ,...., ,-1. Landau damping is due to the resonant
particles which continue to be accelerated or decelerated during the time T. For
a sufficiently weak field, the velocity of the resonant particles can be regarded as
being almost constant during the time T and the resonance condition is given by
(6.3.1). As the wave amplitude increases, the modification of the particle velocity
by the wave field becomes important and, eventually, even if the initial particle
velocity is equal to the wave phase velocity (that is, the particle is at rest in the
wave frame), the particle starts moving due to the acceleration by the wave field
and can move more than half a wavelength in time T. Then the particles cannot
stay either in an accelerating phase or in a decelerating phase of the wave, but
they oscillate between acceleration and deceleration. As a result, they do not

99
contribute to the damping of the wave. H all particles accelerate and decelerate
repeatedly during the time r, then Landau damping will practically disappear
and significant nonlinear effects are expected to occur.
For a more quantitative argument, we assume that the wave electric field is
constant during the time r. The particle initially" at rest in the wave frame will
then move a distance on the order of eEr2/2m relative to the wave during the
time r. H this distance is larger than half a wavelength 7r I k, then all particles
oscillate between acceleration and deceleration.
The condition can be written as
2m7r
E>-k ' (6.6.1)
e r2
In terms of the potential, we can write noting e/> '" Elk,
27rm
ee/> > Pr 2 • (6.6.2)

Setting r '" ,-I we find that nonlinear effects become important when

,< Wb == kJee/>lm
where we have dropped the factor $ . The frequency Wb is called the bounce
frequency and is equal to the oscillation frequency of a particle trapped in the
potential energy trough of a wave. Indeed, if we write the wave potential in the
wave frame as

e/> = e/>ocoskx
then the electron oscillation in the potential energy trough at x = 0 obeys the
equation of motion
Jlx ae/> " 2
m dt2 = e ax = -eke/>o sm kx = -ek e/>ox (6.6.3)

where we assumed Ikxl < 1 and used the approximation sin kx '" kx. Equation
(6.6.3) describes a harmonic oscillation at frequency kJee/>o/m = Wb. We thus
conclude that a significant nonlinear effect on resonant particles can be expected
when the field amplitude becomes so large that the bounce frequency Wb exceeds
the Landau damping rate ,.

6.6.2 Bernstein-Greene-Kruskal (BGK) Waves

As the wave amplitude increases the Landau damping decreases and the life time
of the potential becomes longer. Consider the limit r - 00, that is, when the
wave is stationary and undamped. Such a wave must satisfy the stationary Vlasov
equation in the wave frame,

100
 gl(x) Fig.6.Sa,b. An example of BGK potential and

t (a) panicle orbits in phase space: (p) passing par-

ticle, (r) reflected panicle and (I) localized par-
ticle
-x

of = 0 or vof + ~ a</> of = 0 (6.6.4)

at ox m ox ov
and the Poisson equation (6.2.1). Suppose the solution for the potential has the
fonn shown in Fig. 6.5a in the wave frame. In this case particle energy is con-
served

W = mv2 /2 - e</> =const (6.6.5)

where v is the particle velocity in the wave frame. We can divide the particles
into three classes according to their energy. The first class consists of the particles
whose energy is larger than the maximum potential energy -e</>m and therefore
pass through the potential and can move over the entire region -00 < x < 00.
These particles will be called the passing particles or untrapped particles. The
second class consists of those which have energy W less than -e</>m but can
pass to either x - -00 or x - +00. These particles are called the reflected par-
ticles. The third class consists of those which are trapped in one of the potential
energy troughs and are therefore localized to a finite region. These particles are
called the localized trapped particles. The reflected particles and the localized
trapped particles are collectively called the trapped particles. In the linear theory.
there are no trapped particles. Typical phase space orbits of these three classes
of particles are shown in Fig. 6.5b where p. r, 1, stand for the passing particle.
reflected particle. and localized particle, respectively. In a collisionless system.
the particle orbit in the phase space is determined by the initial condition and
particles can never move from one orbit to another. Moreover. in the stationary
state. the distribution function F is constant along the particle orbit. Otherwise.
the distribution function changes with time accompanied by the particle motion
along the orbit. Therefore. the distribution function F that satisfies (6.6.4) is a
function of the orbit alone. For the trapped particle, the orbit is uniquely deter-
mined by its energy W. while for the un trapped particle the orbit is detennined
by W and the direction of the particle motion (recall that W is an even function

101
of v). Then the solution of (6.6.4) can, in general, be written in the fonn

(W < -er/>m)
(W> -er/>m,v > 0) (6.6.6)
(W> -er/>m,v < 0).
Substituting this distribution into the Poisson equation, we can derive an equation
for the potential r/>. Since W depends on r/>, this equation is extremely compli-
cated. Now, the distributions for the passing particles and the reflected particles
can be detennined by the boundary conditions at x -+ ±oo. If the distribution
of the localized trapped particles can be detennined by some means, then the
Poisson equation is reduced to a nonlinear eigenvalue problem for r/>. In the lin-
ear theory Ft = 0 and the Poisson equation is reduced to a linear eigenvalue
problem. The eigenfunction is a sinusoidal wave which contains the wavenum-
ber k as a parameter and the eigenvalue is the frequency w. That is, we obtain
the linear dispersion relation. In the presence of trapped particles, the localized
trapped particle distribution is left undetennined. In other words, because of the
arbitrariness of the localized trapped particle distribution, the eigenfunction r/>
can also be arbitrary and no dispersion relation is obtained. Therefore we can
have an arbitrary shape of nonlinear waves. Such waves were first pointed out
by Bernstein, Greene and Kruskal and are called the BGK waves [6.6]. Note that
BGK waves are stationary solutions of the Vlasov equation, but their stability
is not known. It is also unknown which fonn of a BGK wave can be produced
under given initial conditions.

6.6.3 Quasilinear Effects

We now consider the case of many waves with different phase velocities. Such
a situation takes place when a warm electron beam with a velocity distribution
as shown in Fig. 6.3 excites electron plasma waves (bump-on-tail instability). In
this case waves of phase velocity lying in the region Ul < w/k < U2 grow simul-
taneously. When a group of waves of different phase velocities are superposed,
a wave packet like that shown in Fig. 6.6 is fonned. The wave packet moves
with the group velocity dw / dk while the resonant particles move with the phase

Fig.6.6. Wave packet produced by many waves of

~---- L -----+ different phase velocities

102
velocity. If dw / dk f W / k then the resonant particles pass through the packet. Let
L be the width of the wave packet, then the time that the resonant particles pass
through the wave packet is given by [6.7]

Tc ~ L/ I: -~I·
This is the lifetime of the potential as seen by the resonant particles. If Tc is
sufficiently long compared to the inverse of the bounce frequency w;t, then the
trapped particle effects discussed above become the dominant nonlinear effect.
On the other hand if Tc < w;t, the trapped particle effect is unimportant and
a new quasilinear effect becomes important through the resonant particles. We
shall first give a qualitative description of this effect.
Let us first estimate Tc for the case of the bump-on-tail instability of Fig.
6.3. We assume that Ut and U2 are close to each other and write Ut = wpe/k and
U2 = wpe/(k - Llk) == Ut[1 + Llk/k](Llk ~ k). We estimate L as

L = Llk- t = k-tut (6.6.7)

U2 - Ut
Since for the electron plasma wave the group velocity is much smaller than the
phase velocity, we can neglect the group velocity and estimate Tc as

(6.6.8)
The condition that the trapped particle effect is negligible can then be written as

(6.6.9)
As the wave grows, the distribution function F(x, v, t) changes. We expand F
and ¢ in Fourier series as
F(x,v,t) = LeikxFk(v,t) , ¢(x,t) = Leikx¢k(t). (6.6.10)
k k
Note that Fo(v, t) is the spatially averaged part of the distribution. It varies
according to the Vlasov equation as
{)Fo e". {)
~ = - L...J1k¢k(t)71F-k(V, t). (6.6.11)
UL m k uV

To lowest order we use the linearized Vlasov equation for F-k' which reads

(! - ikV) F-k = - ~ ik¢_k ! Fo(v, t) . (6.6.12)

The solution of (6.6.12) can be written as

F_k(v, t)
e
= -- jt. {)
dt'e1kv(t-t')ik¢_k(t')71Fo(v, t') , (6.6.13)
m -00 uV
where we assumed that there is no perturbation at t -+ -00. We assume that

103
Fo(v, t) depends only slowly on time and approximate Fo(v, t') in (6.6.13) by
Fo(v, t). Then we substitute the result into (6.6.11) to obtain the diffusion equation
in the fom
a a a
at Fo(v, t) = av D(v, t) av Fo(v, t) (6.6.14)

where

D(v, t) = (~)2 'E k2jt dt' <Pk(t)<P_k(t')eikv(t-t l ) • (6.6.15)

m k -00

We note that <Pk(t) and <P-k(t') represent the unstable electron plasma wave of
frequency Wk and W-k = -Wk respectively. Therefore we can write

where we introduced a small positive imaginary part 8(> 0) to ensure conver-

gence at t' - t -00. The time integral in (6.6.15) then becomes
1 8 - i(wk - kv)
-:-:----:---:---:: =
i(wk - kv) + 8 (Wk - kv)2 + 82 .
(6.6.i6)

Since Wk and kv are odd functions of k, after summation over k the imaginary
part of (6.6.16) disappears. The real part becomes a 8-function
8
lim ( k)28 2 =1I"8[Wk-kv]. (6.6.17)
6-++0 Wk - V +
Using this result. we can write the diffusion constant D as follows

D(v) = (:) 2 11" ~ k 21<pkI 28 [Wk - kv] . (6.6.18)

Equation (6.6.14, 18) are called the quasilinear equations [6.8]. They describe the
following physical process. As the wave grows the diffusion constant increases.
Then in the resonant velocity region, the distribution function is flattened by the
diffusion. The bump in the distribution is smoothed out and disappears. Then
the wave growth rate decreases and eventually the wave is stabilized when the
distribution in the resonant region becomes completely flat (aFo/ av = 0). The
velocity space diffusion as described by the quasilinear equation is due to the
average deceleration of the resonant particles moving slightly faster than the
phase velocity and acceleration of those moving slightly slower than the phase
velocity. Hence we can say that the quasilinear effect is a reaction to the Landau
damping or growth.
In reality, the above model is too simple to describe the actual three-dimen-
sional phenomenon, but the quasilinear effect is considered to be most important
in suppressing kinetic instability.

104
6.7 Source and Noise Level
So far in this chapter, we have considered the plasma response in the context of
the Vlasov model or the model of a collisionless continuum. In this model, the
initially stationary and uniform unperturbed state remains stationary and uniform,
and perturbations can be produced only by some external means. In a real plasma,
perturbations are produced by fluctuations due to the discreteness of the plasma.
Namely, a charged particle produces electromagnetic fields around itself which
induce a plasma response. The simplest example is the Debye screening of a
static point charge discussed in Sects. 5.1 and 6.2. In this section, we consider a
moving charge and discuss the dynamical response of the plasma to this charge.
When the velocity of the charge is equal to the phase velocity of a wave which
satisfies the dispersion relation of the plasma, the wave is resonantly excited in
the plasma. This is called the Cerenkov emission of the wave and acts as the
source of the wave fluctuation. As a result of the wave emission the particle
loses its energy.
For simplicity, we consider a uniform and stationary plasma in the absence of
magnetic fields. We represent the charged particle by the charge density O"cs(r, t)
given by

O"cs(r, t) = q8[r - r(t)] . (6.7.1)

When the particle velocity is small compared to the light speed, we can ignore
the magnetic response of the plasma and use the electrostatic approximation. The
linear response to O"ea(l', t) is determined from the Poisson equation which can
be written in the Fourier representation as (7.2.15)

(6.7.2)

where c(k,w) is the dielectric function given by (6.2.14), and O"ea(k,w) and
cP(k,w) are the Fourier transform of O"ea(1' , t) and the electrostatic potential in-
duced by the source charge. Using (6.7.1), we have

O"es(k,w) = qJ d3 r i+: dtexp[!(wt-k·r)]aea(r,t)

= qexp(-ik· ro)27r8[w - k· v] (6.7.3)

where we used the approximation

r(t) = ro + vt (v = const) (6.7.4)

i:
and the relation

dtexp[i(w - k· v)t] = 27r8[w- k· v]. (6.7.5)

By the inverse Fourier transformation of (6.7.2) we get

105
 -I..()
'l'r,t
J dw -iwt
27r e
J cflk (Ok) O"es(k,w)
(27r)3 exp l or k 2 c(k,w)

= J
d3k 0 q
(27r)3 exp {lk [r - r(t)]} Pc(k, k v)
0 0
(6.7.6)

from which the induced electric field is obtained as

-
E(r, t) =
Jd k
3 -ikq.
(27r)3 Pc(k, k. v) exp {lk. [r - r(t)]}
0

(6.7.7)

Knowing the induced electric field E(r, t), we can calculate the energy loss of
the charged particle by E which is the field induced by charged particle itself:
By using the equation of motion, we have

qv . E(r(t), t)

= q
2 J d3 k -ik· v
(27r)3 ~ c(k, k· v)
1

= 2J d3k k.V Im { 1 } (6.7.8)

q (27r)3 Y c(k, k· v)

where in the last line we used the fact that c(-k, -k·v) = c*(k, k·v), the asterisk
denoting the complex conjugate. Cerenkov emission occurs for the wave which
satisfies the dispersion relation c(k, k· v) = O. Assuming that the wave is weakly
damped by the Landau damping such that (6.3.11) is satisfied, we calculate as
follows:
coX"(k,w)
lc(k,w)i2
coX"(k,w)
=
[c'(k, w)]2 + [coX"(k, w)]2
8c'(k, wr)] -1 ,
[ (6.7.9)
8w r [(w - w r)2 + ,2]

where we used (6.3.14) and the approximation c'(k,w) == [8c'(k,wr)j8wr](w-Wr).

Since, is small (, «: wr) and positive, we can use the approximation

(6.7.10)

Then we have

1
1m { c(k, k . v)
}
= -7rD[k . v - w r]
[8c'(k,wr
8wr
)]-1 (6.7.11)

Substituting (6.7.11) into (6.7.8) yields the energy loss rate of the particle by the
Cerenkov emission (or, the Cerenkov emission rate) as

106
 _~ [~ 2] = 2J d3k 7rWr8[k·v-wr] [8c /(k,Wr)]-1 (6.7.12)
dt 2 mv q (27r)3 k2 OW r '

The resonance condition Wr = k . v is the same as that for the Landau damping
and is often called the Cerenkov condition.
The above fonnula was derived for a single charged particle. In fact, each
charged particle in the plasma can act as a source of Cerenkov emission. Cerenkov
emissions by the thennal motions of the particles are called spontaneous emission
of the wave and act as the source of thennal noise in the plasma. To calculate
the spontaneous emission rate we sum up the emission rate given by (6.7.12)
over all the particles whose velocity distribution is given by ~(v). Let W,,(t) be
the energy of the wave mode of wavenumber k and frequency w. We denote its
rate of change due to the spontaneous emission by [dW,,/dt] •. Noting that W"
represents the energy of the two wave modes specified by (k, wr) and (-k, -wr ),
we have

~J d3vr.(v)
- ~
dl d (1
dt 2: mv =
2) J ~k 1 --;It •
(27r)32:
(dW") (6.7.13)

Substituting (6.7.12) into (6.7.13) we find

~ 2 27rwr
~q.y
[Oc/(k,Wr)]
OWr
-I J 3 dl
dvr.(v)8[k·v-wr]

=
~ 227r
~q. k2
[8c /OW
(k, wr)] -I 0
[wf. (W)]W=Wr/k , (6.7.14)
r

where f~(w) is defined by (6.2.19).

In the stationary state, the spontaneous emission rate balances the Landau
damping:

(6.7.15)

where "( is given by (6.3.14). The factor 2 is needed since Wk is proportional to

IE,,(tW. Using (6.3.9) we find
2"( = _ Eq; 2\ [df~(W)] [Oc/(k,Wr)]-1 (6.7.16)
• m.k dw 1lr-wr/k oWr

Substituting (6.7.14, 16) into (6.7.15), we find

E. q;[w f~(w )]w=wr/k (6.7.17)

E.(q;;m.)[df~(w)/dw]1lr-wr/k .

For the case of a Maxwell distribution of temperature Te = 71 =T, we finally get

(6.7.18)

107
which corresponds to the equipartition of energy at thennal equilibrium. This
level of fluctuation is called the thermal level or the noise level.
At thennal equilibrium in an isotropic plasma, the only electrostatic wave
modes that are weakly damped are the long wavelength electron plasma waves
(kAJ)e < 0.3). Then the total number of such wave modes in volume V is

V J cf3k
(27r)
3
(k Ao.<O.3)
= _1_(0 3)3~ == 5 X
67r
2'
AJ)e
3
1O- 4 V
3'
AJ)e
Each mode has the energy T according to (6.7.18), so that the total wave energy
in an isotropic plasma at thennal equilibrium is
5 x 1O- 4 VT
U== 3
AJ)e
On the other hand, the total energy of the plasma is 3nTV. Taking the ratio of
U to the total plasma energy we get
U 10-4
3nTV '" nAbe '
which vanishes in the ideal plasma limit (nAbe -+ 00). This result is consistent
with the fact that the ideal plasma is a collisionless continuum and hence has no
discreteness effects.

6.8 Collision Integral

Whereas the Landau damping and the Cerenkov emission result from the coupling
of the individual particle motion and the collective motion, the collisional process
is a result of the coupling of the individual motion of two particles. In this section,
we derive the kinetic equation which describes the Coulomb collision of two
particles in tenns of the particle distribution function. Since the process arises
from the discrete nature of the plasma, we use the Klimontovich distribution
function (4.1.5). When we totally neglect the magnetic field (both external and
induced), then the collision tenn arises from [(4.1.4) and (4.2.3)]

q~
( ;;;E(r, 8~
t) . 8v F(r, v, t)
) q 8
- m E(r, t)· 8v F(r, v, t) . (6.8.1)

The angled bracket denotes an ensemble average over the initial coordinates of
the particles, which can alternatively be regarded as a space-time average, of
which the spatial average is to be taken over a scale length large compared with
the effective collision radius, i.e., the Debye length. For simplicity, we choose
this average to be over the entire volume V of the system. Then the average
electric field vanishes E(r, t) = 0 and the average distribution function becomes

108
 F(1',v,t) = -1 J d3 1' L:
N
(6[1' - 1'j(t)]6[v - Vj(t)])
V j=1

=
1 N
V L: (6[v -
j=1
Vj(t)]) =Fl(v, t) . (6.8.2)

The time average will be discussed later.

We use the Fourier representation for the microscopic variables represented
by A(1',t):

A(1',t) = L:exp[ik. 1']A",(t) (6.8.3)

'"
A",(t) = ~ J d3 1'exp [-ik· 1']A(1', t) , (6.8.4)

then F'(v, t) = (Fk=O(v, t)}. The Klimontovich equation for the average distribu-
tion F'(v, t) can then be written

8F'(v, t)
= _.!L L: / E",(t)· ~F_",(v,t»)
at m 4. \ 8v
"'To
8
- 8v· J(v,t) , (6.8.5)
where
J(v, t) = _.!L L: (E",(t)F_",(v, t)} . (6.8.6)
mk=O

The right hand side of (6.8.5) corresponds to the collision term (6.8.1).
The equation for F_",(v, t) is written as

(6.8.7)

If the right hand side is neglected, this equation is in the same form as the
linearized Vlasov equation (6.6.12). The only difference is that the solution of
(6.8.7) must satisfy the initial condition
1 N
F_",(v, t =0) = V L:exp (ik· 1'j)6[v - Vj] , (6.8.8)
j=1

where 1'j and Vj are the position and the velocity of the jth particle at t = O.
As we shall show later, the right hand side of (6.8.7) is indeed negligible under
certain conditions, so that we can ignore it for the moment and solve (6.8.7)
subject to the initial condition of (6.8.8) to obtain

109
 F_/e(v,t) = exp(ik·vt)F_/e(v,t=O)
-.!!... ft dt' exp [ik . v(t - t')]E_/e(t')· : Fo(v, t') . (6.8.9)
mk uV
Substitution of (6.8.9) into (6.8.6) yields the following two tenns:

J(v, t) = JI(V, t) + J2(V, t) , (6.8.10)

where
JI(V, t) = -.!!...
m
L exp (ik . vt) (E/e(t)F_/e(v, t = 0»)
/efo
q 1 N
- -;;;: L V ~ (exp [ik . rj(t)]Ek (t)8[v - Vj]) , (6.8.11)
/e f 0 3=1

J2(V,t) = (!r ~ l dt'exp[ik. v(t - t')]

/era

x ( E/e(t)E_/e(t')· :v Fo(v, t'»)

- (!r ~ l dt'exp[ik. v(t - t')]

"r o
x (E,,(t)E_,,(t'») . ! pO(v, t') (6.8.12)

where in (6.8.11) we used the "straight-orbit" approximation

rj(t) == rj + Vjt (6.8.13)

and in (6.8.12) we used the "decoupling" approximation

( E/e(t)E_/e(t')· :v Fo(v, t'»)

== (EIc(t)E_Ic(t'») . :v (pO(v, t'») . (6.8.14)

The Fourier component E,,(t) can be calculated from (6.7.7) which is the
electric field produced by a single charge at {r, v} = {r(t), v}. Noting the relation

L = V J{211")3
cPk
(6.8.15)
"fa
we find

EIc(t) = '" qa Jd3r'Jd3 'F.(' , ) (-ik)exp(-ik· r')

L...J. V
.=e,1
v a r ,v , t k2 (k k. ')
e , v
= ~ '" ~Jd3 '8[ , _ .] (-ik)exp[-ik· r~(t)] (6.8.16)
V L...J
•
q. ~
,=1
V V v, k2 e(k, k.')
V
.

110
Substitution of (6.8.16) into (6.8.11) then yields

J !( )
v,t = q "" 1 ""
mL."q~V2 L."
j a-v k2c;(kikk.v')
t3,

~ lefo '
N N.
xL L (exp {ik . [rj(t) - ri(t)]}o[v - Vj]O[V' - Vi])
j=! i=!
(6.8.17)
At this point, we bring in the time average. It should be noted that the time
t has to be sufficiently short compared to the mean free time in order for the
straight-orbit approximation of (6.8.13) to be valid Yet the mean free time in a
near ideal plasma is extremely long, so that we can choose t to be much longer
than the time (k . v)-! which is typically on the order of the plasma oscillation
period (note that if k = .AD! and v = VT then kv = wp )' Then after averaging
over such a time scale, the exponential factor in (6.8.17) will vanish unless s is
the same as the particle under consideration, i.e., q~ = q, and i = j. Under these
conditions
(exp {ik· [rj(t) - ri(t)]}o[v - Vj]o[v' - Vi])
== Oij (o[v - Vj]) o[v - V'] . (6.8.18)
Such an approximation is called the random phase approximation. Equation
(6.8.17) can then be reduced to the form .
q2 1 ik N
J!(v, t) = -
m
V2 Lf
Ie 0
k2 (k k. )
c , V j=!
L
(o[v - Vj])

II ik
(6.8.19)
= ~V ~ Pc(k, k . v) Fl(v, t) ,
leT O

where in the last line we ignored the time dependence of Vj(t), or equivalently
P> (v, t = 0) == Fl (v, t). In carrying out the k-summation in (6.8.19), we
note that c(-k, -w) = c*(k,w) from which we have
ik k
(6.8.20)
~ Pc(k, k. v) =~ Plc(k, k. v}12 1m {c;(k, k· v)} .
leT O leT O

Now from (6.2.12, 14) we have

Im{c(k, k· v)} = co L Im{x~(k, k· v)}
Fe,i

= L~ k:=m. jd V'Im k . ( v - 1v') + 'ok. uV'

3 !:l0 F?(v')
1

- - L~ -.L
Pm.
jd v'1rO[k. (v - 3 v')]k· ~F?(v',
ov t) ,

(6.8.21)

111
where again we used the approximation Ji?(v') == Ji?(v', t). Use of (6.8.21) in
(6.8.20) and then in (6.8.19) finally yields the expression

J 1(v,t) = -m~m6
q2 q; J d3 k /
(27r)3 dv
3 ,7rh'[k· (v - v')] kk 0
jc:(k,k.v)i2 k4 'ov'
xF;(v', t)F>(v, t) . (6.8.22)
In calculating J2(V, t), we first calculate the aut(}-correlation function
(E,.(t)E_,.(t'») as follows: using (6.8.16) we have

1
= V2 L L q6q3' LN. L
N., / /
(E,.(t)E_,.(t'») ~v, ~v"
6 6' j=1 i=1

kk (exp {ik· [ri(t') - rj(t)]}c5[v' - vj]c5[v" - vd)

x - ..:..--=--'-----:-:---::----.:::--:-~___::--.::-.---~
k4 c(k, k . v')c( -k, -k . v")
1 2 N. / 3" kk exp [-ik . v'(t - t')]
= V2 ~ q. ~ d v (c5[v - Vj]) F /c(k, k . v,)/2

~ 2/d3 ,kk ~(v',t)

=V1 ~ q.
'k'(')
V k4 /c(k, k . v')i2 exp [ -1 . v t - t ] , (6.8.23)

where again we used the random phase approximation (6.8.18) in the fonn
(exp {ik· [ri(t') - rj(t)]}c5[v' - Vj]h'[v" - Vi])
== exp[-ik· v'(t - t')] (c5[v' - Vj]) h'ij c5[v' - v"] .
If we substitute (6.8.23) into (6.8.12) and neglect the time dependence of FJ(v, t')
as before, we have a time integral of the fonn

loo dt ' exp ['k

t
1 •
(v-v ')(t - t ')] 1 - exp [ik . (v - v')t]
=--.:....;;..-~-...;.....:;.
ik . (v' - v)
_ sin[k . (v' - v)t] (odd f . f k)
- k (
. v' - v
) + unctton 0 .

We can approximate the first tenn by 7rc5[k . (v - v')] for large t, while the odd
function part vanishes after summation over k, so that for J2(V, t)

q2 ....2/ ~k / 3 ,7rc5[k· [v - v'] kk

J 2(v, t) = m2 ~ fl. (27r)3 d v /c(k, k . v)/2 k4

x :v F>(v, t)F;(v', t) . (6.8.24)

Substituting (6.8.22, 24) into (6.8.10), we obtain

J(v,t) = q2~
m ~ q.
2/ ~k (27r)3
/d 3 ,7rh'[k·(v-v')]kk
v /c(k, k . v)/2 k4
..-.0,10..-.0 ..-.0 10..-.0,
x [r;(v, t)--;:;-r(v, t) - r(v, t)--;:;-r ;(v, t)] (6.8.25)
muv m.uv'
Our final fonn of the kinetic equation for the 8th species of particle colliding

112
with the s'th species of particle can be obtained by substitution of (6.8.25) into
(6.8.5) as follows:

~F;(v,t) = Jd3 v'aa. Qs.'· (_1 aa - _1_ aa,) F;(v,t)~(v',t),

Ut V m. v m.' v
where (6.8.26)

Q = q~q~, J J:3k 7rb[k· (v - v')] kk

(6.8.27)
.. ' m. (27r)3 Ic(k, k . v)1 2 k 4 •

Equation (6.8.26) is called the Balescu-Lenard equation [6.9].

A few remarks are in order. First, (6.8.26) is in the form of the Fokker-Planck
equation for the probability distribution function P( v, t):

a
-P(v a [- (Llv)
t)=-· - 1 a (Llv2)
P(v t)+--· - P(v t) ] (6.8.28)
8t ' av Llt ' 2 av Llt "
where Llv is the velocity change in a short time scale Llt. This equation can be
derived for a general class of Markov random processes with small momentum
transfer, i.e., when (Llv n / Llt) are negligible for n ~ 3 [6.10]. Indeed, it is
possible to show by solving the equation of motion that in the present case
[6.11]

J ~v,_1
m.
Q•• , ~(v',t) (6.8.29)

J.1,1-Qu'·
lTV
m.'
a..,..o,
-a
v'
l';,(v ,t).

The Fokker-Planck equation consists of a diffusion term in velocity space [the

second term in (6.8.28)] and the dynamical friction term [the first term in
(6.8.28)]. The diffusion term represents the cumulative small angle scattering
effect, while the dynamical friction term represents the slowing down process
accompanied by the angular scattering.
Second, the kinetic equation (6.8.26) includes the collective shielding effect
on the colliding particles through the factor Ic(k, k· v)I- 2 • As seen from (6.8.27),
without this shielding factor, the k-integral shows a logarithmic divergence at
both small and large values of k. Divergence at large values of k is due to
the inadequacy of the present calculation for a very short distance encounter. It
can either be remedied by including the quantum effect due to finite de Broglie
wavelength of the particle or by retaining the right hand side of (6.8.7) under
certain approximations. On the other hand, the divergence at small values of
k, which results from the long range character of the Coulomb interaction, is
removed in (6.8.27) by the collective shielding factor /c(k, k . v)I- 2 • Indeed, at
k --+ 0 or k· v --+ 0, we have the Debye shielding factor
1 1. 4 4
Ic(k, k . v)j2 - [1 + (k'\0)-2]2 =k '\0
which removes the divergence.
113
 Third, because of the complexity of (6.8.27), we often use a simpler form of
the kinetic equation. The simplest form is the one-dimensional Lenard-Bernstein
model [6.12]:

aFl = v~ (vFl + T aFl) (6.8.30)

at av mav
whose solution can be written as [6.13]

Fl(v, t) = JdvoP(vo -+ v, t)Fl(vo, t =0) (6.8.31)

m { m [v - voexp (-vt)]2}
P(vo -+ v, t) = 27rT[1 - exp (-2vt)]
exp
1 - exp (-2vt)
2T
(6.8.32)
where v is the collision frequency and T is the final temperature. Obviously, the
long time solution (t ~ 1) of (6.8.30) is a Maxwellian distribution independent
of the initial distribution.
Finally, we need to comment on the neglect of the right hand side of (6.8.7).
As is seen from (6.8.9,16), the right hand side of (6.8.7) contains a factor of the
form
(exp {ik' . 'r j(t) - i(k' - k) . 'ri(t)}) .

For j f i, this average vanishes by the random phase approximation as before.

For j = i, it becomes (exp [-ik . 'ri(t)]) which again vanishes after the time
average. Therefore, the contribution of the right hand side of (6.8.7) is negligi-
ble, provided that the random phase approximation is applicable. The validity
of this approximation depends on the Coulomb interaction intensity. For very
short distance collisions, the Coulomb force becomes strong, and the assump-
tion of random phase becomes invalid. Therefore the present derivation of the
kinetic equation is valid only for relatively long distance collisions, or small an-
gle scattering processes. For a more complete discussion of the validity of this
approximation we refer the reader to the original articles [6.9].

_PROBLEMS

6.1. Carrying out the integration in (6.2.30), derive the Debye potential (6.2.31).
6.2. Using the dispersion relations (5.2.14) for the electron plasma wave and
(5.4.16) for the ion acoustic wave, show that
8c'(k,wr ) 2
(electron plasma wave)
aWr - £0-
Wpe

-
2 (1 +k k'xbe)
£0-.
2
2 ,X2
3/2
(ion acoustic wave with 11 = 0) .
wPI De
(6.8.33)

114
6.3. Using (6.3.9) in (6.3.14) and the results of the preceding problem, show
that the Landau damping rates for the electron plasma wave and the ion
acoustic wave for the Maxwellian distribution functions (6.3.17) (s = e, i)
are given by

'Y - liwpe k ~be 3 exp [- 2k2\5., - ~] (electron plasma wave)

- 1i(1 + ~~~5.,)2 {~ + (i)3/2

[ 1 Te 2"3]}
x exp -2(1 + k2 A5.,) 11 - (ion acoustic wave)

6.4. Suppose that the electrons are drifting against the ions with average speed
Ud in the x-direction and that the velocity distributions of the electrons
and ions are Maxwellian with Te
= 2011. Find the condition for the current
driven ion accoustic instability for the hydrogen plasma in the limit k2 A5 ~
1.
6.5. Using the relations for the Bessel functions

Jo[00 dV1. V 1. Jn2 (k~

1. V 1. ) [vi] = vTeIn(b)e
exp - 2v}e
2 -b
,

where In is the modified Bessel function and b = V}e/ ki Q;

show that the
electrostatic electron cyclotron wave (Bernstein mode) propagating perpen-
dicular to the magnetic field satisfies the following dispersion relation:
w~ ~ -b We
1 = 0'""T L.J e II(b) lQ'
ICJ. VTe 1=-00 W - e

Assume that the electron velocity distribution is Maxwellian.

6.6. Using the equation of motion, derive (6.8.29) without the shielding factor
Ic(k, k· v)I- 2 •
6.7. Suppose the collision model (6.8.30) is applicable to a Fourier component
of the averaged distribution function F_,,(v, t) given by (6.8.9). Show that
the effective collision frequency becomes V(kVT/V)2/3.

115
7. General Theory of Linear Waves

Plasma sustains various types of waves. Waves in a plasma often act as the carri-
ers of energy and momentum and can be considered to be elementary excitations
in a plasma. Waves in a plasma can generally be represented by electromagnetic
fluctuations and/or density perturbations. The propagation characteristics of the
wave are determined by the average properties of the plasma. In many cases
of interest, waves can be treated by linear approximations. If in the absence of
wave fluctuation a plasma is spatially uniform and temporally stationary, then the
waves propagate as plane waves and the frequency and wavenumber satisfy the
linear dispersion relation determined by the properties of the unperturbed state.
In this chapter, we first describe the wave source and the linear response to
the source in Sect. 7.1 and then in Sect. 7.2 we derive the general dielectric ten-
sor for the case of spatially uniform and temporally stationary plasma. A general
expression for the linear dispersion relation is derived. The result is applied to
the cold plasma model in Sect. 7.3 and finally the wave energy and momentum
equations are derived in Sect. 7.4.

7.1 Source and Response

Waves are excited by some kind of source. The wave source can be either a
fluctuation produced by some external means or a spontaneous fluctuation inside
the plasma. In either case, the wave source in a plasma can be considered to have
an electromagnetic origin. For the case of external excitation, the source can be
represented by a fluctuating current or charge on a plasma boundary, while for
the case of spontaneous excitation, the source can be represented by a fluctuating
current or charge due to particle motion in a plasma. In either case, the wave
source is represented by a source current or charge denoted by J.(r, t), O"e.(r, t).
Since they satisfy the charge conservation relation
a
mO"es(r, t) + V· J.(r, t) =0, (7.1.1)

we only have to consider the source current J.(r, t).

By Ampere's law the source current produces an electromagnetic field de-
noted by E '(r, t) and B'(r, t). They satisfy the Faraday induction law

V x E'(r, t) = -! B'(r, t) . (7.1.2)

116
Substituting for B' using (7.1.2), we can write the Ampere law as

V x [V x E'(r,t)] + ~:2E'(r,t)= -l-lo!J'(r,t) , (7.1.3)

where J'( r, t) is the fluctuating current density. It consists of the source current
and the current induced in the plasma by the fluctuating electric field. This in-
duced current density, denoted by Ji(r, t), is due to the particle orbit modification
by the electric field E'. We have
J'(r, t) = J.(r, t) + Ji(r, t) . (7.1.4)
In order to derive the expression for Jit we need to solve the basic equations
for the plasma, depending on the description of the plasma, the MHD equations,
two-fluid equations, Vlasov equation, etc. We shall not derive the expression
for Ji here, but restrict ourselves to a general phenomenological argument. In
general, we can write Ji(r, t) as a linear response to E' in the form

Ji(r, t) = J [00
d3 r' dt' (; (r, r'; t, t')· E'(r', t') . (7.1.5)

We note here that the space integration is over the entire volume while the time
integration is from -00 to t. This equation expresses the fact that the induced
current is a linear superposition of the plasma response to the electric field E'
at some point r' in the plasma at some time in the past t'. The tensor (; is
determined by the average properties of the plasma and is to be calculated from
the basic equations. If we assume that (; is known then for given source current
(7.1.3-5) form a closed set.
In the special case of electrostatic response, the electric field is expressed
in terms of the scalar potential ¢/(r, t'), where E' = -V¢/. Then the source
can also be represented by a scalar fluctuation. Since electrostatic fluctuation is
represented by charge oscillation, we can use l7es (r, t) instead of Js(r, t). In place
of (7.1.3), we can use the Poisson equation
co6.¢/(r, t) = -17~(r, t) . (7.1.6)
Again we can write 17~(r, t) as the sum of the source charge and the induced
charge 17ei(r, t);
17~(r, t) = l7es (r, t) + l7ei(r, t) . (7.1.7)
The induced charge can be expressed as the linear response to the potential
¢/(r, t) as
l7ei(r, t) = J [00
d3 r' dt'Q(r, r'; t, t')¢/(r', t') , (7.1.8)

where Q is determined by the average properties of the plasma.

117
7.2 Dielectric Tensor and the Dispersion Relation
in a Uniform Plasma

If the plasma in the absence of the fluctuation is spatially uniform and temporally
stationary, the linear response coefficients ;; and Q become functions of (1' - 1")
and (t - t') alone, since these coefficients must be invariant against the different
choice of the space time origin. Equation (7.1.5) then becomes

Jj(1',t) J [too
= ~1" dt';; (1' - 1",t - t')· E'(1", t'). (7.2.1)

Since the right hand side has the form of a convolution, this equation can be re-
duced to an algebraic equation by the Fourier-Laplace transformation. We denote
the Fourier transform of a function g(1', t) by

g(k,w) J
= ~1' [ : dtexp [i(wt - k . 1')]g(1', t) . (7.2.2)

By Fourier inversion we have

g(1', t) = J(~~ J;; exp[i(k· l' - wt)]g(k,w) . (7.2.3)

Note that g(1', t) stands for a vector component of E', Jj and J. and we assume
that they satisfy appropriate boundary conditions so that the space integral of g
converges and that it vanishes at t -+ -00. To ensure the convergence of (7.2.2)
at t -+ +00, we introduce a small imaginary part in w

w-+w+i6 (6) 0) . (7.2.4)

The w-integral in (7.2.3) is taken for Im{w} > 6 and Re{w} from -00 to 00.
Applying the above Fourier transformation to (7.2.1) we obtain

Jj(k,w) =u (k,w)· E'(k,w) , (7.2.5)

where ;; (k,w) is the Fourier transform in space and the Laplace transform in
time of;; (1', t):

;; (k,w) J
= ~1' 10 00
dtexp[i(wt - k· 1')] ;; (1',t). (7.2.6)

This relation represents a generalized Ohm's law and we refer to;; (k,w) as the
conductivity tensor. Applying the Fourier transform to (7.1.3) we get
w2
k x [k x E'(k,w)] + -;JE'(k,w) = -iw/JoJ(k,w)
=-iwI-'OJ.(k,w) - iwl-'O ;; (k,w)· E'(k,w). (7.2.7)

We use the vectorial relation (3.3.3) to obtain

D(k,w)· E'(k,w) = S(k,w) , (7.2.8)

118
where the right hand side denotes the contribution of the source current
1
S(k,w) = -:-J.(k,w)
1W
(7.2.9)

while D(k,w) is a tensor detennined by the average properties of the plasma:

- -
D (k,w) =c (k,w) - coN 2[-I -kf
kk] ' (7.2.10)

where I is the unit tensor, N is the index of refraction

N 2 = k2c?/w 2 (7.2.11)

and e (k,w) is the dielectric tensor given by

1 +-+
= cO
+-+ +-+
c (k,w) I --:- <Y (k,w) . (7.2.12)
1W

In (7.2.10) the tenn coN 2(/ -kk/k2) is the contribution of V x B' and
e (k,w) is that of the current The first tenn in (7.2.12) is the contribution
of the displacement current c- 2& E' / ()t2 and the second tenn is that of the in-
duced plasma current. We can see from this expression that the plasma effect
appears only through ;:;-(k,w). We therefore write this tenn as
1 _ -
--:- <Y (k,w) =cO X (k,w) , (7.2.13)
1W

and call X(k, w) the electric susceptibility tensor.

The dielectric tensor can then be written as

e(k,w) = coa + X(k,w)) . (7.2.14)

We note that Xcan be divided into the electron contribution and the ion contri-
bution. We note that the conductivity tensor, susceptibility tensor and dielectric
tensor not only characterize the wave propagation in the plasma, but reflect the
basic physical properties of the plasma.
In the special case of electrostatic response, we note that Q is a function of
(r - r') and (t - t') and apply the Fourier transfonn to (7.1.6, 8) to obtain the
relation
l , 1
c (k,w)c/J (k,w) = p<Ycs(k,w) , (7.2.15)

where cl(k, w) is called the longitumnal dielectric function given by

cl(k,w) =cO [1 + l(k,w)] , (7.2.16)

where
1
l(k,w) = -J'?Q(k,w) (7.2.17)
"cO
119
 J 1
with
Q(k,w) = d3 r
00
dtexp[i(wt - k· r)]Q(r,t). (7.2.18)

The quantity xt(k, w) is called the longitudinal electric susceptibility and is

given by (6.2.12) for the case of the Vlasov model.
The relations between C;l and Xl to e
and X can be derived by taking the
divergence of (7.2.9): Noting (7.1.1) we have

ik· S(k,w) = O"es(k,w) . (7.2.19)

From (7.2.10) we have

ik . .5 (k,w). E'(k,w) = k· e .kfj/(k,w). (7.2.20)

Using these results in (7.2.8) and comparing the result with (7.2.15) we find the
relations

c;l(k,w) = k· e (k,w)· kjk 2 , (7.2.21)

i(k,w) = k· X(k,w)· kjk 2 • (7.2.i2)

We shall now derive the dispersion relation of the wave. We first formally
solve (7.2.8) as

E'(k,w) =i5- I (k,w). S(k,w) , (7.2.23)

.5
where -I is the inverse matrix of .5. The inverse Laplace transformation of
(7.2.23) gives

E'(k,t) = j OO+i6' 1 . ...

-2 e-,wt D-1(k,w). S(k,w)dw, (7.2.24)
-00+i6' 7r

Imw

6'

Rew
x
wi<

Fig. 7.1. Integration path in the complex "-I-plane for (7.2.24)

120
where 0' > 0 > O. To carry out the integration we first analytically continue the
integrand to the region 1m {w} < o. An example of analytical continuation was
shown in Sect. 6.3. Then we close the integration path by adding a half circle in
the plane 1m {w} < 0, as shown in Fig. 7.1. Because of the convergence factor
exp (-iwt), the added section of the path makes no contribution to the integral.
The integral can be evaluated by calculating the residues of the poles inside the
integration path. Suppose that there is a pole inside the integration path at

(7.2.25)

Its contribution to E'(r, t) takes the form

E '(k, t) rv exp [-iwrt -l't]

therefore if 11'1 is sufficiently small it describes a wave.

In actual calculations there are many singularities inside the integration path.
Among these, we are specifically interested in the solution of the equation
det D(k,w) = 0 (7.2.26)

D
which comes from the singularity of -I. The relation (7.2.26) is called the
dispersion relation of the plasma. It is determined by the averaged properties of
the plasma and is independent of the method of exciting the wave. On the other
hand, the singularity of S(k,w) depends on the source ..

magnetic coil

1;~~~~~~~~~~I~o~Scillotor
Excita~o~grid :: :

[:~~~~=-~~~~=-:JI Fig. 7.2. Grid excitation of waves in a plasma

In actual experiments, the singularity of S(k,w) can have an important effect

on the behavior of E(k, t). For instance, when a grid is inserted inside the plasma
flow with an applied oscillating voltage at frequency w as shown in Fig. 7.2, the
grid excites the wave that satisfies the dispersion relation, but at the same time,
because of the periodic modulation of the plasma flow by the grid a wave-like
density perturbation propagates downstream [7.1-3]. This is called the ballistic
mode and is an oscillation which is unique to the grid excitation. For the case of
an electrostatic wave the dispersion relation becomes
cl(k,w) =0 . (7.2.27)

As seen from (7.2.8,15), the wave that satisfies the dispersion relation corre-

121
sponds to a finite response to an infinitesimal source:

i) (k,w)· E'(k,w) = 0, (7.2.28)

e i (k,w)4>'(k,w) =0 . (7.2.29)

In this sense, the dispersion relation determines the eigenmodes in the plasma.
As shown in Chap. 6, the solution of the dispersion relation is in general
complex. In other words, the tensor jj (k, w) is not necessarily hermitian. We
divide jj into the hermitian part i)H and the antihermitian part i)AH as

(7.2.30)

where

i)H(k,w) = [i) (k,w)+ i)*(k,w)]j2

i)AH(k,w) = [i) (k,w)- i)*(k,w)]j2i , (7.2.31)

the star denoting the hermitian conjugate. For the case I jjHI ~ I i)AHI, we can
derive the equations to calculate the real and imaginary parts of the frequency
in the same way as in Sect. 6.3:
-H
det D (k,w r) = 0, (7.2.32)

(7.2.33)

For the case of the electrostatic wave, we write

el(k,w) = e:(k,w) +ief(k,w) , (7.2.34)

and the approximate dispersion relation becomes

e:(k,wr) = 0 (7.2.35)

ef(k,w ) r
'"Y = -:-::--:-::-'---:-'~-~ (7.2.36)
(a/awr)e~(k,wr)

in agreement with (6.3.12,14).

7.3 Cold Plasma Model

A variety of waves can be excited in a plasma in a magnetic field. Here we

consider the simplest model called the cold plasma model which is useful to
study the waves whose phase velocity is much faster than the thermal speed of
the particles [7.4]. In particular, we consider a uniform and stationary plasma

122
 in a unifonn magnetic field described by the two-fluid model with no pressure
tenn. In this model the plasma motion consists only of the E x B drift and the
polarization drift.
We consider the geometry where the magnetic field is in the z-direction and
the wave propagates in the xz-plane. The linearized equations of motion for the
electron and the ion are
8u, q, ,
no = -(E + Us x Bo) . (7.3.1)
Vt m.
We use the Fourier representation and write

( .;, ) ~ ( ; ) exp [i(k . r - wt)] . (7.3.2)

Equation (7.3.1) can then be solved as

1 q. - -
u.., = w- 2 m
2 n (lWE.., - nEil) (7.3.3)
1 q - -
UII = 2 n
w- 2 m
(iwEII + nE..,) (7.3.4)
1 q -
Uz = -~-Ez,
lwm
(7.3.5)

where n = qBo/m and for simplicity we suppressed the suffix s denoting the
species of the particle. In addition to this solution, we could add the tenns
describing the cyclotron motion, but such a solution is independent of the electric
field and contributes to the source current. Since we are primarily interested in
the induced current, we shall neglect the cyclotron motion. The second tenns
inside the brackets of (7.3.3, 4) are the E x B drift tenns and the other tenns
are for the polarization drift. We note that at sufficiently strong magnetic fields
<lnl ~ Iwl) in (7.3.3, 4) the E x B drift is larger than the polarization drift
while at sufficiently high frequency (lwl ~ Inl) the polarization drift dominates.
The induced current can be calculated using (7.3.3-5) as
(7.3.6)

where the conductivity tensor is given by

...
q (k, w) ",2 (
-_ ,L..J
•
eOWp • .
[iw/(w2 - n~)], -[n./(w2 - n~)],
[n. /(w2- 2
0,
n.)], [iw /(w 2
0,
- 2
n.)], ~
-(I/iw)
).
(7.3.7)
Note that the diagonal elements consist of the polarization drift, while the off-
diagonal elements consist of the E x B drift In the limit of strong magnetic field,
the electron E x B drift and the ion E x B drift cancel each other and the off-
diagonal elements vanish. The dielectric tensor can be calculated by substituting
(7.3.7) into (7.2.12) as

123
 Xl, -iX2'
e (k, w) = cO ( iX2, Xl, (7.3.8)
0, 0,
where
~
Xl = 1 - ~ w2 _ {12 '
wi. X2
~(1. ~.
=~• W .."- _ u.
n2 '
• • W-

w?
X3 = 1-E:=Ef·
• w
(7.3.9)

The polarization drift contributes to Xl and X3 while the Ex B drift to X2. The
displacement current contributes 1 to Xl and X3. Substituting (7.3.8) into (7.2.10)
and then into (7.2.26), we can derive the dispersion relation as
XI-N 2coS2 (), N 2 cos () sin ()

°
1
-det - (k,w)
D = iX2, =0
co N 2 cos () sin (), X3 - N 2 sin2 ()
(7.3.10)
where we used the representation
k=(ksin(),O,kcos() .
Equation (7.2.28) can then be written as

(
Xl -l!2COS2(),
lX2,
~ cos () sin (),
-iX2'2
Xl - N ,
0,
°
N 2 COS()Sin())

X3 - N 2 sin2 ()
(7.3.11)

We now consider the solutions of the dispersion relation (7.3.10) for some
special cases.

7.3.1 Unmagnetized Plasma

First we consider the case of zero magnetic field ({1 = 0). In this case, Xl = X3
and X2 = 0. There are two solutions,

(7.3.12)

and
(7.3.13)

Equation (7.3.12) is a transverse electromagnetic wave (k . E = 0) with the

dispersion relation

(7.3.14)

°
In the absence of a plasma, wp• = and we recover the dispersion relation for
an electromagnetic wave in vacuum. The presence of a plasma (Wp. :f 0) limits
the frequency range of the electromagnetic wave propagation to the region

124
 (7.3.15)

Below this frequency, the wavenumber k becomes imaginary and the wave cannot
propagate. This is due to the shielding of the displacement current by the plasma
current (conduction current) and is called the cut-off of the electromagnetic wave.
For given frequency, the plasma density at which the cut-off takes place is called
the critical density or the cut-off density and is given by
meeo 2 (7.3.16)
nC:=-2-w
e
Since the vacuum wavelength is inversely proportional to the frequency, the
critical density is higher, the shorter the wavelength.
The solution (7.3.13) gives the electron plasma wave (Sect. 5.2) in the cold
w
plasma model 2 = E. w:. == w~. Since the thermal effect is ignored in the cold
plasma model, there is no solution for the ion acoustic wave.

7.3.2 Parallel Propagation

We next consider the case of the wave propagation parallel to the magnetic field,
i.e., (J =O. In this case, the dispersion relation can be reduced to

(7.3.17)

X3 = 0, E", = Ey = 0, Ez :f 0 . (7.3.18)
The solution (7.3.17) describes transverse waves (k . E = 0) while (7.3.18)
describes a longitudinal wave (k x E =0). Obviously, (7.3.18) gives the electron
plasma wave propagating along the magnetic field Since the fluid motion along
the magnetic field is unaffected by the magnetic field, the longitudinal wave
propagating along the magnetic field is the same as that in the absence of the
magnttic field.
Consider next the transverse waves. The solution of (7.3.17) can be written
as
Xl-N 2 = ±X2 (7.3.19)
or more explicitly

= ± " n. w:.
1 _" w;. _~CJ-
L..Jwl_n2
'. w2
.
L..J w wl-n2' . (7.3.20)

On the left hand side, the first term stands for the displacement current, the
second term for the polarization drift current, the third term is V x B' and the
right hand side is the E x B drift current Obviously, these transverse waves
are the electromagnetic waves in a magnetized plasma. Note that in a magnetic
field the electromagnetic wave can propagate even above the critical density
because the plasma current cannot flow freely across the magnetic field and

125
hence, cannot shield the displacement current. We also note that because of the
Ex B drift, the plasma current, and hence the electromagnetic wave fields, rotate
around the magnetic field As a result the transverse waves propagate as circularly
polarized waves. At sufficiently high frequencies, w 2 ::> D;, the polarization drift
dominates over the E x B drift, and the dispersion relation becomes the same
as that in the absence of the magnetic field (7.3.14).
In the frequency range n; ::> w2 ::> ftf, the E x B drift dominates for
electrons, while the polarization drift dominates for ions to yield
Jil Cl + w,2.
A>w .
w,2
w2 pi =1 - (w ± (7.3.21)
When the wave fields rotate in the same direction as the electron cyclotron
motion, a resonance occurs at w = IDel. This mode is called the right Iwnd
polarized wave. Such a wave, called the whisder wave, propagates in the earth's
magnetic field and is excited by thunder near the equator. In particular, for the
case where JilCl ::> w2,w~, the dispersion relation (7.3.21) is reduced to
Iflelk2Cl
~= klc'2 +~ (7.3.22)
pe

At long ~avelengths, Jilt?- <: w:e, w

is proportional to k2 and at short wave-
lengths, k 2Cl ::> w:e, w
approaches the electron cyclotron frequency l!lel. There,
however, since the phase velocity becomes small, we can no longer ignore the
kinetic effects.
At sufficiently low frequencies, w2 <: ftf, the E x B drift current vanishes
and the dominant term is the ion polarization drift. Thus we get
~ _ JilCl
(7.3.23)
- 1 +w~/iJl'
This mode is called the Alfven wave. For ~ :::> ftf
B20
W2 -_ r
~
2V2 v2 _
A, A- .(7.3.24)
I'OnoTni
where VA is called the Alfven speed.

7.3.3 Perpendicular Propagation

We now consider the wave propagation perpendicular to the magnetic field, i.e.,
8 = 11"/2. In this case, the dispersion relation (7.3.10) is reduced to
Xl (Xl - N2) = xi, Ez =0, E"" Ell ;: 0 , (7.3.25)

X3 =N 2 , E", = Ell =0, Ez;:O. (7.3.26)

The solution of (7.3.26) is a transverse wave, while that of (7.3.25) is a mixed

126
longitudinal and transverse mode. The dispersion relation (7.3.26) is the same
as (7.3.12). Since in this ordinary mode the electric field is along the magnetic
field, the induced current is unaffected by the magnetic field. On the other hand,
the dispersion relation (7.3.25) describes an extraordinary mode. For this mode
the electric field components E", and Ey satisfy the relation

XIE", - iX2Ey = 0,
(7.3.27)

For the case X2 == 0, IEyl :> IE",I and the wave becomes almost transverse. Such
is the case either when w'- :> w:C,,o: w
or when 2 <: df. The high frequency
case is reduced to the vacuum electromagnetic wave, w2 = k'-C'-, while the low
frequency case to the Alfven wave.
On the other hand, when Xl == 0 and J{2 :> 1, the wave becomes nearly
longitudinal IE",I :> IEyl. From Xl == 0 we have

.:.~
l-L..Jw2_n2
w;. •
(7.3.28)
I •

Physically, it describes the balance of the displacement current with the polar-
ization drift current in the x-direction.

.!.c?- aE~
at = -unJ'
r-u ",'

Two different modes can be obtained from (7.3.27). One is at w2 > w:C,,o:;
(7.3.29)

This mode is called the upper hybrid mode. The other is at n; :> w 2 :> nt and
is given by

W
2
=1 rfn
w·2
+wpe
2 •
e
(7.3.30)

This mode is called the lower hybrid mode and is used for the current drive in a
tokamak plasma (Sect. 12.3). In this mode, the electrons are frozen in the mag-
netic field while the ions are only slightly affected by the magnetic field. At low
density, w:C
<: n;; w
2 == w~ corresponding to the ion plasma oscillation, while

at high density, w:C n;, w

:> 2 = Inenil in which the electron polarization drift
balances the ion polarization drift and the displacement current is negligible. We
note that in the limit as N 2 -+ 00, IE",I becomes resonantly large. This limit is
thus called the upper hybrid resonance (for high frequency modes) and the lower
hybrid resonance (for low frequency modes). In this case, however, the thermal
or kinetic effects have to be taken into account and we have to use the dispersion
relation (6.4.18).

127
7.3.4 Oblique Propagation
Let us finally discuss the case of slightly oblique propagation near the lower
hybrid resonance. We consider the case when N 2 ~ 1 and set the coefficient of
N 2 in (7.3.10) equal to zero to obtain
(7.3.31)

Considering the frequency range n; ~ w2 ~ nr and approximating Xl and X3

as
Xl - 1 +w~/n; - w~/w2
X3 - 2/W 2
-wpe , (7.3.32)

we get

W
2
= 1
2
wpi
2/ n 2
( mj
1+-co.8
.2) (7.3.33)
+wpe J&e me
This dispersion relation corresponds to the lower hybrid mode propagating
obliquely to the magnetic field. We note that even for a small angle of order
cor 8 '" me/mit the dispersion relation is significantly modified from the case
of the perpendicular propagation.

7.4 Wave Energy and Momentum

Consider a wave represented by a wavenumber k and a real frequency w and
denote the wave electric field E(r, t) and the source current Js(r, t) which excites
this wave as
E(r, t) = E(r, t) exp [i(k . r - wt)] + c.c.
Js(r, t) = .1s(r, t)exp [i(k . r - wt)] + c.c. , (7.4.1)
where c.c. stands for the complex conjugate, and the amplitudes E(r, t), .1s (r, t)
are assumed to be slowly varying functions of space and time, due to the wave
excitation by a source and by damping from, for example, wave-particle inter-
action. We shall assume that the unperturbed plasma is spatially uniform and
temporally stationary.

7.4.1 Wave Energy Equation

The source current supplies energy to the wave by inverse Joule heating. Per unit
time and per unit volume it is given by
- (E(r, t)· J.(r, t») = - (E* . .1s ) - (E . .1:) , (7.4.2)
where the angle bracket denotes the average over one oscillation period. The

128
minus sign comes from the fact that it is the work done by the source on the
wave.
We use the Fourier representation for E and J. as

E(r,t)}
{ J.(r, fda] J 3 q . { E(q,a) } (7.4.3)
t) = 271" (271")3 exp [l(q. r - at)] J.(q, a)
Then from (7.2.8, 9) we have

J.(q, a) = i(w + a) D(k + q,w + a)· E(q, a) . (7.4.4)

Since E and J. are slowly varying in space and time, we can naturally assume
that Iql and lal are sufficiently small and retain only first order terms:

(w+a) D(k+q,w+a)
- a-
':WD(k,w)+aaw D(k,w)+q' ak D(k,w), a- (7.4.5)

from which we get

D
Js(r, t),: iw (k,w)· E(r, t)
aa - - a a - -
- at a)w D (k,w)] . E(r, t) + ar . ak[w D (k,w)] . E(r, t), (7.4.6)
where we used the relations

{ ; } exp [i(q . r - at)] ={ ~~1jra!) } exp [i(q . r - at)] . (7.4.7)

A similar equation can be derived for J;(r, t). Using these relations in (7.4.2),
we obtain
- (E· J.)
-* +-+ - - +-+ -.
= -iw[E . D (k,w)· E - E· D*(k,w)· E ]
-* . (a
+E a) [wD(k,w)]·E+E·
ataw - - - (a a) [wD*(k,w)]·E
ataw - -*

-* (a
-E· a) [wD(k,w)]·E-E·
ar' ak - - - (a a)
ar' ak
-
x [w D*(k,w)] . E- * , (7.4.8)
where a/aw and a/ak operate only on w n and w n*. We divide n(k,w) into
n
the hermitian part Hand the antihermitian part AH as in (7.2.30). Then n
H = DH*
D Ot(J (JOt' (7.4.9)

where the suffixes a, f3 denote the components. As in Sect. 7.2, we assume

I DHI ~ I DAHl. The terms on the right hand side of (7.4.8) can then be written
• -. +-+ - - +-+. -* -. +-+AH -
(7.4.10)
-lw{E·D·E-E·D ·E}=2wE·D ·E,

129
 -*
E· (0at Ow0) [w D) . E + E· (0at ow0) [w D*) . E
+-+ - - +-+ -*

-
'"
L...J
[E*~(WD"
a Ow
)oEfj +E ~(WD"*)OE;]
a,/3 Of f3 ow /3,01. at
OI,fj

= ! {E*. :w[W ij"(k,w»). E} , (7.4.11)

-*
-E·
(0or'ok0) [wD)·E-E· (0or'ok0) [wD*)·E
+-+ - - +-+ -*

=-!.! {E*.[wD"(k,w»).E} , (7.4.12)

where in (7.4.11,12) the antihennitian part is ignored Combining (7.4.10--12),

we obtain an equation of the form

o
at W(r, t) + V . E(r, t) =- -*-A"-
(E(r, t)· Js(r, t)} - 2wE . D . E ,(7.4.13)

where
W(r,t) = 0
E- * . ow[w -"(k,w»)· E,
D - (7.4.14)

E(r, t) = o -
-w ok[E * . D
-" (k,w)· E)
- (7.4.15)

where %w and %k operate only on w ij"(k,w). Equation (7.4.13) is called

the wave energy equation, where W(r, t) is the wave energy and E(r, t) the wave
energy flux. The first tenn on the right hand side is the energy supply by the
source to the wave and the second tenn stands for the wave energy dissipation,
as we shall show shortly.
So far, we have not made any assumption regarding the relation between w
and k, except that E(r, t) etc. are slowly varying in space and time. We now
assume the linear dispersion relation (7.2.32) in the hermitian approximation and
choose E and E* to be the right and left eigenvectors of ij":

ij"(k,w). E(r, t) = E*(r, t)· ij"(k,w) =O. (7.4.16)

As mentioned before, the amplitude of these eigenvectors can change with r

and t due to the source excitation and the damping, although their directions
are unchanged in a uniform and stationary medium. Then from (7.4.14,16), the
wave energy becomes

W(r, t) =wE*(r, t)· {! ij"(k,w)} . E(r, t) . (7.4.17)

We now slightly shift the wavenumber from k to k+dk. The solution of (7.2.32)

130
and (7.4.16) then changes as w -+ w + dw and E -+ E + dE. Using the relations

d
0= dk {-*
E· D ·E-H -}

- a {-*
E·D·E -H -}
akO/
- a {-*
E·D ·E -H -}
aw
we find
E(r, t) a {-*
=. -w ak E· -H - }
D .E = dw
dk W(r, t) , (7.4.18)

which implies that the wave energy is transported with the group velocity of the
wave.
The second term on the right hand side of (7.4.13) can be calculated as
follows. Suppose the eigenmode equation for the complex eigenfrequency, w-i-y,
be given by

D(w - i-y) . (E + L1E) = (E* + L1E '). D(w - i')') =0 .

We assume that I DAHl, ,)" IL1EI, IL1E'1 are all sufficiently small and linearize
the equation

(E* + L1E '). D(w - i-y) . (E + L1E) =0

with respect to these small quantities. By using (7.4.16), we obtain
-* a "'H
-i')'E . aw D (k,w)·E+iE· D
- -* -AH -
(k,w)·E=O
or
-* -AH (k,w)·Ej
')'=E·D - [-*
"'H (k,w)·E
E . aw D -] ,a (7.4.19)

from which we obtain, noting (7.4.17)

-2wE*· DAH(k,w). E = -2')'W(r,t) (7.4.20)

which is the rate of damping of the wave energy. The factor of 2 comes from
the fact that the wave energy is proportional to square of the wave amplitude
E(r, t).
Using (7.4.18,20), we can write the wave energy equation (7.4.13) as:

! W(r, t) + V . {~ W(r, t)} = -2')'W(r, t) - (E(r, t)· Js(r, t») .(7.4.21)

131
7.4.2 Wave Momentum
The wave momentum equation can be derived in essentially the same way as
the wave energy equation. The momentum supply to the wave from the source
charge O"es(r, t) and the source current J.(r, t) per unit time per unit volume is
dp
dt =- (O"e.(r, t)E(r, t») - (Js(r, t) x B(r, t») (7.4.22)

In addition to (7.4.1) we use the representation

{ O"es(r, t) } = { ~es(r, t)} [.('-. _ t)] (7.4.23)

B(r, t) B(r, t) exp 1", r w

where (Tes and Bare assumed to be slowly varying in space and time. From the
charge continuity equation (7.1.1) and the Faraday induction law (7.1.2), we can
write in the lowest order approximation
(k + q) - k -
= - - . J.(r, t) == - . J.(r, t)
w+a w
1 . - k-
B(r,t) = - - ( k +q) x E(r,t) == - x E(r,t). (7.4.24)
w+a w
Then (7.4.22) becomes
dp(r, t)
- 1
-~ - - *) + (k·J.E
{( k,·J.E -*-)
dt
+ (j. x (k x E*») + (j; x (k x E»)}
k
= -- (J.(r, t)· E(r, t») , (7.4.25)
w
where we used the vectorial relation (3.3.3). The right hand side of (7.4.25) is
k / w times the rate of wave energy supply by the source current, which has
already been calculated Therefore, by defining the wave momentum p and the
wave momentum flux H by the relations
k
p(r, t) = -W(r,t) (7.4.26)
w
k dw
H(r,t) = ~.E(r, t) = dkP(r, t) (7.4.27)

we obtain the wave momentum equation in the form

op -
at + V· II= -2,p - (O"es E + J s x B) , (7.4.28)

where we used (7.4.21, 22, 25).

132
7.4.3 Action

Noting (7.4.26), we introduce the action N(k, r, t) given by the relation

8 -* -H -
N(k,r,t)= aw[E (r,t)'D (k,w)·E(r,t)] , (7.4.29)

from which we have

W(r, t) =wN(k, r, t), p(r,t) = kN(k,r,t). (7.4.30)
The action obeys the wave kinetic equation
8
at N(k, r, t) + V· [vgN(k, r, t)] = -2'YN(k, r, t) + S(k, r, t) (7.4.31)

where v g (= 8w18k) is the group velocity of the wave and S(k, r, t) is the source
given by

S(k ,r, t ) = _ (J.(r, t)w. E(r, t)} . (7.4.32)

We can interpret N(k, r, t) as the "plasmon number" of wavenumber k, since

N In corresponds to the plasmon number in the quantum description of a wave.

7.4.4 Non-uniformity Effect

When the unperturbed plasma is spatially non-uniform, we have to take into ac-
count the variation of the propagation direction of the wave, that is, the refraction
effect. The eigenmode in a non-uniform plasma can no longer be specified by
the wavenumber vector since it varies in space. However, as far as the spatial
non-uniformity scale length is long compared to the characteristic wavelength,
we can, to lowest order, use the geometrical optic approximation. This will be
explained in Sect. 12.1. Then we can derive the equation for the action N(k, r, t)
in the form [7.5],
8 8w8 8w8
atN(k, r, t) + 8k . 8r N(k, r, t) - 8r . 8k N(k, r, t)
= -2'YN(k, r, t) + S(k, r, t) , (7.4.33)

where the dependence of w on k and r is determined from the condition that for
given w, k is given by the local dispersion relation (12.1.3), or

k = k(w,r). (7.4.34)

The third term on the left hand side of (7.4.33) represents the refraction effect.
Since the mathematical derivation of (7.4.33) is somewhat involved, we shall not
present it here. Instead, we give a physical argument based on the geometrical
optics equations (12.1.6, 7). Using these equations, the left hand side of (7.4.33)
is written as

133
 d ( 0 dr 0dk
dtN(k, 1', t) = at + dt . Or + dt
0)
. ok N(k, 1', t) , (7.4.35)

which is the rate of change of the plasmon number by the motion of the plasmon.
In the absence of the damping and source, the equation reduces to the same form
as the Vlasov equation. Namely, (7.4.33) describes conservation of the plasmon
number (or conservation of the action) in the absence of the damping and source.

_PROBLEMS

7.1. Suppose that in a uniform and stationary plasma a source charge given by
ues(r,t) =ueOcos(kx)6[y]6[z]6[t]
(ueO = const) is introduced. Discuss the linear response to this source
charge.
7.2. Show that the linear electrostatic response to the source charge produced
by an external electric field Ew(r, t) is given by
eO kk
E(k,w) = el(k,w) k2 . Eeu(k,w) .

Assume that the plasma is uniform and stationary in the absence of the
external field.
7.3. Consider a plasma in the slab model. Discuss the electrostatic response at
frequency w when the source charge is given by

(eo =const) .
Note that since e(-k, -w) =e*(k,w) the dielectric functions in the regions
k > 0 and k < 0 are in different branches and are defined in different
Riemann spaces.
7.4. Consider the electromagnetic wave propagating parallel to the magnetic
field in the cold plasma model. Estimate the ratios, Ez/ Ell' Bz/ BII and
Ez/BII·
7.5. Discuss the dispersion relation for the left hand polarized wave propagating
parallel to the magnetic field in the frequency range, w :s
nj by using the
cold plasma model. Such a wave is called an electromagnetic ion cyclotron
wave.
7.6. Calculate the magnetic field produced by the current due to the E x B drift
for the upper hybrid and lower hybrid wave propagating perpendicular to
the magnetic field. Estimate the electromagnetic correction to these waves.
7.7. Draw the plasma motion (ue and Uj) in the xy-plane associated with the
lower hybrid mode for the case w;.. > w!,.
7.8. Discuss the obliquely propagating Alfven waves. There are two branches,
one propagating with the Alfven speed which is called the fast mode and
another propagating with a slower speed which is called the slow mode.

134
7.9. Show that when the ion contribution is negligible in (7.3.28), we have the
solutions
!Ai - n; COS2 () (W~ ~ n;)
- "ipe COS2 () (W~ ~ n;).

The latter (the case of strong magnetic field) is called the Gould-Trivelpiece
mode.
7.10. Show that the Whistler wave propagating obliquely to the magnetic field
in high density plasma (W:C ~ 0;) satisfies the dispersion relation given
by
k2e-Wce cos ()
W = k2-'- 2 •
c;- + Wpe

135
8. Parametric Excitation and Mode Coupling

We have described simple examples of nonlinear wave propagation in Sects.5.6

and 6.6. There we were mainly concerned with a single nonlinear wave mode.
In many cases of interest, nonlinear coupling of different linear wave modes
can also be important Such couplings typically occur as a result of periodic
modulation of a plasma parameter characterizing the dispersion relation of the
wave. The modulation is due to the presence of another wave, therefore it can
be considered as a mode coupling process. Such a mode coupling often causes
an unstable beat wave, that is, a beat between the original wave and the modu-
lation. This instability is called the parametric instability [8.1.2]. In this chapter,
we first discuss some general properties of parametric instabilities by using model
equations and then specifically discuss the case of the excitation of an electron
plasma wave and an ion acoustic wave in an isotropic plasma. We further discuss
the nonlinear wave-particle interaction for the case of the electron plasma wave
and finally discuss the Langmuir wave turbulence with particular attention to the
condensation and collapse of the wave.

8.1 Mathieu Equation Model

The simplest example of parametric excitation is the amplification of a pendulum

oscillation by a periodic modulation of the string length. The equation describing
the pendulum oscillation can be written as

Jl X(t) + {p X(t) =0 (8.1.1)

dt 2
where X(t) is the displacement from the equilibrium position and n is the
frequency which depends on the string length. We denote its periodic modulation
by
n2 = n~(1 + 2e cos wot) , (8.1.2)

where no is the natural frequency of the pendulum, e stands for the strength
of the modulation and wo the modulation frequency. Substitution of (8.1.2) into
(8.1.1) gives the Mathieu equation whose periodic solutions are given by the
Mathieu functions. For small lei (lei <: 1), the solution of the Mathieu equation
becomes unstable when [8.3]

136
 Wo ~ 2Qo/n (n = 1,2,3, ... ). (8.1.3)
Physically, when a natural oscillation at frequency Q o couples to the modulation,
a response is produced at frequencies Qo ± nwo. When one of these frequencies is
close to -Qo, it resonantly couples to another natural oscillation and the natural
oscillations resonantly absorb the energy of the modulation. The resonance con-
dition Qo - nwo ~ -Qo gives the condition (8.1.3). If the natural oscillation is a
damped oscillation, instability occurs when the growth rate exceeds the damping.
Therefore there is a clear threshold. for the instability in the modulation ampli-
tude in addition to the resonance condition. These features are characteristic of
parametric excitation. To demonstrate these features more clearly, let us assume
Ie; I ~ 1 and solve the Mathieu equation by a perturbation method. We use the
Fourier representation

X(t) = Jdw . -
21/-,wtX(w) , (8.1.4)

then the Mathieu equation can be written as

D(w)X(w) = -e;Q~[X(w - wo) + X(w + wo)] (8.1.5)
where
D(w) = w2 - Q~ (8.1.6)
stands for the linear contribution, the vanishing of which gives the linear dis-
persion relation. The right hand side of (8.1.5) stands for the mode coupling to
the responses at frequencies shifted by ±wo due to the modulation. We can write
similar equations for X(w ± wo), obtaining

D(w ± wo)X(w ± wo) = -e;do[X(w) + X(w ± 2wo)] . (8.1.7)

The equation now contains the responses at frequencies w ± 2wo in addition to
that at the original frequency w, and therefore we must also solve for X(w±2wo).
If we continue this procedure, we obtain a hierarchy of equations which is never
closed because of the subsequent appearance of new responses at frequencies
shifted by integral multiples of Wo from the original frequency.
Note that because le;I ~ 1, (8.1.5) implies that unless w is close to either Qo
or -flo, the response X(w) becomes very small (of order e;). The same consider-
ation can be applied to (8.1.7), where the response X(w±wo) is very small unless
w ± wo is close to either Qo or -Qo. The obvious approximation which we can
immediately think of is to retain only those responses which have frequencies
near ±Qo and neglect all others. This approximation leads to our first example,
the case of n = 1 in (8.1.3).

8.1.1 The Case of Wo ~ 2Qo

Let w be close to +Qo in (8.1.5). Then w - Wo ~ -Qo which yields a large

response, but w + wo ~ 3Qo is off-resonant from the natural frequency. We.
therefore keep only X(w - wo) and neglect X(w + wo) in (8.1.5). Similarly, in

137
(8.1.7) we keep only X(w) but neglect X(w ± 2wo). In this way, we obtain a
closed set of equations for X(w) and X(w - wo). A nontrivial solution can be
obtained by setting the determinant of the coefficients equal to zero, i.e.,
D(w)D(w - wo) = e 2fl~ , (8.1.8)
which gives the nonlinear dispersion relation to determine w. Now we recall that
we are considering the case w ~ flo and w - Wo ~ - flo, so that we can make
the so-called resonance approxiTnation which amounts to
D(w) = (w - flo)(w + no) ~ 2flo(w - flo) (8.1.9)
D(w - wo) = (w - Wo - flo)(w - wo + flo) ~ -2flo(w - no - Ll) ,
where we introduced the frequency mismatch Ll defined by
Ll =Wo - 2flo . (8.1.10)

Use of the approximation (8.1.9) reduces (8.1.8) to a quadratic form which can
immediately be solved as

w = flo + ~ (..::1 ± J..::12 - e 2 fl5) , (8.1.11)

In the limit of small lei. this equation yields two real solutions w ~ flo and
w ~ wo - no,
the former being the natural oscillation and the latter the driven
oscillation. The modulation yields a coupling of these two oscillations and pro-
duces an instability when

e 2 >Ll2/fl5. (8.1.12)

For the given mismatch Ll, the right hand side gives the threshold intensity for the
modulation to cause instability. The threshold becomes zero at exact matching,
Ll = O. The growing solutions have real frequency given by
Ll wo
wr=flo+-=- (8.1.13)
2 2
which is independent of the original natural frequency indicatingjrequency lock-
ing. The growth rate above threshold is given by

'Y -
_ 1
2Je2£12
Uo -
A2
Ll
<
-
lelflo
-2- , (8.1.14)

where the right hand expression gives the maximum growth rate, 'Ymu = lelflo/2
which is obtained at exact matching Ll =O.

8.1.2 The Case of wo ~ no

The foregoing approximation of neglecting all the off-resonant responses is no
longer useful for the case where n > 1. In these cases, we have to retain some
nonresonant responses which connect the two resonant responses at ±flo• Here

138
we consider the case n = 2, i.e., WO ~ no; then neither of the functions X (w ± wo)
in (8.1.5) becomes resonant. Of these, the X(w - wo) mode couples directly to
X(w - 2wo) ~ X( -no) which is another resonant mode, while the X(w + wo)
mode couples back to the original resonant mode X(w). Although both couplings
have to be retained for a precise quantitative argument, here we shall keep only
the one which couples to X(w - 2wo) and neglect X(w + wo). The latter simply
yields a frequency shift which dose not contribute to instability (Problem 8.1).
To make the equations symmetric, we choose w to be close to zero. Then
X(w) is the mode which connects the two resonant responses X(w±wo ~ ±no)
and our approximation amounts to neglecting X(w ± 2wo) in (8.1.7), retaining
all terms in (8.1.5). The equations are closed among X(w ± wo) and X(w) and
we get the dispersion relation in the form

1 _ c2 ,m [ 1 + 1 ] (8.1.15)
- D(w) D(w + wo) D(w - wo) .

As before, we make the resonance approximation for D(w ± wo ~ ±no). Intro-

ducing the frequency mismatch by c
c=wo-no, (8.1.16)
we have

D(w ± no) ~ ±2no(w ± c) . (8.1.17)

If we further approximate D(w) by D(O) = -n~, (8.1.15) again becomes quadratic
in w and can be solved as

(8.1.18)
This equation has a growing solution when

-c 2 no < C < 0, (8.1.19)

i.e., when the modulation frequency is slightly less than the natural frequency.
The threshold modulation intensity for a given frequency mismatch is given by

(8.1.20)
There, however, the growth rate 'Y also vanishes. For a given c2, the maximum
growth rate is obtained at
c= -c2 no/2
with

'Ymax =c2 no/2 . (8.1.21)

Note that it is smaller than 'Ymax for the case of n = 1 by a factor of c. This
is because we had to invoke a nonresonant response in order to produce the
coupling.

139
 An interesting feature of the present instability is that the nonresonant grow-
ing mode has zero frequency (wr = 0). Therefore, the instability is called the
purely growing mode instability. It also implies that the accompanying resonant
responses X(w ± wo) have frequency exactly equal to the modulation frequency
±wo, again indicating frequency locking. We note that all three modes, X(w) and
X (w ± wo), grow with the same growth rate 'Y, but their amplitudes are different,
that is, IX(w)1 '" elX(w ± wo)1 as seen from (8.1.5) with D(w) == -D5.

8.1.3 Effect of Damping

When the natural oscillation is a damped mode, we can use instead of (8.1.1),

:2 X(t) + 2rd~?) + (D2 + r2)X(t) = 0 , (8.1.22)

which in the absence of modulation yields the two damped natural oscillations
X(t) ~ exp(±Wot - rt). Now (8.1.22) can be reduced to (8.1.1) by the trans-
formation

X(t) == X(t)ert . (8.1.23)

The analyses given above can then be used for X(t). The only modification.is
to reduce the growth rate from 'Y to ('Y - F). As a result, we now get a finite
threshold for the instability independent of the frequency mismatch, since we
need a growth rate 'Y for X(t) to be greater than r.
The minimum threshold is
obtained by setting the maximum growth rate 'Ymu equal to r which gives
2 4rz for Wo ~ 2Do (8.1.24)
e > D5
2 2r
e >- for Wo ~ Do. (8.1.25)
Do
The former is obtained at exact matching L1 = 0, while the latter at S = _e2 Do/2.

8.2 Coupled-Mode Parametric Excitation

The foregoing example shows that the parametric instability occurs as a result of
the coupling of natural oscillations at different frequencies. In the above example,
it is assumed that all the excited oscillations have the same natural frequency IDo I.
An obvious extension of this analysis is to consider a coupling of oscillations
or wave modes which have different natural frequencies, the difference being
due either to different wavenumbers or to different branches [8.4]. A common

140
problem in plasma physics is when the modulator, which we call the pump,
produces a coupling of high frequency waves with a low frequency wave. This
is the situation considered in this section.
We first derive a simple dispersion relation which is a generalization of
(8.1.15) based on a model set of equations. Then we consider two special cases:
that of a spatially uniform pump and that in which the process describes a stim-
ulated scattering of the pump wave. Some terminologies which are often used in
the literature to classify various instabilities are briefly summarized.

8.2.1 Dispersion Relation

We consider two branches of normal modes, a low frequency mode represented

by XL(k,w) and a high frequency mode represented by XH(k,w). In the absence
of the pump they satisfy the linear dispersion relations

Ddk,w) == w2 - w~(k) = 0 (8.2.1)

DH(k,w) == w2 - w~(k) = 0 (8.2.2)

where for simplicity we neglected the damping.

The pump, or modulator, which we denote by

Z(r, t) = 2Zo cos(ko . r - wot) , Zo = const (8.2.3)

produces a coupling of the two modes. In analogy to the Mathieu equation model,
we assume the following form for the coupling:

Dt(k,w)Xdk,w)
=ZO[A+XH(k + ko, w + wo) + A_XH(k - ko, w - wo)] (8.2.4)

~(k ± ko,w ±wo)XH(k ± ko,w ±wo) = ZOJl±XL(k,w) , (8.2.5)

where the coupling coefficients A± and Jl± are constants. Solving (8.2.5) for X H
and substituting the result into (8.2.4) yields the nonlinear dispersion relation
1 Z6 [A+Jl+ A_Jl-]
= DL(k,w) DH(k+ko,w+wo) + DH(k-ko,w-wo) ' (8.2.6)
which resembles (8.1.15).
As before, we shall restrict ourselves to the case of weak pumping, i.e.,
Z~ ~ 1. Then (8.2.6) can be satisfied only when one of the dispersion functions
DL or DH, becomes nearly equal to zero. This is not sufficient to cause instability,
however. Instability occurs when at least two of the zeroes of the dispersion
functions merge, as in the case of the two-stream instability discussed in Sect.5.3.
There are two such situations:
(a) DL(k,w) ~O and ~(k+ko,w+wo) ~O
or DH(k - ko,w - wo) ~ 0
(b) ~(k + ko,w +wo) ~ 0 and ~(k -,ko,w - wo) ~ O.

141
From the analogy to the Mathieu equation model, case (a) corresponds to resonant
coupling, i.e., n = 1, and case (b) to nonresonant coupling, i.e., n = 2. The
resonant coupling occurs when the following resonance condition is satisfied:
Wo(ko) ~ WH(ko ± k) + WL(=fk) . (8.2.7)
In either case, Iwl is assumed to be much less than Wo and hence Iw ± wol ~
Wo ~ WH. We can then make the resonance approximation (8.1.9) for DH to
obtain
DH(k ± ko, w ± Wo) ~ ±2WQ[w ± Wo =f WH(k ± k o)]
= ±2WQ[(w - a) ± 6] , (8.2.8)
where we introduced two parameters
a = [WH(k + k o) - WH(k - k o)]/2
6 = Wo - [WH(k + ko) + WH(k - ko)]j2 . (8.2.9)
Here 6 is the mismatch of the pump frequency from the average of the two
natural frequencies of the high frequency modes, analogous to the mismatch
introduced by (8.1.16), and a is their frequency difference which arises from
the finiteness of the pump wavenumber ko. Note that we are choosing WH to be
positive. Substitution of (8.2.1, 8) into (8.2.6) yields a biquadratic equation for
w.
In many cases of interest, particularly when the growth rate assumes its
maximum value, the coupling coefficients >"+Il+ and >"-Il- in (8.2.6) become
real and identical [8.5]. For simplicity, we restrict ourselves to such situations
and introduce a dimensionless small parameter e by the relation
Z~>"+Il+ = Z~>"-Il- == e2w~wf.(k) . (8.2.10)
The dispersion relation is then reduced to the simple fonn
(w 2 - wi,)[(w - a)2 - 62] = -e2Wowi,6 (8.2.11)

Fig. 8.1. Curves for both sides of (8.2.11) versus w for the case
ar>O

142
Figure 8.1 shows curves for both sides of this equation for the case a > O. It
can be clearly seen from this figure that there are four complex solutions or two
growing solutions for the case 6 > 0 and two complex or one growing solution
for the case 6 < O. Setting
W =Wr + i'Y
and taking the imaginary part of (8.2.11), we find that these growing solutions
arise in the following frequency ranges: (Problem 8.2)
6>0: wr~a (Model)
o ~ Wr (Mode ll) (8.2.12)
6<0: a~wr~O. (Modell!) (8.2.13)

8.2.2 Uniform or Dipole Pump: ko =0

In this case, a vanishes and 6 becomes identical to (8.1.16) with WH(k) = no.
The
dispersion relation (8.2.11) becomes quadratic in w'- and can hence be solved.
Let us first consider the very weak pump case e2 < 1. We have two types
of solutions similar to those obtained in Sect 8.1.
(a) Resonant, for 6 ~ WL(k) > 0 with the growth rate
(8.2.14)
where .1(= 6 -WL(k» is the frequency mismatch and 'Ymax is the maximum
growth rate given by
'Ymax = lelv'WOWL/2 , (8.2.15)
which can be compared with (8.1.14). The excited modes have frequencies
close to WH(k) and WL(k), having the sum frequency exactly equal to the
pump frequency WOo This type of instability is called the resonant decay
instability. Note that in this special case of ko = 0, Modes I and II are
degenerate, i.e., Wr ~ ±WL(k).
(b) Nonresonant, for the case 6 < 0 (Mode ll!) with the same growth char-
acteristicsas those derived in Sect. 8.1, provided that the growth rate is
much smaller than WL. This nonresonant type of instability is called the
oscillating two-stream instability (OTSI).
In both cases we can derive the minimum threshold for instability, if we
introduce the phenomenological damping rates, nand r u, by the relations
DU(L)(k, w) = [w - WH(L) + iru(L)][w + WH(L) + iru(L)1 . (8.2.16)
The results can be written as
'Ymax > ..;run (resonant) (8.2.11)
'Ymax > ru (nonresonant) , (8.2.18)
which should be compared with (8.1.24, 25).

143
 A new type of solution arises when the pump intensity becomes sufficiently
large to satisfy the inequality
e2 ~ WL/WO . (8.2.19)
In this case, the growth rate becomes greater than WL and therefore the growth
characteristics substantially deviate from those obtained in Sect. 8.1. Maximiza-
tion of the growth rate with respect to 6 then yields (Problem 8.3),

w ={ 1/2(e2wowU4)1/3(±.../5 +iV3) for 6> 0

i(e 2WowU2)1/3 for 6<0 . (8.2.20)

We note the cube root dependence of the maximum growth rate on the pumping
power e. 2 in both cases. These modes are sometimes called the quasi-reactive
modes.

8.2.3 Stimulated Scattering

We next consider the situation where the pump wave satisfies the same linear
dispersion relation as the excited high frequency wave, i.e.,
Wo =wu(ko) . (8.2.21)

This corresponds to the solution where the pump wave is coherently scattered
by the low frequency wave. In this case, the mismatch (8.2.9) becomes

6 = wu(ko) - [wu(k o + k) + wu(ko - k)]j2 , (8.2.22)

where we used the relation wu(k) = wu(-k) since we are choosing wu to be

positive. In the particular case where the group dispersion of the high frequency
wave, i.e., Jl wu / dk 2 , calculated along the line connecting the three wavenumber
vectors ko and ko ± k has a fixed sign, the mismatch 6 also has a fixed sign:

6 >0 if ~; < 0
Jl,.,..
"< 0 if
u dkl
-0
>0. (8.2.23)

Combining this relation with (8.2.12, 13), we find that in this case we can have
only Modes I and IT or Mode III, depending on the linear dispersion characteris-
tics of the high frequency mode. This situation is quite similar to the modulational
instability which can be obtained from the nonlinear Schrod.inger equation dis-
cussed in Sect. 5.6 [8.6]. The maximum growth rate and the minimum threshold
in the presence of damping are obtained under the resonance condition (8.2.7)

wu(ko) =wu(ko - k) + WL(k) . (8.2.24)

This is also called the resonant decay instability. In an isotropic plasma the
condition is satisfied when Iko - kl := ko, with the maximum growth rate under
the backscattering condition

144
 Wr
RD: resonant decoy instability
OM: quasi-mode instability
MOD: modulational instability
MD: modified decoy instability
OTSl: oscillating two-stream instability
Fl : filamentation instability

ex

Fig. 8.2. Real frequency of an excited low fre-

quency oscillation as a function of ex for weak
mode n (6'>0) RD
pumping with the various types of possible para-
metric instabilities

ko~k-ko k ~2ko (8.2.25)

Figure 8.2 shows an example of the real frequency of the excited low frequency
oscillation as a function of 0: for a relatively weak pump case. The term modi-
fied decay instability is used for the nonresonant region of Mode m instability.
When 0: vanishes due to a particular vectorial relation of ko and k, a purely
growing mode can be excited when 6 < o. This corresponds to the filamen-
tation instability in which the pump wave is scattered in the forward direction
by a low frequency wave propagating nearly perpendicularly to the pump wave
splitting the pump wave into many small filaments. Finally, the modulational
instability occurs when k ~ ko, although in some literature this terminology is
used to describe a wider class of instabilities, including OTSI and modified decay.

8.3 Coupled Electron Plasma Wave

and Ion Acoustic Wave Parametric Excitation

In this section, we consider two examples of coupled mode parametric excitation

for the case where the high frequency wave is an electron plasma wave and the
low frequency wave is an ion acoustic wave. In the first example an electro-
magnetic wave acts as a pump and in the other example we examine stimulated
scattering. Throughout this section, we consider a spatially uniform plasma with
no magnetic field and with Te ~ 1].

8.3.1 Electromagnetic Pump

The linear dispersion relations for the electromagnetic wave, the electron plasma
wave, and the ion acoustic wave are respectively given by [(7.3.14), (5.2.14) and
(5.4.13)]

(electromagnetic wave) (8.3.1)

145
 W = kC Fig. 8.3. Dispersion curves for waves in an
isotropic plasma with Te > 1l; (curve p):
electromagnetic wave; (curve I): electron
plasma wave, (curve i): ion acoustic wave

w2 _ w~ =w~(1 + 3k2 A~) (electron plasma wave, kAD < 1) (8.3.2)

w2 _ w[ = k2 c; (ion acoustic wave, Cs = JTe/mj) (8.3.3)
They are shown in Fig. 8.3. The condition for the resonant three mode
coupling

ko = kH + kL (8.3.4)
Wo = WH(kH) + WL(kd ,

where ko, kH, kL are the wavenumbers of the electromagnetic wave, the electron
plasma wave and the ion acoustic wave, respectively, can be satisfied only when
ko ~ 0, kL ~ -kH == k and wo ~ wpe, as seen from Fig. 8.3. We therefore rep-
resent the electromagnetic pump wave by a spatially uniform oscillating electric
field (dipole pump)

E = 2Eo cos(wot) . (8.3.5)

The linear propagation of the long wavelength electron plasma wave can be
described by the equation

DH(k,w)E(k,w) == [w 2 -w~(k)]E(k,w) =0, (8.3.6)

where E(k,w) is the Fourier representation of the electric field component par-
allel to the wave propagation k. This equation can be derived from the Ampere
equation
1 EPE oJ
2- {)t2 + J.l0 7it =0
146
or in the Fourier representation
w2 _ _
c2 E(k,w) + /1-oiwJ(k,w) = 0, (8.3.7)

with
i(k,w) = -enoue(k,w) (8.3.8)

where ue(k,w) is the Fourier representation for the electron fluid velocity com-
ponent along k. At the long wavelength limit, we can evaluate ue by the cold
plasma model
e -
ue(k,w) = -.-E(k,w). (8.3.9)
lWTne

Substituting (8.3.9) into (8.3.8) and then into (8.3.7), we get

noe 2
[w 2 - w~]E(k,w) = 0; w
2
pe
=--
meco'
(8.3.10)

where we used the relation co/1-o = c- 2 • Allowance for a finite wavenumber

correction yields (8.3.6).
The presence of an electromagnetic wave represented by (8.3.5) produces an
electron fluid oscillation (polarization drift) which can be written in the Fourier
representation
e
UO=-.--Eo. (8.3.11)
lWoTne

Coupling of this oscillation with the oscillation (8.3.9) produces a ponderomotive

potential force on the electron fluid. In the Fourier representation, the pondero-
motive potential can be written as
~p(k,w) = ~e(ueuo)(k,w)
= ~e [ue(k, w - wo)uo + u;(k, w + wo)uo]
e2~ _ _
2w 2 [E(k, w - wo) + E(k, w + Wo») (8.3.12)
ome
where in the last formula we used the approximation (w ± wo) ~ ±wo and uo,
Eo are the components of uo, Eo parallel to k, uo = k . uo / k, ~ = k . Eo / k.
The ponderomotive force causes an electron density perturbation hne(k,w), as
shown in Sect. 5.5. This density perturbation in turn modifies the plasma current
J, or the plasma frequency, as

w~ -+ w~ (1 + h~e) . (8.3.13)

This modifies the electron plasma wave equation (8.3.10) or (8.3.6). Choosing w
to be low frequency, we have

147
 - 2 cne(k,w)
DH(k,w ± wo)E(k,w ± wo) = Wpe Eo (8.3.14)
nO
We next consider the equation for the density perturbation. In the absence of
a pump, the linear wave equation is that for the ion acoustic wave which reads
DL(k,w)cne(k,w) == [w 2 - wt(k)]cne(k,w) = O. (8.3.15)
In order to derive this equation, we use (6.2.11) for the electron and the ion:
-ecne(k,w) = -eok2Xe(k,w)~(k,w) (8.3.16)
2 -
ecni(k,w) = -eok Xi(k,w)</>(k,w). (8.3.17)
Using the local charge neutrality cne =cnj, we eliminate ~(k, w) to obtain
[Xe(k,w) + Xi(k,w)]cne(k,w) =0. (8.3.18)
We use the low frequency approximation (6.2.26) for Xe and the high frequency
approximation (6.2.23) for Xi:
1
Xe(k,w) (8.3.19)
2
2 noe
w·=-- (8.3.20)
pI mieo'
Use of these approximations in (8.3.18) immediately yields (8.3.15) when we
substitute wt(k) = k2~ = k 2A~W~.
Now, as mentioned, the pump wave coupled to the electron plasma wave
produces a ponderomotive force on the electron. Then on the right hand side of
(8.3.16) we have to add the ponderomotive potential (8.3.12) to -e~(k,w) to
obtain
cne(k,w) = eo
e2k2 Xe(k,w) [e</>(k,w)
- -
- 4'>p(k,w) ] .
(8.3.21)

Again, due to charge neutrality we can eliminate ~(k,w) from (8.3.17,21). Noting
Xe + Xi ~ DL/ k 2 Af,w2 , we get

r
2 2 2 eOk2 -
DL(k,w)cne(k,w) = -w k ADXi-
2 Xe4'>p(k,W)
e
= ~ok2 (Wpi Eo' {E(k,w - wo) + E(k,w + wo)}
me wo (8.3.22)

where in the last line we used (8.3.19, 20). Equations (8.3.14,22) have the same
form as (8.2.4, 5), so we can use the results obtained in Sect. 8.2, for the dipole
pump case.
First, in this case the coupling coefficient e2 in (8.2.10) is given by

2 IEol2 eok2 (Wpi)2 w:C 1( eEo )2

(8.3.23)
e = wawr(k) 2me Wo no ~ 1: m eADw6 '

where we used the approximation wo ~ wpe. We note that leEo/m e w61 is the

148
electron excursion length due to the pump electric field. Thus the parameter c
is the ratio of the electron excursion length to the Debye length. If we note that
leE1>/mewol is the electron polarization drift velocity luol, and .ADWO ~ .ADWpe is
the electron thermal speed VTe = lTc/me, we find c = luol/VTe. Another way of
looking at this coefficient is to note that wgm~.A~/e2 ~ w~meTe/e2 = noTe/co.
We then find
coEJ 1
c
2
=----
2 noTe'
(8.3.24)

which is the ratio of the pump field energy density to the thermal energy density
of the plasma. The maximum growth rate and threshold for the instability in the
presence of linear damping (Landau damping) of the waves for both the resonant
decay instability and the oscillating two-stream instability can be readily derived
by using the general formulas (8.2.15, 17). We leave the details as an exercise
for the reader.

8.3.2 Stimulated Scattering

Since the electron plasma wave has a positive group dispersion dlWH/dk 2 > 0,
the stimulated scattering instability is the Mode III instability discussed in Sect.
8.2. Namely, the electron plasma wave decays into another electron plasma wave
with a frequency downshifted by the ion acoustic frequency. The physical mech-
anism of the nonlinear coupling is the same as the case of the electromagnetic
pump. Namely, the density perturbation ~ne(k,w) produces a coupling of two
high frequency electron plasma waves and the ponderomotive force due to cou-
pling of these high frequency wave fields excites the density perturbation. The
only difference is the wavenumber matching condition, that is, we now have

and kL =k ~ 2ko (backscattering). (8.3.25)

The electron plasma wave equation corresponding to (8.3.14) then becomes

-
DH(-kH,W - wo)E(-kH,W - wo) = wpe2 ~ne(k, w) E(-ko,
-
-wo) (8.3.26)
no
and the ion acoustic wave equation corresponding to (8.3.22) is

~(kL,w)~ne(kL,w)
k2 ( -Wpi )2 E(ko,wo)·
= -cOme
2
- -
E(-kH,W - wo). (8.3.27)
wpe
The coupling coefficient c 2 is the same as in (8.3.23) or (8.3.24) except that
EJ is replace by IE(ko,wo)1 2.
We remark that the same physical mechanisms as discussed above apply to
stimulated scattering of an electromagnetic wave. When the scatterer is an elec-
tron plasma wave, it is called stimulated Raman scattering, while when an ion
acoustic wave acts as the scatterer it is called stimulated Brillouin scattering.

149
When the electromagnetic wave is scattered in the forward direction by a static
density perturbation, it corresponds to the filamentation instability. In all these
cases, the density perturbation causing a coupling of two high frequency waves
and the ponderomotive force of these waves exciting the density perturbation are
the dominant nonlinear coupling mechanisms and the coupled mode equations
can be derived in essentially the same way as above [8.5].

8.4 Nonlinear Wave-Particle Interaction -

Nonlinear Landau Damping of an Electron Plasma Wave

In the foregoing example we have considered the case where either of the excited
waves is a weakly damped wave. This restriction is not necessary, however. One
of the excited waves can be a highly damped mode since one of the modes can
be a driven mode, driven by the coupling of another mode and the pump wave.
In this case the energy absorbed by the driven mode is immediately absorbed by
the plasma particles. Therefore the process can be regarded as a nonlinear wave-
particle interaction. In particular, in stimulated scattering the scatterer can be a
highly damped mode or the plasma particles that satisfy a resonant condition.
In this case we refer to the process as nonlinear Landau damping of a high
frequency wave. Here we consider the nonlinear Landau damping of the electron
plasma wave. This is important when Te ~ 71, since then the ion acoustic wave
is highly damped by the resonant ions. This process is sometimes called the
induced scattering of the electron plasma wave on ions and is often the dominant
nonlinear mode coupling process in the Langmuir wave turbulence produced, for
example, by an electron beam [8.7].
The basic equation for the electron plasma wave is the same as (8.3.26). For
a low frequency wave, we can no longer use the approximation given in (8.3.20)
since Xi(k,w) has a large imaginary part due to the resonant ions. Eliminating
4>(k,w) from (8.3.17, 21) and solving for f5ne = f5ni we find
Xi(k, w)co 2
f5n e (k,w) = -
(k ) 2 k Xe(k,w)4>p(k,w) ,
e: ,we
(8.4.1)
where
e:(k,w) = Xe(k,w) + Xi(k,w) . (8.4.2)
Substituting (8.3.12) into (8.4.1) and retaining only the term proportional to
E(k,w - wo) we obtain
Xi(k,w) e:o - -
f5n e(k,w) = (k) 2 2,\2 E(ko,wo)· E(-kH,W - wo) , (8.4.3)
e: ,w meWo D
where we used (8.3.19). Substitution of (8.4.3) into (8.3.26) yields the following
nonlinear dispersion relation:

e:ow~ - 2Xi(k,w)]
[ DH(-kH,w - wo) + 2 h2IE(ko,wo)1 (k )
menoWO"D e: ,w
=0, (8.4.4)

150
or using the polarization drift velocity Uo = eE(k, WO)jmewo ,
( _ )2_ 2(k)+w:eU~Xi(k,w)=O (8.4.5)
WWO WHH 22(k) .
VTe t: ,W
We set

W=Wr-i-y (8.4.6)

and equate the imaginary part of (8.4.5) to zero

WOU~ 1 1
(8.4.7)
'Y = 4 v}e Ic(k,w)1 2 k2'\~ Im{Xi(k,w)} .

Since for a Maxwellian distribution of ions Im{Xi(k,w)} is positive, 'Y is negative,

implying that the electron plasma wave of wavenumber kH is unstable. This in
turn implies a damping of the pump electron plasma wave. In other words, this
process describes a nonlinear Landau damping of the pump electron plasma wave
by exciting another electron plasma wave of frequency downshifted by wr • Note
that Im{Xi(k,w)} comes from the resonant ions which satisfy the resonance
condition W = k . v where v is the velocity of the resonant ion. Therefore the
resonance condition for the nonlinear Landau damping can be written as

(8.4.8)

We can look at this resonance condition as

WO - ko . v =WH - kH • V , (8.4.9)

which implies that the nonlinear wave-particle interaction takes place between
the two waves which have the same Doppler shifted frequency as seen from the
particle. Physically, the current induced by the incident wave of wavenumber ko
and frequency wo acts as a source for the scattered wave of the same frequency
as seen from the particle that carries the induced current.
As a final remark, we note that whereas the resonant decay instability is
limited to a local region where the resonance condition is satisfied in a spatially
nonuniform plasma, the nonlinear wave-particle interaction is not limited since
the resonance condition (8.4.9) is less sensitive to the plasma density.

8.S Condensation and Collapse of Langmuir Waves

Electron plasma waves or Langmuir waves can be excited by various instabilities,

such as the bump-on-tail instability, the parametric instability by electromagnetic
pump, etc. When these waves are excited well above the thermal level, nonlinear
mode coupling takes place and the excited wave energy is carried to a region out-
side the unstable region. In the nonlinear mode coupling of the electron plasma
waves the wave energy is transferred front a high frequency mode to a low
frequency mode, either as in the case of the resonant decay instability via an

151
ion acoustic wave or as in the case of the nonlinear Landau damping by the
ions. In other words, the electron plasma wave energy is carried toward the long
wavelength region via nonlinear mode coupling process. However, linear Landau
damping of the electron plasma wave rapidly decreases as the wavenumber de-
creases. As a result, the wave energy tends to pile up in the longest wavelength
region where no Landau damping takes place. This phenomenon is called the
condensation of Langmuir wave to k -+ 0 [8.8]. In the long wavelength region,
the electron plasma wave can be described by the fluid model. The nonlinear
wave equation in the fluid model has been derived in Sect. 5.6 for the case of
one-dimensional propagation (5.6.17). There we have noted the analogy to the
quantum-mechanical SchrOdinger equation. The nonlinear term acts to localize
the wave by trapping in the "potential well" represented by the density perturba-
tion which is negative since it is produced by the ponderomotive force. On the
other hand, the second term in (5.6.17) acts as a diffraction term and tends to
spread the wave packet. The balance of the nonlinear localization effect and the
diffraction or delocalization effect forms an envelope soliton.
This discussion is valid for the one-dimensional propagation. A markedly
different situation takes place for the case of a three-dimensional propagation.
We denote the electron plasma wave by an oscillating potential as

(8.5.1)
where !P(r, t) is a slowly varying function of r and t. It satisfies the three-
dimentional version of (5.6.17);

i! !P(r, t) + ~:tV2!p(r, t) _ w; one~, t)!P(r, t) =0 . (8.5.2)

Similarly, for !P*(r, t) we have

-i.£.!P*(r t) + ~ v}e V2!P*(r t) _ wpe one(r, t) !P*(r t) =0 (8.5.3)

at '2Wpe , 2 no ' .
We multiply (8.5.2) by !P* and (8.5.3) by !P and integrate over space, with the
boundary condition that V!P vanish at Irl -+ 00. Equations (8.5.2) and (8.5.3),
give, respectively,

i!dlr!P*{)!P _~V}e!dlrlv!p12_Wpeone!dlrl!p12 = 0
at 2Wpe 2 no
-i!dlr!P{)!P* _~V}e!d3rlv!p12_wpeone!dlrl!P12 = O.
at 2Wpe 2 no
Taking the difference of these two equations yields the following conservation
law
! cfrl!P1 2 = const . (8.5.4)

In the long wavelength limit, the frequencies of the electron plasma waves are

152
degenerate, i.e., Wk ~ wpe. Therefore, the ponderomotive force due to two electron
plasma wave fields is almost static, cJp(k,w) ~ cJp(k, 0). The density perturbation
can be evaluated by the static approximation (5.6.24) to get (5.6.25)

8ne(r, t) = -e2 ItJi(r, t)1 2 /(1'e + 7]) . (8.5.5)

no
Suppose ItJi(r, t)iZ has a spherically symmetric profile of amplitude A2(t) and
radius a(t). Then from the conservation law of (8.5.4) we have
A2(t)a3 (t) =const . (8.5.6)

The nonlinear localization tenn is proportional to ItJil 2 tJi or A3(t) while the diffrac-
tion tenn is proportional to A(t)a-2(t) which is equal to A113(t) according to
(8.5.6). As the localization proceeds, the nonlinear tenn increases as A 3 while
the diffraction tenn grows as A113. In other words the nonlinear localization is
further enhanced and the diffraction tenn can never catch up to the nonlinear
tenn. Localization proceeds indefinitely until the long wavelength approximation
used above breaks down. This nonlinear localization of a three-dimensional elec-
tron plasma wave is called the Langmuir wave collapse [8.9]. It proceeds until
a(t) becomes so small that the Landau damping starts playing an important role.
Within the frame work of the fluid theory, the process can be analyzed by the
following set of coupled equations:

. OtJi(r, t) ~ v~e ,,2.Ji( ) _ wpe 8ne(r, t) .Ji( ) =0

1 at +2Wpevrr,t 2 no rr,t

where the first equation is the same as (8.5.2) while the second equation follows
from (S.3.22) and describes the ion acoustic wave equation driven by the pon-
deromotive force. These set of equations are known as the Zakharov equations.
For a more complete analysis, the effects of the Landau damping have to be
included, which can be studied only by a numerical analysis. According to nu-
merical simulation, high energy electrons are produced by the Landau damping
of the long wavelength waves and these electrons enhance the Landau damping
and eventually stop the collapse [8.10-12].

_PROBLEMS

8.1. Discuss the solution of the Mathieu equation model with wo = by no

retaining (w + Wo) as well as (w - wo) in (S.1.5), but neglecting (w + 2wo)
in the equation for (w + wo).
8.2. Setting w = Wr + ir in (8.2.11), derive the following relation for the case
'Y:f O.
wr(wr - a) 4~ +[ (w2r - rw; - w2i]
L = c;2Wowl8
153
 which proves (8.2.12,13).
8.3. Consider the case where wl is negligible compared to w2 in (8.2.11) with
Q = 0 (dipole pump).

i. Show that if 8 < 0 a purely growing solution is possible with

the maximum growth rate given by (8.2.20) for the case 8 < 0
at
8 = -(c:owowU2)1/3.
ii. Show that if 8 > 0 the growth rate "f is given by
2 _ 82 /c:owowl8
"f - -"4+ 2
which assumes the maximwn value at 8 =(c:owowU4)1/3. Derive
(8.2.20) for the case 8 > O.
iii. Show that the neglect of wl is justifiable under the conditions
(8.2.19, 20).
8.4. Consider the parametric excitation of an electron plasma wave and an ion
acoustic wave by a dipole electromagnetic pump and derive the threshold
intensity and the maximum growth rate above threshold.
8.5. Show that the stimulated scattering of an electron plasma wave has a
maximum growth rate under the backscattering condition (8.3.25).
8.6. Let £1No, £1NH, £1NL be the change of the actions of the pump wave, high
frequency excited wave and low frequency excited wave, respectively,
due to their parametric coupling. Using the wave energy and momentum
conservation relations,
wo£1No =wu£1NH + WL£1NL
ko£1No = kHLlNH + kLLlNL
show that the pump energy is distributed to the excited waves by their
frequency ratio. This relation is a special case of the Manley-Rowe relation
[8.13] for the mode coupling.
8.7. By using the Manley-Rowe relation, show that in the stimulated scattering
the wave energy is always transported to the lower frequency side.

154
 Part II

Applications to Fusion Plasmas

9. Plasma Confinement for Fusion

Up to now, the principal efforts of fusion research have been devoted to bet-
ter confinement of high temperature plasmas. In this chapter, we briefly outline
these efforts. First in Sect. 9.1, we present the principle of thermonuclear fusion,
with particular attention paid to the basic requirements imposed on a plasma
used for the core of the thermonuclear fusion reactor. Two different approaches
to achieving the confiniment of such core plasmas - magnetic confinement and
inertial confinement - are briefly described in the remaining two sections.

9.1 Principle of Thermonuclear Fusion

9.1.1 D-D Reaction

The primary nuclear reaction that has been considered for a long-lasting en-
ergy source is the so-called D-D reaction which takes place when two nuclei
of deuterium collide with each other. Deuterium can be found in sea water, its
abundancy being about 0.0148% that of hydrogen, and as a fuel resource, this
amount can be regarded as almost inexhaustible.
The D-D reaction consists of the following two nuclear reactions:

D+D -+ 3He+n+3.27 MeV (9.1.1)

D+D -+ T+H+4.03 MeV (9.1.2)

In reaction (9.1.1), an isotope of helium ~He) and a neutron (n) are produced by
the collision of two deuteriums (D), while in reaction (9.1.2), a tritium m and a
proton (H) are produced. The numbers on the right hand sides denote the kinetic
energy released by the reactions, which can be calculated as follows: H we denote
the mass defect of each particle in the unit of MeV (1<fieV), we have D: 13.1359
MeV, He: 14.9313 MeV, and n: 8.0714 MeV, so that the energy released by
reaction (9.1.1) is 2 x 13.1359 - (14.9313 + 8.0714) = 3.2691 =3.27 MeV. For
reaction (9.1.2), we can use for T: 14.9500 MeV and for H: 7.289 MeV. The
partition of the released energy among the reaction products can be estimated
from energy and momentum conservation. We first note that the kinetic energy
of the deuteriums before collision is very small compared to the energy released
by the reaction. We can therefore ignore the initial kinetic energy and treat the

156
deuteriums as being at rest. Denoting the mass and the speed of the helium and
neutron by mHe, Tnn, VHe, Vn, respectively, we have for reaction (9.1.1)

1 2 1 2
2mHeVUe + 2TnnVn =3.27 MeV

where in the second fonnula we assumed that He and n fly out in the opposite
directions. From these relations, we find
1 2 3.27
EHe == -mHeVHe = 1 / =0.82 MeV
2 +mHe Tnn

1 2 3.27
St == -2TnnVn = 1 +mn / mHe =2.45 MeV (9.1.3)

We can see from (9.1.3) that the lighter particle acquires more energy than the
heavier particle.
In the above estimation, we have ignored the initial kinetic energy of the
deuterium. However, since the nuclei are positively charged, they must have
enough energy to overcome the Coulomb repulsion between them, in order for
them to be able to combine. The required energy can be estimated as follows.
Let the charges of the two nuclei be ZI e and Z2e and let the collision radius be
~, then the Coulomb potential energy (Coulomb ba"ier) to be overcome is

Ecout = ZI Z2e2 (9.1.4)

411"eo~

For deuterium ZI = Z2 = 1, we find.Ecout = 1.43 x 10-9/~ eV, where we

used e = 1.6 x 10- 19 C,eo = (3611")-1 x 1O-9F/m. The collision radius ~ can
be estimated by the radius of the nucleus, ~ = 5 X 10- 15 m. Then we get
Ecoul = 2.86 x lOS eV = 286 keV. In practice, because of quantum mechanical
tunneling, the reaction can take place at lower energy. In any case, this energy
is much smaller than that released by the reaction, that is, on the order of a few
MeV, justifying the neglect of the initial kinetic energy in the estimation (9.1.3).
We can imagine a simple method to induce the nuclear reaction which would
be to accelerate a deuterium beam to an energy exceeding the Coulomb barrier
and allow it to bombard a solid deuterium target. This method does not work,
however, since most of the beam energy is used simply for ionization and heating
of the target material. The probability of the nuclear reaction to occur is there-
fore too small to get a net energy gain. In order to avoid the loss of the initial
kinetic energy to ionization and heating, the target deuterium must be heated.
That is, rather than impinging a fast deuterium beam on a solid target, we simply
produce a deuterium gas at sufficiently high temperature such that a sufficient
amount of collisions overcoming the Coulomb barrier can take place among the
deuterium nuclei constituting the gas. In reality, because of the large amount of

157
energy released by the reaction, only a small fraction of the deuterium nuclei
must have energy as large as the Coulomb barrier energy in order to acquire a
net energy gain. In a system at thermal equilibrium, the energy of the particles is
partitioned among them according to the Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution. From
this distribution we can evaluate the gas temperature needed in order to have a
sufficient fraction of deuterium atoms fast enough to overcome the barrier, as we
shall show later in this section. In any case, at such high temperatures the fuel is
in a state of a fully ionized plasma. This method of inducing nuclear reactions
by thermally heating the reactants is called thermonuclear fusion and is currently
considered as the most promising method of generating a fusion reactor.

9.1.2 D-T Reaction

Current nuclear fusion research is focused on the D-T thermonuclear fusion

reaction

D + T -+ 4He(3.5 MeV) + n(14.1 MeV) (9.1.5)

Reaction (9.1.5) can occur in a high temperature deuterium-tritium plasma. Most

of the energy released by the reaction is converted to the kinetic energy of the
neutron. Since the neutron is not confined by a magnetic field, it hits the vessel
wall immediately after reaction. The neutron kinetic energy is converted to heat
in the blanket of a fusion reactor shown in Fig. 9.1. The heat is taken away from
the blanket by a coolant and is used to run an electric generator. If we add 6Li
inside the blanket, then tritium can be produced by reaction

n + 6Li -+ 4He(2.1 Me Y) + T(2.7 MeY) (9.1.6)

and then used as the fuel. Another reaction product is the alpha particle 4He
carrying 3.5 Me V which can be confined inside the vacuum vessel by electro-
magnetic fields, and can be used to heat the fuel plasma (alpha-particle heating).
If the alpha-particle heating works correctly, the nuclear reaction persists with-
out additional heating of the fuel. All we need is to continue to supply the cold

Igen~tor I D and T fuels

thermal energy

tritium production pumping system

Fig. 9.1. Schematic of fusion reactor

158
deuterium-tritium fuel. However, those alpha particles which are cooled after
giving up their energy to heat the fuel plasma have to be pumped out.
One problem of the D-T reaction is that the tritium is radioactive and re-
quires careful handling. Another problem is the high energy neutron product
With an energy of 14.1 MeV, its irradiation of the wall and structural materials
can result in their induced radioactivity. Therefore, designing the composition of
the building materials is nontrivial. In reality, some amount of radioactivity is
unavoidable and must be taken into consideration when designing a reactor.

9.1.3 Ignition Condition

Let us estimate the minimum temperature needed to induce the self-sustaining

alpha-particle heating [9.1]. This is simply a matter of calculating the total power
produced by the reactions and subtracting power loss.
The number of reactions per unit time and unit volume is RI2 = nln2CTV,
were nl and n2 are the number densities of the reacting particles 1 and 2, CT is
the reaction cross section at a relative particle speed v. If we assume that both
types of particles are at thermal equilibrium at the same temperature, then they
have a Maxwell velocity distribution and we can get an average value for the
rate RI2 by integrating it over this distribution:

(R ) - () _ nln2 JCTvjM(V)J3v (9.1.7)

12 - nln2 CTV - J jM(V)cPv '

where jM( v) is the Maxwellian distribution at temperature T and reduced mass

mlm2/(ml +m2). By multiplying (RI2) by the energy released in a single reaction
event W, we get the reaction power density Pr :

(9.1.8)

In case of the D-T reaction, the energy released into the neutron is effectively
lost to the walls, thus, the only available remaining energy is that of the alpha-
particles, i.e., W = 3.5 MeV.
We next consider the energy loss from the confined plasma. When the fuel
plasma is well confined, the principal energy loss arises from Bremsstrahlung
due to the perturbation of electron orbits by ions. The power density of this loss
is given by [9.1]

.F\, =3.34 X lO-ls ne ~)n6Z~)T;/2(keV /cm3 s) (9.1.9)

•
where the temperature Te is measured in units of keV, E. stands for the sum
over all ion species s, and Z. is the charge number of the silt ion species.
If Pr exceeds .F\, then we can gain energy from the fusion reactor. Figure
9.2 shows the temperature dependence of Pr and .F\, for the D-T reaction where
nD = nT = ne/2 = 5 x 10z0 m- 3(Z = 1). The temperature at which Pr = .F\, is

159
 10 Fig. 9.2. Reaction and Bremsstrahlung
7 power densities Pr and 1\ versus
5 Pb =
temperature for nD nT ne/2= =
=
5 x 1()20m-3 and ionic charge Z 1
3
"'E
~ 2
~
~
'in
&i
o

j 3
2

10-1l...-_-'--L-'-----'----LI_l...-_.L.-::'-::-----:-'-::::':-"
I 2 3 5 7 10 20 30 5070 100
T(keV)

called the ignition temperature. For the D-T reaction, it's at about 4keV. We
have also shown the reaction power density Pr for the D-D reaction where we
now use 8.3 MeV for W, the sum of the energy released to charged particles by
the D-D reactions (9.1.1,2) and by the secondary D-T reaction that occurs with
the tritium produced by (9.1.2). As seen in the figure, the ignition temperature
for the D-D reaction is about 40 keV. Thus, the ignition condition for the D-T
reaction is much more feasible than that for the D-D reaction.

9.1.4 Lawson Criterion

In the above argument, we have tacitly assumed that the fuel plasma is well con-
fined. In reality, the confinement of such a high temperature plasma is extremely
difficult and' the plasma energy leaks out by various means, such as heat con-
duction, particle diffusion, radiation emission, etc. Thus we are forced to extract
the excess energy within the confinement time of the plasma energy. Suppose a
plasma of temperature T and density ne = nD + nT is maintained during a time T
and the fusion reaction persists during that time. H we denote the plasma volume
by V, the energy released by the nuclear reaction during the time T is given by

Etu. = T pfu• V , (9.1.10)

where p fu • is the fusion power density including the kinetic energy released into
the neutron as well as to the alpha particle. We assume that some fraction of Etus
given by ",Ems ('" < 1) is available to heat the plasma. The energy lost during
the time T is given by
(9.1.11)

where the term 3ne TV is the total kinetic energy of the plasma particles,

160
(3/2)neTV + (3/2)(nD + nr)TV. We assume that a fraction of ",' < 1 of Elost can
still be collected and used to heat the plasma. Then the condition for heating the
plasma is given by

"IEm. > (1 - ",')Ero.t • (9.1.12)

This condition is called the Lawson criterion. Choosing '" = "I' = 113, we can
rewrite (9.1.12) as

Ptua/3n~T 2 (9.1.13)
1\/3n~T + 1/neT > .
For no nr = =
n e/2, we have Ptua ex n~, 1\ ex n~ as seen from (9.1.8, 9).
Therefore only dependence on the density comes from the term l/neT in (9.1.13).
The values of neT and T satisfying (9.1.13) are shown in the Lawson diagram in
Fig. 9.3. From the figure, we see that the Lawson criterion for the O-T reaction
requires neT> 5 X 1019 sm-3 which occurs at T =20 keV. To satisfy the Lawson
criterion we can choose a lower temperature but then require higher value of neT.
In any case, we must make a trade-off between the temperature and the product
neT. The ratio Em. I &.t is called the Q-value
Q_ Plu. (9.1.14)
- 1\ + 3neT IT '
which gives a measure of the "quality" of the fuel plasma.
The problems for developing a fusion reactor can thus be divided into i) how
to pr04uce and co~e a high temperature plasma (plasma confinement) and ii)
how to utilize the energy released by the fusion reaction (reactor technology).
The aim of plasma confinement is to achieve an nT value which satisfies the
Lawson criterion for the plasma above the ignition temperature. For the 0-T
reaction, the requirements are T = 10 keV and nT > 1()20m-3 • There are two

10 1:1
7
5

3
2
Iii
'l'
! 1014
~ 7
5
3
2

1013L...--~--=--+-_-:::';;~=--=-~-:-:! Fig. 9.3. Lawson diagram for the D-T reaction

5 7 10 20 30 50 7Q 100
T (keV)
161
fundamentally different approaches to achieve these conditions. One is to confine
a relatively low density plasma (n '" 1()20 m- 3 ) for a time on the order of T '" 1 s
by using a magnetic field (magnetic confinement). The upper bound of the plasma
density is limited by the technological limit of the magnetic field strength. The
magnetic pressure B6/2j.lO has to be greater than the plasma pressure nT, and
since T = 10 keV, n has to be less than 1()20 _1()21 m- 3 for Bo :$; 10 T. The other
is to compress the plasma to an ultra-high density on the order of n '" lWl m- 3
and let the Lawson criterion be satisfied within the time that the plasma blows
apart (inertial confinement). In the following two sections, we shall briefly out-
line the principles of these two approaches.

9.2 Magnetic Confinement and Heating of Plasmas

Various magnetic field configurations have been proposed and tested to confine a
plasma. They can be roughly divided into two classes. i) open-ended confinement
by a straight arrangement of the magnetic coils and ii) toroidal confinement by
toroidally arranged magnetic coils.

9.2.1 Open-End Confinement

The open-ended confinement scheme makes use of the magnetic mirror traps
(Sect.3.2) [9.2-4]. A simple magnetic mirror configuration is unable to confine
a plasma, however, because of unfavorable magnetic field curvature. When a
small perturbation of the plasma-vacuum boundary occurs along the magnetic
field line, the curvature drift of the particles produces a charge separation which
yields an electric field as shown in Fig.9.4. The resultant E x B drift occurs in
the direction that enhances the perturbation of the boundary. This instability is
called the flute instability or the interchange instability (Sect.1O.3). Physically,
this is due to the fact that in a simple mirror the magnetic pressure is higher in
the plasma region than in the vacuum region. Thus in the direction perpendicular
to the magnetic field, the magnetic field pressure tends to expel the plasma.
This instability can be suppressed, however, by introducing additional magnetic

VEXB
t
VACUUM
--~+
E + E
-+
Fe ~Vei ~ PLASMA
~ Vee VEXB VEXB
Fig. 9.4. Mechanism of flute instability; Vcj and Vee are the curvature drift velocity of an ion and an
electron in the presence of a curvature force Fe

162
 Fig. 9.5. Minimum B magnetic
field configuration in a baseball
Field lines seam coil

coils such that the magnetic pressure becomes stronger in the vacuum region
than in the plasma region. An analysis shows that a current flowing along a
coil iIi the shape of a baseball seam can produce a magnetic field configuration
with a minimum magnetic field strength at the center (minimum B configuration,
Fig. 9.5).
Another serious problem of the open-ended confinement is the end loss of
particles. As shown in Sect.3.2, the magnetic mirror can trap only those particles
whose pitch angles are greater than Be given by (3.2.16). The particles with small
pitch angles escape through the mirror throat. As a result, the velocity distribution
of the particles inside the mirror significantly deviates from Maxwellian (loss-
cone distribution, Fig. 9.6). The plasma becomes unstable against waves with
ion cyclotron range frequency (ICRF) and the plasma particles diffuse rapidly to
the region of small pitch angles in the velocity space and then escape from the
end. To prevent this end loss of the particles, a device was invented to introduce
an electrostatic potential in both ends of the mirror field. The idea is to create
such an electrostatic potential by using high density, high temperature plasmas
on the ends of the central cell region where the main plasma is confined (Plug
cells). Between the plug cells and central cells are minimum B configuration
fields (anclwr cells) to suppress the flute instability. This configuration is called
a tandem mirror and is illustrated in Fig. 9.7 and Fig. 14.3 [9.2-4].

ac

VOID VOID
~"":""----¥---L----~V.

Fig. 9.6. Loss cone distribution of panicle velocities in a mag-

netic mirror in polar coordinates v, (J. Panicles with pitch an-
gles between ±(Jc and (11" ± (Jc) will be lost out of the mirror
trap. showing the depletion in population illustrated on the
Loss-Cone Distribution right

163
 ,
J 'r::
<I> '
,
\'_-, ,-__ -, ,--_ ....., ... -_1 ,'I' -Irv "'-
\,,' ' ... / I 8 I '../ t ~I ,~ Q)
,.,'" 0 " ' - ,---------.... - \ 0

(j
'''"{ I/;I n / ~
i / ) ./:Ii
,. IOJ
~ i -10 , CZJ

~~ ~-------------------!~------------tl\ / ~
~O~····· ······/0 I-:.
.-JoL
barrier plug
Fig.9.7. Distribution of plasma parameters in a tandem mirror configuration: ~ - electrostatic po-
tential; B - magnetic field; n - particle density; Te - electron temperature

Other types of open-ended confinement devices such as the theta pinch, field
reversal configuration (FRC), RF end plugging, among others, have been devel-
oped.

9.2.2 Toroidal Confinement

In toroidal confinement, the magnetic coils are arranged such that they produce a
toroidal field. However, a simple torus consisting of closed magnetic field lines
is unable to confine a plasma (Sect. 10.2). The curvature drift and the gradi-
ent B drift of the particles produce the charge separation shown in Fig. 9.8a.
The electric field due to the charge separation drives an outgoing plasma flow
(E x B drift) across the toroidal field (Fig. 9.8b). The process is the same as the
flute instability discussed above and can be suppressed by introducing a poloidal
magnetic field inside the cross section of the torus (Fig. 9.9a). The net magnetic
field line (composed of toroidal and poloidal components) is helically twisted. If
we plot the cross points of a given field line on a poloidal cross section for seven
turns around the torus, they move as shown in Fig. 9.9b. The average rotation
angle on the plane divided by 211' is called the rotational transform. The parti-
cles moving along the field lines cancel or short-circuit the charge separation by
the Debye shielding, so that the electric field does not grow, whereby the flute
instability is suppressed.

-+C>-+
EXB
drift

(a) (b)
Fig. 9.8. (8) charge separation produced by curvature drift Vc and the gradient B drift VG in a simple
torus; (b) electric field due to the charge separation and direction of E :< B drift

164
 Bt : toroidal field
Bp: poloidal field

Fig.9.9. (a) superposition of poloidal Bp and toroidal BI magnetic fields; (b) points of intersection
between magnetic field lines and a poloidal plane (labels show nwnbers of rotation around the torus
along the magnetic field line)

9.2.3 Tokamak

The most advanced toroidal confinement system is the tokamak [9.5,6], in which
the poloidal field component of the helical magnetic field, or the rotational trans-
form, is produced by a plasma current flowing along the toroidal field (toroidal
current, Fig. 9.10, Refs. 9.4, 5). The toroidal current is driven in pulses by mag-
netic induction using the electric transformer method (Fig. 9.10). Initially the
toroidal current acts as a discharge current and heats the plasma by olunic heat-
ing, and is therefore called the olunic discharge. Ohmic heating can heat a plasma
with a density n '" 1019 m- 3 up to about 1-2 keY. In order to heat the plasma
up to the ignition temperature of '" 10 keY, however, additional heating power
must be applied. One method is neutral beam injection (NBI) across the magnetic
field.

Fig. 9.10. Toroidal current Ip driven by mag-

netic induction dB / dt f: 0 using electric trans-
fonner method

In NBI a proton or charged deuterium beam is passed through a neutralizing

electron cloud. Although the neutralization efficiency is relatively low ('" 10%)
for high energy beams (E > 100 keV), once the neutral beam is injected inside
the plasma, the ionization and heating take place by collisional relaxation. The
effectiveness of NBI heating has already been established [9.7, 8].

165
 Another heating method is to apply high power microwaves to the plasma.
These microwave techniques are also well established methods [9.9], but in order
to understand them the physics of the wave-plasma interaction must be known.
This is the primary topic of Chap. 6 and Chap. 12. Whereas NBI is also useful
for fuel injection, microwave heating can be used for current control, whence the
stability control (Sect. 12.3).
A great advantage of the tokamak confinement scheme is the axisymmetry
of the configuration. Apart from small ripple fields due to the discrete coil ar-
rangement, the system can be assumed to be uniform in the toroidal direction.
Oue to this axisymmetry, the plasma confinement theory based on the plasma
physics has been well established. It is also able to confine energetic particles
such as those produced by additional heating when toroidal plasma current is
sufficiently large. A possible disadvantage is the pulsed operation as the toroidal
current is produced by magnetic induction. Every time the current is terminated,
the plasma hits the wall due to the lack of magnetohydrodynamic (MHO) equi-
librium (Sect.1O.2) and wall loading (heat and electromagnetic stress) becomes
severe. In order to reduce this difficulty, a method has been invented to nonin-
ductively drive a steady current by microwaves (current drive). The usefulness
of current drive has already been established for relatively low density plasmas.
A more essential difficulty arises from the presence of the toroidal current it-
self. Current driven instabilities often destroy the plasma confinement (disruptive
instabilities). This type of instability is unavoidable in some parameter regime as
long as the confining poloidal field is produced by the plasma current. In order
to control the plasma stability, elaborate feedback control is needed. Thus the
entire coil configuration becomes quite complex.

9.2.4 Reversed Field Pinch and Spheromak

There are several other types of toroidal axisymmetric plasma confinement de-
vices. The plasma current in tokamaks is limited by the MHO kink instability
(Sect.l0.3) called the Kruskal-Shafranov limit q(a) > 1, where q(a) is a safety
factor which measures the stability of the plasma current (Sect.l0.2). Reversed
field pinch (RFP) can overcome this limitation keeping q(a) < 1. In this con-
figuration a ratio of the plasma pressure to the magnetic pressure /3 '" 10%,
equivalent to stable MHO conditions, is expected theoretically and this was al-
ready confirmed experimentally [9.10, 11]. Reversed Field Pinch is produced by
applying a high magnetic shear (Sect. 5.5 and Sect. 10.3) near the edge region
of the plasma which suppresses the MHO instability. This high shear configura-
tion reverses the toroidal magnetic field in the edge region (Fig. 9.11). Recently,
it was suggested that the RFP configuration emerges from a turbulent state as
a self-organization mechanism. The resultant force-free equilibrium is called a
Taylor state. Strictly speaking, the Taylor state confines only /3 = 0 plasmas;
however, this contradicts the experimental result of /3 '" 10%. The theoretical
explanation to solve this discrepancy is a topic of current study.

166
 Fig. 9.11. (a) Toroidal B z and poloidal
Be magnetic fields, pressure P, and
safety factor q as a function of ra-
Bz
dius, calculated assuming a cylindri-
cally symmetric plasma in atoka-
mak; (b) reversed field pinch

(a) (b)

The advantage of not having a system restricted by the Kruskal-Shafranov

limitation is that ignition is possible by ohmic heating, if the energy confinement
is good. In all experiments thus far, the confinement time has scaled with the
plasma current but the absolute value is lower than that in tokamaks of similar
size. The mechanism of this anomalous transport is also a current theoretical
problem in research on RFP.
Spheromaks are advanced toroidal plasma confinement devices [9.12]. The
magnetic field configuration is characterized by extremely low aspect ratios
RIa'" 1 and no external toroidal fields (Fig. 9.12). The inside region has a

Pole~

B,

Vacuum
B,=O
Flg.9.12. Magnetic fields Bp and & in a spheromak
configuration; ro is a separatrix, and beyond ro, & = 0

167
safety factor less than unity, similar to RFP; however, q(a) = 0 at the plasma
boundary. The spheromak configuration was experimentally produced without
toroidal field coils. This means that spheromaks are topologically identical to
open confinement systems. From the point of view of reactor design, poloidal
coils linked with toroidal coils, as usually seen in tokamaks and RFP devices, are
undesireable for maintenance and accessibility of a reactor. Thus, spheromaks
may resolve this difficulty. Spheromak experiments are currently in progress and
plasmas of Te = 100 - 150 eV have been stably confined Further investigations
into plasma stability and transport are also under way.

,.loS Helical System (StellaratorlHeliotron)

As discussed in SecL 9.2.2, to confine a plasma in a closed system with a toroidal

magnetic field, it is necessary to provide a helical twist to the magnetic field lines,
called a rotational transform, as they pass around the major axis of the torus. By
adjustment of the transform, nested, closed magnetic surfaces can be formed. In
tokamaks, rotational transform is obtained by inducing a toroidal plasma current,
which produces the required poloidal magnetic field A stellarator can be defined
as a toroidal device in which the rotational transform is produced by the helical
fields generated by coils outside of the plasma [9.13-16]. Stellarators can there-
fore confine a plasma in steady-state operation without driven plasma currents.
In a currentless stellarator, Ampere's law requires that the line integral of the
poloidal component of the magnetic field on a contour s encircling the minor
axis on each magnetic flux surface vanishes:

f B·dB=O (9.2.1)

The poloidal field must therefore change sign and magnitude along the contour.
As a consequence, the field lines in a stellarator do not wrap monotonically
around the torus minor cross section as they do in a tokamak, but progress
instead back and forth, as is illustrated in Fig. 9.13. The magnetic field structure

FIg. 9.13. Behavior of a magnetic field line

in a stellarator 011 a flux surface; (J is a
' - - - - - -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ~ poloidal angle and t/> is a toroidal angle

168
 of a stellarator is thus a series of M fundamental units, called the field periods,
each of which incrementally rotates the field lines in the poloidal direction.
In stellarator/heliotron devices, the helical magnetic field necessary for closed
flux surfaces is generated by windings which are themselves helical, covering
the plasma in both toroidal and poloidal directions. Thus continuous-coil devices
can be separated into two categories, depending upon whether helical windings
are also used to generate a net toroidal magnetic field
In a classical stellarator, 2 I helical windings carrying currents in alternat-
ing directions produce the helical components of a stellarator field with I-fold
poloidal symmetry, but not a net toroidal field. Therefore, additional toroidal
field coils are required. In all classical stellarators built thus far, the toroidal
field coils were located outside of the helical winding, but in principle, this is
not necessary. One of the advantages of the classical stellarator is the flexibility
afforded by the possibility of independent variation of the helical and toroidal
field components, which makes it possible to vary the flux surface volume and
transform profile. This feature allows a wide range of configurations in a single
experimental device. A serious disadvantage of the classical stellarator configu-
ration is that the helical windings and toroidal field coils are intertwined. Thus,
disassembly and maintenance are difficult, and experimental access for heating
and diagnostics is limited.
Some of the difficulties of the classical stellarator are alleviated in the he-
liotronltorsatron configuration. Here, a field with I-fold poloidal symmetry is
generated by I helical windings, all carrying current in the same direction (Fig.
9.14). The helical coil set thus generates both toroidal and poloidal field com-
ponents, and, in principle, no other coils are needed. There is a constraining
relationship between the number of field periods M, the poloidal multipolarity
number I and the coil aspect ratio, acl R. For example, in Fig. 9.14, we can
see 13 field periods and two coils at each poloidal cross section, which cor-
respond to M = 13 and I = 2. When M is increased for a fixed acl R, the
helical component of the magnetic field decreases and the toroidal component

FIg. 9.14. An example of a heliotron/torSatroo coil

169
increases (the outennost magnetic surface expands); when M is decreased, the
opposite situation is obtained (the outennost magnetic surface shrinks). Usually
(a c / R) x (M /1) = 1.3 - 1.4 is chosen to allow reasonable volume utilization.
There are other types of stellarator. Recently spatial axis stellarators, where
a magnetic axis has a spiral line, have been intensively studied. An example
belonging to this categary is the helliac.

9.3 Inertial Confinement and Compression of Plasmas

In inertial confinement fusion [9.17, 18], we need to achieve the Lawson criterion
nT > l()20m- 3 s before the fuel flies apart. The fuel particles fly with a speed
on the order of the speed of sound c. which is about l()6ms- 1• For a spherical
fuel pellet of radius r, the confinement time T is then estimated as T = r / c.. The
Lawson criterion then reads

(9.3.1)

or when using the mass density f! for a D-T mixture with specific gravity 2.5
g/mole,
(9.3.2)

The energy required to heat the fuel to the ignition temperature is

U = ~1Tr3nT '" (;J r3 x 1.6 x 108M] , (9.3.3)

where n. =4.5 x 1()28 m- 3 is the solid deuterium density. Obviously the required
energy becomes enormously large unless a very small fuel pellet is used, say
r < 10-2 m. Thus, from the relation T '" r / c. < 10-8 s the energy which has
to be focused onto this tiny fuel pellet must also be delivered in the form of a
very short pulse, that is, very high power density is required. The first important
problem in inertial confinement fusion, therefore, is to develop an energy driver
which can deliver such high power densities. The presently conceivable energy
driver is an intense laser or high power particle beam. H we take into account
the efficiency of the energy driver (driver eficiency) and the fact that not all of
the energy delivered can be used to heat the fuel, the energy required to power
the driver can become very large.
Let E be the nominal driver output energy, and the desired fusion output
energy is K. times E. After taking into account the efficiency 1/ introduced in
(9.1.12) we have

(9.3.4)

Suppose 6E of the driver energy can be used to heat the fuel plasma (6 < 1)
then

170
 4 3
bE = 311T n(Te + 11) . (9.3.5)

Using the relation T = r / Cs and Te = 11 = 10 keV, we eliminate r and obtain

nl)2 ",3
E = ( -; rpb4 x 1.6 MJ (9.3.6)

by noting (9.1.8). Typical values for laser beam drivers are E < 10 MI, '" ~
10 - IOZ, and 1] '" 1/3. We therefore have to reduce the factor (n, /n)2b- 4 to
the lowest possible value. In other words, we have to compress the fuel to an
ultra-high density. This problem depends largely on the pellet configuration or
design. The second important problem in inertial confinement fusion, therefore,
is to design a high gain pellet, which can only be done after we understand the
physics at high density plasmas. Let us discuss this problem in more detail in

D
the case of an intense laser beam driver.

LASER LIGHT

~ t:?
8
?J ~
11 FI~ '.1~ """ pdlot "'" _ bomu

The simplest configuration is to shine laser light on a solid spherical target

from all directions (Fig. 9.15). The pellet can be compressed by the light pressure
itself, which is equal to 1/c for laser power density I and speed of light c. The
highest power densities that can be achieved today are about IOZ1 W/m2, so that
light pressure alone is insufficient to compress the target of 10 keY beyond the
solid density.
As shown in Sect. 7.3, the laser light cannot propagate inside a high density
plasma because of shielding by the plasma current. For neodymium glass lasers
which are the most widely used, the critical density above which the light cannot
propagate is about 0.025n.. and for CO2 laser it is about 0.0025n•. Thus the laser
light incident on a solid target first ionizes the solid on surface and produces a low
density expanding plasma. This plasma then absorbs the light with an efficiency
that is dependent on the light wavelength. The absorption efficiency is high
if we use a short wavelength laser since its cut-off or critical density is high.
It is known both theoretically and experimentally that nearly 100% absorption
is possible if a wavelength on the order of 0.3jlm, which corresponds to the
third harmonic of the neodymium glass laser, is used. Once the laser energy is
absorbed by the surface plasma, it continues to expand and in reaction to this

171
 expansion, the core high-density plasma is compressed. The ablation pressure is
now estimated as I/ c" where c, is the sound velocity, and is c/ Cs times greater
than the light pressure. During the compression phase the core plasma has to
be kept at a temperature low enough to keep the core pressure low (adiabatic
compression). By appropriate pulse shaping we can concentrate the shock waves
at the center and compress the central core plasma to a very high density on the
order of nf'V l(}3n•.
This is the basic scenario for laser fusion. There are several problems. First,
the laser absorption by the plasma has to be high. As mentioned earlier, the
absorption is almost perfect if we use a short wavelength laser. In many cases,
the laser-plasma interaction on the surface produces energetic electrons and since
these hot electrons have long mean free paths, they can penetrate into the core
region and preheat the core plasma. Because core preheating inhibits the com-
pression, we have to shield the hot electrons by some means. If the compression
becomes nonuniform, then an instability (Rayleigh-Taylor instability) develops
and the compression efficiency is strongly reduced [9.17, 18].
Methods have been developed to avoid these problems of core preheating
and nonuniform compression by indirect illumination of the target. Namely, a
double shell is used for the pellet and the laser is directed onto the outer shell.
This shell has a surface coating composed of heavy metals which convert it
to X-ray blackbody radiation. This radiation then acts as the energy driver to
implode the inner shell of the target. High compression efficiency in this method
has been experimentally confirmed [9.19, 20].
Use of such complicated compression techniques naturally reduces the factor
o. In order to solve this problem, a technique was invented to reduce the required
energy: the fuel is separated into two parts, the main fuel and the igniter. The
external driver energy is used only to heat the small igniter plasma to the ignition
temperature. The main fuel is then heated by the alpha particles produced by the
nuclear reaction inside the igniter.
The driver efficiency of the neodymium glass laser is less than 1 %. There-
fore the development of a high efficiency high power laser is needed. Particle
beams have relatively high driver efficiencies and can deliver a very large en-
ergy (100 MJ or more). The principal problem of the particle beam as a driver is
that because they are composed of charged particles, focusing and transport are
difficult. However, inertial confinement fusion is generally considered to have
an advantage because it does not require a high vacuum inside the reactor ves-
sel. This simplifies the reactor construction in that there are no restrictions on
the type of wall coatings that can be used for neutron radiation shielding; even
liquids could be applied.

172
10. Ideal Magnetohydrodynamics

The simplest model to describe the dynamics of plasmas immersed in a magnetic

field is the one-fluid magnetohydrodynamics (MHD) , which treats the plasma
composed of many charged particles with locally neutral charge as a continuous
single fluid [10.1]. This theory does not provide information on the velocity
distribution and neglects the physics relating to wave-particle interactions, as
does the two-fluid theory as well. It does have the advantage that the macroscopic
dynamics of the magnetized plasma can be analyzed in realistic three-dimensional
geometries. From this point of view the one-fluid MHD is often more useful than
the two-fluid theory.
One-fluid MHD including resistivity, or resistive MHD, has already been de-
rived in Chap. 4. One-fluid MHD neglecting resistivity is called the ideal MHD.
In this chapter, we discuss the basic properties of ideal MHD plasmas. First in
Sect 10.1, we derive the basic equations from the resistive MHD equations de-
rived in Sect. 4.5. Then the equilibrium properties are explained in Sect. 10.2.
Several types of instabilities are described based on the energy principle in the
following three sections. Finally, MHD waves, or Alfven waves, are presented
in the last section.

10.1 Basic Equations

Here the ideal MHD equations are deduced from the resistive MHD equations
and their properties are discussed [10.1-3].
When u x B is greater than TJ J or

Rm = uB = /louL ~ 1 , (10.1.1)
TJJ TJ
where the resistivity TJ is given by (3.5.11), Ohm's law becomes
E+uxB=O. (10.1.2)
Here L is the characteristic length of the system and Rm is called the magnetic
Reynolds number in analogy to the Reynolds number R = uLj /lo (f.ln is the
viscosity) in neutral fluid dynamics. Usually u = VA, the Alfven velocity given
by (7.3.24). The magnetic Reynolds number becomes

173
 s == J-!ovAL . (10.1.3)
1]
In resistive MHD, Ohm's law is used to detennine J from E, u and B. However,
when 1]J is small, another equation to detennine the current density J is required.
We neglect the displacement current in (4.5.16), which is valid for u2 jc2 ~ 1.
Then we have

J-!oJ=VxB. (10.1.4)

By taking the divergence of (10.1.4), we obtain V· J = O. This contradicts the

charge continuity equation (4.5.14) since in general, charge oscillation can take
place in plasma dynamics. In ideal MHD, we drop the condition of local charge
neutrality equation. The tenn acE in the equation of motion in (4.5.4) is assumed
to be negligibly small. In the case that we need to calculate the charge density
a e, we use the Poisson equation (4.5.17) as ae = coV . E. Then the ideal MHD
equations are
oe
at + V . (e u ) = 0 , (10.1.5)

du
edt = -VP+J x B, (10.1.6)

oP
7ft +(u· V)p+,PV· u =0, (10.1.7)

oB =-Vx E (10.1.8)
at '
J-!oJ =V x B, (10.1.9)

E=-ux B. (10.1.10)

Here the variables are mass density, pressure, velocity, magnetic field, electric
field and current density (e, P, u, B, E, J) of which the time evolution is
detennined only by (e, P, u, B). In (10.1.7) , denotes the specific heat ratio.
The electric field E and the current density J are detennined by (10.1.9, 10). In
ideal MHD, V . B = 0 is imposed as the initial condition, which is understood
from the divergence of (10.1.8).
Though ideal MHD does not include kinetic effects, it is the simplest and
the most useful theory to describe plasmas confined by a magnetic field. Various
realistic geometries of magnetic configuration have been analyzed by using the
approximation of ideal MHD.
Sometimes the assumption of incompressibility, or V . u = 0, is imposed.
Then the incompressible ideal MHD equations are written in tenns of (e, P,
u,B) as
du 1
d = -VP+-(V x
e-
t J-!o
B) x B, (10.1.11)

174
 dB
-=(B·V)u (10.1.12)
dt '

dP =0 (10.1.13)
dt '
V·u=O. (10.1.14)

We can prove that the equations for ideal MHD satisfy the conservation
of energy law by considering the example of magnetized plasmas confined in a
metal wall chamber with conductivity (J' ---t 00. The left hand side of the equation
of motion multiplied by u is written as

eu . [~; + (u . V)u]
a (1 2) u 2 1
= at zeu + 2 V , (eu)+ ze(u, V)u
2
=! (~eu2) +V· Geu2u) . (10.1.15)

In the second equality the continuity equation was used. The pressure equa-
tion can alternatively be written as
1 ap
u· VP= - - - - + - - V . (Pu) .
"I (10.1.16)
"1-1 at "1-1
The second term of the right hand side of the equation of motion multiplied by
u is also written as

u· [(V x B) x B] = -(u x B)· (V x B)

= E· (V x B) = B . (V x E) - V . (E x B)
a B2
= - at T - V . (E x B) . (10.1.17)

When (10.1.15-17) are summed up,

~ (.!.eu2 + ~ + B2) + V. (.!.eu2u + _"I_pu + E x B) = 0

at 2 "I - 1 2/-to 2 "I - 1 /-to
(10.1.18)
is obtained. It is noted that the momentum is also shown in the conservation
form. The stress tensor is given by

-
T= euu + P + -
_ -BB
(B2) 1 --. (10.1.19)
2/-to /-to

By noting the equality B x (V x B) = V B2 /2 - V . (B B), the equation of

motion is expressed by

a(e u ) + V· T=
at - 0. (10.1.20)

175
Here BB in (10.1.19) denotes a dyadic fonn and denotes a tensor. T
We are considering magnetized plasmas extending to a perfectly conducting
wall and, therefore, the boundary conditions at the wall are that the nonnal
components of B and u vanish,
B·n=O, u·n=O (10.1.21)
where n denotes the unit nonnal vector on the wall. By using these boundary
conditions, when the conservation of energy law (10.1.18) is integrated over the
plasma region bounded by the wall, we find

W = //f 1 P
( -eu2 + - - + -
B2) dV = const . (10.1.22)
2 , - 1 2/1-0
The first tenn denotes the kinetic energy of the plasma, the second tenn cor-
responds to the internal energy and the third tenn is the magnetic energy. The
sum of the second and the third tenns is the potential energy. Equation (10.1.22)
shows that the total energy is conserved for isolated plasmas inside a conducting
wall.
The expression for energy conservation in a plasma expanding in a vacuum
is more complicated than for the case of a conducting wall boundary, since
the plasma boundary is now allowed to move. To show this, first note that for a
quantity Z defined by Z(t) = III Z(r, t)dV, the total time derivative in a volume
whose boundary is moving with velocity, u, is given by

! Z(t) = JJJ ~ dV + JJZn· u dS. (10.1.23)

At the plasma-vacuum interface there are boundary conditions to be met within

the ideal MHD. Since the plasma surface r = R(O, z, t) is by definition a constant-
pressure or a flux surface (Sect.1O.2), it follows that
it· BIR = n· BIR = O. (10.1.24)
Here quantities with a hat denote vacuum variables. In general, the plasma surface
can move and n . ulR is arbitrary. It is possible to have jumps in the pressure
and the tangential magnetic field across the surface. Integration of the equation
of motion in the neighborhood of the surface requires

[p + B2] I = 0
2/1-0 R
(10.1.25)

where [Q] == Q- Q. If we apply Ohm's law (10.1.10) and the plasma-vacuum

boundary conditions given in (10.1.24), it follows that

dW
dt
=_ /f (p + B2)
2/1-0
n . u dS . (10.1.26)

Here W is the plasma energy given by (10.1.22). Note that if the plasma surface
is moving, the boundary tenn is, in general, non-zero.

176
 Now consider the vacuum region. Here the total energy is given by

(10.1.27)

and from this it follows that

dll'
dt
= Jf! ~iJ.
/-to
aiJ dV - Jf jp n· u dS.
at 2/-to
(10.1.28)

This equation is simplified by substituting in (10.1.8,10). Mter some algebra,

where we again apply the boundary condition (10.1.24), one obtains

dll'
dt = f! 2/-to
iJ2
n . u dS . (10.1.29)

The final energy conservation relation is obtained by adding (10.1.26) and

(10.1.29),
d A

dt(W + W) =0. (10.1.30)

Here the boundary terms cancel by virtue of (10.1.25) which is the pressure
balance condition. Equation (10.1.30) implies that if an ideal MHD plasma is
isolated from a conducting wall by a vacuum region, the combined energy of
the plasma-vacuum system is conserved. The fact that only the total energy is
conserved indicates that, in general, energy will flow from the plasma to the
vacuum or vice versa as the plasma moves. From (10.1.8,10), we obtain
aB
at = v x (u x B) . (10.1.31)

This equation describes the coupling between the magnetic field and the fluid
motion under the ideal MHD. To examine the relationship we integrate over an
arbitrary region inside the plasma and apply the Stokes theorem to obtain

! JJ B . dS - f (u x B) . ds = 0 , (10.1.32)

where the line integral is extended over the periphery of surface S. This expres-
sion can be rewritten as

aiJ!
at + f B . (u x ds) =0 . (10.1.33)

The first term represents the rate of change of the flux through the fixed surface
S, while the second is the additional increment of flux swept out per unit time
by the periphery moving with the local fluid velocity u (Fig. 10.1). Then the left
hand side of (10.1.33) yields the total rate of change of the flux through a surface
fixed to and moving with the plasma. Thus (10.1.33) expresses the constancy of
the flux through any surface in a perfectly conducting fluid

177
 Fig. 10.1. Displacement of a surface S with a boundary
C during 6t. The displacement velocity is fJ and ds is a
line element

d~ =0 (10.1.34)
dt .

The concept of the magnetic line of force is an abstraction. In general, no iden-

tity can be attached to these lines. However, (10.1.34) means that the local fluid
velocity u(r, t) is the velocity of the local section of a field line. This introduces
a concept which is essential in the ideal MHO, namely that the field line is
'frozen-in' the fluid.

10.2 MHD Equilibrium

In the study of magnetically confined plasmas, the most important requirement

is the existence of an MHD equilibrium suitable to confinement [10.4-9]. This
is defined by a stationary state without plasma flow, i.e., 8/at = 0 and Uo = O.
Then the ideal MHO equations give
/LO V P = (V x B) x B , (10.2.1)

V·B=O. (10.2.2)
When the plasma is confined in a symmetric geometry such as axisymmetry
or helical symmetry, the existence of nested flux surfaces has been theoretically
proven. From (10.2.1), we have B . V P = O. This means that the magnetic field
lines stay on the isobaric surface (i.e., P = const at the surface). The magnetic
field satisfying (10.2.2) is described by B = V.p x VO, where .p and 0 are
two scalar functions. When P is a function of.p only, B· V P = 0 is satisfied
automatically. The surfaces .p = const are called the flux surfaces. When these
surfaces are nested closed surfaces, the configuration can be used for plasma
confinement. The function 0 is related to the angular dependence inside the .p =
const surface. There is no positive proof that nested flux surfaces can exist in a
three-dimensional system without any symmetry.
Here we consider axisymmetric plasmas to explain the properties of the MHO
equilibrium. The cylindrical coordinates (r, <p, z) are employed. The axisymmetry
imposes 8/ 8<p = O. The flux function .p is introduced by

178
 otl!
rB = - - (10.2.3)
r oz '
This corresponds to the case when the scalar function B is equal to the
angle variable r.p. The r.p component of the magnetic field is B<.p = B<.p(r, z).
These relations automatically satisfy V . B = 0 in the cylindrical coordinates.
By substituting these into the right hand side of (10.2.1), the relations
oP B<.p 0 1 otl! * 0
/loa; + -;- or (r B<.p) + r2 or Ll tl! =
otl! 0 otl! 0
or OZ (r B<.p) - oz or (r B<.p) o (10.2.4)
oP oB<.p 1 otl! *
/lo~
uZ
+ B<.p~ + 2~Ll tl!
uZ r uZ
o
are obtained, where

Ll*tl! = OZtl!
or2
_!r otl!
or
+ OZtl!
oz2' (10.2.5)
The second equation of (10.2.4) means that r B<.p is a function of tl! only,
i.e., rB<.p = f(tl!), where f(tl!) is an arbitrary function of tl!. When this result is
substituted into the first and the third equations of (10.2.4), we have

flo oP + otl! (~Ll*tl! + ~ f of) =0

or or r2 r2 otl!

oP Otl!(1 * 1 of)
/loa; + OZ r2 Ll tl! + r2 f otl! =0 . (10.2.6)

We multiply the first equation of (10.2.6) by otl! / oz and the second equation by
otl!/ or. Taking their difference gives
oP otl! _ OP otl! = 0 . (10.2.7)
or OZ OZ or
This means that P is also a function of tl! only, P = g(tl!), where g is an arbitrary
function of tl!. By using (10.2.7) in (10.2.6), we obtain

A *.T. + f o f + 2 og =0 . (10.2.8)
L..l '£ otl! r otl!
This equation is called the Grad-Shafranovequation. Usually, first f(tl!) and g(tl!)
are defined, and then tl!(r, z) is solved as a boundary-value problem. Solutions
of (10.2.8) showing nested flux surfaces correspond to MHO equilibrium.
Note that a simple torus having a magnetic field B = (0, B<.p(r, z), 0) does
not have MHO equilibrium. From (10.2.1, 2), we obtain for the simple torus
loB 2
V x [(V x B) x B) = V x (B· V)B = _ _ _ <.prj; =0. (10.2.9)
r OZ
This means that B<.p should be independent of z for MHO equilibrium. However,
to confine a doughnut-like toroidal plasma B<.p must depend on z. As discussed

179
in Chap. 9 this proves that the simple torus cannot sustain MHD equilibrium; an
additional poloidal magnetic field is necessary.
Next we will apply the MHD equilibrium equation (10.2.1,2) to a cylindrical
plasma model. Let the plasma have a length 271" R with a periodic boundary con-
dition. This is the most simple model for a toroidal plasma assuming negligibly
small toroidal curvature. For a cylindrical plasma the magnetic field is assumed
to be B = (0, Be(r), Bz(r». Then the cylindrical MHD equilibrium equation
(10.2.1) gives

~ [p(r) + Bi + B;] + Bi = 0 . (10.2.10)

dr 2~o r~o
There are three types of cylindrical equilibrium models. One is the theta pinch
model. The plasma is confined by the JeBz force produced by the 'theta' com-
ponent of the plasma current. In this case, from (10.2.10)
B2
p+_z =const (10.2.11)
2~o
is required for the MHD equilibrium. An important parameter 13 indicating the
ratio between the plasma pressure and the magnetic field pressure is defined by
P(r)
f3(r) = (P + B2j2 )1 _ . (10.2.12)
z ~o T-a

Note that 0 < 13 < 1 and 13(0) = 2~oP(0)j[Bz(a)]2, where a is the plasma
radius corresponding to P(a) = O. The typical behavior of Bz and P in a theta
pinch configuration are shown in Fig. 10.2. Another cylindrical equilibrium is
the Z pinch model which confines a plasma by JzB e force produced by the 'z'
component of the plasma current. An example of the Z pinch equilibrium is
given by
~I r
Be = -:;- r2 + a2 '
2I a2
(10.2.13)
71" (r2 + a 2)2 '
~oI2 a2
P = 271"2 (r2 + a2)2 '

conducting
wall

Fig. 10.2. MIlD equilibrium of a theta pinch

180
also called the Benette pinch. These Be and P satisfy the equilibrium equation

_d ( p+_ B2) B2
e +_e =0 (10.2.14)
dr 21-'0 rI-'O '
and the configuration shown by (10.2.13) satisfies

~a:: =2 JP(r)rdr , (10.2.15)

where I is the total current.

The last cylindrical equilibrium model is the screw pinch satisfying (10.2.10).
Tokamak and RFP (reversed field pinch) are typical examples of configurations
belonging to this category. The configurations are characterized by the safety
factor profile q(r) which is related to the rotation angle of the magnetic field
line. When the magnetic field line goes one turn around a torus along the field
line itself, the change in angle ~() is given by

(10.2.16)

For the screw pinch, the equations for the magnetic field line are written,

(10.2.17)

The angle ~() defines the rotational transform angle, t(r) = 27rRBe/rBz. Then
the safety factor is defined by the relation
27r rBz(r)
q(r) = t(r) = RBe(r) . (10.2.18)

In tokamaks, typically q(O) < 1 and q(a) '" 3, which corresponds to IBel <
IBzl (Fig. 9.11a). In contrast, in RFP q(O) '" 0.1 and q(a) < 0, which corresponds
to IBel '" IBzl. The beta value is in the range of f3 '" 0.1. The sign of B z changes
in the neighborhood of the edge region which induces this 'reversed field' pinch
(Fig. 9.11b).
Another example of a solution to the Grad-Shafranov equation (10.2.8) in
cylindrical coordinates is

!P(r,z) = -:;t
3 2 [ r2 + z2]
Bo 1- ~ 2 2
for r +z :::; a
2

1 2 [ a3
!P(r, z) = 2r Bo 1 - (r2 + z2)3/2
]
for r 2 + z 2 > a 2 . (10.2.19)

The derivatives of !P with respect to r and z are continuous at the plasma bound-
ary of r2 + z2 = a 2. The surfaces of constant flux are shown in Fig. 10.3. This
solution is similar to a vortex ring and this particular example is called Hill's
spherical vortex. If we let f = 0 and assume that the pressure is proportional to
!P, then

181
Fig. 10.3. Magnetic surfaces and plasma current in an MHD equilibrium corresponding to Hill's
spherical vortex

P = 0 (10.2.20)

This MHD equilibrium configuration is called the field reversal configuration

(FRe).
We now consider a different aspect of the equilibrium problem of toroidal
plasma which reduces to finding the dependence of the position and shape of the
boundary on the mean pressure inside the toroidal plasma. We write the system
of the equilibrium equations in toroidal coordinates (f!, f), '1') (Fig.lO.4):
oP
Of! = JoB", - J",Bo , (10.2.21)

B oP + Bo oP = 0 (10.2.22)
Il of! f! of) ,

J oP + J o oP = 0 (10.2.23)
Il Of! f! of) ,

z
'P

I
I
I
R-----l
Fig. 10.4. Toroidal coordinates (U, (J, <p)

182
 1 1 a (10.2.24)
J1.oJg = [1- (e/R) cos 0] e oo [1- (e/R)cosO]B<p,
1 a (10.2.25)
J1.oJe = [1- (e/R) cos 0] oe[1- (e/R)cosO]B<p,
1 a loBe
J1.oJ<p = {! oe (eBe) - {! 00 ' (10.2.26)

a a
oe [(e - (l/ R) cos O)B ,,] + 00 [(1 - (e/ R) cos O)Bo] =0 . (10.2.27)

Equations (10.2.22,23) correspond to B . V P =0 and J . V P = 0, respectively,

and (10.2.27) is V . B = 0 where we assumed an axisymmetric toroidal plasma.
We then assume that we can separate the angular dependence of P, B and J:

P = Po(e) + Pt(e, 0)
B = Bo(e)+Bl(e,O) (10.2.28)
J J o(e) + J 1(e, 0)
where
Bo(e) = Boo(e)e.s + B<pO(e)e<p
Jo(e) = Joo(e)ee + J<pO(e)e<p , (10.2.29)

which are the cylindrically symmetric solutions of the equilibrium equation in

the zeroth order approximation of 1/ R ---+ O. The pressure profile is characterized
by

2J1.0 [(P) - Po(a)] + (B!o) = B!o(a) + B~o(a) , (10.2.30)

which is obtained from (10.2.10) by multiplying by e2 and integrating over the

radius a, where

(Po) = ~ fa 27rPo(e)ede
7ra Jo
(B!o) = 7r~2loa 27rB!o(e)ede. (10.2.31)

The corrections associated with the toroidal curvature are expressed as

Pt (e, 0) = P l (e) cos 0

Bl(e,O) = (Bl(e)-Bli~l2)cosO+Bli~esinO (10.2.32)
Jl(e,O) = (Jl(e)-hlle")cosO+Jl"e,,sinO.
In the first order approximation in the expansion with respect to the curvature, the
cross sections of the magnetic surfaces remain circles but with displaced centers.
The magnetic surface with a radius e' is related to e and 0 in the following way,

e = e' + ~(e', 0) = e' + 6(e) cos 0 . (10.2.33)

183
By definition, the plasma pressure on this surface has a relation P(g' + e, () =
Po(f!'). Expanding the left side of this equation,

(10.2.34)

we can find the relation between the displacement eand the pressure correction
PI in the linear approximation,
dPo
PI (g, () = -e(g, () dg = -6 (g) dPo
dg cos () . (10.2.35)

Linearizing (10.2.21-27), we obtain equations for the corrections proportional to

cos () or sin (),

(10.2.36)

(10.2.37)

(10.2.38)

(10.2.39)

(10.2.40)

1d 1
J-toJ 1= --(gBel) - -B I , (10.2.41)
'" g dg g {}

(10.2.42)

We note that Bel, B",I and Jel are expressed by using 6 and the zeroth order
quantities. Substituting these first order quantities into the right hand side of
(10.2.36) we can find

J",I = [~(2J90B<pO - J<pOB90) - 6 B eo d:;] / Beo . (10.2.43)

Now, substituting J",I, Bel and Bill into (10.2.41), we obtain the following dif-
ferential equation for elo

~ (gBin ~~) - ~ ( Bio - 2J-tog ~o) = 0 . (10.2.44)

Integrating this equation, we have

184
 d6 eG (10.2.45)
de = RD '
where

and
G = 2jlO [(Po) 11 - Po(e)] + ~ (B~o) 11 '
and by assuming 6 (a) = 0, the expression
6 = -R1111
a
,G
e -de
D
I
(10.2.46)

shows the relative displacement of the magnetic surface of radius e with respect
to the plasma of radius a (e > a). Here

(Po) IJ = 7rrr
1 10[1127rPo(e)e
' " de (10.2.47)

and (B~) IJ has a similar expression. Then we have, noting Po(e > a) = 0 and
B~(e > a) = B~(a)a2 / e2,

(10.2.48)

where Ii = (B~)) B'90(a) is the internal inductance. As a result, we obtain

6(e) =i: [ln~ + (1 - ~) c~o~ra~a + Ii; 1)] . (10.2.49)

If the plasma is located inside an ideally conducting chamber of radius e =

b, the expression for 6(b) determines the magnitude of the displacement of
the center of the cross section of the plasma with respect to the center of the
chamber. Expression (10.2.49) shows that 6(b) is proportional to the poloidal
beta {3p = 2jlo (P) a / B~(a), which means that there is a limit on beta determined
by the shift of the plasma column. This limit is called the equilibrium beta
limit and usually corresponds to the beta value with 6(b) '" a/2. In actual
experiments the conducting walls are usually made of copper which has a high
but not infinite conductivity. Hence, the flux can only remain compressed about a
resistive diffusion time of magnetic field in the conducting walls, which is often
shorter than the experimental times of interest. We can choose the magnitude
and sign of the vertical magnetic field generated by the external coils such that it
produces an inward J x By force to reach MHD equilibrium. When the vertical
magnetic field is imposed, the displacement of the plasma column becomes

6(b)
b
=..!!.-
2R
[(13p+ ~)
2
(1 _b +1na!!..] _ ~
2
a )
2 B90(b) , (10.2.50)

185
where Boo(b) = p,ofo/27rb and fo is the total plasma current. The internal induc-
tance depends on the current profile and is typically Ii > 1/2.
The evolution of MHD equilibrium is studied by using Ohm's law along the
magnetic field,
E·B=.,.,J·B. (10.2.51)
By using the definition of the toroidal flux ~l and the poloidal flux ~p, the
magnetic fields along () and z in cylindrical coordinates are given by
~p 1 ~l
B, = - or' B" = 27rr Or . (10.2.52)
The electric fields are found from

E, = - 2!r C:
l
, E" = - C: p
, (10.2.53)
where we have assumed Er = O. Thus (10.2.51) becomes
~P B, ~l '1 B2 1 0 ~P B, OP
- + - - - = ----r- - '1'2- . (10.2.54)
at
27rr B" at p,o B~ r or or B" Or
Here the equilibrium relation J, = (oP/or + J"B,)/B" was used. The plasma
evolution according to (10.2.54) can be viewed as a series of quasistatic equi-
libria. Now we consider plasma heating on a time scale assumed to be short
compared to the magnetic diffusion time Ts = p,oa 2/.,.,. In this situation the elec-
trical properties of the plasma during the heating process are the same as those
of a perfect conductor and the right hand side of (10.2.54) is negligible. Then
the frozenness of the safety factor q = -(d~l/d~p)/27rR, is assured by noting
that (10.2.54) reduces to ~p/at+(1/27rRq)Mdat = O. This sequence ofMHD
equilibrium evolution is called the flUX conserving torus (FCf). In the numerical
study of tokamak MHD equilibria by using the Grad-Shafranov equation, the
FCT concept is useful to obtain a high beta equilibrium under a constant safety
factor profile.

10.3 Interchange Instability

First consider two separate thin flux tubes in a plasma along the magnetic field
line as shown in Fig. 10.5. IT we interchange these tubes without disturbing the
rest of the system no changes in the energy should occur. IT the interchange
does lower the potential energy of the system then it must be unstable [10.10-
15]. The energy of this instability, that is, the change in magnetic energy due to
interchange of the flux tubes is

6Wm =6 ( J-AdZ
B2 ) =6
(~2
-J-dZ) , (10.3.1)
2p,0 2p,0 A
where the integral is taken along the length of the flux tube. Here ~ = B A =const
and A is the cross-sectional area. By adopting the notation of Fig. 10.5,

186
 Fig.10.S. Interchange displacement of flux tube I with
flux tube 2. Dashed lines show a cylindrical plasma
column; dll and d12 are line elements along the mag-
netic field for the each flux tube

(10.3.2)

In the case of an incompressible fluid the specific heat ratio 'Y goes to infinity. We
shall later show [in (10.3.20)] that the larger the value of 'Y. the more stable the
system. Therefore. an incompressible fluid is at least as stable as a compressible
one in the same configuration. The condition of incompressibility implies that
the two tubes have equal volume. In this case Aldll = A2dh and (10.3.2) can be
written as
8Wm = 21
/-La
(~i - 4>t) J[2]
1- (ddl12)
I
dAI' ,
I
(10.3.3)

If a fluid is completely penetrated by an external field in a mirror geometry with

dh > dl" then ~2 < 4>, (since B2 < B,) and there is no interchange instability
for an incompressible fluid.
To calculate the change in the potential energy when the pressure is changed
we first take two infinitesimally short tube sections of lengths dl, and dh and
perform integration along the tubes afterward. The change in energy is then
8Wpot = _1_ 8(PV) = _1_8 (PV'Y)
'Y - 1 'Y - 1 V'Y- I

= 'Y ~ 1 [(PV'Y h (V,~-, - V2~-1 ) + (PV'Y), (V2~-' - Vi~-' ) ]

= _1-1 [(PV'Yh _ (PV'Y)t1 (_1_, _ _
'Y- ~- W-
1_,) , (10.3.4)

where use has been made of the adiabatic equation of state. Since

_1_ _ _ 1_ = 8 (_1_) = 1 - 'Y 8V (10.3.5)

l'z'Y-' V,'Y-' V'Y-' V'Y '

it follows that

8Wpot = 8(~~'Y) 8V . (10.3.6)

187
 Let us interchange two flux tubes which contain equal flux. If <P2 = <Ph
8Wm = 0, and the only energy change results from 8Wpot. The system is then
certainly unstable if
8(PV""')8V = (8PV"'" +/,PV...,.-18V)8V < o. (10.3.7)
Near the fluid boundary P --+ 0 and the first term dominates over the second
term. If we let 8P = P2 - PI < 0 instability develops if
(10.3.8)
or, after integration along the length of the tube, if

8 (J AdZ) =<p8 (J ~) > o. (10.3.9)

Considering a mirror configuration where the fluid is penetrated by the mag-

netic field (i.e., the field is approximately the same as it is in the absence of
the fluid), the interchange of an inner flux tube with an outer flux tube results
in an increase of dZ / B since dZ is large in the outer region where B is small.
Therefore, (10.3.9) is satisfied, hence the system is unstable.
This can be generalized by the statement that geometries in which the
magnetic field lines curve toward the fluid along the entire fluid boundary are
interchange-unstable.
One can suppress this instability. For instance, a combination of a mirror
geometry with quadrupole stabilizing coils prevents interchange instabilities by
introducing an "outwardly increasing" magnetic field at the boundary with a cusp-
like curvature (Fig.1O.6). The magnetic field increasing toward the boundary is
called the magnetic well.

stabilizing coil

Fig. 10.6. A cusp field which stabilizes interchange

stabilizing coil instability

188
 The MHO linear stability is analyzed more systematically based on the energy
e
principle. First, a small perturbation with displacement vector is added to the
MHO equilibrium equations. Then the pressure and magnetic field are described
as
P = Po + PI + P2 + .. .
B = Bo+BI +B 2 + .. . (10.3.10)
where PI, BI are of first order in e and P2, B2 are of second order in e. Equation
(10.3.10) is substituted into the potential energy

W = J (-
B~+ Bo· BI +-+
2j.lo j.lO
Br Bo· B2 +Po
2j.lo j.lO
--+
"( - 1
PI- - +P2)--
"( - 1 "( - 1
dV.

(10.3.11)
Here B I, Pt, B2 and P2 are given through (10.1.7,8,10) as

BI = jVX(:XBo)dt=vX(eXBo), (10.3.12)

Pt = - j ("(PoV. ae + ae . vPo) dt = -hPoV· e +e· VPo) ,

at at (10.3.13)

B2 = j V x ( : x BI) dt = ~V x (e x BI) , (10.3.14)

P2 = - J ( "(Pt V . : +: . V PI) dt
1
= ZbhPoV·e+e·Vpo)V·e+e·VhPoV·e+e·vpo)] ,
(10.3.15)
where e(O) = 0, ae/atl~:f:O and exponential time dependence is assumed for
e,PI and B I • The second term in (10.3.11) is written as

. B I dV
J Boj.lo = ~ j(V x Bo) x (e x Bo)dV
j.lo

= j J o · (e x Bo)dV =- J e· (J o x Bo)dV (10.3.16)

where e· nil = 0 is imposed at the conducting boundary. The normal unit

vector on the boundary is denoted by n. It is noted that Bo is tangential to the
conducting boundary from the ideal MHO boundary condition. The sixth term
of (10.3.11) becomes

-J-l-hPov·e+e·VPo)dV
"(-1
= -J ,,(Po e·ndS+Je·VPodV.
"(-1
(10.3.17)
The first term of the right hand side vanishes by the condition e.
nil = 0 on
the conducting boundary. Thus the sum of the second term and the sixth term
of (10.3.11) becomes zero from the MHD equilibrium V'Po = J o x Bo. The

189
remaining tenns are written as

j Bo'oB2 dV = 21 0 j Bo' V x (e x BI)dV = 2'1 j e· (B I X Jo)dV ,

11- 11- (10.3.18)

by the same calculation as (10.3.16) and

j ')'_1
P 2
dV = -2'1(')'-1)
1 j (,),PoV·e+e·Vpo)e·ndS
+~j(')'Pov·e+e·vpo)V·edV . (10.3.19)

Thus the second order tenn of the potential energy (10.3.11) designated by
oW is obtained as
oW = 2'1 ~ -e·(JoxBI)+(,),Pov·e+e·vpo)v·e] dV.
1 [B2

(10.3.20)
MHO stability depends on the sign of oW by analogy to particle motion
in a potential field. For a given perturbation, if oW < 0, the MHO equilibrium
e
is unstable. If oW > 0 for any which satisfies the boundary condition, then
the equilibrium is stable. This criterion is called the energy principle for linear
stability analyses.
As an example of the stability analysis based on the energy principle, we
discuss the interchange mode in a cylindrical plasma. The perturbation is Fourier
analyzed along () and z directions with mode number m and wave number k:
e(r, (), z) = Em.k emk(r) exp (im() + ikz). The potential energy can be checked
for each Fourier component with {m, k}. By noting that a cylindrical MHO
equilibrium has Po(r) and Bo = (0, B~(r), B~(r», the variables are changed
from (er, eo, ez) to (e, "l, () by

e = er
1 d im .
"l V . e -;:- d/rer) = -;:- eo + lkez (10.3.21)
( = i(e x BO)r = ieoB~ - iezB~ .

The magnetic perturbation B I is expressed by

Blr = iFe
B lo = ke - ~(eBO)
dr 0
(10.3.22)
m 1 d 0
Biz = --(---(erB),
r r dr z

where F == mBUr + kB~.

Then the energy integral (10.3.20) is written explicitly for the {m, k} mode
by perfonning integration over () and z,

190
 = 27r L
JlO
r [F21~12 + Ik( _.i(~~)12
10 dr
+ 1!2?:( + ! .i(~r B~)12
r r dr

+ JloRe {~~ (~ (* + ~ ~ (~*rB~») + J2~ (k(* - ~ (~*B~»)

+ J2~(B~TJ* + k(*) - ~~ ( ~TJ* - ~ (*) }
+'YJlOPo TJ l +;:-Iddr (r~) 12
+JlO d: o Re{~[TJ*+~ ~(rc)]}]rdr, (10.3.23)

where a and L denote the radius and length of the cylindrical plasma. By using
the equilibrium condition, the variable TJ disappears except in the eighth term and
minimization of 6Wmk with respect to TJ reduces to TJ = -(1/r)d(rO/dr. Then
(10.3.23) can be reduced to the form

6Wmk = -27rL loa (AI(1 2 + 2Re{B(*} + C) rdr

JlO 0

where
A =
B =
=
C

Minimization with respect to ( then gives

(10.3.24)

191
where

a = 2 \2 2(kr B~ + mB~)2 + (kr B~ + mB~)2

m + r
- 2B~ ~(r
dr
B~) + (B~l + (BOl
z

= (mB~ - krB~i (k B O
m 2k
+ 22
r +rz+m e
BO)2 _ 2BO~( B O)
edr re ,

b = 1 (_ kr BO + mBO)2 + (Boi + (B O)2 = (mB~ + kr B~)2

m2 + k2r2 e z e z m2 + Pr2
c = 1
m 2 + k2r2
[m2(Boi _ k2r2(Bo)2] + (BO)2 _ (Boi
% e z e

=2 1k2 2 (kr B~ + mB~)(kr B~ - mB~) ,

m + r
from which we have

6Wmk = 2;: loa A( ~, ~;) r dr , (10.3.25)

where

= P r 2 1+m2 ° ° d~ °
[ (krB z +mBe)-d + (krB z - mBe)-
r r
° ~] 2

+ [(krB~ +mB~i - 2B~ ~ (rB~)] ;: . (10.3.26)

The minimization with respect to TJ means that V . ~ = O. This means that

the perturbation to minimize the potential energy is incompressible although the
plasma itself is not incompressible.
From (10.3.26), if a configuration has

B~~(rB~) < 0 or B~J~ < 0 (10.3.27)

for any r, then 6Wmk > 0 or it is magnetohydrodynamically stable. The potential

energy of the cylindrical plasma (10.3.25) is expressed in another form by using
the relation

{
2JCRe;:-;t;:
~ dC}
rdr =

and using the equilibrium condition dPo/dr = J3B~ - J~B~, as

(10.3.28)

where
f = r(kr B~ + mB~)2
(10.3.29)
Pr2+m2
192
 (10.3.30)

e
The radial perturbation which minimizes c5Wmk can be obtained by solving
the Euler-Lagrange equation

de) -ge=O.
-d ( f- (10.3.31)
dr dr
When kr B~ +mB~ = 0 at the position of r = r. inside the plasma column, the
Euler-Lagrange equation (10.3.31) has a regular singular point at r. since f has a
zero of second order. By noting that the parallel wavenumber of the perturbation
is kll = (mjr)B~j Bo + kB~j Bo, f = 0 is equivalent to kll =0. By using the safety
factor q = (r j R)B~j B~, the parallel wavenumber is equal to (BUr Bo)(m - nq),
where the wavenumber in the x direction is k = -nj R for a cylindrical plasma
with the periodic length 211"R and B6 = (B~)2 + (B~)2. Therefore, the singular
point appears for an equilibrium configuration with a spatial dependence of q or
a sheared magnetic field of dq j dr f O.
We now assume that e(r) is continuous and bounded in Ir - r.1 < c and
e(r) = 0 in Ir - r.1 > c, where c is a very small length. For the perturbation,
(10.3.28) becomes

c5Wmk
~ 211" L
- - 2
II 02
rs3k'2B
jio m + 22c
k
rs
l-1
1 (I
x -d 12 +Dlel ) dx,
2 de
x
2
(10.3.32)

by expanding f and 9 around r = r. as f == kiF B6r;(r - r.)2 j (m 2 + k2r;) and

2
9 == 2k r;jio(dPojdr)j(m 2 + k2r;) == DkiF B6r; j(m 2 + k 2r;), where

k' = k B~ !£In ( B~ ) = k B~ ~ (10.3.33)

II Bo dr r B~ Bo t '

D = 2jioPo (~) 2 (10.3.34)

r.(B~)2 t

Here the rotational transform t is equal to the inverse of the safety factor. The
normalized length is x = (r - r.)jc: and the prime denotes a derivative with
respect to r. For the integral of (10.3.32), we use the inequality

o~ 11
-1
Ix de + {/2 dx =
dx 2
11 -1 dx
ill: -ill:]
[x21 de 12 +
4 2
dx
'
(10.3.35)

where we used the boundary condition e(l) = e(-l) = O. By using (10.3.35),

c5Wmk > 0 requires D + 1j 4 > O. This criterion is written as

2jiO dPo + r. (~)2 > 0

(B~)2 dr 4 t - (10.3.36)

193
for stability against the localized mode near the singular point. The inequality
(10.3.36) is called the Suydam criterion. The pressure gradient is normally neg-
ative in a magnetically confined plasma and the first term of (10.3.36) has a
negative contribution or destabilizing effect. The second term is positive and
is stabilizing due to the magnetic shear effect. Magnetic shear generally has a
stabilizing effect on interchange instability.

10.4 Rayleigh-Taylor Instability

As another example of a pressure-driven mode, we now consider the magnetohy-

drodynamic version of the Rayleigh-Taylor instability [10.1,3,10]. We consider a
magnetohydrodynamic fluid supported by a magnetic field without shear against
an effective gravitational field. To treat this case we have to include the effective
gravitational force density in the equation of motion
(10.4.1)
where ¢g is the gravitational potential. In the presence of a displacement e, the
first order gravitational force density is written as
(10.4.2)
where the equation of continuity was used. For a uniform gravitational field
acting in the x-direction Fg = -egex(g > 0), the equilibrium equation reads

.i. (p + B2) + eg = 0 (10.4.3)

ax 2/lO

and the first order equation of motion becomes

(10.4.4)
We are going to investigate the stability of an incompressible fluid by con-
sidering strong magnetic fields. We take B = Boe z , assume that equilibrium
quantities depend on x only, and consider only perturbations which do not vary
along the magnetic field (Fig. 10.7),
(10.4.5)
For perturbed magnetic fields one may write

Bl = V x (e x Bo) = -ex d!o e z (10.4.6)

(V x Bl) x Bo + (V x Bo) X Bl = -V(Bo· B 1) , (10.4.7)

by noting that Bo is independent of z. Equation (10.4.4) now becomes

194
 Plasma

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o B
o 190

x
Fig. 10.7. Defonnation of a plasma surface at equilibrium by a gravitational force g

eoW2e = V (H + BO~oBI) - ge· Veoe x , (10.4.8)

where use has been made of the incompressibility condition V . =O. e

The translational symmetry of the system in the y-direction permits solutions
of the form eikY(k > 0) and the corresponding x and y component equations of
(10.4.8) become

{!OW
2 a
ex=-
ax
(1 H+-Bo·BI
J.Lo
)-gex-
deo
dx (10.4.9)

flOW2 ey = ik (H + :0 Bo' BI) . (10.4.10)

Dividing (10.4.10) by ik we get an expression for the sum of the first order fluid
and magnetic pressures which we can then substitute into (10.4.9) to get

(10.4.11)

The displacement ey can be eliminated by differentiating (10.4.11) with respect

to y and using V . e=0 to obtain
w 2 a ( aex) . dflO
•
tk(!Ow
2
ex = - ik ax flO ax - tkg dx ex . (10.4.12)

We thus arrive at the differential equation which describes the variation of ex in

the x-direction:

-axa (flOW 2 -aex) 2 ( 2 deo) ex = 0 .

ax - k flOW + g-
dx (10.4.13)

Assume that the fluid is of uniform density eo in the region x < 0 and is
separated from the vacuum by a thin current carrying layer at x = O. Note that

195
this assumption does not exclude the presence of a magnetic field in the fluid
interior. For x < 0, d{!O/dx =0 and we get

&~x _ k2t =0 (10.4.14)

8x 2 ,>X •

The only solution of (10.4.14) which does not diverge for x ---t -00 is
(10.4.15)
Since d{!O/dx = (!Oo(x), one may integrate (10.4.13) across the boundary from
x = -e to x = e(e ---t +0), to obtain (!OW2k~:t: + ~g{!O~:t: = 0, where we used
(10.4.15). The dispersion relation for the Rayleigh-Taylor instability is then
w2 = -kg« 0). (10.4.16)
The solution is unstable for every wavenumber. In fact the instability grows
faster at larger k. This is also called the Kruskal-Schwarzchild instability. Its
significance lies not so much in the unstable behavior of a fluid supported against
a gravitational field but in the instability exhibited by systems supported by a
magnetic field against inertial forces in the magnetic confinement system. Clearly
a fluid accelerated by a pusher in a typical inertial confinement configuration,
with the acceleration vector pointing toward the fluid, can be viewed from the
moving system as being subject to the equivalent of a gravitational field and
must be unstable (Fig. 9.15).

Centrifugal force

Fig. 10.8. Centrifugal force produced by a curved magnetic

field: The shaded region shows a plasma and V is a velocity
along the magnetic field line

A fluid streaming along slightly inward-curving field lines (Fig. 10.8) is an-
other example of such an unstable system usually occurring in magnetically con-
fined plasmas, where now the centrifugal force plays the role of the gravitational
force.
When the magnetic lines of force that confine the plasma have finite radius
of curvature, the radius vector Rc of the curvature is given by

Rc = _
R~
(BB .v) B
B'
(10.4.17)

By noting Problem 3.3, we may apply the result of the Rayleigh-Taylor instability
analysis to the present case by the substitution,

196
 W.l +2Wj, Rc
Fg -t M R2 ' (10.4.18)
c
where W.l and Wj, are the energies of the particle motions perpendicular and
parallel to the magnetic field.
From the dispersion relation (10.4.16), we then find that a system in which
the magnetic field confines the plasma in a convex shape is unstable because Rc
is directed from the plasma to vacuum (Fig. 10.8).

10.5 Current Driven Instability (I)

The stability of a current carrying plasma in a strong longitudinal magnetic field

strongly depends on whether the highly conductive plasma extends to the surface
of the metal chamber (fixed boundary) or whether there is a vacuum region
with zero conductivity between the boundary and the chamber (free boundary)
[10.1,10,13,16,17].
Here we examine the kink instability in a cylindrical plasma of periodic
length L = 211" R as a model for a toroidal plasma with minor radius a and
major radius R. The radius of the conducting wall is denoted by b. In such a
cylindrical plasma, it is sufficient to examine perturbations of the form e(r, 0, z) =
e(r) exp [i(mO- kz)+, t], where the wavenumber k, by virtue of the finite length
of the cylinder, takes on the discrete values k = 211"n/ L (n = 0, 1,2 ... ).
The problem of the stability of plasmas with free boundaries can be solved
using the energy principle. The expression for the potential energy 6W; appearing
as a function of the plasma displacement e, can be extended into the vacuum
e
region where is determined from the expression for the perturbation of the
magnetic field BI = V x (e x Bo). The radial component ~ of the displacement
e
vector is associated with the radial component of the magnetic field Blr by
the relation

Blr = i B~
r
(m - nq)~ . (10.5.1)

It can be seen that the displacement function ~ can have a strong singularity
in the vacuum region at m = nq. The presence of singularities in the vacuum
region is the defining characteristic of kink instabilities. First we consider the
expression for 6W in (10.3.28) by replacing a with b. This is not suitable for
investigating the stability of plasmas with free boundaries, since it was obtained
by partial integration of (10.3.25) over the region containing the singularity. We
must therefore separate (10.3.25) to isolate this region by integrating the terms
with Re{~de/dr} by parts. Then 6W can be represented as a sum of three terms

(10.5.2)

where 6Wpol is the same as (10.3.25) for the plasma and 6Wb and 6Wv the energy
of the plasma-vacuum interface and that of the vacuum region are given by

(10.5.3)

197
and

hWv 27r-
=- L
11-0
lb ( 2+ k2 21-ddTJ 12 + -2
a m
1
r
1"112)
r r
r dr . (10.5.4)

The hWv term is described by

"I = (m:B; - krB~) e. (10.5.5)

Here B; = B~(a) and ea = e(a). Minimization of hWpot and hW v leads to Euler's

equations

.!i.
dr
(Ide)
dr
- ge = 0 (r :S a) (10.5.6)

and

(r > a) . (10.5.7)

In addition to meeting the zero condition for r = 0 and r = b, to solve these

equations we must also satisfy the matching condition for r =a
TJ(a) = (mBn - kaB~)ea . (10.5.8)

The solution of Euler's equation for the vacuum region in the approximation
B~ ~ B~ corresponding to k2r2 ~ m 2 has the form

= mB; - kaB~ [(~)m _ (:.)m] (~)m e (10.5.9)

"I 1 _ (alb)2m r b b a •

Note that the approximation B~ ~ B~ corresponds to tokamak configurations

where the resonant surface q = min means kr = mBU B~ ~ m. Substituting
this value of "I into hWv , we obtain the potential energy in the vacuum region

hWv = 27rL (mB; - krB~)2 leal 2A , (10.5.10)

11-0 m
where
1 + (alb)2m
A = 1 _ (alb)2m . (10.5.11)

Thus, the total potential energy for plasmas with free boundaries is

(10.5.12)

198
where qa = q(a). The instabilities correspond to oW < O. Under the condition
k2r2 I m 2 ~ 1 only the second tenn of 9 in the potential energy oWpot is important
and
9 == (m2 - 1) ~ + 0 (k 2 r2) . (10.5.13)
r
Then Euler's equation (10.5.6) for eis reduced to the simple fonn
-
d 31
dr [
r (- - -
q m
n
)2-de
dr
1- r (-q1 - -mn )2 (m -
2
l)e = 0 . (10.5.14)

Also by using (10.5.6), oWpot can be expressed as

(10.5.15)

Finally from (10.5.12,15), oW becomes

oW = 2:: (leaIB;i [(1-n~a ) (1 + mA)

-2 (1- n~a)] + 2:: (1- n~ar (le~;I) Ir=a (10.5.16)

When the current density is constant or there is a unifonn current profile,

the safety factor q becomes constant in the plasma column. (Note that q must be
constant when B~ ex: r for a unifonn current profile.) The solution of (10.5.14)
e
gives re'I = m - 1 and the stability criterion oW > 0 becomes

(10.5.17)

or instability occurs for

m - 1 + (alb)2m < nqa < m. (10.5.18)

For m = lin = 1 and b -+ 00 (without a conducting wall), the stability

criterion becomes

(10.5.19)

This corresponds to Kruskal-Shafranov limit for the free-boundary kink: mode.

Thus in the case of unifonn current profile the following conclusion can be
drawn: the kink instability is possible only when magnetic surfaces resonant
with the perturbation are located outside the highly conducting plasma. More
generally, the stability criterion for m = 1 and n = 1 mode does not depend on
the current density distribution, since the last tenn in (10.5.12) becomes small
for 9 ex: k 2r2 ~ 1.

199
10.6 MHD Waves
The MHD equations can also be used to study propagations such as the Alfven
wave and the magnetosonic waves [10.2,3]. Let us first study the normal modes
of an infinite homogeneous plasma. Taking B in the z-direction the equilibrium
state is specified by
Bo = (0,0, Bo)
go = const, Po = const, Bo = const . (10.6.1)
Since V Po = 0, and V x Bo = 0, the linearized version of the equation of motion
is given by [see (10.3.12, 13)]
-yP
= -VV·
go
o
e+ -{togo 1
( V x B,) x Bo
= c;VV· e+ vib x [V x V x (b x e)] , (10.6.2)

where c. = V-y Pol gO, vi = B5! {togo and b = Bo/ Bo. We use a 2 instead of w 2
to indicate that the eigenvalues we are looking for are real.
Since all equilibrium quantities are constant we may write e(r) as a Fourier
integral (or a Fourier series if we consider a finite box) of plane wave solutions:

(10.6.3)

We study the modes e(k) exp [i(k· r - at)] separately by making the substitution
V ---+ ik in (10.6.2). This gives
-a 2e(k) = -(vi + c;)kk . e(k)
-vik . b[k . be(k) - kb . e(k) - bk . e(k)] , (10.6.4)
or broken down into x, y and z components:
-k;(vl + C;) - k~vl -kxky(vl + C;)
( -kxky(vl + c;) -k;(vl + c;) - k~vi
-kxkzC; -kl/kzC;

(10.6.5)

Solutions are obtained by setting the determinant of the left hand side equal to
zero. This gives:
(a 2 - k2IIvA2)[ a 4 - k2(VA2 + c.2) a 2 + k2k2 2 2]
II vAc. =0 , (10.6.6)
where k 2 = k; + k; + k~, krr = k;. Consequently, we obtain three solutions:
2 _ 2 _ k2 2
a =aA- IIvA,

a2 =
_ 2
a s,f = 2:1k2( v A2 + c.2) [1 ± (10.6.7)

200
The mode 0'2 = 0'1 is called the shear Alfven wave and the modes 0'2 = a; and
a; the/ast (+) and the slow (-) magnetosonic waves, respectively.
e
We also calculate the corresponding eigenvectors and the associated mag-
netic field perturbations B I and the pressure perturbation PI by substituting
(10.6.7) into (10.6.5) and using the relation BI = V x (e x Bo) = -iBok x
(b x e(k)) and PI = 'Y Po V . e = - ieocsk . e(k). Without loss of generality the k
vector may be chosen to lie in the xz-plane, so that ky = O. We then obtain the
following expressions for the Alfven eigenmodes:

Bxl = BzI =0, (10.6.8)

PI =0
Likewise we find for the slow and fast magnetosonic eigenmodes

(10.6.9)

where al,f = 1 - k2vlla;,f. The relation between ~(k)z and ~(k)x in (10.6.9) is
derived by first solving the top line of (10.6.5) for ~(k)z and then replacing it by
the expression ~(k)z = [a2~(k)z - kxkzc;~(k)x]jk~c; which is obtained from the
bottom line of (10.6.5). Equation (10.6.7) gives a. < 0 and af > 0, so that the
spatial orientation of e(k) with respect to Bo is different for the fast and slow
modes.
The Alfven waves are transverse waves with respect to both e(k) and BIo but
they do not affect the pressure. The magnetosonic waves do affect the pressure
and they have both transverse and longitudinal components. Together these three
waves eA, es'
and ef form an orthogonal triad in space. This indicates that any
arbitrary displacement can be decomposed into the three different eigenmodes.
Ideal MHD waves are strongly anisotropic as is clear when one examines
their phase velocity:
ak
vph = 12. (10.6.10)

Note that vph = 0'/ k depends only on the angle () between k and B and is
independent of k; 0'/ k = f«()). Such waves are called non-dispersive and a plane
wave packet constructed from them propagates without distortion. The group
velocity of such a packet yields a flow of energy with the velocity:
80'
Vg = 8k . (10.6.11)

201
For the Alfven wave we find that the energy flow is always along the magnetic
field
(10.6.12)

We can now explain the physical mechanism of a shear Alfven wave. From the
induction equation 8B/at = -'\1 x E, the electric field Elx = (a/k z) . Bly
appears in the presence of an oscillatory magnetic field Bly . exp [i(kzz - at)].
In the ideal MHO model there is no electric field along the magnetic field line,
that is, Elz = 0 since E + v x B = O. Electrons and ions drift in the y-direction
with the same velocity of E x B / B2 = -(Elx/ Bo)e y. On the other hand, the
phase velocity of the Alfven wave is 0'/ k z and the oscillatory velocity of the
magnetic field line in the y-direction is -(Blz/ Bo)a / k z. By using the relation
between Elx and Bly, this velocity becomes equal to - Elx/ Bo. Therefore, the
plasma oscillates as if it were frozen in the magnetic field line. For the concept
of 'frozen-in' to be satisfied, the absence of an electric field along the magnetic
field line is essential.
An analogy to the Alfven wave is a transverse vibration of a string. The
plasma is frozen in the direction of the magnetic field line (the string) and there
are Bo field lines per unit area across it. Each field line can be regarded as having
a mass density of flo/ Bo per unit length. On the other hand, the string also has
a parallel magnetic stress Bo/ P,o. Therefore the transverse vibration of the field
line, when regarded as a string of mass density flo/ Bo and tension Bo/ p,o, is
characterized by the frequency k /(B o/ p,o)(flo/ BO)-I = klivA.
In the case of the low beta plasmas, the sound velocity is much smaller than
the Alfven velocity, since f3 = nTe/(B5!2P,o) = 2c;/vi,. Under this approxima-
tion, e(k)z == 0 for the fast magnetosonic wave and e(k)z == -(k2 vi/k x k zC;)e(k)x
for the slow magnetosonic wave. This means that the dominant oscillation is in
the x-direction in the fast mode and in the z-direction in the slow mode. This
can be illustrated for the three MHO waves by plotting 0'2 as a function of kll
while keeping kx fixed and vice versa for VA > c. (Fig. 10.9). While the group

------~~~-----~

________..:::::so:o..r..l11!::::_________.... kit --------~~~~----kx

(0) fixed kx (b) fixed kit

Fig.tO.9. Dispersion relations corresponding to MHO waves with VA > Cs. (a) q2 as a function of
k n for a fixed k x . (b) q2 as a function of kx for a fixed k n

202
velocity in the parallel direction oa / okll is greater than zero for all three waves,
the group velocities in the perpendicular direction oa / ok.L are quite different:

oa > 0 for fast waves

ok.L
oa
= 0 for Alfven waves
ok.L
oa
< 0 for slow waves. (10.6.13)
ok.L
To describe this behavior in inhomogeneous media we break k down into
three components k",. kll • kz, where kz is in the direction of the magnetic field
and k", and kll are in the perpendicular directions. The x-axis is chosen as the
direction of the inhomogeneity. We now examine a 2 as a function of k", while
keeping kll and kll fixed.
In a slab of finite length in the x-direction with conducting plates at x =
±a, the wavenumber k", is quantized: k", = mr /2a and n is the number of
nodes in the eigenfunction e(k) in the x-direction. Even though the medium is
inhomogeneous, as long as the equilibrium quantities also vary in the x-direction,
such a number to label the eigenvalues still makes physical sense. The essential
features of the three discrete spectra of ~~genvalue n are:
(1) The eigenvalue a1 = k;v1 of the Alfven spectrum is infinitely degenerate;
(2) The slow wave eigenvalues have an accumulation point for k", -+ 00 (or
n -+ 00):

(10.6.14)

which is obtained by noting that k; is included through k2 in (10.6.7).

(3) For large wavenumbers k", -+ 00 the fast wave eigenvalues behave as
2 • k2( 2
at = '" VA + c.2) 2 _
-+ aF = 00 • (10.6.15)

so that the accumulation point of the fast wave spectrum is at infinity. We define
two values of a 2 denoted by aj and ajI which correspond to the frequencies of
the slow and the fast modes with n = 0:

aI,II = ~k~(v;' +~) [1 ± VI - 4k~v1~/k6(v1 + c~)] . (10.6.16)

where k6 = k~ + k;. The following sequence of inequalities is found:

o ~ a~ ~ a: ~ ~ ~ a;' ~ a~I ~ al ~ ~ . (10.6.17)

Thus we now have obtained a clear separation of the three discrete subspectra.

203
_PROBLEMS

10.1. Derive (10.1.29).

10.2. Check (10.3.23) and derive (10.3.24).
10.3. Show a configuration satisfying the stability condition (10.3.27) every-
where.
10.4. Consider a cylindrical plasma with a vacuum region in a < r < b.
i) Show that the perturbed vacuum field energy can be written as

ii)By minimizing with respect to (. derive (10.5.4).

10.5. Derive (10.5.15).
10.6. When the current density is homogeneous the solution of (10.5.14) shows
that re' /~ = m - 1. Check this statement.
10.7. Show that eA, est ef
and form an orthogonal triad in space.
10.S. Show that af > 0 and a. < 0 where a.,f = 1 - k 2 v'i/a;,f'
10.9. Check the inequalities (10.6.17).

204
11. Resistive Magnetohydrodynamics

Although the plasma relevant to fusion research can normally be treated as being
collisionless, the collisional resistivity, however small, often plays a crucial role
in the macroscopic processes of MHD plasmas. Indeed, the resistivity causes a
"reconnection" of different magnetic field lines, which never happens in an ideal
MHD plasma because of the "frozen-in" condition of the fluid, and results in a
topological change of the magnetic configuration accompanied by magnetic en-
ergy dissipation. Magnetic field line reconnection takes place in a very thin layer
where the resistivity cannot be ignored because the parallel electric field locally
vanishes, i.e., E· B = O. In this chapter, we shall be concerned mainly with
this problem. First in Sect. 11.1, we derive the reduced MHD equations [11.1-5]
which describe the plasma in the presence of a strong longitudinal magnetic field
with shear. Then the tearing mode instability that occurs in a local resistive layer
and the resulting magnetic island formation are described in Sect 11.2. The next
section is devoted to the resistive modification of the kink instability discussed
in Sect. 10.5 [11.4]. Ballooning instability, which is a localized Rayleigh-Taylor
instability [11.6], and resistive modification of the interchange instability are de-
scribed in Sects. 11.4,5 [11.1,3.4]. Disruptive instabilities observed in tokamaks
are briefly explained in Sect. 11.6. Section 11.7 deals with the nonlinear magnetic
reconnection driven by an external plasma flow. The final section is devoted to
the description of the plasma self-organization process due to the topological
change via magnetic reconnection.

11.1 Reduced MHD Equations

11.1.1 Slab Geometry

We first consider the magnetohydrodynamics in a slab geometry. The magnetic

field is assumed to be B = (Bx(x, y, t), By(x, y, t), B z) in Cartesian coordi-
nates. We further assume that IBzl = const ~ IBxl and IByl during the dynamic
motion of the magnetofluid. This means that the dynamics takes place in the
two-dimensional xy-space.
In the absence of perturbations the initial magnetic field is given by
Bx = 0, By = BF(x) , B z = BzO , (11.1.1)
where F(x) is an odd function having the properties F(x) :::: x for Ixl «: 1 and

205
F(x) -+ 1 for Ix I ~ 1. The magnetic field By is produced by a sheet current in
the z direction and the current is a function of x only.
The magnetic field given by (11.1.1) is called the sheared slab model, since
k . B becomes zero at x = 0 for a two-dimensional perturbation with the
wavenumber vector k = (k x , ky, 0). This model field is frequently used in sta-
bility analyses for drift waves as discussed in Sect. 5.5 and for resistive MHO
instabilities shown in the following sections of this chapter.
A flux function !li(x, y) is introduced by the relation

B = V!li x %+ Bzoi (11.1.2)

which satisfies V· B =0 automatically. The function !li also satisfies B· V!li =0,
which means that B is tangential to the surface defined by !li(x, y) = const. From
V x B = /-LoJ, we have
(11.1.3)

where Jz denotes the current in the z-direction. The simplified form of Ohm's
law is
E + 'It X B =TJJ , (11.1.4)

where TJ is a resistivity (3.5.11). Here the fluid motion is assumed to be incom-

pressible, V . 'It = O. This is justified when a strong magnetic field exists in one
direction and the plasma pressure is low compared to the magnetic pressure, or
f3 == O. By using 8B/&t = -V x E and noting that V!li x i = V x (!lii), we
obtain
8!li TJ
+ ('It. V)!li =-V !li+ E
2
~ (11.1.5)
V~ /-LO

as the z-component of (11.1.4), where E is an arbitrary external electric field

which satisfies V x (Ei) =O. The resistivity is assumed constant for simplicity.
For the velocity field, the equation of magnetohydrodynamic motion is used,
d'lt
edt = -VP + J x B , (11.1.6)

where d/dt is the convective derivative d/dt = 8/&t + 'It • V. The parallel
component of (11.1.6) is edull/dt = VIIP == 8P/8z = 0, since P does not
depend on z. This means that ull == 0 if UIII~ = o.
We introduce the velocity
stream function <p by the relation 'It = V <p x i, by noting that V . 'It = 0 and ull
is small. By applying the operator %. Vx to (11.1.6) (which means first operate
with Vx and then separate out the z-component), we have

e.!!:...V2<p = --.!..[V!li x V(V2!li)] . i . (11.1.7)

dt /-Lo

Here the mass density e is assumed to be constant, which is valid when the current

206
Jz is influential in the dynamics such as in current-driven MHD instabilities (kink
or tearing mode which will be explained in Sect.11.2).
Thus two coupled second order partial differential equations are obtained
for the two scalar functions ¢> and 1ft. The equilibrium state is described by
lftQ(x) = - jj F(x) and ¢>o = O. The initial current density profile is given by
/-loJzo = -Ifto', where the primes denote derivatives with respect to x.
The equations (11.1.5,7) are called the reduced MHD equations. These equa-
tions cannot describe all of the physics contained in the original MHD equations,
but do describe the essential features in phenomena such as the linear stability
of the tearing mode or the nonlinear evolution of unstable tearing modes cor-
responding to magnetic island formations (Sect. 11.2). Equations (11.1.5, 7) are
also applicable to shear Alfven waves in the slab geometry.

11.1.2 Toroidal Geometry

Similar reduced MHD equations in the three variables 1ft, ¢>, and P, where P
is the scalar pressure, can be derived for toroidal plasmas for the specific case
of a tokamak configuration. Usually the coordinates (r, e, 0 with the following
metrics are used to describe the toroidal plasma:

(dS)2 = (dr)2 + (rdei + (1 + ~) 2 (dci , (11.1.8)

where x = r cos e and C= -Ro<.p. The poloidal angle is e and the toroidal angle
is <.p.
A useful parameter to analyze the toroidal plasma is the inverse aspect ratio
€ = r / Ro, where r is the minor radius and Ro is the major radius of the torus.
Table 11.1 shows that all of the plasma parameters can be expressed in powers
of €, where this "ordering" function is either 0(1), O(€), or 0(€2). The essential
assumptions are that c and 13 are small, i.e., € ~ 1 and 13 '" O(€), where 13 =
P / (B 2 /2/-l 0 ) denotes the ratio of the plasma pressure to the magnetic pressure.
These assumptions are reasonable in usual tokamaks.
The magnetic field is assumed to be of the form
B = Boz + Vlft x z + BIZ, (11.1.9)
where the first and second terms are essentially the same as (11.1.2) but we
now have IVIft x zi/ Bo '" O(c). The third term represents the plasma effect
on the magnetic field due to finiteness of the 13 value (13 t= 0); in other words,
BI corresponds to the diamagnetic effect in the finite beta plasma of 13 '" O(€).
The second term corresponds to the poloidal magnetic field produced by the
toroidal current. From the ordering function in Table 11.1 we see that €Bo/IVlftx
zl '" €Bo/B o = q(r) '" 1, where q(r) is the safety factor in the cylindrical
approximation.
The toroidal magnetic field is produced by the poloidal current I by B cp =
1/ Ro. Two corrections to the zero-order constant toroidal field must be con-
207
Table 11.1. Plasma parameters in tenns of an ordering function 0(10;), i =0, 1,2, used to derive the
reduced MHD equations for a toroidal plasma

Ordering 0(1) O( €) O(€2)

Beta value (3
pressure p
paloidal flux IJI
stream function
resistivity
'"
'1
toroidal field Bo B.
poloidal field VI/'xi
perpendicular velocity V'/'Xz

parallel velocity U"

time derivative .R-
at
perpendicular derivative V.L
parallel derivative VII

sidered: one due to the toroidal curvature, -Box I Ro, and the other due to the
diamagnetic plasma current, It/ Ro. By considering that the geometrical correc-
tion does not produce current, Ampere's law gives

JioJ = V x (VIJ! x Z + It/ Roz)

= - vilJ! z + V It/ Ro x z , (11.1.10)

where V.1 = V - z aI az and II represents the diamagnetic current effect. In

deriving the second expression in (11.1.10), we used the fact that the derivative
along the z-direction gives a quantity which is small (of order 6) compared to
the derivative V.i'
Another important ordering is lu z l/lu.1l rv 0(6), where U z and U.1 are the
velocity components parallel and perpendicular to the toroidal direction, respec-
tively. The time evolution is related to the shear Alfven waves and the charac-
teristic time is a/[B(J/(Jioe)I/2], where B(J is the poloidal magnetic field. This
a at
corresponds to I rv 0(6), since the fastest time scale motion is suppressed
by the incompressibility. When incompressibility is assumed, V· u = 0, we find
dIt/dt rv 0(62 ) from aBzIOt = -Bz(V· u) + (B· V)u z - (u· V)B z'
By combining lu z l/lu.1l rv 0(6) and V· u = 0 we find that V.1 . U.1 is of
order 6 3 • A stream function </> can be introduced by the relation U.1 = V </> x Z.
From Ohm's law and Faraday's induction law we get the equation

alJ!
-=B,V</>+-V.1IJ!+E
7J 2
(11.1.11)
at Jio
where again V x (Ez) = 0 and B does not include BIZ, since its contribution

208
is only of order O(C;3) and hence is negligible. This is essentially the same as
(11.1.5).
The same order analysis is applied to the equation of motion. Since lui '"
O(c;) and a/at '" O(c;), the inertial term becomes O(C;2). The terms of O(c;)
appear in the right hand side of the equation of motion perpendicular to the
toroidal direction,

0= -V.l.P+J x Boz. (11.1.12)

In terms of II, the right hand side is written as

II B~)
'V.l. ( P+-- =0. (11.1.13)
10 P,o

This equation means that the pressure balances with the diamagnetic variation
of the toroidal magnetic field to confine plasmas of (3 '" O(c;). This situation
is the same for both the tokamak and the theta pinch configuration. The paral-
lel component of the equation of motion becomes B . V P = 0 in the lowest
order. Also d (B . V P) / dt = 0 is consistent with incompressible magnetohydro-
dynamics (Problem 11.3). When ull is zero and B . V P = 0 in the initial MHO
equilibrium, ull remains small during the time evolution of the perturbation. If
the perpendicular component of plasma current J.l. found from the equation of
motion is substituted into V . J = 0, we get

du + V P)
V· [-(rrdi X
B
B2 + 11']
B =0 . (11.1.14)

The term I1'B represents JII' thus 11' = -Viw/p,oBo. Equation (11.1.14) can
be alternatively written as

(11.1.15)

The left hand side can be rewritten as

e du . e du ed 2
B·V x - - = B · - V x -=---'V.l.<P (11.1.16)
B2 dt B~ dt Bo dt '
where e is assumed to be constant The square of the magnetic field is

B2 = B5 [1 - 2(p,;f + ~)] , (11.1.17)

where we note that Bl = It/I4J-Box/I4J and It/Io = -p,oP/B'5 from (11.1.13).

By substituting (11.1.17) into the right hand side of (11.1.15), we have

eddt 'Vi<p = ~B.

p,o vviw + (V I4J
2x x VP) . z . (11.1.18)

209
 The pressure equation in the incompressible approximation becomes

c;:: + (V 1> x z) . V P = 0 , (11.1.19)

where we used the ordering IU.LI ~ IUzl.

Usually the reduced MHO equation is normalized by using t = at/VpA, r =
r/a,z = z/Roq(a), 1> = 1>/avPA, tIt = tIt/aBe(a), P = P/{[Be(a)]2/2flOc} and
"I = Tf/aVpAflo, where VpA = (BU floe)lf2. Here q(a) is the safety factor at the
plasma surface and Be(a) is the poloidal magnetic field at the plasma surface.
Then the reduced MHO equation for 1>, tIt and P can be written
a
at V.L 1>
2 a V.L2 tIt + [x, P]
= [1>, V.L2 1>] + [V.L2 tIt, tIt] + az , (11.1.20)

atIt a1> 2
7ft = [1>, tIt] + az + TfV.L tIt , (11.1.21)

ap
7ft = [1>, P], (11.1.22)

where in (11.1.21) E [as in (11.1.5)] is neglected for simplicity. The Poisson

bracket for two physical quantities f(r, (), z) and g(r, (), z) means [f, g] = (V f x
Vg)· z. The Poisson bracket has the following properties:

[f, g] = -[g, f] (11.1.23)

[[f, g], h] + [[g, h], f] + [[h, f], g]= 0 (11.1.24)

[fg, h] = g[f, h] + f[g, h] (11.1.25)

df
[f(g), h] = dg[g, h] . (11.1.26)

Equation (11.1.24) is known as Jacobi's identity. When the relation [f, g] =

V· (fVg x z) is used, we have

j[f,g]dV =0 (11.1.27)

for the fixed boundary condition or flr=a = glr=a = O. Equations (11.1.23, 25, 27)
also give
j f[g,h]dV =j g[h,f]dV =j h[f,g]dV. (11.1.28)

These relations are useful to derive the energy conservation relation for the
reduced MHO equations. First, (11.1.2{}-22) are multiplied by 1>, vi tIt and x,
respectively, and integrated in the plasma region. Then both sides of the three
equations are summed up. Under the fixed boundary condition, we have

(11.1.29)

210
The quantity inside the square bracket corresponds to the energy density: the
first term is the magnetic energy, the second term is the kinetic energy, and the
third term is the internal energy. The right hand side shows Ohmic dissipation.
When 'f/ - 0, the total energy is conserved and the reduced MHD equations for
an ideal MHD model are obtained.

11.2 Tearing Mode Instability and Magnetic Islands

Consider an initial field of the form given in (11.1.1). The plasma is initially
stationary Uo = O. The singular surface k . Bo = 0 exists at x = 0 for modes
propagating in the y-direction. The zero order field is fixed in time and all
perturbations are required to vanish far from the singular surface, since the free
energy source for instability is localized in the neighborhood of the singular
surface.
The reduced equations (11.1.5, 7) are now linearized and perturbations can
be introduced in the form

W(x, y) = wo(x) + Wl (x) cos ky (11.2.1)

r/>(x,y) = khr/>l(X) sin ky (11.2.2)

where Wl (x) and r/>l (x) are assumed to vary in time as e'Yt. Here it is noted that
the zero order state is completely described by wo(x) = -BF(x) and r/>o = O.
In Fig. 11.1 the resulting pattern of the magnetic surfaces W = const given
by (11.2.1) is shown. The region inside the separatrlx is called the magnetic
island [11.1-4]. The value of W on the separatrlx is found easily at the point
W. = wo(O) - Wl (0). Setting w(x, y) equal to this value for y = 0 and expanding
wo(x) in a Taylor series around x = 0 we find the island width w as

(11.2.3)

Now we can explain the linear stability of the tearing mode which produces the
magnetic island in the vicinity of the singular surface.
Substituting (11.2.1, 2) into (11.1.5, 7) gives two coupled second order or-
dinary differential equations for Wl(X) and r/>l(X),
1 2
Wl(X) - F(X)r/>l(X) = -[Wl (x) -
II
k Wl(X)] (11.2.4)
'Y'T'R

-'Y2Tl[r/>f(x) - k 2r/>l(X)] = F(x)[w{,(x) - k2wl(X)] - F"(x)Wl(X) , (11.2.5)

where the primes denote djdx and TA = (j.toe)l/2jkB, 'T'R = L2j'f/ are the charac-
teristic Alfven and resistive times. The layer width of the current carrying region
around the singular surface is denoted by L which is also the unit length.

211
 ky Fig. 11.1. Magnetic island configuration

X point

o point

X=2 ( ;;1 )112

IjI

Separatrix

"'--f---L-- X Point

At this point, a number of assumptions must be made which must be verified

a posteriori. It is assumed that the growth rate is intermediate between the Alfven
time and the resistive time: I/TR «: "I «: I/TA. Further, it is assumed that the
resistivity is relevant only in a narrow layer XT «: 1 where reconnection or
tearing of magnetic field lines takes place.
Examine first the exterior region far from the singular surface Ix I > XT where
the resistivity is assumed to be negligible. Assuming that the scale length for the
solution are on the order of L and using "ITA «: 1 we have

(11.2.6)

(11.2.7)

Since it is not easy to find solutions for a general profile of F(x), we choose a
particular profile F(x) = tanh(x) such that F(x) == x for Ixl «: 1 and F(x) -+ 1
for Ixl ~ 1. For this profile (11.2.7) has the solution

!Vl(x)=exp(=fkx) [1±itanh (X)] , (11.2.8)

where the upper (lower) signs correspond to x positive (negative). The function
!VI (x) has a discontinuous derivative at x = 0, and it is readily found that the
discontinuity is given by

212
2.0,..----,,--,----,------,---.-----.-------,
Fig.n.2. Profiles of perturba-
\ </>1 tions IVI (x) and <PI (x) (dotted
,
'V--
,\ line)
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
~

1.0

0.5

°0L--~--L2--3L--~4--~5--6L--~7

.1' = !li{(0+) - !li{(0-) = 2 (.!. _k) 01.2.9)

!lil (0) k
Note that .1' is positive for k < I, i.e., when the width of current carrying layer is
short compared to the wavelength of the mode. The exterior solutions !lil (x) and
(PI (x) are shown in Fig. 11.2. The discontinuity of the derivative at x = 0 can be
removed by considering the finite resistivity in the neighborhood of the singular
surface or tearing layer. Now the resistive terms in (11.2.4, 5) must be retained
to solve this region and the solutions must be matched at the boundary. We note
that XT ~ I, so that within the tearing layer F(x) == x. It is also assumed from
the nature of the exterior solution that !lil is even, and that within the tearing
layer !lil(x) is approximately constant (the "constant!li approximation") although
!li{(x) must be changing (Sect. 11.6). Since the higher derivatives with respect
to x are large in this region, one can take !li{' ~ k2!li1, 4>f ~ k24>1. Thus 01.2.4,
5) give

01.2.10)

'Y 2TA'I'I
2 "'"" = -x~1
.r," . 01.2.11)

Here 01.2.11) gives the condition for matching to the exterior solution:

01.2.12)

where in the extension of the integral to ±oo an assumption has been made
about the asymptotic behavior of 4>1. This assumption has been confirmed by
numerical solution of 01.2.4, 5). The convergence of this integral guarantees
that the interior solution !lil has constant slope asymptotically, and thus can be
matched to the exterior solution.

213
 Introducing the transfonnation
1/4
( ) = _ ('YT1) 1/4 cPI(X)
Z =( 7k2 ) X, (11.2.13)
Xz 7k !VI (0) , 'YTA
we have
(11.2.14)

The solution of this equation is odd and asymptotically equals X == -1/ z for
large 14 The matching condition (11.2.12) becomes

(11.2.15)

Apart from a constant the growth rate is now proportional to

'Y oc T;3/5 Ti 2/5(Ll')4/5 (11.2.16)

when 'Y7k oc S2/5 > 1 and 'YTA oc S-3/5 ~ 1 where S is the magnetic Reynolds
number (10.1.3). We see that positive Ll' gives instability. Furthennore, it can
be shown that the integration in (11.2.15) can be truncated at z = 2 with very
little error, which was confirmed by a numerical calculation. Thus, the tearing
layer width will be arbitrarily set as XT = 2('YTlI7k)1/4 which is seen to scale
as S-2/5. In Fig. 11.3 the first-order fields and flow velocities estimated from !VI
and cPI in the slab model are shown.
ky

fS,r

~ICX
~I~'
Flow Fig. 11.3. Plasma flows in a magnetic island
configuration in the slab model

Next we will examine the tearing mode in cylindrical geometry. We consider

a fluid motion where all quantities are functions of T, r, and t only, where T =
m(} + kz and k = -n/~. This constraint corresponds to helical symmetry. Here
m and n are the poloidal and toroidal mode numbers of the perturbation which
has the fonn !(r)exp[i(m(}+kz)]. The helical symmetry allows the z coordinate

214
to be eliminated through ojoz = (kjm)ojoO. With this symmetry in mind, we
introduce a scalar function tli*(r, T) == tli(r, T) - krz BzOj2m. Considering a low
(3 plasma and neglecting the toroidal correction term B 1 in (11.1.9), we can then
write the magnetic field as

B = Vtli * x z - -krB zO (JA + B zoZ.

A A
(11.2.17)
m
It is easy to show B . Vtli* = 0, that is, tli* is a flux function. We now use the
reduced MHD equations, and assume low (3 plasmas or neglect the pressure term
and the pressure equation. The equation for tli* becomes

o~* + z . VJ.4> x VJ.tli* = -1}Jz + E , (11.2.18)

by substitution of tli = tli* + krz B zOj2m into (11.1.11). The z-component of the
current can be written by using tli*,

f..LoJz = -Vitli* - 2k Bzo. (11.2.19)

m
The equation of motion (11.1.18) gives

(!dd vi4> = -z· ~[V J.tli* x VJ.(Vitli*)] , (11.2.20)

t f..Lo
by neglecting the pressUre term. These three equations obtained assuming single
helicity are useful for investigating the nonlinear development of the unstable
tearing mode especially for (m, n) = (1, 1) and (m, n) = (2, 1) in the cylindrical
geometry. We note that the form of (11.2.20) is similar to (11.1.7) in the slab
geometry.
In order to determine the stability criterion for the tearing mode Ll' and the
radial dependence of perturbations, we linearize (11.2.18, 20) by writing ,

tli* = tlio(r) + tli1 (r) cos T

4> = 4>1 (r) sin T (11.2.21)
Jz = Jo(r) + J1(r) COST .

The perturbations are assumed to vary as e'Yt. By eliminating all but tli1 and 4>1,
we obtain
Z m dtlio Z cPtli
'"'f {! V .1. 4>1 = - (-d VJ. tli1 - tli1 - d 3 ) ,
o (11.2.22)
f..Lor r r

m dtli
'"'ftli1 + --4>1
o = -V1} Z
tli1 (11.2.23)
r dr f..Lo .1.

with the perpendicular Laplacian

Z 10 0 mZ
V =--r--- (11.2.24)
J.-roror
Z r •

By using the assumption of '"'fTA ~ 1, we find

215
 "\l2 1/1 + !-LO dJo/ dr 1/1 =0 (11.2.25)
.L' dl/lo / dr ' ,
away from the singular surface dl/lo(rs)/dr = O.
By numerically solving 01.2.25) for a given current profile, .1' can be cal~
culated. In the cylindrical tokamak model, usually there is at most one singular
surface. Two numerical solutions l/lli and I/I'e are obtained, one in the region
from r = 0 to rs and the other in the region from the plasma boundary to rS.
respectively. The stability criterion is given by calculating

.1'(e) = dl/l1e _1
dr I/Ile
I
r=r.+e
_dl/ldr _1
li
l/lli
I
r=r.-e
' 01.2.26)

where .1'(e) becomes constant asymptotically for small e. The stability is de-
termined by lime-o.1'(e) < O. The stability behavior estimated by 01.2.25, 26)
is consistent with tokamak experiments and it predicts that the (m, n) = (2,1)
tearing mode is the most unstable.

11.3 Current Driven Instability (II)

Consider a dense plasma at equilibrium having a constant current density Joz

extending from r = 0 to r = r, and a very low density, resistive plasma with
zero current for r, < r < a. With Bo at r = r" from (11.2.18,22) and continuity
of the flux function, we have

1/1; = - (!-L OJo +

4
~Bo)
2m
r2 for r < r,

= - 2m - "4 Jor,2 [1 + 21n (r / r,)]

k Bor 2!-LO for r > r, 01.3.1)

which gives

Bo q = Bor / BoR = const for r < r,

for r > r, 01.3.2)

and singular surface r = r. is assumed to be in the low density resistive plasma

(r, < r. < a).
We begin with 01.2.25, 26). For a constant current profile, d3 1/10/ dr 3 = O.
Then for iTA <: 1, 01.2.25) gives

(!.!£r.!£
r dr dr
- m2)
r2
1/1, = 0 . (11.3.3)

The problem is then to solve the Laplace equation in the three regions 0 <
r < r" r, < r < r. and r. < r < a, and match the solutions such that 1/1, is
continuous at r = r, and r = r. and vanishes at r = a. Such a solution can be

216
written in the fonn
(r /rl)m for r < rl
!lil = { C 1(r /rl)m + C2(r /rl)-m for rl < r < r. (11.3.4)
C3[(r/a)m - (r/a)-m] for r. < r < a
with
C 1 = 1- C2 (11.3.5)

C3[(r./a)m - (r./a)-m] = Cl(r./rl)m + C2(r./rl)-m . (11.3.6)

The coefficient C2 can be detennined from the discontinuity of !li: at r = rl

where the equilibrium quantities J" or !lio" and eo are discontinuous,

= !liO'(rl + 0) - !liO'(rl - 0) =1-'0Jo = 2Bo

Rq
= +
eo-eo,
-
(11.3.7)

where eW == eo(rl ± 0) and we substitute in (11.3.1, 2).

The discontinuity in !li: and (M at r = rt. denoted by 6!li: and 64>1' can be
detennined from (11.2.22, 23). First, by integrating (11.2.22) across the surface
r = rl, we have the relation

6[eo4>D = eM4>l + 6eo4>1 (rl - 0)

.3!:-(!li0" 6!li{ - !li16!lio") .
= (11.3.8)
1-'0'Yr l
Next from (11.2.23), we have

mBo
'Y!lil - RQ4>1 =0 (11.3.9)

where the resistivity is neglected, which is justified away from the singular sur-
face, and
n
Q =q-1 - -
m
(11.3.10)

which can be obtained from the relation d!liOldr = -Bs + (kr/m)Bo [see
(11.2.17)]. Differentiating (11.3.9) and noting that q =const for r < rl, we
get
, mBo Q ,,-, 0
'Y!li1 - R '1'1 = (11.3.11)

(11.3.12)

We calculate 6[eo4>D from the above two equations and set the result equal to
(11.3.8) to obtain

217
 m .T,.' - - R,
( --~o -eo +) C.T,'
U~I
p,o,rl mBoQ
m c." R, c .T,'( 0) 2R, +.T,
= --l[IluI[lO
p,o,rl
+ -B Queo~1 rl -
m o m 0 qrl
+ B Q2 eo~l, (11.3.13)

where use was made of the relations (11.3.9) and Q' = -2/rq(r > rl). We can
calculate 1[10' from (11.3.1,2) to get 1[10' = -BorIQ/R and bl[lo" as shown in
(11.3.7). Substituting these results into (11.3.13) and using the solution (11.3.4)
with (11.3.5), which gives bl[l{ = -2mC2/rlt we obtain

G2 = (m _ )-1 [1 + n 2,2r1 ] -I [1 + n 2qf2(r1- r:) + n 2,2r1 ] (11 3 14)

nq m2Q2 2mQ m 2Q2 ..

where T ± = (p,oe~)1/2 R/ nBo are the characteristic Alfven times of the inner (-)
and outer (+) regions.
As in the tearing mode theory, 1[11 has a discontinuity at the singular surface,
.1' = [1[I{(r. + 0) - 1[I{(r. - 0)]/1[11 (r.), which is related to the growth rate. Using
(11.3.4, 6) we can calculate .1'

A' =m { 1 + (r./a)2m _ 1 - C2[l + (rl/r.i m] }

..u
r. 1 - (r. / a) 2m 1 - C 2[l - (rl / r.) 2
m] · (11.3.15)

Combining (11.3.14,15), we can determine, in terms of .1'.

Two limits are readily obtained. First, we consider the limit T+ ---+ 0, that
is the low density limit in the outer region. We can infer from (11.3.15) that
for fixed " .1' is equal to 0, which upon combining (11.3.14) with T+ = 0 and
(11.3.15) with .1' =0 gives

,T =2 2
-
(m
- - 1 )2
nq
2 +-2 (m
- - 1) .
(rl/a)2m - 1 nq nq
(11.3.16)

This gives the growth rate of the free boundary kink mode discussed in Sect.
10.5. In this limit the island growth is impeded by the inertia of the central core
region against the resistive tearing. The other limit corresponds to the tearing
mode limit which is found by setting the density discontinuity beo equal to zero
in (11.3.14). In this case, C2 = (m - nq)-I independent of, gives the tearing
mode stability criterion in a step-like current profile.
The free boundary kink mode and the tearing mode can be viewed as two
different limits of the same instability. In the case of the ideal kink the resonant
surface must be located outside the plasma in the surrounding vacuum region,
and is perturbed by a distortion of the plasma-vacuum boundary. If a resistive
plasma is introduced in the vacuum region, magnetic reconnection occurs and
the growth rate of the mode is modified accordingly by the resistivity.
A limiting result is obtained from (11.3.16) for a ---+ 00:

,
2 T_
2 = -2 (mnq - 1) (m--;;q-
- 1 - 1) (11.3.17)

218
This result is the same as (10.5.18) except for the conducting wall position and
the instability occurs for

m-l < nq < m. (11.3.18)

Especially for the (m, n) = (1,1) mode, for the plasma to be stable q > 1 is
required, which is the Kruskal-Shafranov limit.

11.4 Ballooning Instability

The linearized reduced MHO equations are written as

o 2 1 2 1 2 2x
eo at V 1. <PI = -Bo· VV J.!lil + -BI· VV J.!lio+ V Ro
A

x VPt·.z: ,
/-'0 /-'0 (11.4.1)

OPI + ('\1 <PI xi)· V Po =0 (11.4.2)

at .

(11.4.3)

where the quantities with subscript 1 are perturbations. Now we consider the
small region outside of the toroidal plasma. The local coordinates of this region
are (x, y, z), where x is the major radius direction, y is the direction parallel
to the axis of the torus and z is the toroidal direction. Here it is noted that
(11.4.1-3) are derived for tokamak type devices where the poloidal field is smaller
than the toroidal field. Therefore, the magnetic field is assumed to be along the
z-direction in the local coordinates. Then, the perturbations are expanded as
exp (ikzx + iklly + ikzz - iwt). There is a pressure gradient in the x-direction
VPo = ioP%x. However, here we consider the case that the wavelength of
the perturbation along the x-direction is much smaller than the scale length of the
pressure gradient, and expand the perturbation as exp (ikzx) in the x-direction.
By applying the above Fourier expansion to (11.4.1-3) and neglecting the
resistivity and the V Jo term , that is, the second term on the right hand side of
(11.4.1) for simplicity, we find

(11.4.4)

(11.4.5)

-wtP = Bokz~ , (11.4.6)

where ki = k~ + k;. From (11.4.5,6), P and tP are expressed in terms of ~ and

then substituted into (11.4.4) to obtain

219
 2 k;B5 2 k; dPo
w =--+------. (11.4.7)
p,O{!O (!oRo ki dx

When kx == ky and k z = 0, w 2 becomes

2. 1 dPo (11.4.8)
w =----.
(!oRo dx
In the outer region of the toroidal plasma, where dPo/ dx < 0, w becomes imag-
inary and gives an unstable solution. The major radius of the torus Ro in (11.4.8)
corresponds to Rc defined in (3.3.7) and is positive. The dispersion relation
(11.4.8) is the same as that for Rayleigh-Taylor instability discussed in Sect.
10.4. The instability is localized to the region of the outside of the toroidal
plasma and is called the ballooning mode. The outside region has a positive
curvature in the magnetic field line concave to the plasma with positive 9 (Sect.
10.4). This region is called the bad curvature region due to the instability with
respect to ballooning. The dispersion relation (11.4.7) predicts that for finite k z
or kz t= 0 and kx == ky modes, the plasma is stable when the condition

(11.4.9)

is satisfied, where L p is the scale length of the pressure gradient The inner region
of a toroidal plasma has a magnetic field line curved convex to the plasma and
gives negative g. In other words, the Rayleigh-Taylor instability localized to the
inner region never occurs; this region is called the good curvature region. In a
toroidal plasma, however, the magnetic field line connects the positive 9 region
and the negative 9 region since a poloidal component is required to maintain
MHO equilibrium. The length between the bad curvature region (positive g) and
the good curvature region (negative g) is called the connection length and is
estimated as Lc rv qRo, where q is the safety factor which is related to the ratio
between the toroidal magnetic field component and the poloidal magnetic field
component.
Thus ballooning mode localized to the bad curvature region has kz t= 0 and
is rpore unstable than the mode with constant amplitude along the magnetic
field line at kz ~ O. Typical wavelengths of ballooning modes are estimated at
k z rv 1/ Lc rv 1/qRo. If this is substituted into (11.4.9), then

f3 2Lp
< Roq2 (11.4.10)

is required for stability against the ballooning mode. The expression in (11.4.10)
gives an upper limit, called the f3 stability-limit, to the stably confined plasma
pressure determined by MHO stability. This is one of the most important param-
eters used to evaluate the quality of the magnetic confinement system.
In order to obtain a more precise f3-limit it is necessary to perform a more
elaborate analysis. The most difficult problem is to define the mode structure in

220
a toroidal system with a magnetic shear. The mode structure in a tokamak with
circular flux surfaces is described by
00
¢l(.Llr, 0, 0 = E ¢(O + 27r1)exp [inq'..:1r(O + 27r1) +in(qoO - 0] ,
1=-00 01.4.11)
where ..:1r = r - r mn, r mn is the value of r at the rational surface q(r mn) =
qo = min, q' = dqldr, the coordinates r,O and ( are used as defined in (11.1.8).
Here the radial coordinate is denoted by nq(r) instead of r, and q is expanded
in the neighborhood of rmn' We note that a large 0 region corresponds to a
small ..:1r region in (11.4.11). The expression (11.4.11) is called the ballooning
representation [11.6]. It is normally used to study the ballooning mode in a
sheared magnetic field (dq I dr :f 0). By substituting the ballooning representation
to 01.4.1-3) under the assumption of marginal stability, 'Y = 0, we have

~(Bo' V)"\7~(Bo' V)¢l - V~ X V [(V¢l X z)· VPo]' z = O.

/Lo (11.4.12)

Using the approximations Bo'V == (B8Ir)8180, "\71 == -(n2q5!,-2)[1+(rqoOlqo)2],

8180 == inqo, 81 8r == inqoO and V Po == -(Pol Lp)r, we obtain

~ (1 + q~2;2 02) d¢ + S(cos 0 + rqo 0 sin 0) ¢ = 0 , 01.4.13)

dO qo dO qo

where S = (2/LoPol B~)(r2 I RoL p) = f3q5RoI L p. If we introduce the relation

s = rqolqo, then (11.4.13) becomes

(11.4.14)

This equation is the ballooning mode equation for n ---+ 00 and ..:1r ---+ O. The
numerical solution of this equation with the boundary conditions ¢(±7r) = 0 for
S
1 = 0 gives the eigenvalue as a function of s, which is plotted in Fig. 11.4. For

5.0

4.0 /
/
V
V
3.0

2.0

1.0 /
0.0
l-/ Fig. 11.4. Marginal beta values as a
function of shear parameters
0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0
s
221
8 > 1.0, ~ == 28. The upper region of the curve is unstable with respect to the
ballooning mode. Recently by more elaborate analyses it has been found that the
ballooning mode becomes stable again in the region of higher ~; this is called
the second stability region [11.7].
When the resistivity term in (11.4.3) is retained we have resistive ballooning
mode [11.8] which becomes unstable for the beta below the curve in Fig. 11.4.
Stability analysis of this mode is more complicated than for the ideal ballooning
mode, but is similar to the resistive interchange mode discussed in Sect. 11.5.
A recent numerical analysis which takes into account both the free boundary
kink mode and the ballooning mode shows that the beta stability limit in a
tokamak is given by

f3mn = C /Lo I (11.4.15)

aBT
where I is the total current and C is a constant. This limit is called the Troyon
limit [11.9] and has been experimentally confirmed. Physically, it can be under-
stood as being the ratio of the plasma radius a to the connection length L e , since
/Loll aBT Bpi BT = al l4>q = aiLe. It implies a balance of the plasma pressure
("oJ

that tends to deform the field line with the magnetic pressure that tends to resist
the deformation. Another explanation is the balance of the average centrifugal
force density, n{mv 2 ) I Rc nTI Le and the magnetic restoring force density,
("oJ

(BU2/LoLe)(al L e), against a perpendicular field line displacement.

11.5 Resistive Interchange and Rippling Modes

First we consider the full resistive MHD model discussed in Sect 4.5. From
Maxwell's equations oBlat = -V x E, V x B = jJOJ and Ohm's law we have

oB = (B. V)u - (u· V)B - B(V· u) - V x !!....(V x B) (11.5.1)

at ~
which for "I = 0 describes the convection (the first and the second term on the
right hand side) and compression (the third term) of the magnetic field with the
fluid.
To illustrate the basic consequence of (11.5.1) in magnetohydrodynamic sta-
bility problems, we examine the interchange mode which takes place in the
presence of a mass density gradient and an effective gravitational force across
the magnetic field (Sect. 10.4). Perturbations of the form It = It (x) exp ht +
i(kyY + kzz)] are considered in the slab equilibrium with Uo = 0 and
Bo = ByO(x)fI +BzOz , (11.5.2)

which is the same as (11.1.1). In addition we have deoldx and 9 = g~.

The linearized equation of (11.5.1) with "I =0 becomes
oBI
7ft = (Bo· V)UI - (UI . V)Bo - Bo(V· UI). (11.5.3)

222
 The x-component of (11.5.3) is then written as
'YBzI =i(k . Bo)uzi . (11.5.4)

If Bo is unidirectional over all space, i.e., B,p = const, then k = (0, ky, k z )
can be oriented so that k . Bo = 0, and the perturbation does not then distort
magnetic field lines since BzI = 0. A displacement without distortion of the
magnetic field lines does not change the energy. This means that a plasma in a
unidirectional magnetic field is unaffected by the interchange mode.
Now consider the more general magnetic field, where the direction of Bo
is x-dependenL For any choice of k, one can divide Bo into a component BoJ..
orthogonal to k and a component BOil parallel to k. The behavior of the compo-
nent BOJ.. during an interchange perturbation is identical with the behavior of the
unidirectional Bo. Therefore, this component has no influence on stability. The
component BOil appears in (11.5.4) and its existence implies that any interchange
perturbation increases the magnetic energy of the system via BzI generation. In
this way finite magnetic shear produced by the slab equilibrium (11.5.2) tends to
stabilize the system against interchange modes. This is due to the fact that the
magnetic field is frozen in the plasma fluid in the absence of dissipation. The
situation can change if a finite resistivity exists.
Let us now examine to what extent resistivity can affect decoupling of the
magnetic field from the fluid Since 'YBI = -k X Elo we assume EJ..I = to
suppress BJ..I. In this case, from Ohm's law a perpendicular current
°
(11.5.5)
is produced associated with the fluid motion "I. This current yields a restoring
force FI = J J..I x BOil with the x-component
(11.5.6)
For "'0 -+ 0, -FzI/uzl becomes infinite everywhere except at the nulls of

°
BOil and the fluid is forced to follow the magnetic field by an infinite restoring
force; this fact is consistent with the fact that for."o = 0, BzI == is not possible.
For any finite 710, however, there is a finite region 8L about each null of BOil
where the restoring force is arbitrarily weak. In this region the magnetic field
is decoupled from the fluid and slips through it, thereby inducing an instability.
The width of this reconnection region must be calculated for each mode, and is
related to the growth rate. The driving power that balances the work done by the
restoring force is
(11.5.7)
where BOil B OIl 8L. In general, the instability wavelength is much larger than
IV

8L and thus, for an incompressible fluid the kinetic energy is largest in the k-
direction. Equating the rate of change of this energy to the driving power gives
2 _ U;I _ u;I(BolI )2(8L)2
'Yeoull - 'Yeo P(8L)2 - 710 (11.5.8)

223
where the incompressibility condition V . u = 0 was used. We then get
6L =(rf!O'1o/ k2(BolI)2)1/4 . (11.5.9)

There are two time scales associated with resistive reconnection: the ideal
magnetohydrodynamic time TA proportional to U~/2 and the resistive time 7'R
proportional to 1/'10' The ratio S = 7'R/TA ex 1/'1OU~/2 is the magnetic Reynolds
number and is very large in most plasmas of interest.
The resistive interchange mode occurs in the presence of a mass density
gradient and F = Ug = Ug z.
The linearized driving force is of the form

F 1 = UIg~ deog
A

= -U:z:I--
dx 'Y
(11.5.10)

which is destabilizing if 9 points toward decreasing density (Sect. 10.4). Here UI

is calculated by using the continuity equation and the incompressibility condition.
Equating u:z:IFI to (11.5.7) gives

V-'1og(dUo/dx) (11.5.11)
6L = B' 1/2
01l'Y
From (11.5.9, 11)

1/2]2/3
'Y = [- k; dUO ('10)
BOil dx eo
ex S2/3'10 . (11.5.12)

This resistive interchange mode becomes more unstable as the wavelength

gets smaller. When the growth rate (11.5.12) is substituted into (11.5.9), it is
found that the reconnection region is very narrow since 6L ex S-I/3 ~ 1.
As an example, let us consider the interchange mode in a stellarator field. To
this end we modify the reduced MHD equation (11.1.17) to include the stellarator
field [11.10, 11]. A simplified model for a stellarator field is the magnetic field
B = -Vcp with the potential cp given by

cp = 2cp,!,(hr)sin(lO + hz). (11.5.13)

Here I, is the modified Bessel function and h- I = 27rRo/N; N corresponds to

the pitch number and 1 is the pole number of the Stellarator field. By taking the
average
N h- i
!(r,O) = 27rRo 10 f(r,fJ,z)dz (11.5.14)

to calculate the curvature term, we can show that the right hand side of the
second term of (11.1.18) changes from 2x/Ro to

2x (Vcp)2
-+-- (11.5.15)
Ro B5
224
and the second term of (11.5.15) becomes

('Vcp)2 = 2cp;h2 {[I;(hr)]2 + (1 + h!:2) Il(hr)} (11.5.16)

where the prime denotes the derivative with respect to the argument. The average
curvature due to the stellarator field is nonzero even for the straight cylindrical
approximation Ro ---+ 00 which should be substituted into 9 of (11.5.12) to
study the resistive interchange mode in the stellarator. Usually (11.5.15) gives
a bad curvature, making 9 positive which corresponds to instability. However,
this instability might be suppressed by adjusting a vertical field to change bad
curvature into good curvarure.
The rippling mode is also categorized as a resistive mode. This is caused by
the local channeling of the current through ripples in the resistivity. Ohm's law
is modified by the resistivity change to

'f/OJI = -'f/IJO+UI x Bo+EI, (11.5.17)

where r/1 is given by the convective law

d'f/I O'f/I
dt = ot + (UI . V)'f/o = 0, (11.5.18)

and'f/l = -un-I. V'f/o. Within the reconnection layer where we assume Ell. = 0,
the J I term in (11.5.17) gives rise to a driving force

FI = JI X Bo = UI'V'f/O (Jo x Bo) . (11.5.19)

,'f/O
In the slab model, Fxl changes sign at the singular surfaces since Uxl is directed
toward the singular surface. Hence, this F I is stabilizing on the side of higher
resistivity and destabilizing on the side of lower resistivity. An unstable mode
results if the region of decoupled flow lies on the lower resistivity side and has
a width 8L such that the driving power

U;I'f/O(B~0)28L
Uxl Fxl =. -=c...:..::...----l!:-=---_ (11.5.20)
''f/oJ.Lo
dominates the work done by the restoring force on the fluid. Here Byo(x) ==
B~lx=08L and J.LoJzo = dByo/dx == B~lx=O. Comparing (11.5.7) and (11.5.20)
gives

(11.5.21)

when k z = 0 or B~o = BriO' From (11.5.9, 20), and assuming 'f/o = 'f/o/ L IJ , where
LIJ is the scale length of the resistivity gradient,

_ [('f/o')2k y B'yO ]2/5 S2/5

,- ( 4)1/2 ex 'f/o . (11.5.22)
'f/oewo
This mode thus grows more rapidly at decreasing wavelengths.

225
 The linear stability of the rippling mode and its nonlinear behavior can be
studied more rigorously by the following reduced equations

-OW = B· V~ + -V
1] 2
W+ E , (11.5.23)
at 1-'0
d 2 1 . 2
e-
d V 1.~ = -B· VV loW, (11.5.24)
t 1-'0
d1]
dt = VII . (XIIVII1]) . (11.5.25)

Here the pressure term of (11.1.18) is neglected and in (11.5.18) a parallel heat
transport term is added to the right hand side. It is known that a parallel heat
conductivity XII has a stabilizing tendency on the rippling mode.

11.6 Disruptive Instability

In tokamaks there exists a deteriorative instability known as the disruptive in-

stability which is a rapidly developing process involving a redistribution of cur-
rent over the column cross section with a decrease in poloidal field energy and
an expulsion of part of the poloidal flux beyond the boundary of the plasma
column [11.12-18]. This process is interpreted as a sequence of reconnections
of magnetic field lines inside the plasma column.
The case under consideration involves reconnection of the magnetic field
component transverse to a helical perturbation of the form f(r, B + kz/m) in
the cylindrical coordinates (r, B, z). This component has the form B. = B 1. +
(kr B z / m)8, where Blois the transverse component of the magnetic field, B z is
the longitudinal component. At a point where BII = -krBz/m, i.e., where the
field line pitch is the same as the pitch of the helical instability, B. ·8 vanishes
(see Fig. 11.6a and set m = 1). We can write the expression for B. in terms of
the safety factor q when we note that -kim = I/Roq., where q. is the value of
q at the point where the pitch of the perturbation coincides with that of the field
line.
Here we consider the case q. = I where the (m, n) = (1,1) mode has a
singular surface. The nonlinear behavior of the (m, n) = (1,1) tearing mode
induces the internal disruptive instability or internal disruption. Before discussing
the nonlinear behavior, we demonstrate the linear stability of the (m, n) = (1, 1)
tearing mode.
First the reduced MHD equations for a low (3 tokamak plasma are linearized
as in (11.2.22, 23). Then we introduce the variables "'fer = -(m/r)(p. and -j, =
(m/r)wl and the equations in the neighborhood of the resonant surface r = r.
become
(11.6.1)

226
 '"(2 eO'>r
(:11
+ -1 k II B o~
.:;,11
=0 , (11.6.2)
/-to
where only the highest derivative with respect to r is retained in vi and the
scale length of the inhomogeneous current density is assumed to be larger than
that of the mode localization.
To estimate the growth rate '"( and the tearing layer width A one assumes
that both terms in (11.6.1, 2) are comparable and expand kll ~ k'(r - rs) '" k'A.
One further estimates that e~ '"
erlA2 and ljll '" lj1A2. Then (11.6.1) yields
'"( '" TJ I A2 at r == r s corresponding to localized diffusion, while (11.6.2) gives
'"( '" klivA '" k'AVA by using lj '" kliBOer. After elimination of A with TA = alvA
and Ts = TJla 2 ,

(k' a 2?
'"(3 '" ~ (11.6.3)
(TsTA?

is obtained. This instability having '"( ex TJI/3 is different from the usual tearing
mode discussed in Sect. 11.2, which shows '"( ex TJ3/S. The point is that the
assumption ljll '" lj I A2 corresponds to a discontinuity in lj in the radial field
perturbation for A ~ a, while in the usual tearirig mode theory lj itself is
continuous and only its gradient lj' changes appreciably across the tearing layer
A. The apparent discontinuity in slope is measured by using (11.2.26) where
A ~ c: ~ a and the second derivative of lj becomes ljll '" ,j,'lj(r.)1 A. [Note that
lj(rs) = mlr.iJt1i(r.) = mlrsiJtle(r.).] Without making any assumption regarding
the magnitude of .1', one may repeat the manipulations leading to (11.6.3). Then
(11.6.1) implies '"( '" TJ.1' I A, while (11.6.2) yields kllBo,j,'lj I A '" eo'"(2e; '"
(BolvA)2'"(2erl A2. Assuming lj '" kllBoe .. one obtains '"( '" kllvA(,j,'A)I/2. After
eliminating A, we find

(11.6.4)

where the tearing instability occurs orily if ,j,' > 0 [11.19]. Usually for tearing
modes .1'a '" 1 is valid which implies that !P(r) '" !P(r.) through the tearing
layer width A. This is commonly referred to as the "constant iJt approximation"
[11.1]. If ,j,'A '" 1, then the relation '"( ex TJI/3 is recovered An example of this
type of tearing instability is the (m, n) = (1, 1) mode in tokamaks for q(O) < 1
[11.20].
The reconnection process in an internal disruption is pictured in Fig. 11.5.
Figure 11.5a shows the pattern of field lines for the auxiliary field B. in the
initial state of equilibrium. We see that B. has opposite signs on the two sides
of the q = 1 line. The flux function iJt· corresponding to the field B. is defined
by rewriting (11.2.17) as
B. = ViJt· x z. (11.6.5)

When the internal region shifts, the oppositely directed fields become tangent to
one another and begin to reconnect (Fig. 11.5b, c). A new plasma column formed

227
 q=1 Fig. U.S. Changes of flux surface topolo-
gies during internal disruption. (a) initial
state of equilibrium; (b, c) shift of inner
region and reconnection of field lines;
(d) completed reconnection, new equi-
librium state

(0 ) (b)

(e) (d)

in region A pushes the inner column along the line ab towards the oppositely
directed field until complete reconnection occurs (Fig. II.5d). After reconnection,
which covers the region from 0 to ro, where !Ii*(ro) = !Ii*(O) (Fig. 11.6b), the
energy of the magnetic field B* decreases substantially, so that this process is
energetically favorable. It is easy to see from Fig. 11.6 that the lines of force
with the same values of !Ii* are involved in the reconnection process, so that the
total helical flux between these two lines is zero. (It should be noted that the
sign of B* changes at r = r •. ) The two regions, inner and outer, with the same
d!Ii* after the reconnection merge into a single annular region so that after the

B9

0)

Fig.U.6. (a) Profile of poloidaI mag-

b) d 'P' netic field before, a, and after, b, the
internal disruption. For reference, the
position of the singular surface r B z / R
is shown. (b) Profile of helical flux
function before, a, and after, b, the
internal disruption
d r , d r dr2
228
reconnection tP* has the form shown by curve b in Fig. 11.6b. The fact that Be
is proportional to r after the reconnection (curve b in Fig. 11.6a) means that the
current profile is uniform.
In incompressible flow, two small rings with areas 27rT, dr" 27rT2dr2 merge
into a single ring with an area 27rrdr = 27rr,dr, + 27rr2dr2, which immediately
makes it possible to find tPi(r) after the reconnection. It also follows that the
value of f. tP*dS, where S is the cross section area with radius ro, is conserved.
For the simple special case of a parabolic current density J = Jo(1 - r2 / a 2 ),
the function t = 1/ q = RBo/ r B z also turns out to be parabolically dependent
on r, and all the calculations are simplified. Namely, before the reconnection,
l/q = (1/qo)(1- r 2/2a 2), so that r; = (1- qo)2a 2 for m = 1 and n = 1, where qo
is the value of q at the center of the column. The reconnection region is given
by r = ro, with r5 = 2r; (Problem 11.11), so that at the boundary of this region
qo
q = qrO = 2qO - 1. (11.6.6)

The internal disruption explained here was first observed in the central re-
gion of tokamaks as sawtooth oscillations of soft X-ray emission. It is interesting
that this kind of internal disruption was also found in current carrying stellara-
torlheliotrons and reversed field pinches.
The internal disruption model shown by Figs. 11.5, 6 was introduced by
Kadomtsev and explained observations in many small and medium size tokamaks.
But the experimental results on the Joint European Torus JET (which is the largest
tokamak in the world) deviated from the Kadomtsev model [11.14] in that the
reconnection process depends on the nonlinear evolution of the (m, n) = (1,1)
tearing mode and the collapse time at the internal disruption becomes longer
in the larger tokamak. The collapse time is '" 100 jls in JET [11.21] which is
comparable to that in much smaller tokamaks.
A recently developed theoretical model reveals that the deviation from the
Kadomtsev model comes about from the safety factor profile. The introduction
of the concept of a flattened q-profile leads to a completely different picture of
the behavior of the plasma during the internal disruption. Consider the idealized
case where q = 1 everywhere inside the central region. The absence of shear
makes an interchange of flux tubes induce no bending of the magnetic field line
(Sect. 10.3). In reality there will be weak shear in the central region and we
expect a quasi-interchange mode. To see this we consider the potential energy
given by (10.3.28),

SW: k -_ -47r
2 (B~i i 21rR ( 1 -
-- -1) (d~)2
- 3
r dr + 0 (( -R
r )4) (11.6.7)
m jlo R 0 q dr '

where we assumed Ikr I = r / R ~ 1 and L = 27r R. For the usual q-profile it

is necessary that the large contribution of the first term in (11.6.7), which is
positive definite, be reduced to zero. This is achieved by taking the leading order
displacement within the q = 1 surface as ~ = const and decreasing it to zero
at the narrow region in the neighborhood of the q = 1 surface. In other words

229
deldr = 0 where q = 1. However, if (1 - q) is sufficiently small inside the q = 1
surface, the separation of the potential energy into two tellIls as in (11.6.7) fails
e
and is no longer required to be constant inside the q = 1 surface.
On the time scale of the initial phase of the internal disruption the plasma
behaves as a perfect conductor and the magnetic topology is unchanged The
fast temperature collapse at the magnetic axis is simply due to the rapid sideway
motion of the plasma core. Any reconnection takes place in a later phase.
In tokamaks, another disruption which sometimes tellIlinates plasma current
thereby abruptly losing MHO equilibrium is called a major disruption. This
phenomenon can be explained by a mechanism based on multi-helical tearing
modes. In tokamaks usually q(O) < 1 and q(a) > 3 and q increases monotonically
towards the edge. There are resonant surfaces at q = 2 and q = 312 inside the
plasma column. In some cases tearing modes with (m, n) = (2, 1) and (m, n) =
(3,2) become unstable simultaneously. When the magnetic perturbation of an
(m, n) tearing mode is expressed through !limn(r) cos(mB - nz 1R), the magnetic
field line equations in the cylindrical geometry become

-dr = '~
" --- . (ll
m!limn sln n)
mu...,...-z
dz m,n
rBo R

dB = B~(r) + L ~ d!limn cos (mB - !!:..z) (11.6.8)

dz rBo m,n Bo dr R

We note that without the perturbation the magnetic field line stays on the r =
const surface.
The tearing mode produces a magnetic island in the neighborhood of the
resonant surface, which can be confitmed by following the magnetic field lines
by (11.6.8) for a single !limn. The width of the island is denoted by Wmn and the
resonant surface is r mn' The parameter
Wmn+W , ,
K= mn (11.6.9)
Irmn - rm'n,l
is defined for two magnetic islands due to the tearing mode (m, n) and (m', n').
For K ~ 1, magnetic islands with small width are clearly seen around the reso-
nant surface; however, when K ~ 1 we have magnetic island overlapping, and
the magnetic field lines followed by (11.6.8) including !limn and !lim'n' shower-
godic behavior in the region between the two resonant surfaces rmn and rm'n" In
other words, the magnetic surface is destroyed. In the multi-helical tearing mode
model the magnetic surfaces of the whole confinement region are destroyed by
many tearing modes with different (m, n) at different resonant surfaces. When
this occurs, high temperature plasma confinement is lost through parallel heat
transport since particles following magnetic field lines can reach the edge region
by parallel motion alone (Sect. 13.6). This scenario of a major disruption has
been confillIled by solving the reduced MHO equations for 4>,!li numerically in
cylindrical and toroidal geometries.

230
11.7 Driven Magnetic Reconnection

Let us consider under what condition reconnection takes place. At first, a tokamak
equilibrium is established. As discussed in Sect. 11.6, by subtracting the helical
field in resonance with an (m, n) mode (m and n are the poloidal and toroidal
mode numbers, respectively), the tokamak field reduces to B. which changes its
sign across the resonance (rational) surface q(r.) = min, where q is the safety
factor. In a resistive plasma it is known that the tearing mode instability occurs at
the resonance surface and the anti-parallel fields get reconnected spontaneously.
Spontaneous reconnection is commonly observed in magnetically confined
plasmas. In natural plasmas, however, it is often observed that an anti-parallel
field configuration is locally formed as a result of a configurational change or a
collision of two plasmas with different origins. The solar wind-magnetosphere
interaction [11.22] is a typical example. In order to distinguish it from the sponta-
neous process, we call a reconnection that occurs as a result of a collision of two
plasmas a driven reconnection. Since spontaneous reconnection can occur with
or without an external disturbance, it can alternatively be called a linear recon-
nection. In contrast, a driven reconnection requires an external force that drives
a tearing free system to a system with a locally anti-parallel field configuration.
In this sense a driven reconnection is essentially 'nonlinear'.
Let us describe the difference between spontaneous and driven reconnections.
For simplicity, we shall consider the resistive tearing instability a spontaneous
reconnection. Since the instability occurs independently of the external condition,
the reconnection rate must be a function of internal variables. The electric field
induced in the magnetically neutral sheet, which is a measure of the reconnection
rate, is given by E = TJJ where "I is the resistivity and J is the neutral sheet
current. Since the neutral sheet current exists initially, the linear reconnection rate
is given by TJJo where J o is the initial sheet current. Normalizing it by VABO, we
obtain
£L = -TJJo- = -"I- = S -1 (11.7.1)
VABO J-LoLVA
where Bo is the characteristic magnetic field, L is the characteristic length per-
pendicular to the magnetic field, vA is the characteristic Alfven velocity and S
is the magnetic Reynolds number. This relation indicates that the reconnection
rate of the tearing instability is roughly on the order of S-I.
On the other hand, a driven reconnection is rather independent of the initial
configuration, since the anti-parallel configuration is achieved as a result of non-
linear deformation due to a driving force. Thus, the neutral sheet current is not a
causal variable for reconnection but rather a resulting variable, in clear contrast
with the spontaneous case. The induced neutral sheet current is given by

J = E = udBo (11.7.2)
"I "I
where Ud is the driving plasma flow. Normalizing TJJ by vABo, one obtains

231
 (11.7.3)

Comparing (11.7.1) and (11.7.3), it can be seen that depending on the strength
of the driving flow the reconnection rate of driven reconnection can take an arbi-
trary value between 0 and I, while that of the spontaneous process is in general
very small since S ~ 1. Thus it can be said that the driven reconnection process
is usually a much more active process than the spontaneous process. It should
also be noted that the spontaneous reconnection process is highly dependent on
the resistivity, while the driven process is rather independent of it. This can be
explained as follows. As far as the driving flow persists, the neutral sheet cur-
rent increases until the induced electric field matches the driving field. In other
words, when the resistivity is small, the induced current becomes large, whereas
when the resistivity is large, the current does not have to increase very much.
Thus, in the analysis of driven reconnection one does not have to be so careful
about the effect of resistivity, but in the analysis of resistivity-triggered recon-
nection, the presence of the tearing mode induces a very sensitive dependence
on the resistivity, since the growth rate depends on the resistivity as in (11.6.3)
or (11.6.4).
Driven reconnection is expected to exhibit a variety of activities in a mag-
netized plasma depending on the magnetic field configuration and the driving
flow condition. One of the attractive features of magnetic reconnection is its
effectiveness in converting magnetic to kinetic energy. For example, one sets up
an initial condition having an anti-parallel magnetic field configuration as shown
in Fig. 11.7. From the left and right boundaries, plasmas intrude into the region
shown in the figure, so that the neutral sheet is compressed and the neutral sheet
current is enhanced. The other boundaries are assumed to be free boundaries.
The resistivity is assumed to be

for J> J e
(11.7.4)

y
free boundary
-- -M'T1rr-r-r-+---.--,.....,.-n-n---

Z
lJ
C
-t

"
E
x
~
-t
-t
fTI
:0
Z

Fig. 11.7. A configuration for driven

reconnection
free boundary
232
iE
0.15 Ao=0.2
Jc = 1.5
g
Cl
Ld 0.10
i:L
u
Ci
t;
w 0.05
.J
w

o 5 10 15 20 25
TIME (normalized)
Fig. 11.8. Reconnection rate for various flow velocities Ao

a=0.02
] Jc =3.0
c
E 0.20
~
9
w
ii:
u 0.1.0
a:
~ Ao=0.05

o 30 35
TIME (normalized)
Fig.11.9. Reconnection rate for various values of resistivity o!

which simulates an anomalous resistivity driven by a current driven instability. It

is noted that J c is chosen to be larger than the initial peak current Jo. This model
was discussed by Sato and Hayashi [11.23, 24] and Fig. 11.8, 9 were obtained
by them.
Figure 11.8 shows the time evolution of the reconnection rate (the electric
field measured at the reconnection point in Fig. 11.7) for different resistivities
(different a) with a fixed driving flow speed (denoted by Ao ex Ud). Figure
11.9 shows the time evolution of the reconnection rate for different driving
flows with a fixed resistivity. From these results one can definitely conclude that
the reconnection rate is strongly dependent on the driving flow, but only very
weakly on the resistivity. It is certain that there is a reconnection process which
is fundamentally different from the tearing mode type reconnection.
In astronomical media, in general the energy input plays an essential role
in driving reconnection. Once reconnection is driven, then the magnetic energy

233
is converted into kinetic energy, whereby the internal energy is carried away
from the reconnection region [11.22]. The macroscopic energy thus carried away
could in turn cause configurational changes in the neighboring region to drive an-
other reconnection. Similar phenomena may be observed in laboratory plasmas.
Suppose that an equilibrium exists in a current carrying plasma but the state is
not stable magnetohydrodynamically. Then part of the magnetic energy is con-
verted to kinetic energy by a current driven kink instability and consequently, the
magnetic configuration is changed. Suppose further that a lower energy equilib-
rium state exists. Then reconnection is inevitably driven as a result of nonlinear
deformation due to the kink instability, even if the initial equilibrium is stable
with respect to the tearing mode. In the driven reconnection process, current
peaking occurs locally in the region where instability driven flows converge, and
ohmic dissipation is enhanced there. Due to this ohmic dissipation, the system
can promptly relax towards the lower energy state. The self-reversal process in
the reversed field pinch is a typical example of the relaxation process due to
magnetic reconnection, specifically, driven magnetic reconnection [11.24].

11.8 Self-Organization

Here we regard a plasma as a conducting fluid having small resistivity and small
viscosity. Even in this simple model interaction of the plasma with magnetic
fields leads to extremely complex behavior, especially when turbulence occurs.
It is remarkable, therefore, that one can make quantitative predictions about the
plasma configuration resulting from such turbulence. This is possible because the
turbulence, which has a small resistivity, allows the plasma rapid access (in a time
short compared with the usual resistive diffusion time) to a particular minimum
energy state. This process, known as plasma relaxation, involves the reconnection
of magnetic field lines and is a remarkable example of self-organization of a
plasma [11.25].
A plasma resembles an infinite number of interlinked flexible conductors and
the problem is to identify the appropriate constraints. If there were no constraints
the state of minimum energy would be a vacuum field with no plasma current.
This is indeed the eventual state of an isolated resistive plasma but is clearly not
what we are concerned with here. At the other extreme, if the plasma is perfectly
conducting then there are an infinite number of constraints. These arise because
the fluid moves precisely with the magnetic field, each field line maintains its
identity and the flux through any closed curve moving with the fluid is constant.
To express these constraints mathematically we introduce the vector potential,
B = V x A. For every infinitesimal flux tube surrounding a closed line of force
the quantity

K= JA·BdT (11.8.1)

is an invariant. This is confirmed by using the relation (10.1.23)

234
 -dK = f (aA
dt
- .B
Ot Ot •
1.
+ A . -aB) dr + (A· B)(n . v)dS . (11.8.2)

By noting aB/Ot =V x (v x B),

fA. a;: dr = - f V· [A x (v x B)]dr + j(v x B)· (V X A)dr

(11.8.3)
is obtained. Here the second tenn of the right hand side vanishes identically. By
using the Gauss theorem,

j V· [A x (v x B)]dr = 1[(A. B)(v· n) - (A· v)(B· n)]dS (11.8.4)

and from the definition of the infinitesimal flux tube B . n = O. Then, (11.8.2-4)
give

d: =f ( a: . B) dr . (11.8.5)

Here E = -V t/J - aA/ Ot is substituted into (11.8.5) to yield

- j(E' B + Vt/J· B)dr = - j V· (t/JB)dr = -1 t/J(B· n)dS , (11.8.6)

where E . B =0 is valid for ideal MHO. By noting B . n =0 for the flux tube
surrounding a closed line of force, we confinn

dK =0 (11.8.7)
dt .
The quantity K is called the magnetic helicity.
Note that this invariant is essentially topological - it involves the identifi-
cation of lines of force and represents the linkage of lines of force with one
another. If one closed field line initially links another n-times then in a perfectly
conducting plasma, the two loops must remain linked n-times during any plasma
motion.
H we minimize the magnetic energy,

W= _1_jB2 dr (11.8.8)
21-'0
subject to the constraint of magnetic helicity conservation described above, then
for a plasma confined by a perfectly conducting toroidal shell the equilibrium
satisfies

V x B =>.B, (11.8.9)

as will be shown below.

From the first variation of W - >'K/2,

235
 S (w - ,X ~) = / B ~:B dr - ~ / (SA· B + A . SB)dr , (11.8.10)

where ,X is a Lagrange multiplier. The first term is written as

~/B.SBdr = ~ / B . V x SA dr
/-Lo /-LO
= - ~O ( / B x SA . n dS - / SA . V x B dr) ,
(11.8.11)
and the second term is

/(SA' B +A· SB)dr = /(SA. B +A· V x SA)dr

= 2/(SA.B)dr-/(AXSA).ndS.
(11.8.12)

Here we assume that the wall is perfectly conducting. Then n x SA = 0 is

imposed on the wall, which corresponds to n x E = 0, and the surface integrals
of (11.8.11, 12) vanish. Therefore, (11.8.10) becomes

,S (w - ,X ~) =/ SA . [(V x B) - 'xB]dr . (11.8.13)

For an arbitrary choice of SA, (11.8.13) becomes zero when (11.8.9) is

satisfied. When (11.8.13) is zero, the magnetic energy is minimized with the
helicity being held constant Thus the state of minimum magnetic energy is a
force free equilibrium.
However, the above discussion cannot be the appropriate description of the
quiescent state. In order to determine ,x, one would have to calculate the invariant
K for each closed field line and relate it to its initial value. Hence, far from being
universal and independent of initial conditions, the state defined by (11.8.9)
depends on every detail of the initial state.
To resolve this difficulty we must recognize that real plasmas, especially
turbulent ones, are never perfectly conducting in the sense discussed above. In
the presence of resistivity, however small, the topological properties of lines of
force are no longer preserved. Lines of force may break: and reconnect even
though the resistive diffusion time may be very long and there is insignificant
flux dissipation. Mathematically the situation is one of non-uniform convergence;
when '1 = 0 the equations do not permit changes in the topology of field lines,
whereas such changes may occur when '1 f 0, even in the limit of small '1.
Physically, as '1 -+ 0 the regions over which resistivity acts get smaller but the
field gradients get larger and the rate of reconnection does not diminish as fast
as '1 or may not diminish at all. This situation is similar to driven reconnection
discussed in Sect 11.7.
One concludes that in a turbulent resistive plasma, flux tubes have no contin-
uous independent existence. Consequently all the topological invariants K cease

236
to be relevant, not because the magnetic flux changes significantly but because
it is no longer possible to identify the field by which the flux changes. However,
the sum of all the invariants, that is, the integral of A . B over the total plasma
volume Vo, is independent of any topological considerations and of the need to
identify particular field lines. Therefore, it remains a good invariant so long as
the resistivity is small.
To obtain the relaxed state of a slightly resistive plasma, therefore, we must
minimize the energy subject to the single constraint that the total magnetic helicity

Ko= [ A·Bdr (11.8.14)

Jvo
be invariant. When.,., f 0 in the plasma and B . n = 0 at the conducting boundary,
dKo
- =-
dt
f .,.,J·Bdr (11.8.15)

and

Tt
dW = - f .,.,J dr.
2 (11.8.16)

By noting j.lOJ = V x B,

(11.8.17)

When L is small compared to the system size, Ko changes more slowly than W.
From the first variation h(W - A Ko/2) = 0,

V x B=AB (11.8.18)
is again obtained for equilibrium of a plasma enclosed by a perfectly conducting
toroidal shell where A is a constant. This relaxed state depends only on a single
parameter A.
For a circular cross section torus of large aspect ratio one may take the
cylindrical limit in which the solution of (11.8.18) is

(11.8.19)
This equilibrium is known as the Bessel function solution. The field profiles
given by (11.8.19) agree well with those observed in the quiescent phase of many
toroidal pinch discharges. The onset of the spontaneous reversed toroidal field
at the wall can also now be determined to occur when Aa > 2.4. This result is
also in good agreement with many observations in reversed field pinches (Sect.
9.2). It should be noted that Ko is gauge invariant. Under a gauge transformation
A -+ A + VX, the change in the helicity Ko is

f B·VX dr =lxB.ndS. (11.8.20)

237
With the boundary condition B . n = 0 the surface integral vanishes and Ko is
gauge invariant
A comment is also necessary on the role of plasma pressure. Relaxation
proceeds by reconnection of lines of force. During this reconnection, the plasma
pressure can equalize itself so that the fully relaxed state is also a state of
uniform pressure. Hence the inclusion of plasma pressure does not change our
conclusion about the relaxed or the self-organized state. Of course, one may
argue that pressure relaxation might be slower than field relaxation so that upon
field equilibration some pressure gradients might remain.
The energy relaxation process due to driven reconnection explained in Sect.
11.7 can also be regarded as a self-organization process. It was shown by a
numerical simulation done by Sato and Horiuchi that the magnitude of the local
helicity IA . BI takes on a minimum value, or A . B == 0, at the reconnection
point where the magnetic energy is dissipated [11.26].

Fig.ll.10. Three dimensional display

of the contours of the toroidal magnetic
flux. (8) and (b) are initial states, (c) and
(d) are final quasi-stationary states cor-
responding to (8) and (b). respectively

238
 Thus the configurational change associated with the magnetic energy relax-
ation due to driven reconnection conserves the magnetic helicity. As an example,
consider the initial force free equilibria consisting of parallel current channels as
shown in Fig. l1.lOa,b. These equilibria are not in minimum energy state and
are kink unstable. The plasma motion associated with the kink instabilities drives
a series of magnetic reconnections resulting in the formation of final equilibrium
states which consist of a single current channel as shown in Fig. 11.1Oc,d. Both
final states are minimum energy states, but are clearly different from each other.
For the case of Fig. 11.1Oc, the current channel has an axisymmetric cylindrical
structure, while for the case of Fig. 11.1Od it has a helically twisted structure. The
difference arises from the different initial values of the helicity which are pre-
served throughout the reconnection or energy relaxation processes. It was shown
by Reiman [11.27] and by Horiuchi and Sato [11.26] that the minimum energy
state becomes either an axisymmetric or a helically twisted state depending on
the helicity value. The results of the full MHO numerical simulation shown in
Fig. 11.10 are consistent with this theory [11.28].

_PROBLEMS

11.1. Derive (11.1.5, 7).

11.2. Show that dII / dt '" O(c 2) when V . u = O.
11.3. Confirm d(B . V P) / dt = 0 in incompressible magnetohydrodynamics.
11.4. Derive (11.1.13) from (11.1.12).
11.S. Derive (1U.15) from (11.1.14).
11.6. Confirm the properties of Poisson bracket (11.1.23--26).
11.7. Confirm that dtf!* / dr = 0 gives the singular surface.
11.8. Show (11.5.9).
11.9. Derive (11.6.1,2).
11.10. Derive "y '" ",1/3 from (11.6.4) when Ll',A '" 1.
11.11. Confirm that the reconnection radius is given by r5 2r;.
=

239
12. Wave-Plasma Interactions

When an electromagnetic wave is incident on an inhomogeneous plasma from

the vacuum, a collective oscillation, or wave, is excited inside the plasma. The
excited wave then propagates inside the non-uniform plasma and dissipates due
to wave-particle interactions and collisions. This type of problem is generally
called the wave-plasma interaction and has a variety of applications to fusion re-
search such as plasma heating, stability control, and current-drive. This chapter
deals with such problems. Because of their complex nature, we shall restrict our-
selves to only giving an outline of the problems. First, in Sect. 12.1 we describe
the basic notion of wave propagation in non-uniform plasma. Then in Sect. 12.2
we consider wave propagation in a magnetically confined plasma and describe
how the externally excited wave can reach the point where the wave can de-
posit energy and/or momentum via wave-particle resonances. The next section
discusses the possibility of current control via radio-frequency waves. Finally, in
Sect. 12.4, we briefly describe the wave-plasma interaction when intense laser
light is used as an energy driver for inertial confinement fusion.

12.1 Waves in Non-uniform Plasma

Real plasmas are spatially non-uniform. For the moment, we consider the situa-
tion in which a wave is generated at a steady local source and propagates inside
a weakly non-uniform plasma at constant frequency w.

12.1.1 The Eikonal Approximation

As the wave propagates in a non-uniform plasma, the amplitude and the propaga-
tion direction change slowly, although the phase itself changes rapidly. In such a
case, the eikonal representation is useful which for one-dimensional propagation

is ¢/(x, t) = exp [i JX dx'k(x') - iwt] (12.1.1)

and in three dimensions, by taking into account of the change of the polarization
vector it is
E'(r, t) = e(r) exp [i Jr k(r') . dr' - iwt] , (12.1.2)

where e(r) is the unit vector in the direction of the wave electric field [12.1].

240
12.1.2 The Local Dispersion Relation
If the spatial non-unifonnity is sufficiently weak: that it can be ignored in the
scale length on the order of the wavelength, we can use the local dispersion
relation given by

jj (k,w, r)· e(r) =0 (12.1.3)

or
det jj (k,w, r) = O. (12.1.4)

We denote the solution of (12.1.4) by

k = k(r) (12.1.5)

for a given w, which describes how the wave vector changes as the wave propa-
gates in a spatially non-unifonn medium.

12.1.3 Geometrical Optics

The three-dimensional wave propagation characteristics in the local approxima-
tion are described by the geometrical optics equations

dr (ow) (12.1.6)
dt = ok .. '

dk (ow) (12.1.7)
dt=- Or Ie'

where w is the fonnal solution of (12.1.4)

w =w(k, r) . (12.1.8)

Equation (12.1.6) simply describes the fact that the wave packet propagates
with the group velocity of the wave. Equation (12.1.7) can be derived by using
(12.1.6):
0= ow . dk + ow . dr = dr . [dk + Ow]
ok dt Or dt dt dt Or .
Usually (12.1.6, 7) are used in the ray tracing calculation (Sect. 12.2).

12.1.4 The Eigenvalue Problem

The local dispersion relation describes the refraction and reflection of the wave,
but it does not give the eigenfrequency w. To detennine the eigenfrequency, we
have to solve an eigenvalue problem.
Here we give simple examples for detennining the eigenfrequency of an elec-
trostatic wave propagating in one dimension. The basic equation is the Poisson

241
equation which reads

eo~
iPcp(x)
=- J I I
dx Q(x, x ,w)cp(x) ,
I
(12.1.9)

where we denoted the potential as cp(x)e-iwt and included only the induced charge
and neglected the source charge. By the transfonnation

x + x' Llx
x - x' = Llx , --=x--=X
2 2'
(12.1.10)

we write

Q(x,x',w) = Q(Llx,X,w) , (12.1.11)

where the X -dependence is due to the non-unifonnity of the plasma. We use the
eikonal representation (12.1.1) and assume

1 dQI (12.1.12)
1Qk dx '" A <t:: 1 .

We expand in powers of Llx as

J X' k(x")dx" = JX k(x")dx" _ Llxk(x) + (Llxi dk(x) + ...

2 dx

Q( Llx X w) = Q(Llx x w) _ Llx aQ(Llx,x,w) + ... (12.1.13)

, , "2 ax .

Then to first order in A, the right hand side of (12.1.9) becomes

- J dLlx(1- ~x !)Q(Llx,x,w)e-ik(X)~X [1 +i(Ll;)2 d~~)] cp(x).

(12.1.14)

We define the local coefficient Q( k , x, w) as

Q(k,x,w) = J dLlxe-ik~xQ(Llx,x,w). (12.1.15)

r
U sing the relations

J dLlxe-ik~xQ(Llx, x,w)(Llx)n = (i! Q(k, x,w) (12.1.16)

d a dk(x) a
-=-+--- (12.1.17)
dx ax dx ak'
we can reduce (12.1.9) to the fonn

~cp(x)
eO---;J;2=- i [d
{ Q(k,x,w)-'2
- a -
dx akQ(k,x,w) ] } cp(x). (12.1.18)

242
This equation has the fonn of the SchrOdinger equation in quantum mechanics
with the expansion parameter A playing the role of the Planck constant. We can
therefore use the quasi-classical approximation (WKB approximation) to solve
the equation. Namely, we expand k(x) in powers of A as

k(x) = ko(x) + kt(x) + ... , (ko = 0(1), kt = O(A),···) . (12.1.19)

To zero order in A we obtain the local dispersion relation

cO - ko 2 Q[ko(x),x,w]
-
=0 (12.1.20)

which detennines ko(x). To first order (12.1.18) becomes

-2cO[kt(X)-& d~]ko(X)=-[kt(X)-& ~] o~/j(ko,X,W),

which can be solved for kt(x) as

kt(x) = &d~ log [coko(x) - ~ o~o Q(ko,x,w)] (12.1.21)

Substituting (12.1.19) into (12.1.1), we obtain

¢>(x)
1 q _
= [coko(x) - 2 oko Q(ko, x, w)
] -t/2
exp [i J
x
kO(x/)dx l ] (12.1.22)

The WKB approximation breaks down at the reflection point ko = O. In this

case, we introduce analytical continuation to the complex k-plane and smoothly
connect the solutions on both sides of the reflection point. When the eigenmode is
localized between two reflection points at x = a and x = b the Bohr-Sommerfeld
quantization condition detennines the eigenfrequency [12.2]

l kO(x/)dx' = (n + 1/2)-Tr, (n = 0, 1,2,···) . (12.1.23)

For a long wavelength low frequency mode, the local charge neutrality condi-
tion is satisfied and in the left hand side of the Poisson equation (12.1.9) & ¢> /ox 2
is negligible. In this case, an eigenvalue equation can be obtained by expanding
¢>(X/) as

(x' - xi "
I
¢>(x) = ¢>(x) + (x I I
- x)¢> (x) + 2 ¢> (x) + .... (12.1.24)

Substituting (12.1.24) into (12.1.9) and neglecting the left hand side, we get
~¢> d¢>(x)
dx 2 + Pt(x)~ + P2(X)¢>(X) = 0, (12.1.25)

where
Pt(x) = 2 J dx'Q(x,x',W)(X' - x)
(12.1.26)
J dx'Q(x, x', w)(x ' - x)2 '
243
 F.z(x) =2 f dx'Q(x,x',w) . (12.1.27)
f dx'Q(x,x',w)(x' - x)2

In many cases, Pt(x) vanishes. Then (12.1.25) is reduced to eigenvalue equa-

tion similar to (12.1.18). For a more general case, we have an integral equa-
tion in wavenumber space which can be solved by an eikonal approximation in
wavenumber space. [12.3, 4]

12.1.5 Absolute vs Convective Instabilities

When the dispersion relation has a solution whose imaginary part is positive
(-7> 0) in (7.2.25), the wave grows exponentially. This is an instability. There
are two types of instabilities, one is the convective instability in which the wave
amplitude grows as seen from the frame moving with the group velocity of
the wave as the wave propagates. The other is the absolute instability in which
the wave amplitude grows in the rest frame. Analysis shows that an absolute
instability results when there is an unstable solution (-7 > 0) of the dispersion
relation with zero group velocity [12.5, 6].
The difference between the convective instability and the absolute instability
becomes important in an inhomogeneous plasma. In a non-uniform plasma, the
instability occurs in a spatially localized region. If the instability is convective,
the wave energy excited at the local region passes out of that region with an
effective damping rate of vsIL, where Vs is the group velocity and L is the width
of the unstable region. If the growth rate is less than vsI L the wave amplitude
does not grow in that local region. In other words, the convective instability
can be suppressed by a spatial non-uniformity of scale length L ;S vs/( -7). If
the instability is absolute, the wave energy never convects out of the unstable
region, so that the wave amplitude grows locally and the instability cannot be
suppressed by convective damping.
A temporally growing mode in a spatially localized region can occur even
with convective instability, either when the convecting wave energy is reflected
back to the unstable region by some effect, or when the convective damping is
small compared to the growth rate -7. In the latter case, we can find an unstable
localized eigenmode under the outgoing wave boundary condition which requires
that outside the growing region the solution describes outgoing waves [12.7].

12.2 Accessibility of Waves in Magnetized Plasmas

In most laboratory plasmas for wave heating experiments, the antenna system of
the radio-frequency (RF) generator is located in a region of zero or low plasma
density. The plasma is inhomogeneous, and a resonant absorption of wave energy
by the plasma takes place in a region of relatively high density which is deep
inside the plasma. One may then ask whether the radio-frequency wave launched
from the antenna system will in fact reach the high density region, or whether

244
the wave will be reflected at some region of intermediate density. If no such
intermediate reflection occurs, we shall say that the resonance is accessible.
Only ray trajectories are involved in the question of accessibility. In general,
the group velocity in the direction of the density gradient becomes slower and
slower, and the direction of energy flow turns increasingly sideways. In the im-
mediate vicinity of resonance, however, this question must be analyzed by wave
equations, and decisive roles are played by finite temperature and dissipative
effects.
We shall concern ourselves now only with the question of accessibility up
to the region where the WKB approximation or the ray tracing based on a
cold loss-free plasma model starts to be inappropriate. We shall assume that
the variation of plasma parameters is sufficiently slow within a wavelength so
that at each point the homogeneous plasma dispersion relation (using the values
of plasma parameters at that point i.e., the local dispersion relation) gives an
accurate description of the propagation by ray trajectories as discussed in Sect.
12.1.
In general, the solution of the ray trajectory problem requires the prior so-
lution of the phase trajectory problem, or more accurately, the determination of
the surfaces of constant phase. If we assume that the components of electric field
vary as Aei 4>, in which the amplitudes A are slowly varying functions of position,
we may develop sets of equations which are ordered according to the magnitude
of terms like IVlnAI/IV¢>I. The lowest-order set of equations turns out to be

(~~ )2+ (:0) 2+ (~o ) 2= Ik ol2 (12.2.1)

and ko(x, y, z) is the wavenumber vector found by the local dispersion relation.
The solution given in (12.2.1) determines, in this lowest order approximation, the
surfaces of constant phase in the medium. In an isotropic nondispersive medium,
the ray trajectories are orthogonal to these constant phase surfaces.
The most tractable case is the propagations of a plane wave in a plane-
stratified medium. Let ko be a function of x alone (not necessarily perpendicular
to the direction of the static magnetic field). Then a solution of (12.2.1) is
8¢>0
= :i: . ko (depends on x)
8x
8¢>0
= fJ . ko (= const) (12.2.2)
8y
8¢>0
8z
= z· ko (= const)

The last two equations are the consequence of the plane symmetry and the
periodicity of the plane wave. The first equation may be integrated as

¢>o = JX :i:. ko(x')dx' . (12.2.3)

245
 Reflection occurs when the square of the propagation vector in the direction
of the stratification k; passes through zero. The other components kll and kz are
constant in the above example. Accessibility is then attained if ~ (computed
from the local dispersion relation) is positive for all values of density less than
the resonant density, which is defined as the value of plasma density at which
resonance occurs with the given parameters w, kll , kz, and Bo.
Under the condition that the plasma is fully ionized and quasistatic, the
density gradient will necessarily be perpendicular to the magnetic field. We shall
therefore adopt the notation that the z is the direction of increasing density, and
that Bo = Boi, as before. Moreover, for simplicity, we shall only carry through
the calculations for the case kll = O. Analysis of the hybrid resonances requires
the full cold plasma dispersion relation which we write

(12.2.4)

where
a = Xl,
b =
RL + XlX3 - X3 N; - XIN; ,
c = X3(RL - 2XIN; N:) , +
R = I - Ew~/[w(w + n.)] ,
•
L = 1- Ew~/[w(w - n.)] ,
•
Xl = (R + L)/2 , X3 = 1 - Ew;.lw2
•

Equation (12.2.4) is the same as (7.3.10) with changed notation.

The hybrid resonance occurs when the coefficient of N: goes to zero, al-
lowing N;
to become infinite. Therefore, the relevant solution of (12.2.4) can be
written as

N2 = b+ JI} - 4ac
(12.2.5)
z 2a '
since we now know that we must select the root which approaches N; = b1a as
a -+ O. We see that Xl = 1 at zero density and also that it is linear in the density.
Since Xl is zero at resonance, we can conclude that Xl drops linearly from 1 to
o as the density increases to the resonant density.
For sufficiently low densities, we may therefore approximate Xl ~ 1, RL ~
1. In this case, which applies to a thin region of low density at the edge of the
plasma, (12.2.4) can be factored as

[N; - X3(1 - N;)][N; - (1 - N;)] =0 . (12.2.6)

It can be shown that the accessibility to the hybrid resonances described by

(7.3.29, 30) requires N; > 2 (12.2.9); therefore the vanishing of the second factor

246
of (12.2.6) corresponds to an evanescent wave, and in fact it gives that root of
(12.2.4) which is conjugate to (12.2.5). The vanishing of the first factor, which
corresponds to (12.2.5), starts as an evanescent wave at zero density (X3 = 1)
which then becomes a propagating wave after X3 becomes negative. For the
lower hybrid wave of (7.3.30), the X3 = 0 layer occurs at an extremely low value
of electron density. The evanescent region in the presence of plasma is therefore
very thin, and the wave attenuation will be very slight.
We shall now consider the region of plasma away from the edge where we
are allowed to use the approximation IX31 ~ 1 and hence IX31 ~ IXII. From
(12.2.5), we can see that accessibility will be attained (N; will be positive) in
the case that b,ll - 4ac, and a are all positive. We first notice that a = XI is
positive. With our assumption IX31 ~ lXII, b will be positive if

N; > I~~I+XI (12.2.7)

This condition is satisfied automatically if 1l - 4ac > 0: with IX31 ~ lXII, this
inequality may be written

(RL - XIX3)2 + X3N;(X3N; - 2RL - 2XIX3 + 8xi - 2XIN;) > 0.(12.2.8)

If we use the relations· RL = xi - xi, IX31 ~ Ixd and IXII < 1, a sufficient
condition for accessibility is given by

N; > 12~~1 +2, (12.2.9)

where
_ 1 _ ""' w;. wn.
X2 - 2(R - L) - L: w2 w2 - n; .
Here we note that X3 < O.
Next the accessibility of electron cyclotron range frequency (ECRF) waves
is shown. To understand the properties of wave propagation, use is made of a
Clemmow-Mullaly-Allis (CMA) diagram (Fig. 12.1) [12.8]. The vertical axis of
the diagram shows the change in the magnetic field normalized to wce/w and the
horizontal axis shows the change in density normalized to w't,e/w2 • The conditions
R =0 and L =0 give the so-called right hand and left hand cut-offs,
(12.2.10)

Here the plus and the minus signs correspond to right and left cut-offs, respec-
tively. The marks R, L, 0, and X in the diagram denote right hand, left hand,
ordinary and extraordinary waves (7.3.25,26), respectively. Waves can be clas-
sified both in terms of their polarization at (} = 0 and electric field orientation
at (} = 11"/2, i.e., RX-waves, LO-waves, etc., where (} is the angle between the
wave propagation and the magnetic field. The closed lines are the wave normal
surfaces, oriented with respect to the magnetic field that is assumed to be pointed

247
0 Fig.12.1. Clemmow-Mulloly-Allis (CMA) dia-
--l
W gram showing the change in magnetic field as
Li:
u a function of plasma density for ECRF waves
i=
w
Z L

~O
<.9
<1
~
0:
0

x@
L
2l
"-
-a

Ox
IT L

o 1

W:Iw 2 OR DENSITY

in the positive vertical direction. A wave nonnal surface is a surface that is traced
out by the tip of the phase velocity vector. The relative sizes of the wave nonnal
surfaces distinguish fast and slow waves. Resonances and cut-offs are indicated
by captioned curves.
In the ECRF there are five principal regions, labeled in Fig. 12.1 by Roman
numerals. Region I is the high magnetic field region, thus tenned because W <
Woe. Here both RX and LO waves propagate. Region I I is the region between
the electron cyclotron resonance and the upper hybrid resonance. Again both RX
and LO waves exist, but the RX wave does not propagate at (J =O. Region I I I
is the evanescent region for the RX wave. Region IV is the low magnetic field
edge region where both RX and LO waves exist Region V is beyond X3 = 0
or the plasma cut-off, and the RO wave does not propagate in this region. In
summary, the X wave sees the upper hybrid resonance, the right and left hand
cut-offs, while the 0 wave sees only the plasma cut-off.
The CMA diagram can be used to schematicaly illustrate accessibility con-
ditions. As the wave propagates from the edge into higher density regions, the
point on the diagram moves from somewhere on the vertical axis to the right
An increase in the magnetic field corresponds to an upward movement, and a
decrease to a movement downward. As an example, consider the accessibility to
the upper hybrid resonance of an extraordinary wave. Path 1 in Fig. 12.2 shows
a wave that is able to access the resonance. This wave starts from a high field
region and propagates to a lower field region. Path 2 in the same figure indi-
cates a wave that is unable to access the resonance. Here the wave encounters a
right hand cut-off as it propagates from a low density region to a higher density

248
Wee Fig.12.2. CMA diagram showing accessibility of an
W-
electromagnetic wave to electron cyclotron resonance.
Path 1: an extraordinary wave accesses the upper hy-
brid (UH) resonance. Path 2: wave cannot access the
resonance due to right hand cut-off (R)

~
2
__________________~___ Wpe

w2

region. These results are strictly for a cold loss-free plasma. For a finite temper-
ature plasma, the wave energy is absorbed by Landau and cyclotron damping,
and electron cyclotron resonances at the fundamental and the second harmonic
become the dominant resonances for both the ordinary and extraordinary waves.
Let us consider an electromagnetic wave propagating in the y-direction per-
pendicular to the magnetic field which is directed along the z-axis. We shall
restrict ourselves to the 0 mode so that the wave electric field is linearly polar-
ized in the direction of the magnetic field. The wave magnetic field will then be
in the x-direction. The linear dispersion relation for the 0 mode is

(12.2.11)

where Czz is the zz-component of the dielectric tensor (czz = COX3 for the cold
plasma model) and we have assumed the wave variables vary as exp [i(ky - wt»).
For a hot plasma in a uniform magnetic field the dispersion relation takes the
form

k2~ = 1- w~exp(-be)
W W
f
n=-oo
In(be)
(w - nne)
, (12.2.12)

where be = k 2 v}el n;, and In is a modified Bessel function. Notice that in the
cold plasma approximation be = 0, there is no resonance in the dispersion relation.
However, it is clear that in the hot plasma dispersion relation there are resonances
at multiples of the cyclotron frequency. One interpretation of these resonances is
given in terms of a mode conversion mechanism. For this purpose, it is sufficient
to consider the resonance at the fundamental.
For frequencies in the vicinity of ne
and for long wavelength such that
be ~ 1, the dispersion relation can be approximated by including only the n = 0
and n = -1 terms giving

249
 (12.2.13)

Equation (12.2.13) describes two distinct modes of the plasma. First, there is the
usual cold plasma branch given by 2 = w w:e
+ cfk2 and second, a hot plasma
mode given by w ~ IDel. This mode is called the cyclotron wave. It has the
same polarization as the cold plasma 0 mode and only propagates for a narrow
range of frequency around w = IDel. The dispersion relation is illustrated in Fig.
12.3. The two modes are physically distinct provided their frequencies are well
separated. However, when their frequencies and wavenumbers are very close,
the two modes couple and lose their identity.

o mode
w
In.1

I-C:.:H,,:,,:W~-:::-_---,,:;C,LYC:.;.;lo=tron Hormonic Wave

(CHW)
Fig. 12.3. Dispersion relation for the 0
o mode mode and the cyclotron harmonic wave in
the vicinity of w = In.1
KVr
In.1

Now consider the case of an inhomogeneous plasma where both the density
and magnetic field are functions of position. The electromagnetic wave prop-
agates into the plasma from the outside so that we can take Bo and no to be
functions of y. We now write (12.2.13) in the form
[w - W\(y, k)][w - W2(Y, k)] =.,,(y, k)
or

(12.2.14)

where the right hand side is the coupling term. Imagine a fixed frequency 0
mode propagating from the low magnetic field side of the plasma into higher
field regions. At some point y = Ye the frequencies of the 0 mode and the
cyclotron harmonic wave will be in resonance and some of the incident wave
energy will be mode converted to the cyclotron harmonic wave. The fraction
of the energy incident in the first mode that is converted to the second mode
is related to "'(Ye, k) and awl/ok, owl/oy, aWl/ok, OWl/oy evaluated at y = Ye'
Mode conversion occurs frequently in the problem of wave propagation in inho-
mogeneous plasmas [12.9].

250
12.3 RF Control of Magnetized Plasmas
One important aspect of plasma-RF interaction is that RF power may be used
for controlling the plasma properties. Some of these roles are discussed here.
The plasma-RF interaction is essentially based on the wave-particle reso-
nance. Resonant transfer of momentum and energy from the wave to the parti-
cles opens the possibility of controlling the plasma properties. When the resonant
phase velocity is much larger than the thermal velocity, particles in the tail of the
Maxwell distribution function are accelerated. These particles form a plateau in
the distribution function by quasilinear effects and as a result DC current can be
driven. Such a current drive by an electromagnetic wave is possible via a lower
hybrid wave. In tokamaks, RF current drive has been produced by launching the
lower hybrid wave with adjusted frequency and wave number to couple with
supra-thermal electrons.
Another important characteristic of the plasma-RF interaction is that the reso-
nance region, e.g., satisfying W =Wee, W = Wei or W = WUI (WUI is the lower hybrid
frequency), is localized spatially in an inhomogeneous medium. In a magnetically
confined system, the magnetic field, the density profile, and the temperature pro-
file are intrinsically inhomogeneous. For an electron cyclotron range frequency
(ECRF) or an ion cyclotron range frequency (lCRF) electromagnetic wave the
resonant position can be chosen arbitrarily by adjusting the magnetic field and
frequency W of the external electromagnetic power source to satisfy W = Wee or
W=Wci·
When wave energy is absorbed by the plasma only at the resonant position,
the power deposition to the plasma is localized there. The temperature profile
is related to both the power deposition profile, or the source term of the heat
conduction equation, and the heat transport coefficient The temperature profile is
also related to stability of the magnetically confined plasma through the pressure
gradient, e.g., stability against the interchange mode (Sect. 10.3) or the ballooning
mode (Sect. 11.4). Therefore, by using the property that the power deposition
profile changes according to the resonant position, the temperature profile may
be controlled such that the stability criterion is satisfied
In most tokamaks the current profile is directly related to the electron tem-
perature profile through the Spitzer resistivity. No anomalous resistivity has so
far been observed in high density plasmas. The plasma current profile is the most
important parameter in controlling the plasma against current driven instability
(Sect. 10.5 and Sect. 11.3). Since local electron heating is possible by ECRF
wave heating, the current profile is also controllable by adjusting the resonant
position. It is also possible to control the current profile directly by using the RF
current drive technique, when the region of the current drive can be determined
externally.
One interesting application of the local heating is to measure the heat con-
ductivity. We first modulate the local temperature by a rapid local heating. By
measuring the propagation of the heat pulse, heat conductivity can be estimated
by comparing the pulse propagation to the solution of the heat diffusion equation.

251
 We know that the ponderomotive force (Sects. 3.4,5.6 and 8.5) is produced in
the plasma by a large amplitude RF wave. In a mirror system, the ponderomotive
force is used for end plugging or reducing particle loss flux through the loss cone
in the velocity space. The ponderomotive force is also useful to suppress flute
instability in an axisymmetric mirror, which is intrinsically unstable to the flute
mode as shown in Sect.l0.3. The applications of RF wave-plasma interactions
discussed above are quite new and have recently been intensively investigated
[12.10].
Here we discuss the mechanism of the current drive by the RF wave. The in-
terest in driving currents arises from the possibility of operating tokamak reactors
at steady state by replacing the inherently pulsed ohmic transformer current. The
crucial quantity by which the practicability of a reactor incorporating any of the
current drive schemes may be assessed is J / Pd, the amount of current generated
per power dissipated. This quantity, which we will determine presently, should
be maximized for useful application of the current drive to tokamaks.
Consider the displacement of a small number of electrons 61 in velocity
space from coordinates subscripted 1 to subscripted 2. The energy expended to
produce this displacement is given by
(12.3.1)

where EI is the kinetic energy associated with velocity space location 1. Elec-
trons at different coordinates will scatter at different rates. Suppose the displaced
electrons would have lost their momenta parallel to the magnetic field, which is
in the z-direction, at a rate VI. At the new location 2 in the velocity space they
now lose it at a rate "'2. The z-directed current density is then given by

(12.3.2)

where V z is the velocity parallel to the magnetic field and -e is the electron
charge.
Consider the quantity J, the time smoothed current over an interval Llt which
is large compared to both the 1/ VI and 1/112 so that

J == _1 fLit 6J(t)dt ~ _ e6.1 (VZI _ Vzz) . (12.3.3)

Llt Jo Llt VI 112

The term in the integral may be interpreted as the time integrated current at-
tributable to an energy input LlE. Substituting now for 61 from (12.3.1) and
identifying LlE / Llt as the dissipated power Pd, we find the crucial parameter

.!.... = e (Vzl/VI - VZZ/1I2) . (12.3.4)

Pd EI - Ez
By considering the limit Vz ~ VI.
J ei . V lJ(vz/v)
-~-~..:...;.....:.:.:..-...;.. (12.3.5)
Pd i·VIJE'
252
where we have also assumed that location 1 and 2 are separated infinitesimally
(which allows the dropping of the subscript) in the direction of the velocity
displacement vector i.
Suppose that II ex V- 3 as in the Coulomb collision frequency for v > VT
(Sect. 3.5), where v is the speed of the resonant electrons. It follows that for
lower hybrid waves where i//%,

(12.3.6)

where V.l. is the perpendicular velocity of the resonant electrons and is far less
4v;.
than V z • Then J / P d ex We may consider the case in which energy is given
only to the resonant electrons by choosing i parallel to 11.1.' This may be accom-
plished, for example, by heating in the perpendicular direction with a wave that
resonates with the selected electrons. An example of such a wave is the electron
cyclotron wave (Sect. 12.2). The associated J / P d is

(12.3.7)

By comparing (12.3.7) with (12.3.6), the J / P d for the electron cyclotron wave
current drive will be about 3/4 of that for the lower hybrid current drive.

12.4 Laser-Plasma Interaction

In inertial confinement fusion, an intense laser light shines on a solid target to

produce an expanding plasma (12.11, 12). The interaction of the laser light with
the plasma is quite a complicated physical problem. The most widely used laser at
present is the neodymium glass laser whose frequency wo is about 1.8 x lOIS S-1 at
a wavelength of 1.06 I'm, while the plasma frequency at solid density is typically
one order of magnitude higher than woo Therefore the incident laser light cannot

2,
propagate inside the solid target, but first ionizes the target surfaces. For a power
density of IO lS W/cm the associated electric field is about 15V/A. The ionized
gas or plasma expands outward with approximately the ion sound speed which
is about 1()6 mls. During the '" 1 ns laser pulse the plasma expands about 1 mm.
This is much longer than the laser wavelength, so the subsequent laser light pulses
interact with the expanding low density plasma of density gradient length L much
longer than the wavelength. In the classical theory, laser light absorption takes
place by a process which is the inverse of bremsstrahlung, that is, absorption
of a photon accompanied by an electron-ion collision. For wo :> Wpe :> Viii the
absorption length is given by

lab (wo)2A2
= -Wpe 1- C
.=J!!-=- ,
w~ lIei
(12.4.1)

253
 Fig. 12.4. Path of laser light incident on an
Incident wave
inhomogeneous plasma at an angle to the
density gradient

~
~vn ----------Criticol density
I nhomogeneous plasma

where wpe is the electron plasma frequency, iiei is the electron-ion collision fre-
quency (3.5.8). Since W;'iiei is proportional to n 2T;/2, lab depends sensitively on
the plasma density and temperature. We choose n to be one half the critical
density, i.e., (wo/wpe'Y- =2. The temperature depends on the incident laser power
density. At high power density Te becomes a few keV. Then lab becomes several
centimeters which is much larger than the plasma depth L. The classical inverse
bremsstrahlung is then ineffective and most of the laser energy arrives at the
critical density. There the above fonnula is no longer valid. When the laser light
is incident at finite angle to the direction of the density gradient, the laser light
is reflected as shown in Fig. 12.4. The oscillating electromagnetic field tunnels
into the region of the critical density where it excites an electrostatic electron
plasma wave (linear mode conversion) which in turn is absorbed by the Landau
damping. This is called the resonance absorption of the electromagnetic wave and
is very effective near the critical density. The laser energy is then absorbed by
the electrons in a thin layer at the critical density producing energetic electrons
which expand outward. This expanding hot electron flow produces two important
effects. One is a current which produces a magnetic field. The strength of the
magnetic field becomes on the order of megagauss. The other is to produce fast
ions by the space charge field. If the laser energy is carried by a small fraction of
ions, then the resultant ablation pressure is reduced. The hot electrons are brought
back to the target by the space charge field and penetrate into the high density
region. Since the mean free path of the hot electrons is long, they penetrate into
the central core region and deposit their energy there, causing preheating of the
central core plasma. Experiments show that the heat conduction due to the hot
electrons in the region of over critical density is substantially reduced below
the classical value. Various mechanisms have been proposed to explain this re-
duction of the hot electron heat conductivity, such as a self-generated magnetic
field, two-stream instability due to the cold electron return current, nonlocal heat
transport due to the steep temperature gradient, etc. In any case, reduction of the
heat conductivity further enhances the hot electron energy at the critical region.
In addition to these effects, various parametric instabilities (Chap. 8) can take
place when the laser power density is enhanced. Parametric instabilities occurring
near the critical density usually cause anomalous absorption of laser energy but

254
mainly by hot electrons, while parametric instabilities at lower density, such as
the stimulated Brillouin scattering, enhance the reflection and hence reduce the
absorption efficiency.

_PROBLEMS

U.I. Show that the wave intensity 14>(x)12 obtained by the WKB approximation
(12.1.22) is proportional to the inverse of the group velocity of the wave.
U.2. Consider an electromagnetic wave incident on a magnetic field free plasma
which is weakly non-uniform in the x-direction, from the low density side,
at an angle () with the x-axis. Find the plasma density at the reflection
point of this electromagnetic wave.
U.3. Derive (12.2.4) from (7.3.10).
U.4. Derive the inequality (12.2.9).
U.S. Confirm that (12.2.7) is satisfied when (12.2.9) is true.
U.6. Consider a cylindrical tokamak. Calculate the safety factor profile q(r) =
RBo/rBz for the case when the electron temperature profile is Gaussian
Te(r) =Te(O) exp [ _r2 / a2].

255
13. Transport Processes

The first and most fundamental problem in thermonuclear fusion research is to

heat a plasma to the ignition temperature and to confine such a plasma such that
the product of the plasma density n and the confinement time r satisfies the
Lawson criterion (9.1.12). For magnetic confinement, the confinement time r is
determined by the transport process. It is a simple problem if the magnetic field
is straight and the particles can be transported across the magnetic field only by
collisions. However, if one wants to confine a plasma in a reasonably sized vessel
such that the MHD equilibrium and stability are guaranteed, one inevitably has to
use a curved magnetic field geometry, as explained in Chap. 9, so that the trans-
port processes have to be treated in a complex configuration such as in tokamaks.
The problem then becomes extremely complicated, partly due to the geometrical
effects on the particle orbits and more seriously due to electromagnetic fluctua-
tions that result from microscopic instabilities. In this chapter, we first describe
in Sects. 13.1-3 the geometrical effects, considering only the collisional displace-
ment of the particle orbits across magnetic surfaces. We then briefly describe the
so-called anomalous transport due to electromagnetic fluctuations in Sect. 13.4-
6. At present, the physical mechanism of the anomalous transport as observed
in tokamaks and other advanced devices is not well understood, but remarkable
progress has been seen in recent years. These developments are beyond the scope
of the present book. Several recent seminal papers are cited, however [13.1-4].

13.1 General Properties of Collisional Transport

Consider a plasma immersed in a uniform magnetic field directed along the z-

axis, Boe z • In the absence of collisions, a charged particle executes a gyrating
motion with its guiding center along a magnetic line of force. Collisions can
displace the guiding center across the field line. We assume that collisions are
sufficiently rare and the sequence of the displacements of the guiding center
in the xy-plane (the plane perpendicular to the magnetic field) can be treated
as independent events (Markoff random process) and introduce the probability
g(Llr, r) for the particle to be displaced by Llr in time r. Then the particle
density n(r, t) at position r and time t can be written as

n(r, t) = J
d(Llr)n(r - Llr, t - r)g(Llr, r) . (13.1.1)

256
Here r is the mean time between collisions and r is the position vector in the
xy-plane, r = (x, y) = (r cos 8, r sin 8). Due to axisymmetry, we can assume that
g(Llr, r) is independent of the angular variable 8, i.e., 9 = g(Llr, r). Then we
have

J d(Llr)g(Llr, r)(Llr) =0 .
We further assume that the dispersion of the radial displacement is proportional
to r:

J d(Llr)g(Llr, r)(Llr)2 = 2Dr , (13.1.2)

where D is a constant. We assume that the density variation is sufficiently slow

in space and time and approximate the right hand side of (13.1.1) by

J d(Llr) [n(r, t) - r ! n(r, t) - Llr . Vn(r, t) + &(Llr . Vin(r, t)] g(Llr, r) .

(13.1.3)
Using this approximation we get from (13.1.1,2) the diffusion equation

an =D! ~ r an (13.1.4)
at rar ar'
If we denote the left hand side of (13.1.2) by

J d(Llr)g(Llr, r)(Llr)2 = (Llr)2) ,

we get

(13.1.5)

If the relation Llr =Llvr holds, D can be alternatively written as

(13.1.6)

The expressions (13.1.5, 6) are useful for a wide class of problems to estimate a
transport coefficient in the context of random walk. In the example of cross-field
diffusion in a uniform magnetic field,
{(Llr)2) . 2
2 = !Ii , r == l/v, (13.1.7)

from which the classical diffusion coefficient Dc = viis obtained. Here UL is

the Larmor radius and v is the electron-ion collision frequency.
We will explain the classical diffusion by using the two-fluid equations of
Sect 4.4 [13.5]. When the inertia terms are neglected, the equations of motion
for the electron and ion fluids become

(13.1.8)

257
 (13.1.9)

under the quasi-neutrality condition n = ne == ni. In the cylindrically symmetric

plasma column with uniform magnetic field Boi, only a radial electric field is pro-
duced, since density and pressure profiles depend only on r. The 9-components
of (13.1.8,9) are written as
enuerBo + nmeVei(Uill - ueS)=0 (13.1.10)
-enuirBO - nmjVae(UiS - Ues) =0 . (13.1.11)

Summing up (13.1.10, 11) and noting the relation meVei = mjV"" we have
Uir = Uer. This means that the electron and ion radial particle fluxes across
the magnetic field rer =nUer and I1r =nUir are equal. The diffusion satisfying
re = ri is called the ambipoiar diffusion. In fully ionized plasmas in cylin-
drical geometry, the ambipolar diffusion is automatically established at steady
state due to momentum conservation in electron-ion collisions. From the momen-
tum conservation, like-particle collisions such as ion-ion collisions or electron-
electron collisions do not contribute to the particle flux. The radial components
of (13.1.8,9) are written as
dPe
-en(Er + ueeBo) - dr =0 (13.1.12)

dp'
en(Er + uisBo) - dr = 0 . (13.1.13)

The azimuthal velocity is given by

Er 1 dPe
US=------- (13.1.14)
e Bo enBo dr '
Er 1 dp'
UiS=--+---- . (13.1.15)
Bo enBo dr
Combining (13.1.14, 15) with (13.1.10) or (13.1.11), we have
meVei d
Fer = - 2B2 -d (Pe + 1\) .
e 0 r
(13.1.16)

The radial electric field causes a drift motion in the 9-direction.

In axisymmetric toroidal plasmas the ambipolar condition is also satisfied
automatically. However, in nonaxisymmetric systems, particle diffusion is in-
n
trinsically non-ambipolar (Sect. 13.3) and the condition re = determines the
local radial electric field. Note that if ref rj, charge separation occurs which
produces a local electric field which imposes r e =ri .
The deviation of the particle orbit from the flux surfaces is determined by
the drift velocity which is a superposition of gradient B and curvature drifts,
_ _ W.dB x VB) 2l¥j,(Rc x B)
Vd - Va + Vc - eB3 + eB2 m ' (13.1.17)

258
where W.L and Wil are perpendicular and parallel energy of the particle, respec-
tively.
The predominant magnetic field variation in an axisymmetric toroidal system
results from B == B t = Bo(1 - r I R cos fJ), where R is the major radius and fJ is
the poloidal angle. The parallel velocity can be expressed as

(13.1.18)

where J.L denotes the magnetic moment and it is conserved as an adiabatic in-
variant (Sect. 3.3).
Equation (13.1.18) shows that when J.LB = W is satisfied or when J.LBoIW >
1 - e, the parallel velocity vanishes and the particle will be trapped in the local
mirror field where e = r I R. This implies that the drift in the guiding center
motion due to magnetic field inhomogeneity is approximately vertical: positively
(negatively) charged particles drift downward (upward). These facts determine
the character of guiding center (g.c.) orbits in a torus. Note in particular that
when projected onto the <p = const plane (or poloidal plane), they appear to be
closed as shown in Fig. 13.1. The net radial drift after one bounce for trapped
particles, or one poloidal circuit around the magnetic axis for untrapped particles,
is zero because in the presence of a poloidal magnetic field, the lowest order
motion of the g.c. causes it to spend equal times above the magnetic axis (where
an electron, for example, drifts radially outward) and below the magnetic axis
(where an electron drifts inward). The guiding center orbit of trapped particles
on the poloidal plane as shown in Fig. 13.1a is called the banana orbit.
Next, we estimate the thickness d of the banana orbit. For gradient B drift, the
drift speed is on the order of mvi/eBoR, while the bounce time is 'TB '" qRlvlI'
where qR corresponds to the connection length (Sect. 13.2). It is clear from
(13.1.18) that, for trapped particles with J.LBoIW == 1 - rlR,

(13.1.19)

MAGNETIC
SURFACE
I
I
GUIDING
CENTER i
I
I GUIDING
CENTER MAGNETIC
SURFACE

TRAPPED UNTRAPPED
Fig. 13.1. Particle orbits in a torus projected onto a tf> = const plane for a trapped particle (a) and an
untrapped particle (b). The width of the "banana orbit" is denoted by d

259
and the banana width becomes

d . . Bo rr
=Vd'TB = {!L Be VIi . (13.1.20)

Since in tokamaks Be/Bo ~ (r/R)1/2 ~ 1, where Be is the poloidal magnetic

field, d becomes larger than the Larmor radius (!L.
From (13.1.18), a particle is trapped if at () = 0 its pitch angle 0' satisfies

sinO' = /Wl.«() = 0) > / Bmin = /1 - £ . (13.1.21)

W - Bmu. 1+£
The fraction of trapped particles can be estimated from

Itrap = ( 1 - Jo{'JlO sinO'dO' )~

= VI -
T+; =../2e (13.1.22)

where 0'0 is given by 0'0 = arcsin [J

Bmin/ Bmu. ], and we have assumed an
isotropic particle distribution.
One can also calculate an effective collision frequency Veff for scattering a
trapped particle out of the trapped region:

Veff =.R
- Vc ,
r
(13.1.23)

where Vc is the collision frequency for 90 degree scattering (Sect. 3.5). For banana
diffusion, we have shown that the significant scattering angle is (r / R)l/2 times
smaller than the usual ~.
We may now estimate the diffusion coefficient in the presence of trapped
particles. In this case the characteristic length is d given by (13.1.20) and the
characteristic time is l/vcff of (13.1.23). We also consider the diffusion as re-
sulting from only a fraction Jr /
R of the total number of particles (13.1.22).
Therefore,

D
rr
=• Veff d2 VIi = (BO)2
Be VIi Dc ,
rr (13.1.24)

is obtained. Expression (13.1.24) is called the neoclassical diffusion coefficient

in the banana regime. Details are discussed in the next section [13.6].

13.2 Neoclassical Transport in Axisymmetric Toroidal

Configurations

The most widely used axisymmetric confinement system is a tokamak. The prin-
ciple of tokamak confinement is explained in Chap. 9. In the tokamak, the angle
between the toroidal direction and the direction of magnetic field line on the
circular magnetic surface of radius r is given by

260
 8 = arctan (~:) =arctan (~q) . (13.2.1)

As before, Bo is the poloidal magnetic field, Bo is the toroidal magnetic field

and q is the safety factor. If we define the connection length Le by the length
of the magnetic field line starting from the outermost region and ending at the
innermost region of the cross section, then 8 is also equal to arcsin (7rr j Le).
Since Le ~ r and Ro ~ r, Le is given by Le == 7rqRo.
Let us first consider the extent of the increase of particle diffusion for a
tokamak plasma in the case of relatively short mean free paths, that is, short as
compared with the connection length, so that the influence of trapped particles
in local magnetic mirrors can be neglected. The mean free path is given by the
thermal velocity multiplied by the collision time, Imfp = UTT.
To obtain the diffusion coefficient D we have to determine the characteristic
displacement of particles in the toroidal magnetic field. We know that the particle
drifts across the magnetic surface with a velocity on the order of V.1 = v} j weRo,
where VT is the thermal velocity of the particle, We is the cyclotron frequency,
and Ro is the radius of the torus. The maximum displacement from the magnetic
surface is obtained when we multiply V.1 by the time of flight along a section of
a line of force in which the curvature does not change its sign. This time is on
the order of t = (qRo)2 j DII' where DII is the coefficient of longitudinal diffusion
given by DII = v} j v and characteristic length is estimated as on the order of
the connection length Le '" qRo. Thus, Llr '" V.1t '" v.1(qRo)2jDII' Substituting
this expression into the estimate D == (Llr)2jt = (Llr)v.1 (13.1.5) we see that the
toroidal contribution to the diffusion coefficient is on the order of vrll and the
total diffusion coefficient including the classical diffusion, is equal to

(13.2.2)

where an is a constant near unity and Dc = vrl is the classical diffusion coeffi-
cient in the uniform magnetic field.
Expression (13.2.2) has been obtained with the help of a simple estimate us-
ing the analogy of a random walk of a particle in the diffusion process. However,
in a collisional plasma, the toroidal contribution to D.1 is due to a regular motion
of particles which, at the outer contour of the torus, is directed outward from the
magnetic surfaces while at the inner contour it is directed toward the center of
the plasma column. Therefore, we are actually concerned with a regular laminar
convection caused by the toroidal curvature. To obtain a more complete expres-
sion for D.1, we need to consider this convection. To describe the convection it
is sufficient to use the equilibrium equation

VP=JxB, (13.2.3)
Ohm's law,
1 1
E + 1L X B = -J.1 + -JII (13.2.4)
(1.1 (111

261
and the condition of quasi-neutrality

V·J=O. (13.2.5)

In Ohm's law we took into account the difference between the longitudinal and
transverse conductivity.
We shall consider the following axisymmetric torus with a magnetic field of
the form B = (0, Be(r), Bo(1 +ccos (n-
I ). This model is applicable to a tokamak
with a small inverse aspect ratio c = al R ~ 1. The toroidal coordinates used
here are similar to the cylindrical system and the length element is described
by ds 2 = dr2 + r2 dfP + (1 + c cos 8i d(2, where r is the radius of the magnetic
surface under consideration, 8 is the azimuthal angle, and ( is the coordinate
along the torus. Letting € = r I Ro ~ 1 we can solve (13.2.3-5) by the method
of successive approximations.
In the zeroth approximation with respect to c, we have a straight plasma
cylinder, where the parameters are functions of r only. We note that the zeroth
order electric field is vanishing under the MHO equilibrium (13.2.3). In the first
approximation the quantities become functions of the azimuthal angle 8 as well.
We are interested in the particle flux across the magnetic surface. From (13.2.3,4)
we obtain
E(I) 1 dP
Ur = _e_ - --2 - . (13.2.6)
Bo (7olBO dr
Here, the first term represents the drift of plasma under the influence of the elec-
tric field, which is a first order quantity, and the second term describes the clas-
Eel)
sical diffusion in a straight cylinder. The electric field can be obtained from
the longitudinal component of Ohm's law. Noting Ell = E· BIB == E~I)BeIBo,
we have
riel)
.l!J" = Bo !u. . (13.2.7)
Be (711
The component JII can be expressed in terms of V P by using the equation of
quasi-neutrality (13.2.5) and Be ~ Bn

= Be! o.1j1 = -Vol. B x VP

VII . JII Eo r 08 B2
2 dP 1 0
= - c - - - - - cos 8 .
Bo dr r 08
(13.2.8)

Hence it follows that JII = -c(2IBe)(dPldr) cos 8, which is called the Pfirsch-
Schlater current, and the poloidal electric field is
Bo dP
ril)
.l!JiJ = -2c-- - - cos 8 . (13.2.9)
(7I1B~ dr
The mean flux through the magnetic surface is obtained when nou r is multiplied
by (1 + c cos 8) to take into account the variation of the surface element in the
system and then averaged over 8:

262
 r = 21 [21r nou r (1 + c: cos 8)d8 = - nB
'TrJo
o 2 ddP (1 + a.1.
a.1. 0 r all
l) . (13.2.10)

This expression corresponds exactly to the diffusion coefficient obtained by

Pfirsch and SchlUter. The coefficient a.1./ all is approximately 1 or an == 1 in
(13.2.2).
From the derivation of (13.2.2) we see that it applies only if the mean free
path Imfp is smaller than qRo or when the time t the particle spends on the outer
contour (cos 8> 0) is determined by the longitudinal diffusion.
In a rarefied plasma with Imfp > qRo. the time t will simply correspond to
the free traversal time t rv qRo/vll. As the collision frequency 1/ decreases such
that 1/ < liz =VT / qRo. particles trapped in the local mirror field appear. At some
1/ < 1/1. even the trapped particles will no longer undergo collisions during their
time of flight between the turning points. It is obvious that only for 1/ < 1/1 does
the effect of trapped particles become realistic. Let us first consider the frequency
interval 1/1 < 1/ < liz (we shall specify 1/1 later) where no particles are trapped
and the plasma consists only of transit particles. We use the approximation where
the Fokker-Planck collision term is simply replaced by a term of the form -I/efff.
with an effective collision frequency I/eff.
The following kinetic equation can be given for the distribution function
f(vlI) averaged over the transverse velocities:

(13.2.11)

where Vd = T /milRo is the mean drift velocity. For simplicity. we have neglected
the curvature drift term in Vd. The first term on the left hand side of (13.2.11)
corresponds to the rotation of particles in the 8-direction through their motion
along the helical magnetic field lines of force in tokamaks. In the second term
we kept only the 8-dependent part arising from the radial derivative of the zeroth
distribution function fo. The first order distribution function it denoting a small
8-dependent correction is easily determined from (13.2.11) as

it=
I/eff sin 8 - (vil/ qRo) cos 8
..
afo
Vd- (13.2.12)
z4+(vlI/qRo)2 ar
and the radial flux averaged over 8 is given by

(nov r ) = 2~ JJVd sin 8 f 1d8 dVIl

1 J I/eff
= -'2 z4 + (vlI/qRo)2 VdTrdvll
2 afo
, (13.2.13)

where fo is given by [no/(v'ivT)]exp(-mv~/2T). In the case of smalil/eff the

first factor in the integrand can be replaced by 'Tro(vlI/qRo). where o(x) denotes
a delta function. Then we obtain

263
 (novr) =· -..(i v~ 2..,.2dn O
- -{} q - , (13.2.14)
2 q& dr
which differs from the more exact expression only by a numerical factor of order
one. From (13.2.14) we see that in the collision frequency range VI < V < Vl,
the diffusion coefficient is independent of the collision frequency and has the
form of a Pfirsch-Schliiter coefficient with the frequency v = Vl.
When the collision frequency decreases further, a situation will be reached in
which the condition of applicability of the kinetic equation (13.2.11) is no longer
satisfied. In a collisionless plasma, the trapped particles dominate the plasma
characteristics. By virtue of the differential character of the Coulomb collision
terms, the effective collision frequency is Veff = vv~/(Llv)2, where Llv is the
velocity interval in which the distribution function is substantially changed For
the trapped particles, Llv '" vT"fi and the effective collision frequency becomes
VeIJ = v / c. Thus, the value of v beyond which particle trapping must be taken into
account is equal to VI = c3 / 2VT/q& which is determined by the condition that
VeIJ = vT"fi/q&, where the quantity q&/VT"fi is the trapped particle excursion
time over the connection length q&.
For v < VI the diffusion is determined by the trapped particles whose number
is ntrap '" no"fi (13.1.22). Since the mean displacement, or the width of the
banana, is on the order of L1x '" q{}/"fi and the effective collision frequency
VeIJ = v / c, the corresponding diffusion coefficient by (13.1.5) will be on the order
of
(13.2.15)
This expression exceeds that given by Pfirsch-Schliiter diffusion coefficient by a
factor of C 3/ 2 •
The complete dependence on the collision frequency of the diffusion coeffi-
cient in a toroidal configuration was first obtained by Galeev and Sagdeev [13.7]
and is shown in Fig. 13.2 [13.7]. If v > Vl, the Pfirsch-Schliiter coefficient holds,
while in the range VI < v < Vl we have a 'plateau' and the diffusion in this
regime is called the plateau diffusion, and finally with v < VI we are in the
banana regime and the dependence on v is again linear with nonzero slope.

I
I
BANANA I PLATEAU PFIRSCH-SCHLUTER
REGIME I REGIME REGIME
I
I
I
o I
.I 1 - - - - - _ _ _ _ .--: ....",--=
,4'- /:
'l-f,/
'I-~/
~\l....-::
,&; II II v'p'2(CLASS.l~J-J--
__ - - - -
---------:--------------,-----
v
Fig. 13.2. Neoclasssical diffusion coefficient for a tokamak as a function of collision frequency

264
 Similar behavior is observed for the ion thermal transport coefficient Xi. An
approximate value is given by (13.2.14, 15) if eL is understood to be the Larmor
radius of the ions and 1/ and VT are the ion collision frequency and ion thermal
velocity, respectively. Similarly, for the electron thermal transport coefficient
Xe, l!L is electron Larmor radius, 1/ electron-electron collision frequency and
VT electron thermal velocity. Since the ambipolar condition is not required for
thermal transport, Xe '" Jme/miXi for Te '" 11. Usually the ion thermal transport
is larger. ,
It should be noted that in (13.2.15) the quantity 1/ is a sum of the electron-ion
collision frequency I/ei and the electron-electron collision frequency I/ee • This is
understandable since in collisions between trapped and untrapped electrons the
sum of the displacements of the two colliding particles are different from zero,
resulting in a net drift of the center of mass. Thus, on the average, there is net
diffusion caused by collisions between like-particles of different drift motions.
A characteristic feature of diffusion in axisymmetric systems is its strong
dependence on the magnetic field: for a given q, it decreases in proportion to
B- 2 • This is connected with the fact that an increase of the field reduces the
Larmor radius and the width of the bananas.
In tokamaks, usually the plasma current is driven by an axisymmetric mag-
netically induced electric field

Ecp = - O~cp , (13.2.16)

where Acp is the cp-component of the magnetic vector potential. Since tokamaks
are axisymmetric, the canonical angular momentum of a charged particle will be
conserved. Hence, averaging over a cyclotron period we have

! [R ( mv~Bcp + eAcp)] =0 . (13.2.17)

Now we consider a trapped particle motion with two successive mirror reflection
points at the minor radii r and r + Llr which occur at times t and t + Llt. Since
VII is zero at these points (or Vo is zero in the orbit projected onto the cp =const
plane), (13.2.17) gives

(13.2.18)

The radial variation of RAcp is directly related to Bo:

1 0
R Or (RAcp) = - Bo . (13.2.19)

Thus (13.2.16, 18, 19) yield

(13.2.20)

265
This relation suggests that banana orbits of all trapped particles drift towards the
magnetic axis with a velocity of Eq;/ Bo. This inward drift motion of trapped
particles induces a particle flux r '" .jinEq;/ Bo and it is called the Ware pinch.
It is expected that the Ware pinch is a factor in the density increase after gas
puffing.
Another interesting feature of the neoclassical transport theory is the boot-
strap cu"ent. It depends on the presence of trapped particles but it is not itself
carried by the trapped particles. In tokamaks the trapped electrons carry a dia-
magnetic current in the toroidal direction associated with their banana orbits:
c dP
Jz '" -..jf. Bo dr ' (13.2.21)

Here collisions between trapped and passing particles transfer momentum to

the untrapped electrons at a rate of (v=/ c)Jz at an effective collision frequency
v=/c. This must be balanced by the loss of momentum due to collisions between
electrons and ions, so that

(13.2.22)

leading to a toroidal current

JBS", 1/2 ~ dP (13.2.23)

q; c Bo dr '

with v= '" Ve,i. This is the neoclassical bootstrap current J~. It has been re-
marked that the Ware pinch and the bootstrap current are complementary effects
connected by the Onsagar relations for off-diagonal transport coefficients [13.6].

13.3 Neoclassical Transport in Nonaxisymmetric Magnetic

Confinement

Another toroidal magnetic confinement system, the stellaratorlheliotron, is dis-

cussed in Sect. 9.2. Usually it has helical symmetry in the straight approximation,
i.e., without toroidal curvature. In the toroidal system, unlike tokamaks a stel-
laratorlheliotron can confine plasmas without toroidal plasma current since the
helical magnetic field required for toroidal MHO equilibrium is produced by ex-
ternal helical coils or helical windings. Though they have a great advantage for
steady state operation of magnetic fusion reactors, the geometrical simplicity of
axisymmetry is lost. In this section we consider how the loss ofaxisymmetry
affects the confinement properties.
First consider the axisymmetric torus again in the small inverse aspect ratio
limit (c = r / R <t:: 1). The field lines satisfy
dr Br(r, 8)
-= (13.3.1)
ds B(r, () ,
266
 d8 B6(r, 8)
r-= , (13.3.2)
ds B(r,8)

where s is the length along the magnetic field line. These equations can be
combined to obtain
dr B .. (r,8)
-=r . (13.3.3)
d8 B6(r,8)
When we "make the approximation of cylindrical geometry or the limit e =
r / R -+ 0, B6 depends only on r and B .. vanishes identically so that the magnetic
field line moves on a constant r surface r = ro = const. The situation changes
in a nonaxisymmetric torus. The nonaxisymmetric perturbation can be expressed
by
dr
d8 =91 (r, 8, </» • (13.3.4)

We will represent 91 by a Fourier expansion

91(r,8,</» =E 91mn (r)ei(m6+n~). (13.3.5)

m,n
Equation (13.3.4) can be used to examine the radial displacement of the field
lines as they spiral about the cylindrical plasma. Recall that the cylinder has a
length 27r R and the angle </> is given by z / R, where z is the axial coordinate.
For simplicity, consider a single Fourier component 91mn. The displacement in
r, when the poloidal angle advances through 27r, is

=91mn(ro) 160f60+
21r
Drl ei(m6+n~)d8 . (13.3.6)

By using the definition of the rotational transform I., </> = 8/£. When this is
substituted into (13.3.6) we get
ei(m60+ntPo)(e21rln/, - 1)
Drl =91mn(ro) i(m + n/ I.) , (13.3.7)

where the radial variation of £ is assumed to be negligibly small. Similarly, when

= =
8 advances another 27r, D~ Drl exp (2rin/ I.). In general, Dr; Drl exp [2ri(j -
l)n/ I.]. The cumulative radial displacement after an infinite number of poloidal
revolutions can be detennined from
n 00

Llr = lim EDr;

n_oo
= Drl Eexp[2ri(j -1)n/£]
;=1 ;=1
= i 91mn(r;) exp [i(m80 + n4>o)] (13.3.8)
m+n £

Thus the cumulative displacement is comparable to the magnitude of the non-

axisymmetry 91mn unless n/m = -I., in which case the cumulative displacement

267
grows without bound. If there are field lines with a rational rotational transform
and the nonaxisymmetry has a corresponding Fourier component, then the mag-
netic field line excursion from the r = ro surface becomes large. This discussion
is related to the non-existence of MHD equilibrium in a three dimensional geom-
etry. The details of this problem are beyond the scope of this book. To simplify
the situation, we assume that £ == const and does not satisfy the resonance con-
dition min = -£ except for very large m and n. Then the existence of flux
surfaces is true asymptotically. Hereafter our concern is limited to such systems.
We can distinguish between two types of inhomogeneities of the magnetic
field: one owing to the helical winding and another due to the curvature that arises
when the system is bent to a torus. The magnetic field along the line of force
will vary as shown in Fig. 13.3. Here the deep and more frequent oscillations of
the field correspond to the helical windings and the slow modulation corresponds
to the toroidal curvature. The inhomogeneity caused by the helical windings can
be characterized by a modulation depth of the longitudinal field Ch given by
(13.3.10). The inhomogeneity caused by the toroidal effect is characterized by
the narameter Ct. Usually Ct < Ch < 1 is valid in a stellaratorlheliotron.

IBI
Fig.I3.3. Magnitude of a magnetic
field along the toroidal direction in a
nonaxisymmetric system. Slow oscil-
lation due to toroidal curvature; fast
L-_ _ +-_ _...l...-_ _4--_ _....I-_-+ <I> oscillation due to helical windings
o trr IT 2rr

To analyze the particle motion in such systems, especially the motion of

trapped particles, it is convenient to make use of the longitudinal adiabatic in-
variant J2 (Sect 3.2). In strong magnetic fields where the width of the bananas (or
projected orbits of the trapped particles onto the poloidal plane) is considerably
smaller than the characteristic dimensions of the magnetic field inhomogeneity,
the longitudinal adiabatic invariant is conserved. This means that the trapped
particles (or more precisely, the centers of the bananas) move along the surfaces
J2 = const
Here we consider the case where a straight helically symmetric field is bent
to a torus. If the perturbation destroying the helical symmetry is small, the lon-
gitudinal invariant can be written as Jz = J~(r) + SJ(r, 6) (Problem 13.3), where
Jf is the longitudinal invariant of the helically symmetrical system which, with
given energy E and magnetic moment p., depends only on the magnetic surface.
The perturbation due to the bending of the straight system to a torus SJ depends
not only on the coordinate r corresponding to the magnetic surface, but also on
the azimuthal angle 6. We expand Jf with respect to the small deviation r - ro
of the bananas from a given surface roo Keeping terms up to second order in the

268
deviation, we can write the condition h = const in the following form:
o~(ro) 1 2 {f ~(ro)
(r - ro) Or + 2:(r - ro) or2 + 6J(ro, 9) - 6J(ro, 90 ) = o. (13.3.9)
Here the constant equal to J2 has been chosen such that the banana passes
through the point (ro, 90 ). The first two terms of (13.3.9) are determined by the
inhomogeneity of the magnetic field owing to the helical windings and are on the
order of Ch, while the last two terms are on the order of Ct. If o~ / Or :f 0 (and is
not small), the second term in (13.3.9) can be neglected. In this case 6r = r - ro
is on the order of 6r '" 6J/(o~/or) '" rCt/ch. This indicates that deviations
of the corresponding banana motions from r = ro are proportional to Ct. They
circumvent the torus with respect to the azimuthal angle 9. The drift velocity of
these transit bananas is on the order of chT/ eBr or gradient B drift due to the
helical ripple.
If o~ / Or tends to zero, the deviation 6r increases and near the point at which
o~/or = 0 we must take into account the second derivative term in (13.3.9).
Near the point o~ / or = 0, the bananas can be subdivided into transit and trapped
bananas. The first group can be compared with the transit particles as they freely
circumvent the torus with respect to 9. The trapped bananas can move within a
limited interval of 9-values as shown in Fig. 13.4. We note that the centers of the
bananas form a closed trajectory, since the toroidal effect has up-down symmetry.
The orbit of the trapped banana is also called a superbanana. The displacement
of the trapped bananas which is estimated from (13.3.9) at oJf!or = 0 is on the
order of 6r == J6J/Q2~/or2 '" rJct/ch' i.e., it is much larger than that of the
transit bananas. Unlike the displacement of the guiding centers, the displacement
of the bananas is independent of the magnetic field strength. Only the magnetic
drift velocity drops as B is increased, but the displacement remains unchanged

Fig. 13.4. Superbanana (trapped banana) or-

bit: The axis of the torus is in the left hand
side

269
Superbananas exist only in the presence of drifting bananas with oJ!j I or = O.
If a radial electric field Er exists in the plasma, E x B drift must be added to
the magnetic drift. With a sufficiently strong radial electric field, the former may
exceed the latter. In this case, oJ!j I or does not vanish and the superbananas will
disappear. For this case the electric field satisfies Er > (Tel ea)6B I B '" chTlea,
where Te is the electron temperature, 6B is the modulation of the magnetic field
and a is an averaged minor radius of the nonaxisymmetric plasma.
Now we will discuss the diffusion coefficient more quantitatively [13.2,7].
In a nonaxisymmetric system, the model magnetic field varies as

B= Eo [1 - Ch cos (10 - ~ z) - et cos 0] , (13.3.10)

where 0 is the azimuthal angle, z is the coordinate along the torus, I is the
pole number of the helical windings and N is the pitch number of the helical
windings. For example, for a corrugated torus I = 0, for a stellarator with three
helical windings 1=3. The heliotron has 1=2. In (13.3.10), et < eh < 1 is valid
for a stellaratorlheliotron.
The main role in the transport is played by the localized particles trapped
by a field inhomogeneity caused by the helical windings. Their fraction is y'€h.
These particles, which oscillate between the mirrors of the helical winding, drift
with respect to 0 by a certain angular velocity w(a) which is proportional to the
particle energy and depends on the pitch angle of the velocity space denoted by
a. When w is averaged with respect to the energy, for a given a, we obtain the
approximation

w(a) == BT 2eh/(a) =Wb/(a) , (13.3.11)

e r
where T is the temperature, r is the minor radius, I(a) is a function of a of
order unity and Wb = ehTleBr2. Recall that a variation of I(a) in the trapped
particle range 0 < a < y'€h entails a change of sign of the function I such that
it vanishes at a certain a value (a = aa < y'€h) (Problem 13.4).
The presence of a toroidal curvature et causes a drift with respect to r so
that similarly to (13.2.11), we obtain a drift kinetic equation
oft . ola
w(a) 00 + (vJ.) sm 0 Or = -veff/l , (13.3.12)

where (vJ.) = TleB~, la = la(r)exp(-EI2T) and ft = II(r, 0, a). Here E is

the particle energy. The drift kinetic equation (13.3.12) is only applicable in the
case of not very small collision frequencies. Then all bananas may be considered
to be of transit type, that is, they circumvent the stellaratorlheliotron with respect
to O.
From (13.3.12) we obtain II by the same calculation as in Sect. 13.2 and
then the radial flux averaged over 0:
r = -!
J. 2
Jz4 +
Veff (vJ.}2 ola do:
[w(a)]2 Or . (13.3.13)

270
 If Vejf == V/eh > WIt =(T/eBr 2)eh, it is possible to neglect w in (13.3.13) so
that we obtain the diffusion coefficient in front of {J fo/ Or as

(13.3.14)

noting that the fraction of trapped particles isve;..

If Vejf < eh, the integrand in
(13.3.13) can be replaced by 1f'~(w) and we obtain the approximate expression

D . e~ T
.1 = eh1/2-B·
e
(13.3.15)

If v decreases, the main contribution in (13.3.13) will be made by bananas with a

close to ao and w =O. Bananas with sufficiently small ~a =a - ao are no longer
transit bananas, they become superbananas. This takes place at ~a '" VEtsince
in the case of a superbanana a banana becomes trapped in an inhomogeneity of
Ct. Thus the frequency of drift of the bananas to form a superbanana is on the
J
order of Wt '" et/eh WIt. Accordingly, the transition to superbanana diffusion
will take place at Vejf == v/et '" Wt. If v < (et/eh)3/2ehWlt, the corresponding
diffusion coefficient is of the order

. r;;- (c)2. V ~ T
D .1 = yetVejf or = - l/2-B' (13.3.16)
VI eh e

for Vejf = v/et and ~r == T/eB~. This diffusion decreases with v.

It is an interesting peculiarity of diffusion in nonaxisymmetric toroidal sys-
tems that each component (the electron and the ion components) diffuses inde-
pendently of the others. The formulas given above apply to both electrons and
ions provided that v is properly defined as the corresponding collision frequency.
The connection between the electrons and ions exists via the electric field, that
is, the field Er established in the system must balance the particle flux of elec-
trons and ions. Consequently, in that range of plasma parameters where the ion
diffusion coefficient Di is larger than the electron diffusion coefficient De, the
plasma will be charged negatively and when De > Di it will have a net positive
charge.

13.4 Convective Cell and Associated Transport

The term 'convective cell' has several meanings. Our concern here is with
two connotations: a specific low frequency eigenmode of the two-dimensional
fluid equations; any low frequency, large scale cross-field motion of magnetized
plasma induced by instabilities such as MHD modes or drift waves [13.1,8,9].
The equation for the standard convective cell mode with k" = 0 in a ho-
mogeneous magnetized plasma where the magnetic field is in the z-direction

271
 is
(13.4.1)

which can be derived from the two-dimensional reduced MHD equations (11.1.7)
by neglecting the magnetic fluctuation 1ft and adding the viscosity tenn in the
right hand side. Here 4> is the electrostatic potential corresponding to Bo4> in
Sect 11.1, the second tenn represents the E x B drift motion, and the viscosity
tenn is added to the right hand side of (13.4.1). Thus a convective cell is the
plasma analogue of a vortex in fluid mechanics where 4> corresponds to the stream
function. By linearizing (13.4.1), the dispersion relation

w = -iJlk2 (13.4.2)
is obtained. In turbulent plasmas, it should be pointed out that the viscosity Jl is
increased above the value obtained when only Coulomb collisions are assumed to
occur and that it is related to enhanced diffusion due to the turbulence. Usually,
the collisional viscosity is small in high temperature plasmas and the damping
rate given by (13.4.2) is negligible. Since the convective cells have a quasistatic
vortex nature, they may lead to rapid particle diffusion. The diffusion coefficient
can be estimated from the test particle diffusion coefficient in the homogeneous
plasma explained in Sect. 13.1,
D == (Llxi (13.4.3)
Llt '
if we can identify the correlation length Llx and the correlation time Llt. Suppose
that there arises some density fluctuation On, unifonn along the field, with a
characteristic perpendicular space scale Llx. There are two kinds of perpendicular
velocities associated with On, a possible translational motion of the fluctuation
as a whole or a flow across the magnetic field (not of interest presently), and an
internal velocity of Llu which defonns the fluctuation. A characteristic time of
the defonnation is estimated as
Llx
Llt '" Llu . (13.4.4)

In the model where particles move with the fluid, the particle diffusion due to
the fluctuations of scale Llx, from (13.4.3,4) is of order

D", LlxLlu . (13.4.5)

Since Llu is the velocity fluctuation across Llx, it can be detennined from the
electric field gradient over the convective cell:

Llu '" .!.B (aE

ax
Llx) '" .!. Ll¢
B Llx '
(13.4.6)

where Ll¢ is the root mean square potential fluctuation across the cell and E=
Ll¢/Llx. The unknown scale Llx cancels out in (13.4.5), leaving

272
 D '" t1¢ = ~ et1¢ (13.4.7)
B eB T .
The result obeys the Bohm diffusion scaling which is proportional to the tem-
perature and inversely proportional to the magnetic field, provided that e11¢/T
is independent of T and B. Here it is important to stress that we assumed the
fluctuation to be two-dimensional. If the fluctuation has structure along the field,
as would be the case if instabilities with finite kz were excited, then parallel
streaming motion would give an additional rapid decorrelation mechanism and
the estimate of the correlation time (13.4.4) is likely to be different.
Low frequency drift waves can act as convective cells and cause rapid particle
transport if they are excited to a large amplitude. Then a particle can be convected
from one side of the cell to another within a wave period as shown in Fig. 13.5.

Fig. 13.S. Convective flows excited by

E x B motion in the plane perpendic-
ular to the magnetic field

For a mode with k., '" ky (the xy-plane is perpendicular to the magnetic field
direction), this condition becomes w/kJ. < u~, where kJ. is the perpendicular
wavenumber and uJ. is the perturbed E x B drift velocity. In this case the
drift wave has a large amplitude potential D<jJ such that uJ. is greater than the
diamagnetic velocity
kJ.D<jJ w. T
(13.4.8)
B > kJ. =v. = eBLn '
(5.5.14) or equivalently,

(13.4.9)

where L;;1 = Idno/dxl/no when the equilibrium density has an inhomogeneity

in the x-direction.
Nonlinear excitation of convective cells due to drift instabilities can be ex-
pected since the dispersion relation of drift waves has a real frequency
e-qlo(~)
Wr = w· 2 _ e-qlo(~) (13.4.10)

273
with ~ = ki e1i and kll ~ kJ., where kll and kJ. are the parallel and perpendicular
components of the wavenumber with respect to the magnetic field direction.
The frequency given in (13.4.10) shows that the drift wave is dispersive for
kJ.{!Li = 1. Parametric mode coupling takes place between two drift waves with
the same frequency but different kJ.' so that WI - W2 == 0 and kill - kll2 == O.
Here the subscripts 1 and 2 denote two different waves. Thus, a convective
cell is produced. This process is important because the drift instabilities have a
maximum growth rate at kJ.{!Li == 1.

13.5 Drift Wave Thrbulence and Associated Transport

Small fluctuations in the electric and magnetic fields lead to small fluctuations
in the particle's velocity and radial positions. This can lead to transport of both
particles and energy across the confining magnetic field [13.2,3]. For low fre-
quency fluctuations (w ~ Wei) in magnetically confined plasma such as a tokamak
plasma, a particle's radial velocity fluctuation can be written as

_ . iJp VIIBr
v =-+-- (13.5.1)
r B B'
where the subscripts p and r denote the poloidal and radial component respec-
tively, and VII is the particle velocity along the unperturbed magnetic field Bo.
(Here the coordinate system is that of a tokamak with circular cross section
flux surfaces. In a tokamak, the poloidal field is much smaller than the toroidal
field Bp ~ Bt == Bo.) The fluctuations in the particle's radial motion can lead
to both anomalous particle transport and associated thermal transport. However,
the net transport depends not just on the level of the fluctuations, but also on
the correlation between various fluctuating quantities. Thus, to determine the
fluctuation-induced transport, correlations of fluctuations must be examined.
First, consider the radial particle flux r = nUr where U r denotes the fluid
velocity. In a turbulent plasma, each quantity can be written as a time averaged
part plus a fluctuating part, e.g., n = (n) + n, where ( ) denotes an average over
a time scale which is long compared to the frequency of the fluctuations, so that
(n) =0 and (n) is the average, or macroscopic density. The net particle flux can
be written as
(13.5.2)
The contribution from the turbulence thus depends on the correlation between
the density and radial velocity fluctuations,

(13.5.3)

where n(w) and ur(w) are Fourier components with respect to the angular fre-
quencyw.

274
 On the assumption that the flux is ambipolar, or that the electron and ion
fluxes are equal (Sect. 13.1), and using (13.5.1), the particle flux resulting from
the turbulence can be written as

r = (TiEr,) _ (~IBr) (13.5.4)

B eB'

1:
where

ill = -e Vllledvil (13.5.5)

is the fluctuation in the parallel electron current and le is the fluctuating part
of the electron distribution function. The particle diffusion coefficient is then
defined by D = -r/(d < n > /dr). When this significantly exceeds the classical
value D = vet, it is called the anomalous diffusion. It should be noted that this
definition is idealized, since usually the turbulent flux r can depend on many
different quantities, such as dTe/dr.
For low frequency, electrostatic (B = 0) microturbulence such as drift wave
turbulence, the heat flux depends on the correlation between the fluctuating radial
velocity ur = Ep/ B and the pressure fluctuations. The heat flux can be written
as
5 --
Qr = 2B (EpP) , (13.5.6)

where Qr is the total heat flux (convective plus conductive), or Qr = 5/2Trr +qr'
Here qr is the conductive heat flux. In addition to (13.5.6), the radial magnetic
field fluctuations in finite f3 plasmas generate another heat flux which results from
that part of the large classical parallel conductivity that is now directed radially.
The classical conductive heat flux is

(13.5.7)

where KII and Kl. are the classical conductivity parallel and perpendicular to
the magnetic field, respectively. The contribution to the radial heat flux from the
magnetic fluctuations is obtained from (13.5.7) when the unit vector along the
magnetic field b, as well as the temperature, are written as an average plus a
fluctuating part, i.e.,

b = (b) + !r, (13.5.8)

where (b) is in the direction of the unperturbed magnetic field. The radial com-
ponent of the heat flux is obtained by multiplying Brr / B by (13.5.7)

(13.5.9)

where we set (VII}(T) =0 and third order correlations which can arise from the

275
fluctuation of KII have been neglected. From (13.5.9), it is estimated that very
low levels of fluctuation IErl BI '" 10-4 can lead to anomalous heat conductivity
comparable to that observed in tokamak experiments because the classical parallel
conductivity KII is so large at typical plasma parameters.
Now we explain quasilinear calculations of transport due to electrostatic
drift waves. One underlying assumption of quasilinear theory is that there exists
a spectrum of linearly unstable normal modes whose amplitude is small enough
so that the interaction of the modes with each other can be neglected. Quasilinear
theory also assumes that the particles respond linearly to the wave.
Assuming quasi-neutrality and that the radial velocity fluctuation is due to
the fluctuating E x B drift, the fluctuation-induced particle flux can be written
from the first term of (13.5.4) as

(13.5.10)

In low frequency drift waves, the electrons reach a nearly Boltzmann dis-
tribution, and the density perturbation with the wavenumber k can often be
approximated as
_ . { } e~.(1 - ib.)
n. = n Te ' (13.5.11)

where ~. is the fluctuation in the potential and b. is a real small quantity which
stands for the phase difference between n. and ~ •. Then using (13.5.10) the
particle flux becomes

r = {n} :1 ~ kpb. 1;} 12 , (13.5.12)

where kp is the poloidal wavenumber.

The growth rate of the drift wave is determined by b•. Usually b. '" "I(k)/wr(k) '"
"I(k)/w.e as will be explained later. Here W.e = kpTe/eBLn (5.5.14) is the drift
frequency. Then the diffusion coefficient can be approximated as

D '" L; ~ "I(k) 1;} r ' (13.5.13)

where Ln = {n} I (d {n) I dr) is the scale length of the density gradient. This
expression is often used as a basis for estimating the amount of transport to be
expected from observed or estimated levels of density fluctuations. In making
such estimates, usually it is assumed that "I '" O.1w.e or "I '" Llw, where Llw is
an average width of the wavenumber spectrum of the fluctuation.
From (13.5.12), it can be seen that the flux is directly proportional to b•.
Thus this quasilinear calculation of the fluxes is very sensitive to the assumption
of linear electron response. Moreover, the fluxes are also directly proportional to
the fluctuation level In/{n}l, which is not determined in the quasilinear theory.

276
One frequently used estimate of the fluctuation level is the 'mixing length' level

(13.5.14)

At this level, the perturbed density gradient k.L fi is comparable to the mean
density gradient, which is the free energy source of the drift wave instability
where k.L is the perpendicular wavenumber. Using this level, (13.5.13) gives

D == ,(k)
k2 ,
(135
••
15)
.L
which is a commonly occurring estimate of the diffusion coefficient. By com-
paring this with the random walk: argument in Sect. 13.1, we can interpret the
result such that the correlation length is I I k.L and the correlation time is 1h.
As explained in Sect. 5.5, the drift wave is a quasi-electrostatic wave which
propagates perpendicularly to both the magnetic field and the density gradient.
Electrons move along the field line to compensate for the charge separation by the
ion Ex B drift along the density gradient, i.e., to keep the charge neutrality via
Debye shielding. As far as the Debye shielding is secured, the Boltzmann relation
e~klTe rv fikl (n) is maintained. However, if the Debye shielding is prevented by
some means, the potential propagation is delayed behind the propagation of the
density perturbation. Then the resulting E x B drift tends to enhance the density
perturbation, since the drift from the high (or low) density side takes place at
the crest (or trough) of the perturbation. The growth rate is naturally expected
to be proportional to the phase delay ,(k) ex Ck. We have seen a mechanism for
this delay concerning the finite ion Lannor radius for a collisionless drift wave
in Sect. 6.5. As explained above, inhibition of the Debye screening can also
cause a delay. For instance, electron-ion collision can reduce the Debye shielding
efficiency. The instability caused by such a collision is called the resistive drift
wave instability.
The reduced MHD equations (11.1.18) can be written as
d Vi~ _ 1 0J
(13.5.16)
dt BO{)i - eno OZ z

by noting J.1.oJz = - vi
rJi and neglecting the pressure term. Here Jz is the per-
turbed current density in the magnetic field direction B = Boz and {)i is the ion
cyclotron frequency. The convective derivative is written as

.!!...=~+ V~xz.V. (13.5.17)

dt at Bo
We note that the electrostatic potential ~ in (13.5.16, 17) corresponds to Bo<p
in Sect. 11.1. The continuity equation relates the number density to the electron
current density
dn 1 oJz
dt = -; oz . (13.5.18)
Here we assumed that ion motion is two-dimensional and that the ion contribu-

277
tion to the parallel current is negligible. We also assume that the electrons are
isothennal. Then the electron equation of motion (4.5.1) in the z-direction gives

J _ 1 8 (nl e~)
% - e.,., 8z no - Te ' (13.5.19)
where n = no + nl and no is the equilibrium density which does not depend on
the z-coordinate, .,., is the resistivity which is proportional to the electron collision
frequency. By eliminating J% from (13.5.16, 19) we can construct coupled non-
linear equations for ~ and nl. If we use the nonnalization e~/Te == cP, nt/no ==
n, fM == t and x/{!~ == x (or y/{!~ == y) where {!~ = JTe/mi/ili' the coupled
equations become

(! - V cP x z.V) vi cP = (13.5.20)

and

(! - V cP x z· v) (n + In no) = (13.5.21)

These equations are useful to study resistive drift wave turbulence and the related
anomalous particle transport. We note further that after (13.5.21) is subtracted
from (13.5.20) and the Boltzmann relation n = cP is substituted in,

! (Vi cP - cP) - (V cP x z) . v(vi cP - cP) + Vln no x V cP • z =0 (13.5.22)

or
(13.5.23)
is obtained. This equation is called the Hasegawa-Mirna equation for nonlin-
ear drift waves or drift wave turbulence. An inverse cascade process in two-
dimensional turbulence in which wave energy is carried from short wavelengths
to long wavelenghts resulting in a fonnation of convective cell was observed
after numerical solution of (13.5.20, 21) or (13.5.23) [13.9,10].

13.6 MHD Thrbulence and Associated Transport

The nonlinear incompressible MHD equations for a plasma with a unifonn den-
sity are frequently used to discuss MHD turbulence:

(13.6.1)

( -8 + u . V ) u = -VP
- 1 x B) x B
+ -(V (13.6.2)
at {! {! ,

where {! is the mass density.

278
 In the presence of an infinitely strong externally applied magnetic field Bo
without net current, the three-dimensional equations (13.6.1, 2) reduce exactly
to the two-dimensional version of the same equations, where now fluctuations
in B and u have components and variations only in the plane perpendicular to
Bo = Boi [13.1,8,9]. The significance of the reduction of the three-dimensional
system to the two-dimensional isotropic system in the perpendicular plane is that
much is known about two-dimensional fluid turbulence. In particular, a 'dual
cascade' has been observed in MHD turbulence. The nonlinearities lead to an
inverse cqJcade of the vector potential A = Azi from large k to small k where
B = V x 'A. Note that the magnetic helicity is given by I AzBodV (Sect. 11.7).
In other words, the helicity cascades inversely and a simultaneous cascade of
spectral energy (kinetic plus magnetic) takes place from small k to large k.
Generalizing to the case of finite external field Bo, the spectrum splits into two
components: a dominant part which is nearly two-dimensional isotropic MHO
turbulence and a spectrum of shear Alfven waves w = kzVA (Sect. 10.6). The
correlation length along Bo is much longer than those transverse to Bo. This is
consistent with experimental observations of magnetic fluctuations in tokamaks,
namely B.l. > BII' and the correlation length is much greater in the parallel
direction.
: In the absence of radial magnetic fluctuations, a magnetic field line in a
tokamak will remain in· its equilibrium flux surface as it winds around the torus
(Sect. 13.2). When radial magnetic fluctuations Br are present, the field line
trajectory will deviate from the original flux surface [13.11,12]. As a result
of such radial magnetic fluctuations or 'magnetic flutter', each electron now
has a radial velocity perturbation given by vr = vllBr/ B, and thus part of the
rapid electron motion along the field lines is converted into radial motion. This
mechanism of anomalous thermal transport is given in Sect. 13.5. Heat transport
associated with an internal disruption explained in Sect. 11.6 is a typical example.
When magnetic islands due to magnetic fluctuations centered at different radii
or rational surfaces begin to overlap, the magnetic field lines begin to make a
braid If the overlap is large enough, the magnetic flux surfaces are essentially
destroyed and each field line trajectory wanders stochastically away from its
original radial location as it winds around the torus. The electrons follow these
wandering field lines and thus the radial transport can be enhanced as in the case
of the major disruption described in Sect. 11.6. The average square of the radial
displacement of the magnetic field line Llr moving a distance s along the field
line can be written as
(Llr)2) = 2sDm , (13.6.3)
with
Dm =1000 dz(br(O)br(z)} =Lo~ , (13.6.4)

= =
and br Br/ B and ~ (lbr(O)1 2 ). Here Dm is identified as the magnetic field
line diffusion coefficient, Lo is the parallel auto-correlation length of the radial
magnetic fluctuations and the unperturbed field has been taken to be in the z-

279
direction. When the auto-correlation function is calculated by integrating along
the unperturbed magnetic field line trajectory, this is referred to as the quasilinear
limit of Dm [13.11).
Using the fact that electron orbits in a tokamak follow the field lines, we
can calculate the electron test particle diffusion coefficient which results from
the diffusion of the stochastic magnetic field lines. Particle transport, however,
cannot take place at this rate, since the ion test particle diffusion is much slower
than the electron diffusion. If the electrons attempt to diffuse faster than the ions,
an ambipolar electric field arises which reduces the electron diffusion. However,
thermal electron transport is not inhibited. Thus, in the anomalous thermal trans-
port due to the stochastic magnetic field fluctuations the electron test particle
diffusion coefficient may be equated to the electron thermaldiffusivity. In these
test particle diffusion calculations, the magnetic fluctuation spectrum is assumed
to be specified and it is difficult to calculate it self-consistently with the electron
motion.
The physical picture underlying these test particle diffusion calculations is
the following: an electron follows a wandering field line for a distance s until,
by one of a number of physical processes, it moves to another field line un-
correlated with the first. In the distance s along the field line the electron has
moved radially a distance .1r given by (13.6.3). The movement of the electron
between uncorrelated field lines is necessary to make sure that each radial step
is independent of the previous one.
The collisionless regime is defined by lmfp ~ L k , where lmfp = VTe/Vei is
the electron mean free path and Lk is the characteristic length over which two
neighboring field line trajectories diverge exponentially
Idr(s)1 = Idr(O)1 exp (s/ L k ) • (13.6.5)
Here Idr I is the separation of two field lines and s is the distance along the
field line. For this case, in a given collision time an electron streams along the
field line a distance lmfp. At this distance, neighboring trajectories have diverged
significantly and the collision causes the electron to move to an uncorrelated field
line. Then by using (13.6.3) the radial step in the collision time is (.1r)2}1/2 =
(21mfpDm)1/2 and the test particle diffusion coefficient becomes

D = T(.1r)
Vei 2
} = vTeDm . (13.6.6)
Under the assumption of a collisionless plasma this test particle diffusion co-
efficient is equal to the thermal diffusivity in the stochastic magnetic field. Ex-
pression (13.6.6) is often used to estimate the anomalous transport in tokamaks
based on the observed magnetic fluctuations or MHO turbulence.

_PROBLEMS

13.1. In the model magnetic field for tokamaks B = (0, Be(r), Bo) in the toroidal
coordinates (r, (}, 'P), (i) show the guiding center equation of motion; (ii)

280
 show that the guiding center orbit in the poloidal plane is closed in the
shape of a banana for trapped particles.
13.2. Derive the linearized drift kinetic equation (13.2.11) from (4.3.21) by
adding a collision term to the right hand side.

13.3. By using the model magnetic field

-
B = Bo(r, B) - Bl(r, B) cos(IB - N t/J) , (13.P.l)

the longitudinal adiabatic invariant J2 is written as

_ { (2Bd Bo)k 1/ 2 E(1/k) for k> 1

(13.P.2)
h(k) - (2B1/ Bo)[E(k) + (k - I)K(k)] for k < 1 ,

where K and E are complete elliptic integrals of the first and second kind,
respectively, and Bl ~ Bo is assumed. Here

(13.P.3)

Confirm the relation (13.P.2).

13.4. The orbit period of the banana in the model magnetic field (13.P.l) is
given by

T(k) = { 4(p B l/m)1/2 K(1/k)/k for k> 1 (13 P 4)

4(pBdm)1/2 K(k) for k < 1 . . .
The banana moves along the surface J2 (r, B) = const, which gives LlB =
-oJ2/& and Llr = oJ2 /oB. The angular velocity of the banana in the
poloidal direction is given by
dB LlB oJ2 1
(13.P.5)
dt =T =- or T(k) .
Show that the angular velocity can be zero.
13.5. Confirm the diffusion coefficient (13.3.14, 15).
13.6. Confirm the expression of the diffusion coefficient (13.3.16).
13.7. Derive (13.5.9) from (13.5.7, 8).

281
14. Progress in Fusion Research

We have described the basic theory of plasma physics relevant to thermonuclear

fusion research. In this last chapter, we briefly outline the recent progress in this
field. First, in Sect. 14.1, we describe progress in tokamak research which has
been the mainstream of the thermonuclear fusion in the past quarter century.
Then in Sect.14.2, we outline recent progress in other magnetic confinement sys-
tems. Section 14.3 is devoted to the present status of inertial confinement fusion
research. Finally, in Sect. 14.4 we give a brief presentation of plasma physics
with nuclear reaction effects taken into account.

14.1 A Brief History of Tokamak Research

As shown in Fig. 14.1, in a tokamak the axisymmetric plasma is confined in

a toroidal vacuum chamber by a strong magnetic field (toroidal magnetic field)
running along the long circumference of the torus together with a current flowing
through the ring of plasma itself (which is required for MHD equilibrium). In
order to obtain stability, i.e., q > 1, where q is the safety factor (Sect. 10.4)
the magnitude of the toroidal magnetic field must be larger than the poloidal
magnetic field produced by the plasma current. A small vertical magnetic field
serves as a J x B force to maintain the position of the plasma ring at a suitable
place inside the chamber. The plasma current is induced inductively since the
plasma acts as a single tum secondary winding of a transformer. It also heats the
plasma resistively. The ohmic heating is the simplest and most efficient method
of creating a relatively hot (Te 1 keY) and dense plasma (ne ;::; 1019 m- 3 ), but
f"V

PLASMA CURRENT
POLOIDAL MAGNETIC
FIELD

TOROIDAL MAGNETIC FIELD Fig. ]4.1. Tokamak configuration

282
it is generally thought to be necessary to provide supplementary heating to bring
the plasma to thermonuclear temperatures.
Initial tokamak research was started in the USSR before 1960. At the 1968
IAEA Conference on Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion Research in Novosi-
birsk, a group from the Kurchatov Institute in Moscow led by L.A. Artimovich
presented T-3 tokamak results showing promising data, i.e., Te ~ 600eV and
ne '" 2 x 1019 m- 3 • The diagnostic team of the Culham Laboratory (England)
confirmed this data by the ruby laser Thomson scattering measurement. The
name for their early machine, the tokamak, has now become the generic name
for all such devices. After the conference, the C-Stellarator at the Princeton
Plasma Physics Laboratory (USA) was modified to the ST-tokamak. The Rus-
sian success led to a rapid expansion of tokamak research and many tokamaks
were constructed in the US, Europe, and Japan. The total number of tokamaks
now exceeds one hundred. Russian tokamak research has been continued but has
gradually lost its leading position.
The success of the T -3 tokamak may be attributed to the development of
high vacuum chambers and the improvement of equilibrium control using vertical
magnetic fields whose theoretical analyses were also pursued during the 1960s.
In the 1970s progress was made in macroscopic stability, transport and scaling
law, additional heating, and impurity control. These items are explained briefly.
There are three major forms of macroscopic disturbances; disruptive insta-
bility, Mirnov oscillations and internal disruption (Sect. 11.6). The disruptive
instability is an abrupt and generally unpredictable expansion of the plasma col-
umn accompanied by a large negative spike of the loop voltage around the plasma
column, which is the voltage driving the plasma current. Minor disruptions may
occur repeatedly in a given discharge, whereas a major disruption generally ter-
minates the current. The disruptive instability limits both the plasma current and
the attainable density for given discharge conditions.
Under normal tokamak operating conditions without disruptive instabilities,
small helical perturbations in the poloidal magnetic field are usually observed
at the plasma edge. These are the Mirnov oscillations whose frequencies are in
the range of 10-30 kHz. As the Mirnov oscillations become larger, the energy
confinement time drops indicating that the helical perturbations increase the rate
at which energy is transported from the central region to the edge of the plasma
column.
The internal disruptions were first observed in measurements of soft X-
ray emission in the ST-tokamak and later in other tokamaks. They appear as a
relaxation or as sawtooth-type oscillations in the plasma temperature. The effects
of the internal disruptions are concentrated near the center of the discharge,
and these effects on the overall confinement are usually modest in tokamaks
using ohmic heating. However, sometimes large scale sawtooth oscillations are
observed at high power levels in tokamaks with additional heating. According
to MHO theory, the plasma can be unstable to helical perturbations or kink and
tearing modes when their pitch angle is the same as that of the magnetic field

283
 line or when a resonant surface exists. This can occur when the safety factor
q is equal to m/ n. If the safety factor drops below unity in the central region,
the plasma becomes unstable to the m = 1/ n = 1 mode. This is related to the
internal disruption (Sect. 11.6).
Even if q > 1 everywhere, instabilities of higher mode numbers can set
in, provided that the resonant surface lies in a region of the plasma with finite
conductivity. In this case the tearing modes grow, and the magnetic field lines
break and reconnect to form magnetic islands around the resonant surface (Sect.
11.2). Because of rapid transport along the field lines (Sect 13.6), the main
effect of the magnetic islands is to short circuit the transport across the islands,
resulting in the deterioration of plasma confinement.
In the neoclassical theory discussed in Sect.13.2, collisional transport in a
uniform magnetic field is modified by particle orbits specific to the non-uniform
tokamak field geometry. A key question is how close experimentally observed
values of ion and electron energy transport are to the value predicted by the
neoclassical theory. Many tokamak experiments have studied ion energy loss
and their results generally lie within a factor of 2 to 5 of the neoclassical theory.
Although these results are roughly consistent with the neoclassical theory this
does not mean the electron transport is also neoclassical. The neoclassical theory
predicts that the energy loss via electrons is smaller by about the square root of
the mass ratio .jme/mi than the thermal conduction due to ions (Sect. 13.2). In
practice, however, the opposite has been seen in most tokamaks. Experimentally
observed electron thermal transport is larger than the neoclassical predictions by
a factor ranging from 10 to 500.
In view of the theoretical uncertainties in making reliable predictions of
energy loss, tokamak physicists have turned to empirical scaling laws to extrap-
olate from the established experimental data to yet unexplored regimes. Because
the ranges of parameter variation available on individual tokamaks are limited,
derivation of scaling laws involves comparison of the data from· various toka-
maks. Such scaling laws are particularly important with regard to electron energy
transport, where the underlying physical mechanism of the anomalous transport
has not yet been completely identified (Sects. 13.5-7). The important scaling
laws are those that relate electron energy confinement time to parameters such
as the density, the temperature, or the size of the devices. The gross energy con-
finement time for ions plus electrons 7'E increases linearly with density by the
neo-Alcator scaling law

(14.1.1)

which was established in ohmic heated plasmas with medium density. The pre-
viously accepted scaling law was 7'E ex na2 , called the Alcator scaling. These
scaling laws indicate that better confinement should occur with higher density;
however, due to the disruptive instability or increase of radiation loss the magni-
tude of the density is limited. The empirical density limit is called the Murakami
limit.

284
 Controlling impurities in plasmas has been a significant technical concern in
recent tokamaks. Low power discharge cleaning has been employed to condition
the chamber wall surfaces and to pump away low-Z impurities. The low power
of the discharge is intended to dissociate hydrogen while minimizing dissociation
of water vapor and hydrocarbons. A thin film of titanium is deposited to bury
impurities adsorbed on the chamber wall and to enhance the adsorption of hydro-
gen or deuterium emerging from the boundary of the plasma. This procedure is
called the titanium gettering. The high- Z impurities have been reduced from the
discharge volume by selecting low-Z limiter materials such as carbon or stainless
steel. As another technique for controlling particle supply, "gas puffing" is being
used in many tokamaks. This involves injecting additional gas into the vacuum
chamber to fuel the plasma after a discharge has been started in a low density
gas. The edge cooling that accompanies gas puffing appears to be effective in
reducing sputtering and plasma-limiter interaction. A recently developed method
calls for the injection of a small solid pellet composed of hydrogen or deuterium
at velocities of 500 to 1500 m/s to increase the density. This pellet injection
may be useful for profile control of density and temperatures. Some tokamaks
have been equipped with more active devices for controlling impurities called
divertors.
At the present time, the most successful, best understood, and most widely
used auxiliary heating method is neutral beam injection (NBI) of atomic hydrogen
isotopes. These are produced by the acceleration of ions into a charge exchange
region where they are neutralized by electron attachment from unaccelerated
atoms. The technology of producing intense neutral beams is evolving rapidly.
Systems are now available that produce megawatts of neutral power at particle
energies of 50 to 100 keV.
Several successful auxiliary heating studies have been carried out using radio-
frequency microwaves in the ion cyclotron frequency range (tens of MHz) and
lower hybrid frequencies (hundreds of MHz). Recent development of high power
gyrotrons (about 200 kW) operating at 30 to 75 GHz also makes electron cyclotron
heating a possible auxiliary heating method. The production and transport of
multimegawatts of RF power in the ion cyclotron and lower hybrid frequency
ranges make these very promising.
In 1978, the PLT tokamak confined a plasma with 11 f'V 7keV by neutral
beam heating. Subsequently, the O-III tokamak attained an average beta of 4.5%
and the PBX tokamak improved this to p f'V P
5.3%, where is an average beta
value of (10.2.12) over the plasma volume. This value is consistent with the
Troyon limit (11.4.15) with the coefficient 2.5 as shown in Fig. 14.2. The POX
tokamak equipped with the divertor configuration was built at the Princeton
Plasma Physics Laboratory as well as the PLT and PBX tokamaks. Recently,
the O-III-O tokamak attained P 8%. These results confirm the advantage of
f'V

noncircular tokamaks to improve the p-limit. The PBX configuration is pre-

dicted to enter the second stability region (Sect. 11.4) by controlling the bean
shaped cross section. The Alcator C tokamak reached nr '" 3 x 1019 m- 3 s. These

285
 6
0
5

4
;e
~
lilt 3

3.0
f3c= po Ip/aBT
Fig. 14.1. Experimental {3 versus f3c = 1-'01/aBT for PDX and PBX tokamaks. The line shows the
Troyon limit

values are almost satisfactory for the Lawson criterion when they are obtained
simultaneously. When high power NBI is used in tokamaks without divertors
or with limiters for defining the plasma boundary, ra usually degrades through
a phenomenon called the L-mode. In contrast, in tokamaks with divertors it is
found that the plasma confinement time does not decrease significantly with high
power NBI heating, although confinement time scaling ra ex: Ip is different from
the neo-Alcator scaling. Similar improvement of ra is observed in other types
of tokamak as well. This operating mode is called the H -mode by the ASDEX
tokamak group. In spite of the accumulation of experimental data, the origin of
the anomalous transport in tokamaks is not completely understood. Experimental
data analyses showed that the electron temperature profile is resistant to changes
in power deposition profiles and plasma density. This phenomenon is called the
'profile consistency'. Theoretical efforts are directed to solve this problem and
the mechanisl}1 of H -mode discharges.
Current drive using electromagnetic waves has been studied intensively (Sect
12.3) in the pursuit of a steady state tokamak. In particular, lower hybrid current
drives are useful in the low density regime. An interesting idea is the use of a
bootstrap current <r diffusion driven current, proportional to the plasma pressure.
If the bootstrap current is produced in reactor relevant plasmas, steady state
operation may become easier and the requirement for RF current drive may be
reduced.
The recent experiments on the big tokamaks TFfR (USA), JET (BC) and JT-
60 (Japan) have yielded data which come ever closer to parameters expected by
designers. The JET tokamak with a divertor configuration achieved 11 "'" 7 keV
and nr "'" 3 x 1019 m- 3 s, and the TFfR has achieved 11 ~ 20keV with a low
density discharge.
286
14.2 Progress in Other Magnetic Confinement Research
In the 30-year history of magnetic confinement research, many types of magnetic
configurations were proposed and many small devices were constructed to prove
their principal ideas. From the initial stages, there were two different approaches
to confining high temperature plasmas. One is the toroidal plasma confinement
system and the other is the linear or mirror-based system. The former can be
divided into axisymmetric and nonaxisymmetric systems and the essential differ-
ence comes from the requirement of a toroidal plasma current to maintain MHD
equilibrium. In addition to tokamaks, reversed field pinch (RFP) and spheromaks
belong to the axisymmetric systems (Chap. 9). Spheromaks can confine almost
spherical plasmas or toroidal plasmas of extremely small inverse aspect ratio
Rj a f'V 1. From the topological point of view spheromaks are essentially the
same as a linear system, since there" is no conductor at the center of the toroidal
plasma ring. This gives an advantage to spheromaks from the point of view of
reactor design.
The stellaratorlheliotronltorsatron reactors are representatives of nonaxisym-
metric devices. The stellarator type of device was the first proposed and exper-
imental research was started in the mid-1950s. Since the theoretical studies of
equilibrium, stability and transport for nonaxisymmetric systems were so difficult
at the time, and because production of toroidal plasmas without a net toroidal
plasma current requires an efficient wave heating method, stellarator research
lagged behind work on tokamaks. Around 1982, high density toroidal plasmas
without a net toroidal current were produced successfully in the W VII-A Stel-
larator and the Heliotron E. Recently new types of stellarators have been proposed
and several are under construction.
The term "stellarator" is used to describe toroidal confinement devices that
produce closed flux surfaces entirely by means of external magnetic fields. The
classical stellarator has 1 pairs of helical conductors with alternating antiparallel
current flow that produces a poloidal field in the plasma. The net toroidal field
in the plasma from these helical conductors is nullified, so that a set of toroidal
field coils is also required.
The heliotronltorsatron configurations have 1 helical conductors with parallel
current flow. These helical windings also provide the toroidal field. In general,
a separate set of coils is required to provide a vertical field to form closed
magnetic surfaces. Stellarators have a promising, but limited experimental basis
in comparison to tokamaks. So far the maximum parameters for the major existing
stellaratorlheliotron are nr f'V 3 x 1018 m- 3 s, 7i
f'V 1 keY, Te f'V 2keV and a
density of 102o m- 3 •
The RFP is an axisymmetric, toroidal confinement concept that is like the
tokamak in many respects, but different in several essential ways. The plasma
is confined in both systems by a combination of poloidal Be and toroidal B",
magnetic fields. In both configurations the poloidal field is created by a toroidal
plasma current I", which has been induced by transformer action, and the toroidal

287
field is provided primarily by external coils. Both designs require an external
vertical field to achieve force balance equilibrium.
The RFP differs from the tokamak primarily in that strongly sheared magnetic
fields in the outer plasma region are used to suppress local MHD instabilities
(Sect. 9.2). The highly sheared fields are created by reversal of the toroidal field
in the outer plasma region. The shear stabilization of the RFP can be understood
most readily by using the Suydam criterion for the necessary condition for local
stability of a linear cylindrical pinch. In an RFP the magnetic field shear vanishes
near the center and (10.3.36) must be satisfied by an off-axis peaking of the
pressure profile leading to dP / dr > O. Near the outer edge of the discharge
dP/dr < 0 and a large value of shear or Idq/drlq-' is required for stabilization
of local modes.
For stabilization of globally unstable MHD modes with wavelength longer
than the chamber radius, a conducting shell or a set of closely fitting external
conductors are required in the RFP. This is a disadvantage for the RFP as a
reactor concept relative to the tokamak.
The differing stability requirements in an RFP and a tokamak lead to relaxed
engineering requirements which make the RFP overall more attractive. The sta-
bility constraint of q > 1 everywhere and q(a) > 2 '" 3 in a tokamak is replaced
by dq/dr < 0 everywhere in an RFP. The RFP can operate with q < 1 and this
increases the achievable value of Be or I,p for a fixed B,p by a factor of about
3 over that in a tokamak. This situation implies that the toroidal field strength
requirements for an RFP could be more modest than for a tokamak and that it
may be possible to ohmic ally heat an RFP plasma to ignition, which is not the
case for a tokamak.
The greatest theoretical uncertainty in RFP design had been the toroidal field
reversal itself. That self-reversal can occur was not in question; the reversed field
pinch state has been observed in many experiments. However, relaxation mech-
anisms and associated energy loss for setting up RFP are not well understood.
But recently, with the aid of computer simulation, the relaxation mechanism has
been disclosed (Sect. 11.8).
In the simple mirror configuration, conservation of kinetic energy requires
~m [vrr(l) + vi (I)] =E , (14.2.1)
where 1is the direction along the magnetic field line, since the stationary magnetic
field does not do ,work on a charged particle. Conservation of the magnetic
moment (3.2.13) yields
~mvrr(l) =E - p,B(l) . (14.2.2)
This indicates that particles for which E / p, = B(l) for Bmin < B(l) < Bmu.
will be trapped. Evaluating the constant E and p, from the relationship at 1 = 10
corresponding to the position of Bmin yields

'21mvlI(l)
2 [1 2 1 2 ]
= '2 mvlI(lO) + '2 mv.l (10) - '21mv.l2 (10) Bmin
B(l)
. (14.2.3)

288
 Thus, the condition for a particle to be trapped depends upon v.L (10) / vlI(lo) and
B(f)/Bmin . The boundary in the velocity space (vlI,V.L) between trapped and
untrapped particles can be detennined by evaluating the above equation for
vlI(lmax)= 0,
V.L(lo) = ±vlI(lo) (
B
i.: - )-1/2
1 (14.2.4)

Noting that V.L is the two-dimensional velocity component in the plane perpen-
dicular to the magnetic field, (14.2.4) defines a cone, as shown in Fig. 9.6.
Particles with V.L(1o)/vlI(lO) which fall within the loss cone are lost immedi-
ately. Other particles can be scattered into the loss cone and are then lost. Thus,
the confinement time is proportional to the time required for a particle to scatter
into the loss cone. The time is related to the 90° deflection time 1':

Tp = TloglO (Bmu.)
Bmin . (14.2.5)

Since Tii == (mdme ) Tee where 7li denotes the ion-ion collision time and Tee
denotes the electron-electron collision time, the electrons scatter into the loss
cone and escape much faster than the ions. This creates a positive net charge in
the plasma which results in a positive electrostatic potential that acts to confine
electrons in the loss cone until ions can escape. Thus, the particle confinement
time for ions and electrons in a simple mirror is proportional to the ion-ion 90°
deflection time
Tp == 1jj 10glO (~:) . (14.2.6)

This confinement time is not enough for fusion to be able to occur in the reactor.
The simple mirror is unstable against flute instabilities (Sect. 9.2). They
can be suppressed if the field increases, rather than decreases away from the
plasma, that is, if the plasma is confined in a three-dimensional magnetic well.
This is called the minimum-B stabilization of mirror plasma (Sect. 9.2). The
principles of confinement in a minimwn-B mi"or are essentially the same as
those described above for the simple mirror, namely, confinement is governed
by ion-ion scattering into the loss cone. The estimate of the confinement time
by (14.2.6) is still valid Even the most favorable perfonnance for a minimum-
B mirror leads to a plasma power amplification factor Q == 1 '" 2 (Sect. 9.1).
Because Q >10-15 is required for positive power balance in a reactor, the
prospects of a minimum-B mirror configuration for electricity production are
poor.
The most promising use of minimum B mirrors, however, is as end plugs
to confine ions electrostatically in a central solenoidal cell. The basic idea of the
tandem mirror, illustrated in Fig. 9.7, is to create a potential difference <Pi between
the end plug and the central cell by creating a density difference. According to
the Boltzmann distribution

ne(l) = no exp (i) . (14.2.7)

289
Using the subscripts p and c to refer to the end plug and the central cell, respec-
tively, this relation can be used to obtain

e¢j = e(¢p - ¢c) nc = Te ln (f3r,B;)

= Teln ( T1p) f3cB~ , (14.2.8)

where f3 is defined as in (10.2.12) and the temperature is assumed to be constant.

The basic tandem mirror concept has already been confinned experimentally.
Since most of the plasma volume in the tandem mirror is in the central
cell, the power density is proportional to n2 (O"v) which in turn is proportional
to (f3cB;)2. Thus in order to achieve a large confining potential and an adequate
power density, it is necessary to have a large f3r,B;.
Calculations indicate that
magnetic fields in excess of 20 T may be required in the end plugs. Penetration of
the neutral beam to heat the dense end plug plasmas would require neutral beam
energies on the order of 1 MeV. These place severe demands on the technology.

Magnetic
field
Be

Potential

Fig. 14.3. Magnetic field, potential, and density

Density ne in the thermal barrier of a tandem mirror: Be-
central cell magnetic field; Bb -barrier magnetic
field; Bp-plug magnetic field; ""'-central cell
potential; t/>b -barrier potential; no -central cell
density; nb-barrier density; np-plug density

A reduction of technology requirements can be achieved, in principle, by

the addition of so-called thermal barriers shown in Fig. 14.3. It is produced by
adding a single mirror at each end of the solenoid, partially isolating the end
plugs from the solenoid. The intention is to thermally insulate hotter electrons in
the end plug from the relatively colder electrons in the central cell. If a higher
electron temperature can be sustained in the plug by intense electron heating
(e.g., with microwaves at the electron cyclotron frequency as discussed in Sect.
12.2), then the potential barriers necessary to confine the ions escaping from the
solenoid can be generated with a much lower density T1p in the end plugs. A
large reduction in the plug density reduces the power consumed in the plugs and
opens up options for reasonable magnets and neutral beam technology.
Another problem in the tandem mirror is the increased particle loss due to
the nonaxisymmetric magnetic field, which is similar to the transport in nonax-

290
isymmetric toroidal plasmas explained in Sect. 13.3. The Gamma-1O device was
designed to improve the particle loss by reducing the asymmetry in the magnetic
field.

14.3 Progress in Inertial Confinement Research

The basic concept of the inertial confinement fusion (ICF) was described in
Sect. 9.3. It is based on the compression of the fuel to a very high density,
loJ-104 times the solid density, such that a positive energy output can be gained
by the fusion reaction within a short time less than the time needed for the
fuel particles fly apart. Thus the ICF is based on a concept essentially different
from the magnetic confinement fusion. As mentioned in Sect. 9.3, there are two
fundamental problems which must be overcome in order for ICF to succeed:
one is to develop a high power density energy driver with a relatively high
gain efficiency and reliability and the other is to achieve a compression of the
fuel to the required density levels. These two problems can, to a certain extent,
be studied independently of each other, apart from a minor difference in the
compression methods which depend on the choice of the driver. The most widely
used high power energy driver at present is the neodymium glass laser. Although
its efficiency is considered to be too low « 1%) to be useful as a driver for
the actual ICF reactor, it is capable of producing high power densities in a small
target (pellet) region. These lasers are used for studying the physics associated
with the high compression of the pellet material. The principal problems here
are 1) efficient transformation of the absorbed laser energy into the energy of
the compressed core; 2) adiabatic and spherically uniform compression to very
high density avoiding preheating of the compressed core; 3) ignition of the small
igniter at the center of the pellet and subsequent burning of the main fuel by a
thermonuclear burning wave.
In order to solve problem 1) coupling efficiencies TIc of 5 to 10% must be
achieved. This efficiency comprises three factors:

where TI. is the absorption efficiency of the incident laser energy, "7h is the con-
version efficiency of the absorbed energy into hydrodynamic energy, and T/t is the
efficiency for transforming the hydrodynamic energy into a net compression of
the core. As mentioned in Sect. 12.4, the absorption efficiency TI. shows a strong
wavelength dependence because of the wavelength dependence of the cut-off
density nc ex .A -2. According to classical collision theory, the shorter the wave-
length, the higher the absorption rate (inverse bremsstrahlung). The experimental
data show that for the third harmonics of the neodymium glass laser at a power
density of l000TW/cm2 TI. > 90%. The hydrodynamic efficiency depends on the
target structure and the illumination method (either direct or indirect), but typi-
cally "7h '" 10 to 15% can be achieved. Little is known about the transformation
efficiency TIl> although a numerical simulation shows that TIl ;::: 50%.

291
 The solution of problem 2) requires compression of the central core igniter
('" j1.g) up to about one thousand times the solid density with an implosion ve-
locity of about 3 x 109 m/s. Two important requirements to achieve this goal are
to prevent preheating of the compressed core by hot (suprathermal) electrons,
hard X-rays, or shock waves, and to maintain spherical symmetry (with a maxi-
mum 3-5% deviation) of the implosion velocity. In addition to these factors, one
needs to be able to theoretically or experimentally parametrize the properties of
a dense, nonideal plasma and atomic and radiation processes taking place insid-
e such a plasma. Presently available experimental results indicate that the core
preheating is mainly due to electrons of energy on the order of lOkeY, which
may be substantially reduced by using short wavelength « 0.35 JIm) lasers.
One method of maintaining the implosion symmetry is to introduce optical
smoothing of the laser beam. The Osaka group has invented a random phase
mask to produce spatial incoherence of the laser beam, while the Naval Re-
search Laboratory invented an induced incoherence technique which produces
both spatial and temporal incoherence. Both methods have been proven useful
for suppressing the ablative Rayleigh-Taylor instability that takes place in the
acceleration phase of the implosion.
Another method of keeping the implosion symmetry spherical is to indirectly
illuminate the target, as mentioned in Chap. 9. A novel cannon ball target was
developed by the Osaka group. Whereas the usual direct illumination implosion
is based on the idea of a rocket, i.e., the reaction of the expansion of corona
gas, the cannon ball makes use of a heavy tamper in the outermost shell of the
target and the laser light is directed from the inside of the shell. The absorbed
laser energy is converted to X-ray radiation which in turn acts as a uniform
incoherent driver to compress the inner shell target. The heavy tamper thus plays
the role of a cannon. Although high uniformity of illumination and compression
has been experimentally demonstrated, the maximum conversion efficiency of
incident laser energy to X-ray radiation is a fixed quantity. Recent experimental
results show about 50 to 60% conversion at an intensity of 1014 W/cm 2 , but this
is reduced to 20 to 30% at 2-4 x lOIS W/cm2•
In problem 3), after high enough compression has been achieved, the igniter
must be heated to 4-5keV by a shock wave compression. However, one must
be careful to avoid the Rayleigh-Taylor instability at the deceleration phase of
the implosion (stagnation). Such an instability is expected to occur at very short
wavelengths and to cause a mixing of the imploding shell material with the 0-T
fuel which reduces the burn rate. By appropriate shaping of the laser pulse, a
stagnation-free implosion experiment was successfully carried out in the Gekko
xn of Osaka University (13kJ, 0.5 JIm) in 1986 and subsequently by Nova
(20kJ, 0.35 JIm) of Lawrence Livermore Laboratory. A remarkable increase in
the neutron yield was observed, in close agreement with the theoretical predic-
tion. The igniter has to trap the thermonuclear a-particles to heat the fuel. This
requires a density-radius product gR '" 3 kg/m 2 . The laser driver energy which
is considered to be necessary for ignition is about 100 kJ at .A = 0.35 JIm.

292
 In order to make these reactors commercially viable, detailed studies using
larger targets in which various parametric instabilities are expected to occur must
be carried out In addition, more efficient energy drivers at relatively low cost are
required. A new KrF excimer laser operating at A = 259 nm is being developed
So far more than lOCH output energy can be extracted with 3 to 5% efficiency.
Another potentially high efficiency, high power laser is the CO2 laser, but its
wavelength is 10.6 JJm, which causes substantial production of hot electrons.
The preheating of the core by these electrons is a serious problem. Recently, it
was proposed that the hot electrons could be used as the driver of the implosion
(hot electron driven mode) and to use the COz laser as the source of the hot
electron energy.
Particle beams have also been pursued as high efficiency and large energy
(,..., MJ) drivers. At present, the generation of a pure beam, its focusing, and
transport to the target are critical area of study. At Sandia Laboratory, an ap-
paratus called PBFA-ll has recently been constructed to test the demonstration
of 1014 W/cm 2 on a target with a lithium beam. The possibility of using heavier
beams is also being studied. As for the absorption of the beam, an optimized
method of controlling the deposition profile of the beam energy to yield high
implosion efficiency has been postulated, although experimental demonstration
is yet to be done.

14.4 Plasma Physics Toward Fusion Reactors

Many of the macroscopic properties of a plasma are governed by the power
balance. The power balance is affected by a variety of phenomena such as trans-
port, radiation, heating, instabilities, and so on. The relative importance of these
various phenomena varies from location to location within the plasma and from
phase to phase over the plasma bum cycle.
The plasma bum cycle is usually initiated by filling the plasma chamber with
a cool gas, with the fuel in molecular or atomic form. The plasma is formed by
ionizing this filling gas with a voltage pulse or by heating.
Once the breakdown phase is completed and a fully ionized plasma is es-
tablished, the atomic processes become relatively less important except in the
boundary region, and bulk transport effects dominate the plasma behavior. If we
treat the boundary region separately, we can write a set of particle and power
balance equations for the plasma core that couple to the boundary region through
continuity conditions of particle and heat fluxes at the interface between the core
and boundary regions.
A set of global balance equations for averaged n and T are given by

-d7lj
dt
=Sj - 1 2
2 I
nj
-no (CTV) - -
r. '
(14.4.1)

dna
- 1 2 ( CTV ) - na
= S +-n - (14.4.2)
dt a 4 a Ta '

293
 dnz = Sz _ nz , (14.4.3)
dt TZ

for fuel ions nit alpha particles n a, and impurity ions nz with charge Z, respec-
tively, and
3 d 1 2 3 noTe
2 dt (neTe) = PObm + PA + 4'nj {O'v)Uae - Qje - Pmd - 2 T~ , (14.4.4)

for the electron and ion temperatures Te and 7i and other notations will be
explained below. The electron density is given by no = nj + 2na + Znz. In the
fusion reaction term in (14.4.2) we assume nD = nT = nd2, where (O'v) is the
fusion reaction rate. The quantities in (14.4.1-5) are obtained by appropriate
spatial averages. These equations are applicable to all types of magnetically
confined plasmas. The specifics of the confinement configuration enter through
the specification of the particle confinement times (-Tj, Ta , TZ) and the energy
confinement times (T~, TA).
The particle sources (Si, Sa, and Sz) depend on the particle and heat fluxes
leaving the core and on the specifics of the boundary region, plasma chamber
wall, and any impurity control mechanism. Any external fuel source such as
pellet or neutral beam injection into the core also contributes to Sj. A simple
order-of-magnitude estimate of these sources can be made. When th~re is no
impurity removal mechanism and the boundary region is sufficiently tenuous
that charge exchange is unimportant, then

(14.4.6)

(14.4.7)

and

Sz =(Rz +. Yz ) -nz
TZ
nj
71
na
+ Yi - + Ya -
Ta
, (14.4.8)

where R and Y are the reflection coefficient and sputtering yield, respectively.
Equations (14.4.1-8) are useful for examining the dynamic power balance
during a tokamak burn cycle. During the early startup phase, ohmic heating of
the electrons PObm is the dominant heating source, but this heating mechanism
saturates when the electron temperature reaches about 1 keY. During ohmic heat-
ing the ions are heated only by the collisional energy transfer from electrons Qie
except in a very low density regime. At this stage, about several tens of MW
of additional heating power to electrons p:. and to ions pi
are applied to the
plasma to increase the temperature into the thermonuclear regime where alpha

294
heating becomes dominant Once a 0-T plasma, or any part of it, is heated to
several ke V by external means, the fusion reaction becomes a significant self-
heating mechanism. The fusion rate is no nT(O'v). Each fusion event produces a
14.1 MeV neutron which immediately escapes from the plasma and a 3.52 MeV
alpha particle which transfers its energy to the ions UOti and electrons UOle via
Coulomb collisions.
The analysis of the alpha particle heating process is similar to that for neutral
beam heating. The birth distribution of alpha particles is just the fusion distri-
bution. The virgin alpha particles are isotropically distributed in velocity space.
The fast alpha particle orbits can be calculated by using the guiding center equa-
tions (Chap. 3). Those orbits which leave the plasma confinement region can be
considered lost. The fraction of lost alpha particles depends on the proximity of
the point at which the alpha particle is born to the plasma surface and on the
magnitude of the excursion Llr of the alpha particle from the flux surface on
which it is born. In a tokamak, L1r is related to the Larmor radius measured with
the poloidal magnetic field L1r <X I/B9(r), and B 9(r) is related to the toroidal
plasma current by Ampere's law (Sect. 13.2). Thus the loss fraction at a given
radial location decreases as the total plasma current increases or as the plasma
current density distribution becomes more centrally peaked. Since the loss of
alpha particles implies the loss of the corresponding fraction of the alpha heat-
ing, one criterion for a self-sustaining tokamak fusion plasma is that it maintains
enough plasma current to confine most of the alpha particles. When the current
profile is roughly parabolic in a tokamak with an aspect ratio of about three,
approximately Ip = 5 MA is sufficient to confine more than 90% of the alpha
particles.
Alpha particles may be lost from the plasma before giving up their energy
by other mechanisms. The discrete nature of the toroidal field coils in tokamaks
introduces nonaxisymmetric toroidal field ripples, which lead to particle trapping
and other particle orbit modifications that can enhance the loss of alpha particles
(Sect. 13.3).
It is possible that the alpha particles may drive instabilities in the plasma that
has an effect on enhancement of the alpha particle loss during the slowing down
process, since the distribution function deviates from the Maxwellian distribution.
During a plasma burn, the number of fuel ions is depleted by the fusion
reactions, which corresponds to the second term in (14.4.1). These fusion losses
are generally anticipated to be only a few percent of the transport losses. The fuel
ions that are transported out of the plasma may be reflected from the chamber wall
and recycled into the center of the plasma. In this case, a small number (sufficient
to offset the ions lost in fusion) of fuel ions will be supplied at the edge of the
plasma; in this manner constant plasma fuel ion density could be maintained.
The plasma density could also be built up by adding more fuel atoms than are
necessary to replace the fuel ions lost in fusion. These phenomena of recycling
and density build-up by gas injection have been experimentally observed.
Injection of pellets of a few millimeters in diameter or clusters of smaller
pellets of fuel atoms is a means of fueling the center of the plasma directly. As

295
the pellet moves into the plasma its surface ablates. The injection velocity and
size of the pellet can be detennined so that most of the pellet is ablated in the
center of the plasma. For pellets on the order of a few millimeters, velocities on
the order of 5 to 10 x loJ m/s are required to penetrate the fusion plasmas.
The presence of a relatively small concentration of impurity ions can lead to
large radiative power losses, Prad in (14.4.4), that are sufficient to either prevent
a plasma from being heated to thennonuclear temperatures or to maintain such
temperatures without substantial supplemental heating. There are methods for
studying impurity control in the plasma boundary region. Impurities created by
deterioration of the chamber walls can be reduced by a dense neutral or partially
ionized gas blanket in the boundary region which insulates the plasma from the
wall by reducing the electron and ion temperatures. The energy of charge ex-
change neutrals that strike the wall also decreases below the sputtering threshold.
It is possible to create magnetic field configurations in which all the field lines
inside a given separatrix surface remain within the confinement volume and all,
or some, of the field lines outside of the separatrix leave the confinement volume.
Ions diffusing out to the plasma or returning from the wall are swept along the
diverted field lines out of the plasma chamber into a divertor chamber. Impurity
ions from the wall are likewise swept out of the plasma chamber before they
can diffuse across the boundary region and enter the plasma. Heat flow along
the diverted field lines is quite large compared to cross-field heat flow, so that
the diverted field lines act to cool the plasma in the boundary region as well as
to remove ions.
We now examine some of the problems that will be encountered in maintain-
ing a steady state power balance in a thennonuclear plasma and consider some
control mechanisms that can be used to achieve this objective. The problems
fall into two categories, composition changes and dynamical instabilities. The
desired overall power balance is given by
dW
dt = (Pa + PA) - (Prad + PIr) , (14.4.9)

where W = 3nkT is the plasma internal energy, the first two tenns are the
alpha Pa and supplemental power sources PA and the last two tenns are the
radiation Prad and transport power losses PIr • A power balance is achieved when
dW/dt =0.
Assume that a power balance has been achieved at the beginning of a burn
cycle, and consider the effects of the eroding wall particles and fusion alpha
impurities upon the power balance. The most obvious effect is the increase in Prad,
which is usually the principal effect. If the maximum value of the average beta
{J is limited by MHD stability requirements, then the accumulation of impurity
ions must be compensated by a reduction in the fuel ion concentration, so that
{J oc (Tlj + na + nz + ne)T remains constant. This reduces the alpha heating
Pa oc n~(O'v)rUa.
Again, assume that a power balance has been achieved, and now consider
the effect of a small temperature perturbation. A linear expansion of (14.4.9)

296
about the power balance condition yields

dW
dt
= [f,oT
oPOt ) T
LlT + (OPA)
oT T
LlT]

(14.4.10)

If the right hand side of (14.4.10) is positive then the response to the perturbation
is to increase the temperature perturbation. Here ( )T means a quantity at a
temperature T. Thus the power balance is unstable if

(14.4.11)

Because the fusion cross section increases sharply with temperature (up to about
T =80 keV for D-T fusion), the alpha heating term is destabilizing. The supple-
mental power term may be zero for neutral beam injection since PA depends very
weakly on T, and may depend on the absorption mechanism for wave heating.
The radiative loss term is generally positive and stabilizing for low-Z impuri-
ties which are fully stripped. However, it can be negative and destabilizing for
high-Z impurities which are partially ionized. The transport loss term can be
stabilizing or destabilizing depending on whether 7'E varies inversely or directly
(e.g., according to the neoclassical theory with 7'E oc Tl/2 as shown in Sect. 13.2)
with temperature.
When power balance is maintained by supplemental heating, the destabilizing
POt term in (14.4.11) is smaller relative to the other terms than when there is no
supplemental heating. Thus a power balance that is maintained with supplemental
heating is more stable than an ignition power balance (POt = P rad + Pu).

297
 A. Appendix

A.I Problems to Part I Basic Theory

A.I. Ponderomotive Force in a Magnetic Field

Consider a particle of mass m and charge q in the presence of a uniform static

magnetic field Bo and an oscillating electromagnetic field whose electric field
EI is given by EI = EI(r)cos(wt) and magnetic field by BI = BI(r)sin(wt)
with BI(r) = -w\7 x EI(r). We assume that the spatial dependence of E1(r)
is sufficiently slow that its scale length is much larger than the excursion length
IqEI/(mw 2)1·
(i) Show that if the spatial variation of E1(r) is neglected the solution of the
equation of motion for the part oscillating at frequency w can be written as
(Sect. 3.4.2)

VI
() = [
t
[l2
([l2 _ w2)
] [EI X Bo] +
B5 m
(.!L) {Bo x [(dEI/ dt) x Bo]j Bn
([l2 _ w2)
b[b . dEI/ dt]
(A.1)
w2

rl(t) = [([l2~ W2)] {[dEI/dt] x Bo/ (wB5)}

+ (.!L) {Bo x [(EI X Bo]j Bn _ b[b· Ed
(A.2)
m ([l2 - w2) w2 '
(ii) Approximating E1(r+rl) by EI (r)+rl .\7 EI (r), show that the second/order
average force (ponderomotive force)

F2 = rl • \7 EI + VI X BI

where the bar denotes the time average over the oscillating period, can be
written as

(A.3)

Use the relation (dA/dt)B = -A(dB/dt).

(iii) Substituting (A.I, 2) into (A.3), show that the ponderomotive force in the
presence of a magnetic field changes its direction depending on the frequency

299
 of the oscillating field. Also discuss the effect of the cyclotron resonance.
These properties can be used for the rf stabilization of the flute mode.

A.2. Weibel Instability

Consider a cold, uniform electron plasma imbedded in a uniform neutralizing

positive charge. We assume that static magnetic field is absent. The electrons are
streaming in the y-direction with the constant speed Uo.
(i) Consider a linear electromagnetic wave propagating in the x-direction with
electric field in the y-direction and magnetic field in the z-direction. Show
that this wave is accompanied by a density perturbation due to a velocity
perturbation in the x-direction.
(ii) Show that the above electromagnetic wave satisfies the following linear
dispersion relation:

(A.4)

(iii) Show that this dispersion relation has a growing (unstable) solution. Calcu-
late the growth rate and find the maximum growth condition.
(iv) Discuss the physical mechanism of the instability.

A.3. Envelope Soliton and Hole

Consider the nonlinear SchrOdinger equation (5.6.27) for one-dimensional prop-

agation of a strongly dispersive wave. For simplicity, we assume that the coef-
ficients p and q are real and constant.
(i) Galilean invariance
Show that if uo(x, t) is a solution of (5.6.27), then

u(x, t) == uo(x - Xo - Vt, t) exp{[V x/(2p) - [V 2 t/(4p) + en (A.5)

e
is also a solution of (5.6.27), where Xo, V and are arbitrary constants.
(ii) Sagdeev potential
Consider a stationary solution, u(x,t) = w(x)exp(-ivt), with v being real
and constant. Setting

w(x)==Rexp(i</», R=={X=Rcost/J, Y=Rsint/J}

with R and t/J being real, show that the equation for R(x) can be reduced
to a two-dimensional equation of motion,

&R/&x = -8U(R)/8R, (A.6)

in the presence of a cylindrically symmetric Sagdeev potential U(R) given

by

300
 U(R) = (IIR2 + qit /2)/(2p) +const .. (A.7)

Draw U(R) for four cases of (a) pll > 0, pq > 0, (b) pll > 0, pq < 0, (c)
pll < 0, pq > 0, and (d) pll < 0, pq < 0.
(iii) Finite-amplitude plane wave
Show that (A.6) has two constants of motion:

M = R2dt/J/dx, and E = (l/2)(dR/dx)2 + U(R) + M2/(2R2) .

Find the dispersion relation for the finite-amplitude plane-wave solution at
the minimum and the maximum of the effective one-dimensional potential,
U(R) + M 2/(2R2), and discuss the frequency shift due to finite amplitude.

°
(iv) Envelope soliton
Show that for the case plI < and pq > 0, (A.6) has a soliton-like solution
with fixed phase (M = 0) being of the form

R(x) = Rosech(ax) (Ro, a =constant) .

Determine Ro and a.

°and pq < 0, (A.6) has a solitary hole solution

(v) Envelope hole
Show that for the case pll >
of the form

R(x) = RM[l - asech2(fJx)] ,

where RM is the value of R that gives a maximum of the effective potential

U(R) + M 2/(2R2).
°
Determine a and fJ. Discuss the special case of M = where a phase jump
takes place at x = 0.

A.4. Coupled Nonlinear Electron-plasma and Ion-acoustic Waves

Consider an electron-plasma wave in the presence of a density perturbation lin

which propagates with the constant speed V close to the ion acoustic speed
Cs • The basic equation for the electron-plasma wave is (5.6.17). Choosing wp!,
AD = VTe/WPe abd no as units of the time, length and density, this equation can
be reduced to the form

iau/at + (3/2)&u/ax 2 - (l/2)lineu = °. (A.8)

(i) For low-frequency density perturbation line, we can use (5.6.22), but since
the density perturbation moves with the finite speed V, we can no longer
neglect the ion inertia. Replacing a/at and a/ax in the ion equation by
e
-va/ae and a/ae, respectively, where = x - Vt, and using a linear
approximation for ions, and assuming charge neutrality line = lini, show
that the normalized electron-density perturbation can be written as line =
cluI 2(V2/c2 - 1)-1, where c2 is the electron-to-ion mass ratio.
301
(ii) Show that if V is very close to the ion acoustic speed, i.e. V == e, the
linear approximation and local charge neutrality breaks down. Using the
calculation similar to that in Sect. 5.6.1, derive the following equation for
8n e == 8ni == v(O:
(A.9)

where A is the excess Mach number, A = (V - e)/e.

(iii) Show that if we set u(x, t) = R(~) exp( -ivt+itp) with R real and v constant,
(A.8) has the two integrals

R2 d.,p / d~ == M = constant ,
(dR/d~)2 + (2/3)(v - v/2)R2 + M2 / R2 == E =constant.
(iv) Show that for M =0, a stationary solution of the coupled system of equations
(A.8, 9) can be written in the form

v(~) = vo + Acn2(a~; k), u(~) = Bcn(a~; k)sn(a~; k)

where A, B, vo, a are constants, and cn(x; k), sn(x; k) are Jacobi's elliptic
functions of modulus k. Derive the following relations:

A = -18ea2 , B = (432)t/2k 2a 2 , a 2 = (3/2)(5k 2 - 4)-t[(vo/2) - v] ,

k 2 - I = [(vo - 2A)VO - W]j(2Aa 2) , -A + Vo = 2a2(l + 4k2) .

(v) Show that for k2 = I and vo = 0, the above solution can be reduced to a
solitary-wave solution being of the form

v(O = Csech2(I-'O
u(~) = Dsech(I-'~)tanh(I-'O .
Determine C, D, and 1-', which are all constant.

A.S. Lotka-Volterra Model for Relaxation Oscillation

Consider a coupling of two wave modes whose actions are given by Nt and N2.
We assume that mode I is linearly unstable with the linear growth rate 'Y, while
mode 2 is linearly damped with the linear damping rate r,
and that they obey
the following system of nonlinear mode-coupling equations:
oNt/Ot =2'YNt - aNtN2 ,
oNl/Ot = -2rN2 + f3NtN2, (A. 10)

where 'Y, r, a, f3 are all constants.

(i) Find the stationary solutions of (A. 10) and discuss the linear stability of the
stationary solutions.

302
 (ii) Prove the following conservation relation:

1== f3Nl + aN2 - 2r log Nl - 2')' log N2 = constant.

(iii) By a numerical analysis, show that the solutions of (A.1O) with an initial
condition that Nl (t = 0) =f 0 and N2(t = 0) = 0 displays an indefinite
relaxation oscillation.
(iv) Show that if we add a small constant source term S on the right-hand side
of the first equation of (A.1O) the above relaxation oscillation damps and
the solution approaches to a stationary solution.

A.6. Initial Memory of the Vlasov Equation

Consider the linearized Vlasov equation for the Fourier component Fk(V, t) in
one-dimensional plasma without magnetic field, see (6.6.12).
(i) Find the solution under the initial condition Fk(V, t =0) = gk(V) in the form
of (6.8.9). This solution shows that the memory of the initial perturbation
gk(V) is kept forever.
(ii) Show that this initial memory dies out with time for the potential ¢Jk(t)
which is determined by the Poisson equation (6.2.1), provided that the initial
distribution gk(V) is a smooth function of v.
(iii) Show that if the initial distribution 9k(V) has a form,

gk(V) = Aexp(ikvr)j(v - () (A.ll)

with A =const., r > 0, and Im{kO > 0, the potential¢Jk(t) grows with the
time in the region t < r in contradiction with the Landau damping. This re-
sult demonstrates that the Landau damping is a result of a statistical average
over various initial conditions and is not valid for any initial conditions.
(iv) Show that for t > r ¢Jk(t) damps by the Landau damping. Discuss why ¢Jk(t)
grows until t = r by considering the oscillation of the distribution function
due to the velocity-dependent phase factor.

A.7. Plasma-wave Echo

Consider a one-dimensional plasma and apply two successive pulse fields of the
wave numbers ±k and ±k' (k' > k) at time t = 0 and t'(> 0), respectively.
Then at time t = t" == k't' jk" (k" == k' - k), a third wave of ±k" appears
spontaneously. This is called the plasma-wave eclw. It is a result of the combined
effect of the initial memory kept in the distribution function FH and the reversal
of the sign of the phase of the distribution function FH" due to the application
of the second pulse field at t = t'.
(i) Assuming that there is no perturbation at t < 0 and writing the first pulse
field as

303
 Ek(X, t) = [Vk exp(ikx) + V-k exp( -ikx)]8(t) ,

calculate the distribution function FH(V, t = +0) by solving (6.6.12).

(ii) Calculate the Fourier component E(±k,w) of the induced electric field in
the linear approximation.
(iii) Derive the expression for FH(V, t = e) in terms of FH(V, t = +0) and
E(k,w).
(iv) Assuming that t' is sufficiently large compared to the Landau damping time
of the wave excited by the first pulse field and that the electric field of wave
number ±k' at time t = t' can be written as

Ek,(x, t) = [Vk, exp(ik' x) + L k, exp( -ik' x)]8(t - t') ,

show that the distribution function FH"(V, t = t' + 0) produced by the

second-order coupling of the perturbations at the wave numbers =t=k and
±k' is given by

F±k"(V, t = t' + 0)
= (ejm)2VH' . 8j8v[exp(±ikvt')E(=t=k,w = =t=kv)(djdv)Fo(v)] ,

where we neglected the contribution of the initial perturbation F H( v, t = +0)

to FH(V, t = t').
(v) Show that the above distribution function, as an initial distribution for the
perturbation at the wave number ±k" has a form of (A. 1I) with T = t" - t'.
This yields a plasma-wave echo.
(vi) Calculate the line shape of the above plasma wave echo for the case k' = 2k.

A.S. H-theorem for the Quasilinear Equations

(i) Show that the quasilinear equation (6.6.14) satisfies the following H-
theorem:

(djdt) J
dvFo(v, t)log[Fo(v, t)] ~ 0,
and that the equality in the above equation holds only when 8Fo(v, t)j8v = 0
(i.e., a plateau in the velocity space) in the region D(v) :f O.
(ii) Show that the three-dimensional version of the quasilinear equations in the
absence of the magnetic field can be written in the form

8Fo(v, t)jat = J d3kj(27r)3k. 8j8vo:(k,v)Wk(t)k. 8Fo(v,t)j8v ,

8 W k(t)jat = J d3vmwko:(k, v)Wk(t)k . 8Fo(v, t)8v , (A. 12)

where Wk(t) and Wk are the energy and frequency of the wave of wave
number k, and o:(k, v) is given by

304
 where, for simplicity, only one component of the plasma particles is con-
sidered. The first equation of (A.12) is the quasilinear diffusion equation in
the velocity space, and the second equation describes the Landau damping
of the wave. Verify the H-theorem for the three-dimensional case.
(iii) Show that if the spontaneous emission of the wave is taken into account,
the term Wk(t)k . 8Fo(v,t)j8v on the right-hand sides of (A.12) is to be
replaced by the expression

In the first equation of (A.12), the additional term, mwkFO(V, t), comes
from the plasma-wave contribution to Jl (v, t) which arises from the pole at
k . v ,;, Wk in the inverse of the dielectric function in (6.8.19).
(iv) Show that for the above generalized quasilinear set of equations, the entropy
defined by the relation

S(t) == J
d3vFO(v, t)log[Fo(v, t)] + J
d3kj(21r)310 g[Wk(t)]

satisfies the following H-theorem

dS(t)jdt ~ 0 ,

in which the equality holds only when

k . 810g[Fo(v, t)]j8v = -mwkjWk(t) .

Verify that a Maxwellian distribution of temperature T for Fo(v, t) with the

thermal level of the wave energy, Wk = T, satisfies the above condition for
dSjdt = o.

A.9. High-frequency Conductivity

Consider a situation in which a dipole oscillating electric field (8.3.5) is applied

to a collisionless plasma in the absence of the magnetic field.
(i) Show that if we denote the linear-response electron-current density as
J exp( -iwot) + c.c., we have the relation

J= Jo+J',

with Jo = _[e2 j(imwo)]neoEo, and J' = _[e2 j(imwo)](n:E'}, where n~

and E' are the fluctuating parts of the electron density and the electric field,
respectively, and the angled bracket denotes the spatial average. Note that
the ion contribution to the current density is ignored because of the large
ion mass.

305
 (ii) Assuming that the fluctuations are electrostatic, show that J' can be written
as

J' = [Ze3/(mcowo)] L(k/k2 )

k
J dw/(27r 2 )(n;(k,w +wo)n/(-k, -w») ,

(A.13)

where Z is the valency of the ion. This relation reveals that electron-density
fluctuations alone have no contribution to the current density J, ion-density
fluctuations being necessary as well as electron-density fluctuation. Discuss
the physical reason for this.
(iii) In the presence of a dipole oscillating field, all particles of the same species
oscillate in phase with the same amplitude. For electrons, this oscillation is
represented by ro(t) == [eEo/(mw8)] exp( -iwot) + C.C .. Then by the trans-
formation to the oscillating frame, r - ro(t), we can eliminate the external
field from the basic equations for the electrons. Denoting this transformation
by an operator Ll, i.e., LlA(r, t) == A(r - ro(t), t), and using (6.4.11), show
the following relations for the Fourier transform in the rest frame and the
oscillating frame

(LlA)(k,w) = J dw'Ll(k,w')A(k,w - w') = f

n=-oo
inJn(e)A(k,w + nwo)

00

n=-oo

where e = 2k . Eo/(mw5), which is the ratio of the excursion length of the

electron due to the applied oscillating field to the wavelength, and In(e) is
the Bessel function.
(iv) In the electron oscillating frame, the small-amplitude electron fluctuations
can be treated by the linear theory in the absence of the applied field. For
ions, we use the rest frame neglecting the oscillation due to the applied field.
Derive the following relations

(Lln~)(k,w)= [coXe(k,w)/ce(k,w)]Z(Lln/)(k,w) ,
Zn/(k,w) = [coX;(k,w)/c;(k,w)]n;(k,w)

where Xs(k,w) is the electric susceptibility (6.2.12) of the s-th species of

particle and c 3 (k,w) == co[l + Xs(k,w)].
(v) Using the linear approximation with respect to e and the relations derived
in (iii) and (iv), derive the following relation

n;(k, w + wo) = (iZ e/2)[co/ce(k, w) - co/ce(k, w + wo)]n/(k, w) .

(vi) Substituting the above expression into (A. 13) and neglecting w in the electron
dielectric function Ceo as w is a frequency of the ion response, derive the
following formula

306
 J' = [iZ 2 e4 / (m 2wij)] L (kk. Eo/k 2) [l/ce(k,O) -l/ce(k,WO)]Si(k),
k
(A.14)

where Si(k) is the ion fonn factor in the absence of the applied field

Si(k) == J dw/(27ri{In,!(k,w)1 2 } •

The Fonnula (A.14) is called the Dawson-Obermanformula for the high-

frequency conductivity of plasma. Discuss the effect of enhanced ion-density
fluctuations on the absorption constant which is the imaginary part of the
conductivity, J / Eo.

A.IO. Exact Kinetic Theory for Electrostatic Waves in the Presence

of a Dipole Field

As mentioned in the proceeding problem, in the presence of an externally applied

dipole field given by (8.3.5), all particles of the same species oscillate in phase
with the same amplitude.
(i) Show that in the presence of a unifonn static magnetic field Bo in the z-
direction, the oscillating motion of the particle of mass m and charge q is
given by

ro(t) = {xo cos (wo t) , yo sin(wot), Zo cos(wot)}

with
Xo = -(2q/m)Eol./ (w~ -Ii) ,
yo = (2q/m)Eol.il![wo (w~ - il2 )] ,

zo = - [2q/ (mw~)] Eoll

where Eo is assumed to be in the x, z-plane, and Eol. and Eoll are the electric
field components perpendicular (x-direction) and parallel (z-direction) to the
magnetic field Bo, respectively.
(ii) Representing the transfonnation to the oscillating frame, r -+ r - ro(t), by
an operator ..::1, as in the preceding problem, derive the following relation
for the Fourier transfonn in the oscillating frame and the rest frame

L
(Xl

(..::1A)(k, w) = exp(in9)J n (a)A(k,w + nwo) ,

n-(Xl

L
(Xl

(..::1- 1 A)(k,w) = exp(-in9)J n (a)A(k,w - nwo) ,

n-(Xl

where

307
 a2 == (k%xo + k zZO)2 + (k Y YO)2, () == tan-I [(k%xo + kzzo)/(kyl/O») .

(iii) In the linear approximation with respect to the fluctuations which are as-
sumed to be electrostatic, i.e., E(k,w) = -ikif>(k,w), the relation corre-
sponding to (6.2.11) holds in the oscillating frame. Using (6.2.6) we have

-e(Llene)(k,w) = -eXe(k,w)[Z(Llenj)(k,w) - (Llene)(k,w») ,

Ze(Lljnj)(k,w) = -eXj(k,w)[Z(Lljnj)(k,w) - (Lljne)(k,w»)

where X.(k,w) is the electric susceptibility (6.4.19) of the s-th species of

particle in the presence of a magnetic field, and Ll. is the transformation
operator to the oscillating frame of the s-th species of particle. Using these
relations, derive the following relation

{I + Xj(k,w)LljLl;I[1 + Xer 1LleLl;I} (Lljnj)(k,w) = O. (A.lS)

(iv) Using the Bessel function relation

L
00

exp(in()Jn+p(a)Jn(b) =exp(iprp)Jp(A) ,
n=-oo

where A = (a2+~-2abcos ()1/2, and t/J = tan-I [bsin ()/(a-bcos ()), derive
the following relation
LljLl;I[1 + Xer 1Ll eLl;I(Ll j nj)(k,w)
L L exp[iq(7r - if> + ()e»)Jp (JL)Jp - q (JL)[1 + Xe(k,w + pwo)r 1
p q
x (Lljnj)(k,w + qwo) , (A.16)

where

JL = [a2 2
e + aj - 2a eaj COS«()j - ()e)
]1/2 ,

if> =tan-I {aj sin«()j - ()e)/[a e - aj cos«()j - ()e)]) .

Substitution of (A. 16) into (A. IS) yields the set of mode-coupling equations
driven by an external dipole field which are valid to all orders in Eo.

A.H. Dispersion Relation for Parametric Instability due to a Weak

Dipole Pump Field

In the weak: pump case, i.e. JL2 < 1, we have JO(JL) == 1, J±I(JL) == ±JL/2 and
J±n(JL) == O(lnl > 1).
(i) Derive a coupled system of equations for (Lljnj)(k, w) and (Lljnj)(k, w±wo).
(ii) In the low-frequency and long-wavelength case, i.e. Iwl < Wpi, Wei, and
k2Ab < 1, ee(k,w) == eOXe(k,O) = eo(k2Ab)-1 ~ eo, so that we can
ignore ee(k, w)-1 as compared with ee(k, w ± WO)-1 , provided that wo is in

308
 the electron resonance frequency range, i.e. ICe(k,w ± wo)1 ~ co(k 2 Ab)-l.
Derive the following dispersion relation for parametric instabilities in this
case

1 + 1'2ch;(k, w) [ 1 + 1 ] =0 (A.17)
4k2 Abc(k, w) . c(k, w + wo) c(k, w - wo) ,

where c(k,w) = cO[ce(k, w)+X;(k,w)], the dielectric function of the electron-

ion system.
(iii) In the absence of the static magnetic field, i.e. il = 0, YO = 0 and (J = 7r /2.
Neglecting the ion response near the pump frequency, i.e. c(k, w ± wo) ,;
ce(k, w ±wo), derive the flowing dispersion relation independent of the value
of k2Ab:

1 + e2cox;(k,w)ce(k,w) [ 1 + 1 ] - 0 (A.lS)
4c(k,w) ce(k,w +wo) ce(k,w - wo)

where e = 2ek . Eo/(mwfj).

(iv) Using (A. IS), verify (S.3.23).
(v) Using (A.17), discuss the parametrix excitation of a couple of upper hybrid
mode and a lower hybrid mode by an electromagnetic pump.

A.12. Kinetic Theory for Electric Susceptibility in Weakly

Inhomogeneous Plasma

Consider a plasma in a uniform static magnetic field Bo in the z-direction. The

plasma is assumed to have a density gradient in the x-direction with the scale
length much longer than the wavelength.
(i) Show that in this case the unperturbed distribution function Fo is a function
of Vz,V.l and X == x - vy/il.
(ii) Show that (6.4.6) is to be replaced by

k· 8/8v' = k z8/8v z +(k.l· v'dv.l)8/8v.l- (k y/m8/8X .

(iii) Carrying out a calculation similar to that in Sect. 6.4, show that the only
effect of the density gradient is to replace k z 8/8v z in (6.4.17) and (6.4.19)
by k z8/8v z - (k y/m8/8X.
(iv) Assuming a Maxwellian distribution,

Fo(v, X) = no(X)(27rV~)-3/2 exp [_v 2/ (2v~)] ,

and denoting -noI8no/8X == K, derive the following expression for the

electric susceptibility

309
 where w* = Kkyv~/ D, the drift frequency, Z(O is the plasma-dispersion
function defined by (6.3.19) with (n being given by
(n = (w+nil)/(..fikzVT)
and An(b) =- exp( -b)In(b) (Problem 6.5).
(v) Consider an electron-ion system and assuming kzVTi ~ Iwl == w* ~ Wei,
kzVTe derive the dispersion relation for the collisionless drift wave. Use the
following expansion formulas for Z(O:
Z(O =i1r l / 2 exp( _(2) - 2(1 - 2(2/3 + ...) (1(1 ~ 1) ,
Z(O = i1rl/2exp(_(2) - C l (1 + 1/(2(2) + ... ) (1(1 ~ 1) .

A.2 Problems to Part II Applications to Fusion Plasmas

A.13. Bernstein Waves

Consider a spatially uniform plasma in a static uniform magnetic field Bo. There
exist electrostatic waves propagating perpendicular to Bo called Bernstein waves.
(i) Assuming a Maxwellian distribution of the form (3.5.22) for both the elec-
tron and the ion, and applying the calculation similar to Problem 6.5 to
(6.4.19), derive the following dispersion relation for the Bernstein wave

where the notation is the same as in Problem 6.5 with suffix s denoting the
particle species. Clearly, the Bernstein wave consists of many modes whose
frequencies are separated by integer multiple of cyclotron frequency.
(ii) The Bernstein wave is not subject to Landau or cyclotron damping. Discuss
the physical reason for this.
(iii) At high frequencies, i.e. w 2 > D;,
the ion contribution can be neglected,
provided that there exist a small but finite collisional effect to smooth out the
ion cyclotron resonance. The resulting waves are called the electron Bern-
stein waves. Study the dispersion characteristics of the electron Bernstein
waves in the frequency range Wee < w < 2wee •
(iv) Discuss the relation of the electron Bernstein waves to the upper hybrid
mode in the low temperature limit
(v) At low frequencies where w '" Wei ~ Wee and at long wavelength kfle ~ 1,
show that the electron susceptibility can be approximated as Xe == w;e/w~e.
The resulting waves are called the ion Bernstein waves.
(vi) Discuss the dispersion relation, i.e. the w versus kfli curves, for the ion
Bernstein waves.

310
A.14. Magnetosonic Waves in Tokamaks

We model the tokamak plasma by a cylinder with the magnetic field given by
B _ Bo~ _ Bo
(- R -[1+rcosO/R]'

and neglect the poloidal component B6. The density and temperature of the plas-
ma are assumed to depend only on the radius r. We then consider the situation in
which an electromagnetic wave at frequency range, Wei < W < Wee, is launched
at the edge of the plasma along the magnetic field.
(i) We start from the dielectric tensor (7.3.8) for a cold plasma model. Show that
in the present frequency range, X.,(u = 1,2,3) can be written approximately
as

Xl = 1 + N! ( me/mi + [1 _ (:2 /W~i)])

2 (W / Wei) _ 1 2 / 2
X2 = -NA [I_ (w2/W~i)]' X3 - - Wpe W ,

where N! = W;dW~i. For an actual case of warm plasma with (e =

w/(kllvTe) rv 1 or > 1, X3 has to be replaced by

where Z«(e) is the plasma-dispersion function.

(ii) Show that the transverse index of refraction N 1- == k 1- c/W can be written as

2XINi = -(Xl + X3) (N~ -

Xl) - X~
± {[(Xl + X3) (N~ - Xl) + X~r - 4XIX3 [(Xl - N02 - X~] f/2

where ki= k; + k~, with k6 = m/r (m: integer) and Nil = kllc/w which is
the longitudinal index of refraction. The upper sign corresponds to the slow
mode of magnetosonic wave, and the lower sign to the fast mode. In the
present frequency range, IX31 ~ lXII, Inl. Show that in this case we have
approximately

N 1--
2 -
(Xl - Nff)2 - X~ (fast mode) ,
(Xl - N~)
X3 (N~ - Xl)
=-
Xl (slow mode) .

311
 Let us study the dependence of the index of refraction of the fast and slow
modes on the density. Note that the density dependence on the major radius
becomes important since the wave is launched in the horizontal plane with
8 = 0 and the wavelength is much shorter than the minor radius.
(iii) First consider the fast mode. Let N r be the radial component of the index
of refraction, show that the propagation is possible in the plasma core, i.e.
N; > 0, up to the cut off point r = roJ, where N; = 0, at which the
following relation holds:

N~ - N~ [N; + 2(Nlf - 1) ]
+[I-(w2/w~;)] (N~-I) (N;+N1f-1) =0,
which gives

N~ == (N~ - 1) [(w/wc;) + 1] when (Nlf - 1) » N; ,

N~ == Nt when (Nlf -1) ~ Nt

Show that at high density where Xl N~ » N~, Nt,

f'V Ni= N~ corre-
sponding to the Alfven phase velocity.
(iv) Consider next the slow mode. Show that the propagation is possible up to
a very low density r = ros, where N~ ~ 1 and X3 == -N;;(N~ - 1) or
w;e/w2 == 1 + N;;(N~ - 1), and that Ni
becomes infinite at the lower
hybrid resonance point r = r LF where Xl = 0 or N~ = (w 2 /W~i) - 1 for
(w 2 /w~;) ~ mdme.
(v) Show that at very small value of r, N;
becomes negative for fast and slow
modes. This implies that there exists another cut off or turning point of the
electromagnetic wave at sufficiently small value of r. Draw curves showing
Ni and N; = Ni -
N; as functions of R.

A.IS. Current Drive

Consider a one-dimensional kinetic equation along the magnetic field with a

Lenard-Bernstein type collision term (6.8.30) and the quasilinear linear diffusion
term for resonant electrons. Under the assumption that Vres > VTe, where Vres
is the resonant velocity, the kinetic equation can be written as

oFe
ot 0
=OV [lie (V~e)
v3 ( vFe + VTe
2 OFe)]
OV

+ 7r (~) 2 :v JdklEkl2h(w - kv) ~e ,

where lie is the electron-ion collision frequency given by (3.S.30b), v and E are,
respectively, the velocity and electric field component parallel to the magnetic

312
field. The spectral energy density of high-frequency oscillations is given by Wk =
coIEkI2(w;e/w2). The above equation is valid if the wave frequency spectrum is
sufficiently broad that

il(w/k) > eE/(mw) .

We consider the situation that an external source produces oscillations with the
following spectrum in the plasma

Wk = Wo > 0 at VI ~ w/k ~ Vl ,
= 0 at w/k < VI and w/k > V2 .
(i) Show that the stationary solution of the above kinetic equation is given by
the Maxwellian distribution FM in the region V > V2 and V < VI, and that
it is given by the following expression in the region VI ~ V ~ Vl:

Fe = Cexp { -vev~e IV dv' / [VeV~e/v' + 1l"W2WOV' /(mn e)]} .

The integration constants are found from the continuity condition for Fe
at V = VI and Vl and the conservation of the total number of particles,
J dvFe = ne·
(ii) Show that for the Case
2 5 '2
1l"W Wo/(mne) ~ VeVTe/V ,
Fe is nearly a plateau in the region VI ~ V ~ Vl.
(iii) Under the above condition, calculate the current density J = -e J~oo dvvFe.
(iv) The power of the external source necessary to produce this current density
is determined by electron collisions responsible for the energy flow from the

1:
plateau region to the thermal region

P = dv(mv 2/2)ve(VTe/v )3(Fe - FM) .

Show that the current drive efficiency is given by

J/P =e (vi - v?) / [mVeV~e 10g(V2/VI)] .

A.16. Wave Equation in an Inhomogeneous Cylindrical Plasma

Consider the propagation of a low-frequency wave in a cylindrical plasma in the

presence of a static magnetic field Bo = (0, Boo, Bo). In the frequency range
w < WLH (the lower hybrid-wave frequency), electron mass effect is negligible
in the equation of motion

E+u x Bo+ullob x B =0,

313
where E and B are fluctuating fields and uliO is the equilibrium electron flow
velocity due to the magnetic field gradient being given by Ampere's law, i.e.
Jllo = -eneoullo = (\7 x Bo)j J.lo. Since we can neglect the electric field along
the magnetic field, we do not need equation for u . b = U II.
(i) By operating b x on the above equation, derive the following expression for
the perturbed electron current perpendicular to the magnetic field:

JeJ.. = -eneo(ue - ullb)

= w;d(WWci)b x E/c2 + (\7 x BO)II(B - Bllb)/(J.loBo) .
(ii) For ions we can neglect equilibrium current and the equation of motion
becomes (7.3.1). Derive the following relation for the perturbed ion current,
see (7.2.13) and (7.3.9),

J;/w = eO [-iE(wp;/wci)2 - b x Ew!d(wWci)] j [1 - (W/Wci)2]

(iii) Show that the dielectric tensor € can be written as follows

£/eo· E = E + (iJ.loc2jw) (Jel.. + Ji)
= (1 + (cjvA)2
[l - (wjw ci)2]
) E _ /c/vAi(w/Wci) b x E
[l - (W/W ci)2]
+ (ic 2 /w)(\7 x BO)II(B - Bllb)/ Bo ,
where v A is the Alfven velocity which is a function of the radial position r
since niO depends on r.
(iv) In the 10w-,8, cylindrical tokamak model, the dependence of the cyclotron
frequency on r is ignorable. Show the following relations

[\7 x (\7 x E)]r = (ki +kn Er+(ikl..jr)djdr(rEl..)

- ikllrd/ dr[B6IJ/(r Bo)]El.. ,

[\7 x (\7 x E)]l.. = k~El.. - d/dr[ -ikl..Er + Ojr)d/dr(rEl..)]

+ ikllrd/ dr[B6IJ/(r Bo)]Er ,
and

314
 [(w/e)2 e/eo . E] 1. = (w/e)2 { 1 + [1 ~e{:12:;)2]} E1.
. (w/e)2(e/VA)2(w/w c ;) E
+1 [1-(W/W c ;)2] r

+ (l/r)d/dr(rB80/Bo)(-ikll)Er .
(V) Noting Maxwell's equations:

V x (V x E) = (w 2 / <I,) (e /co) . E ,

and the above equations, derive the following equations for (En E1.):

(ik1./r)d/dr(r E1.) = (A - ki) Er + iGE1. ,

d/dr[(1/r)d/dr(rE1.) - ik1.Er] = iGEr - AE1. ,

where
2 2 (W/VA)2 2
A = (W /e ) + [1 _ (W/W c;)2] - kll '

G = (W/VA)2(w/w c ;) _ (2k / )(B /B)

[1 _ (w/w c ;)2] II r 80 o·

Note that A = 0 represents the dispersion relation for the Alfven wave.
The tenn (w 2 /e 2 ) is often negligible for e » VA- Note also that G = 0 if
(w/w c ;) -+ 0 and equilibrium current tenn is neglected.
(vi) The MHD limit implies (w/w c ;) -+ 0 and e» VA- Then A = (W/VA)2 - k~
and G = -(2k ll /r)(B80/ Bo). Eliminating Er from the above equations,
derive

(d/dr) [(A ~ k}) ~ (rEr)]

+{<A/r)- (G 2 /r) _..!!:...[<k1.G/r)]}<rE)=O.
(A - ki) dr (A - ki) r

For the MHD model in the slab geometry, this equation is reduced to the
fonn,

315
A.17. Spectrum of Shear Alfven Wave in Toroidal Geometry

Shear Alfven waves exhibit interesting features in toroidal geometry. Consider a

large aspect ratio tokamak which satisfies a/ R < 1, where a and R are the minor
and major radii, respectively. The toroidal coordinates are introduced through

R= /l{) - ..1(r)+rcos8,
r/J = -(//l{) ,
Z=rsin8,
where (R, r/J, Z) are the cylindrical coordinates. Here ..1(r) denotes the shift
of center of the magnetic surface due to the toroidal effect and is called the
Shafranov shift.
We describe the shear Alfven wave by ftucuating electric field. In the context
of the ideal MHO, Ell = 0 and EJ... = -V J...~.
(i) Using the Fourier-series representation ~(r, 8, () = L: ~mn exp(im8 - inC)
for the linearized MHD equations and neglecting O(r2 / .RJ), derive the fol-
lowing eigenvalue equation for the variable Em = ~mn/r:

dr
-
dt
[3 (w2 2) -dEm]
-+-
--kll
V~dr
d -(w2)
dr
m
rE2 m
V~

(~~ - k~m ) Em
- r(m2 - 1)

~ [3 (w2)
+d r 2
(2r
+ ~AI) (dEm+1
D_d + dEm-l)
d
r VA .no r r

- ~k IIm..1' (dEm+1
kllm+l ~ + kll m- l dEm-I)]
dr =0 .
Here ..1' == d..1/dr, kllm is the parallel wave number given by kllm =
(mBs/ B + nBo/ RB).
(ii) Consider the cylindrical limit, r / /l{) --+ 0 and ..1 --+ 0, and derive the dis-
persion relation w 2 = k~m v~, which corresponds to a continuous spectrum.
(iii) By including the toroidal effect, derive the following dispersion relation for
the shear Alfven wave

IDmnl =0,
with

Dmn = (w 2 /v~ - k~m) Cm,n

+ [(w2/v~) (2r//l{) +..1') - ..1'kllmkll n] (Cm+l ,n + Cm-l ,n ),
where cm,n is Kronecker's delta. It should be noted that this dispersion
relation resolves the degeneracy at radial locations where different shear
Alfven waves intersect at Ikllm I = Ikllm+ll.

316
(iv) Solve the above dispersion relation for the case when two modes, m = -1
and m = -2, are present. Draw the (w, r) diagram for the case of the safety
factor q(r) = 1 + (r I a)2, and confirm the existence of the frequency gap.

A.IS. MUD Equilibrium with Anisotropic Pressure

When the particle distribution function is anisotropic with respect to vII and
V.L, the MHD equation has to be extended to include the pressure anisotropy,
PII f P.L, where II and 1. refer to the directions parallel and perpendicular to the
magnetic field. By adding the gradient B drift current, the curvature drift current
and the magnetization current, we have

J=JVB+JR+JM
= P.L V(1/B) x b + (PII/B)(V x bh - V x (P.LbIB) .

(i) Show that

J x B =V.LP.L + (PII - P.L)b· Vb.

-
(ii) If we define the pressure tensor P for the anisotropic plasma by

P =P.L I + (PII - P.L)bb ,

show that the right hand side of the above equation is equal to (V . P).L.
Also show that the parallel force balance gives

(V· P)II = VIIPII +(PII - P.L)b· Vb =0.

(iii) Assuming P = P('I/J, B), where 'I/J is the flux function, derive the following
relations
oPilioB =(PII - P.L)/B,
(V x uB) x BIJlo = (oPlo'I/J)V.L'I/J ,
where

317
A.19. Beta Limit

Stability criterion for the interchange mode is given by the Suydam criterion
(10.3.36). In order to obtain the highest pressure for a given magnetic config-
uration, the pressure profile marginal to the interchange mode everywhere in
the plasma column is selected. For the simplest model of a Heliotron E in the
cylindrical limit, where the rotational transform is given by

t(r) =0.51 + 1.69(r/a)2 ,

r being the a radius corresponding to magnetic surface in the cylindrical model,
estimate the highest beta value determined by the Suydam criterion.
In the toroidal geometry the Suydam criterion must be replaced by the Mercier
criterion which takes into account the toroidal effect correctly [10.1].

A.20. Shafranov Shift

Consider an MHD equilibrium of tokamak: plasma described by (10.2.21-27).

(i) Using (10.2.37,42 and 49), show that the magnetic field components for
(! ~ a in the poloidal and radial directions are given by

BIJ =BIJ(a); - BIJ(a) 2~ [(1 + ~) (A(a) + ~) + ln~ - 1] 8

cos

and

BQ = 2~BIJ(a) [(1- ~) (A(a)+~) +ln~] 8, sin

respectively, where BIJ(a) = BIJ(a, 8 = 7r /2) and

Z.
A(a) =.Bp + i - I
and a is the minor radius of toroidal plasma. Note that the above equations
give

{
BIJ(a,8): BIJ(a) [1 - ~A(a)COs8]
B Q(a,8) - 0 .
(ii) For the MHD equilibrium with uniform toroidal current density J c;IJ = const
and parabolic pressure profile Po(r) = Po(O)[I- ((!2/a 2)] in the zeroth ap-
proximation, derive expressions for B Q({!' 8) and BIJ{{!, 8) inside the plasma
column. Also calculate the internal inductance and the Shafranov shift.

318
 A.21 Stochastic Behavior of Magnetic Field Lines

Consider the equations for field lines of tokamak: in the cylindrical coordinates
(R, </>, Z) given by

{ ~: = !:
dZ Bz
d</> = Btf> '
where Be/> is the toroidal field.
(i) Show that the above equations can be transformed into a form of canonical
equations for a Hamiltonian system

P= - ~~
{
. o"p
q = op ,

where the toroidal angle </> corresponds to the time, p = const to the mag-
netic surface and q to the poloidal angle around the magnetic axis. The
'Hamiltonian' "p(p, q, </» is represented by the poloidal flux function.
(ii) As an example of tokamak: equilibrium, consider the case

where 0 ~ p ~ 1 labels the equilibrium flux surfaces. This corresponds to

the safety factor qo (P) = 1 + 5p2. Choose the perturbation ,(fi in the following
way, which is resonant in the confinement zone of 1 ;:s qo ;:s 2,
_ 4 1
"p =e L
m=3
(m + 1)2 sin(mq - 2</» .

Here two basic driven modes (m, n) = (3, 2) and (m, n) = (4, 2) may be
assumed to be of magnetohydrodynamic origin. Show the island half width
Llpmn is given by

and estimate Llpmn for e = 0.025, where a mn = e/(m + 1)2 and Pmn is the
resonant surface satisfying d"po/dplp=PFnR = n/m. The value of e = 0.025
may correspond to bB / B ~ 10-3 •
(iii) By preparing a computer program, follow 30 trajectories for 1al revolu-
\ tions around the torus, starting at qi = 0 and Pi = 0.05 + (i - 1) x 0.031
(i = 1, ...... , 30) and plot a phase diagram on (p, q) plane by using the

319
 periodicity in the ¢> direction with 211". The following parameter is called the
Chirikov parameter

S mn _ Llpmn + Llpm'n'
m'n' - .
, IPmn - Pm'n'l
Calculate it for the above case of the perturbations of (m, n) = (3, 2) and
(m, n) = (4, 2) and e = 0.025.

A.22 loo-temperature Gradient Driven Drift Wave

Consider the situation where an inhomogeneous plasma is immersed in the ho-

mogeneous magnetic field and the ion inertia is negligible for the perpendicular
velocity component to the magnetic field with b = B / B.

v~= [bX (v~+ ~:i)]/B.

(i) By substituting the expression for v~ in the ion continuity equation, and in
the equations for longitudinal ion motion and ion thermal transport, derive
the· following equations:

Oni + (b x V~) . Vn' +b. V(n'v",) =0 (A.19)

&t B'" ,
OVili b x V~ )
mini ( 7ft + Vlli b · VVili + B . VVili

= -b· VPi - enib· V~, (A.20)

oPi + b x V~ . vp. +v".b. vp. + ~P.b. VV,,· =0 (A.2l)

&t B" • 3 • •.
It should be noted that for electrons

-b· V P e + enb . V~ =0 , (A.22)

and Te = const are supplemented.

(ii) When no and TOi have gradients in the x direction, by linearizing (A.19-2l)
and using the perturbed quantities {ni' vIIi, T;, <j?} exp( -iwt + ikyY + ikllz),
show that
ni ky dno _ kllvlli
no =- Bwno dx ~ + ---:;- ,
- klle
vlli=--
miw
(1 W;i)_
--~,
w
f.. = _ ky dPo i ,;;
• Bw dx T'

320
 where ky and kll are wave numbers in y direction and along the magnetic
field line, respectively, and W;i = (ky/eBno)(dP&/dx). Here incompress-
ibility is assumed by neglecting the last tenn in (A.21).
(iii) Show the ion-density perturbation is given by

and derive the dispersion relation

1 _W k 2e
_*e _i _
l W *. )
T_ ( l----E!. =0 (A.23)
W miw2 W
by using the Boltzmann relation n;/no = erp/Te obtained from (A.22) and
assuming the charge neutrality n; = ni. Here W*e = -(kyTe/eBno)(dno/dx)
is the electron drift frequency.
(iv) Show that the dispersion relation (A.23) becomes

= __k T_e (1 + 7Ji)

2
w2 1_1

mi

for W ~ w:'
where 7Ji = dlnT& / dlnno. In this case one of the roots indicates
the instability for 7Ji > -1.
(v) For 7J ~ 1 and w:h > W > w:' show the dispersion relation (A.23) becomes

3 _ kfiTe *
W - ---wr.. ,
mi •

which also includes the unstable oscillation, where wT; =(ky/eBo)dTo;/dx.

(vi) When the last tenn of (A.21) is kept for compressible plasmas, derive the
dispersion relation

1 _ w: _ kfiTe (1 _ W;i) _ ~ kfiToi (1 _ W:) =0 .

W miw2 W 3 miw2 W
Also show that for W ~ w: and Te = TOi

w2 = k~Oi (~ _ 7Ji) .

In this case the instabilities are excited for 7Ji > 2/3. Since 7Ji is the important
parameter for the ion temperature gradient driven drift wave, this is also
called 7Ji mode.

321
A.23 Transport Equations

Equations (14.1-5) describes global particle and energy balances of toroidal plas-
ma without spacial dependence. However, in order to analyze experimental re-
sults, radial dependence of density and temperature becomes important. For such
a study of tokamak plasmas the following balance equations are solved numeri-
cally

an = ~~ (rDan) +SI (A.24)

at rar ar '
3 a
--(nTe) = -1 -ar ( ~e- 3 an) + - .,., [a
are + -TeD- -r(B9)] 2
2 at r ar ar 2 ar JL5r2 ar
3m e .,., e
- ----(Te - Ti) - Prad - PI + PA , (A.25)
mi Tei
3 1
--(nTi) = - - ( ~i-
a a 3 D -an)
aTi + -Ti
2at rar ar 2 ar
3m e .,., i
+ ----(Te - T i ) - Pcx + PA , (A.26)
mi Tei
aB 9 = ~~ [:J.~(rB9)] . (A.27)
at JLO ar r ar
Here we set n = ne = ni. In these equations SI denotes the particle source
due to ionization, PI and Pcx denote energy losses due to ionization and charge
exchange, respectively. The terms PA and P~ denote additional heating of elec-
trons and ions by neutral beams or electromagnetic waves. The term Prad denotes
the energy loss due to radiation. When impurity ions are disregarded, this term is
simply the Bremsstrahlung given by (9.1.9). The classical resistivity .,., is given
by (4.5.12).
There are many models for the electron and ion thermal conductivity, ~e and
~i, and the diffusion coefficient D.
First choose D, ~e and ~i appropriately from recent scientific papers. (Note
that many papers give Xe = ~eJn and Xi = ~;Jn instead of ~e and ~i.) Next
develop a numerical code to solve (A.24-27) in a straight cylindrical plasma.
Then study evolution of density and temperature profiles for an ohmic ally heated
tokamak with R = 1m, a = 0.2m, B = 2T and Ip = lOOK A from an initial low
temperature plasma with n e(m- 3 ) = 2 x 1019 [1 - (rJa)2] +2 X 1018 , Te(eV) =
40[1- (r Ja)2] + 10 and Ti(e V) = 40[1- (r Ja)2] + 10. Finally calculate the particle
and energy confinement at the steady state.

322
References

1.1 L. Tooks, I. Langmuir: Oscillations in Ionized Gases and Note on Oscillations in Ionized
Gases, Phys. Rev. 33, 195, 990 (1929)
1.2 A.A. Vlasov: Zh. Eksp. Teor. F'1Z 8, 291 (1938)
1.3 LD. Landau: On the Vibration of the Electronic Plasma, J. Phys. (USSR) 10, 25 (1946)
1.4 J.E. Mayer: The Theory of Ionic Solutions, J. Chern. Phys. 18, 1426 (1950)
1.5 R. Balescu: Irreversible Processes in Ionized Gases, Phys. Fluids 3, 52 (1960)
1.6 A. Lenard: On Bogoliubov's Kinetic Equation for a Spatially Homogeneous Plasma, Ann.
Phys. 10, 390 (1960)
1.7 RL. Guernsey: Kinetic Equatioo for a Completely Ionized Gas, Phys. Fluids S, 322 (1962)
1.8 H. A1fven: Cosmical Electrodynomics (Oxford University Press 1951)
1.9 T.G. Cowling: Magnetohydrodynomics (Adam Hilger, Bristol 1976)
1.10 S.I. Braginskii: Reviews of Plasma Physics, ed. by M.A. Leontovich (Consultants Bureau, New
York 1965) p. 205
1.11 RZ. Sagdeev, A.A. Galeev: Nonlinear Plasma Theory (Benjamin, New York 1969)
1.12 R.C. Davidson: Methods in Nonlinear Plasma Theory (Academic, New York 1972)
1.13 V.N. Tsytovich: Nonlinear Effects in Plasma (plenum, New Y<rk 1970)
1.14 V.I. Karpman: Nonlinear Waves in Dispersive Media (Pergamon, Oxford 1975)
1.15 J. Weiland, H. Wilhelmsson: Coherent Nonlinear Interaction of Waves in Plasmas (Pergamon,
Oxf<rd 1977)
1.16 C.F. Kennel, LJ. Lanzerotti, E.N. Parker (eds.): Solar System Plasma Physics, VoU, II, III
(North-Holland, Amsterdam 1979)
1.17 D.B. Melrose: Plasma Astrophysics (Gordon and Breach, New York 1980)
1.18 Proc. of the Second United Nations Int. Conf. on the Peaceful Uses of Atomic Energy in
Geneva: Theoretical and Experimental Aspects of Controlled Nuclear Fusion, Vo1.31; Con-
trolled Fusion Devices, Vol.32 (United Nations Publication, Geneva 1958)
1.19 Proceedings of IAEA International Conference on Plasma Physics and Controlled Thermonu-
clear Fusion Research, Novosibirsk 1968, Vo1.1, p. 157

Chapter 2

2.1 M.N. Saba: On a Physical Theory of Stellar Spectra, Proc. Roy. Soc. A 99, 135 (1921);
W.B. Thompson, An Introt:luction to Plasma Physics (pergamon, Oxford 1961) Sect. 2.3
2.2 N.A. Krall, A.W. Trivelpiece: Principles of Plasma Physics (McGraw-Hili, New York 1973)
Chap. I, Part Two
2.3 H. Griem: Spectral Line Broadening by Plasmas (Academic, New York 1974)
2.4 G.Y. Marr: Plasma Spectroscopy (Elsevier, Amsterdam 1968)

Chapter 4

4.1 D.R. Nicholson: Introduction to Plasma Theory (John Wiley, New York 1983)

323
Chapter 5

5.1 K.V. Roberts, HL. Serlc: Nonlinear Evolution of a TWo-Saream Instability, Phys. Rev. Lett.
19, 2m (1967)
5.2 J.P. Freidberg, T.P. AnnsIrong: Nonlinear Development of the TWo-SIream Instability, Phys.
Fluids 11, 2699 (1968)
5.3 T. O'Neil. J.H. Wmfrey, J.H. Malmberg: Nonlinear Interaction of a Small Cold Beam and a
Plasma, Pltys. Fluids 14, 1204 (1971)
5.4 A.B. Mikbailovskii: Theory of Plasma InstiJbilities, ~l. 2, Clap. 3 (Consultants Bureau, New
York 1974)
5.5 D.W. Ross, S.M. Mahajan: Are Drift-Wave Eigenmodes Unstable?, Phys. Rev. Lett. 40, 324
(1978)
5.6 K.T. Tsang, PJ. Catto, J.C. Whitson, I.Smith: Absolute Universal Instability is Not Universal,
Phys. Rev. Lett. 40, 327 (1978)
5.7 T.M. Antonsen, Jr.: Stability of Bound Eigenmode Solutioos for the Collisionless Universal
Instability, Phys. Rev. Lett. 41, 33 (Im8)
5.8 H. Ikezi, RJ. Taylor, D.R. Baker: Formation and Interaction of Ion-Acoustic Solitons, Phys.
Rev. Lett. 25, 11 (1970)
5.9 H. Ikezi: Experiments on Ion-Acoustic Solitary Waves, Phys. Fluids 16, 1668 (1973)
5.10 M.Q. Tran: Ion Acoustic Solitons in a Plasma: A Review of Their Experimental Properties
and Related Theocies, Physica. Scripta 20, 317 (1979)
5.11 V. Zakharov, A.B. Shabat: Exact Theory of TWo-Dimensional Self-Focusing and One-
Dimensional Self-Modulation of Waves in Nonlinear Media, Sov. Phys. -lETP 34, 62 (1972)
5.12 T. Thniuti, N. Yajima: Perturbation Method for a Nonlinear Wave Modulation I., II., J. Math.
Phys.10, 1369,2020(1969)

Chapter 6

6.1 LD. Landau: On the Vibration of the Eleclron Plasma, J. Phys. (USSR) 10, 25 (1946)
6.2 BD. Fried, SD. Conte: The Plasma Dispersion Function (Academic, London 1961)
6.3 T. Stix: The Theory of Plasma Waves (McGraw-Hill, New York 1962) Clap. 8.2
6.4 N.A. Krall: "Drift Waves", in Advances in Plasma Physics ~l. I, cd. by A. Simoo, W.B.
Thompson (lnterscience, New York 1968) p. 153
6.5 D.W. Ross, S.M. Mahajan: Are Drift-Wave Eigenmodes Unstable?, Phys. Rev. Lett. 40, 324
(1978); K.T. Tsang, PJ. Catto, J.C. Whitson, I. Smith: Absolute Universal Instability is not
Universal, Phys. Rev. Lett. 40, 327 (1978); T.M. Antonsen, Jr.: Stability of Bound Eigenmode
Solutions for the Collisionless Universal Instability, Phys. Rev. Lett. 41, 33 (1978)
6.6 I.B. Bernstein, J.M. Greene, MD. Kruskal: Exact Nonlinear Plasma Oscillations, Phys. Rev.
108, 546 (1957)
6.7 F. Einaudi, R.N. Sudan: A Review of the Nonlinear Theory of Plasma Oscillations, Plasma
Pltys. 11, 359 (1969)
6.8 R. Balescu: Irreversible Processes in Ionized Gases, Pltys. Fluids 3, 52 (1960); A. Lenard:
On Bogoliubov's Kinetic Equation for a Spatially Homogeneous Plasma, Ann. Phys. 10, 390
(1960); RL. Guernsey: Kinetic Equation for a Completely Ionized Gas, Phys. Fluids 5, 322
(1962)
6.9 A.A. Vedenov, E.P. Velikhov, RZ. Sagdeev: Quasilinear Theory of Plasma Oscillations, Nu-
clear Fusion I, 82 (1962); Nuclear Fusion Suppl. Part IT, 465 (1962); W.E. Drummond, D.
Pines: Nonlinear Stability of Plasma Oscillations, Nuclear Fusion Suppl. Part m, 1049 (1969)
6.10 M.C. Wang, G.B. Uhlenbeck: On the Theory of Brownian Motion IT, Rev; Mod. Pltys. 17,
323 (1945)
6.11 D.C. Montgomery, A. TIdman: Plasma Kinetic Theory (McGraw-Hill, New York 1964) Chap.
2

324
6.12 A. Lenard, I. Bernstein: Plasma Oscillations with Diffusion in Velocity Space, Phys. Rev. 112,
1456 (1958)
6.13 V.I. Karpman: Singular Solutions of the Equation for Plasma Oscillations, SOy. Phys. JETP
24,603 (1967)

Chapter 7

7.1 K. Lonngren. D. Montgomery, I. Alexeff, D. Iones: Dispersion of Ion-Acoustic Waves, Phys.

Lett. lSA, 629 (1967)
7.2 Y. Yamashita, H. Ikezi, N. Sato, T. Takahashi: Propagation of Density Perturbation in a Plasma,
Phys. Lett. 27 A, 79 (1968)
7.3 I. Alexeff, WD. Iones, K. Lonngren: Excitation of Pseudowaves in a Plasma via a Grid, Phys.
Rev. Lett. 21, 878 (1968)
7.4 T. Stix: ThI! ThI!ory of Plasmll Waves (McGraw-Hill, New York 1962) Chap. 2
7.5 B.B. Kadomtsev: Plasmll Turbulence (Academic, London 1965) p. 22

Chapter 8

8.1 P K. Kaw, W L. Kruer, C.S. Liu, K. Nishikawa: "Parametric Instabilities in Plasma", in Ad-
vances in Plasmll Physics, \bl. 6, ed by A. Simon, W.B. Thompson (Wiley, New York 1975)
part I
8.2 K. Mirna, K. Nishikawa: "Parametric Instabilities and Wave Dissipation in Plasmas", in Basic
Plasmll Physics II, ed. by A.A. Galeev, R.N. Sudan (North-Holland, Amsterdam 1984) Chap.
6.5
8.3 M. Abramowitz, lA. Stegun: Handbook of Mathematical Functions (Dover, New York 1965)
p. 724
8.4 K. Nishikawa: Parametric Excitation of Coupled Waves L n, 1. Phys. Soc. Iapan 24, 916,
1152 (1968)
8.5 I. Drake, P K. Kaw, Y.C. Lee, G. Schmidt, C.S. Liu, MN. Rosenbluth: Parametric Instabilities
of Electromagnetic Waves in Plasmas, Phys. Fluids 17, 778 (1974)
8.6 B.B. Kadomtsev, V.1. Karpman: Nonlinear Waves, SOy. Phys. (Uspekhi) 14,40 (1971)
8.7 BN. Breizman, DD. Ryutov: Powerful Relativistic Electron Beams in a Plasma and in a
Vacuum (Theory), Nuclear Fusion 14, 873 (1974)
8.8 K. Nishikawa, Y.C. Lee, C.S. Liu: Condensation and Collapse, Comments on Plasma Physics
and Controlled Fusion n, 63 (1975)
8.9 V.E. Zakharov: Collapse of Langmuir Waves, SOY. Phys. JETP 35,908 (1972)
8.10 A.A. Galeev, RZ. Sagdeev, Yu.S. Sigov, VD. Shapiro, V.I. Shevchenko: Nonlinear Theory
of the Modulation Instability of Plasma Waves, SOY. I. Plasma Pbys. I, 5 (1975)
8.11 L.M. Degtyarev, V.E. Zakharov, L.I. Rudakov: Dynamics of Langmuir Collapse, SOY. I.
P1asma Phys. 2, 240 (1976)
8.12 L.M. Degtyarev, RZ. Sagdeev, G.I. Soloviev, VD. Shapiro, V.I. Shevchenko: One-Dimensional
Langmuir Turbulence, Sov. I. Plasma Phys. 6, 263 (1980)
8.13 1.M. Manley, H.E. Rowe: Some General Properties of Nonlinear Elements. Part I. General
&!ergy Relations, Proc. of the IRE 44, 904 (1956)

Chapter 9

9.1 DJ. Rose, M. Clark: Plasmll tlIId COIIITOlkd Fusion (Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts 1961)
9.2 R.F. Post: "Experimental Base of MirrCX"-<:onfined Physics", in Fusion, Vol. I, Part A, ed. by
E. Teller (Academic, New YCX"k 1981) p. 358

325
9.3 T.K. Fowler: "Mirror Theory", ibid. p. 291
9.4 R.F. Post: The Magnetic Mirror Approach to Fusion, Nucl. Fusion 27, 1579 (1987)
9.5 L.A. Artimovich: Tokamak Devices, Nucl. Fusion U, 205 (1972)
9.6 H.P. Furth: Tokamak Research, Nucl. Fusion IS, 408 (1975)
9.7 W.B. Kunkel: "Neutral Beam Injection", in Fusion, Vol. I, Pan B, ed. by E. Teller (Academic,
New York, 1981) p. 103
9.8 DL. Jusby: Neutral Beam Driven Tokamak Fusion Reactors, Nuclear Fusion 17, 309 (1977)
9.9 M. Porkolab: "Radio-Frequency Heating of Magnetically Confined Plasmas", in Fusion, \\>1.
I, Pan B, ed. by E. Teller (Academic, New York 1981) p. 151
9.10 H.A.B. Bodin, A.A. Newton: Reversed Field Pinch Research, Nucl. Fusion 20, 1255 (1980)
9.ll D.A. Baker, W.E. Quinn: "The Reversed Field Pinch", in Fusion, \\>1. I, Pan A, ed. by E.
Teller (Academic, New York 1981) p. 438
9.12 MN. Rosenbluth, M.W. Bussac: MHO Stability of Spheromak, Nucl. Fusion 19, 489 (1979)
9.13 A.1. Morozov, L.S. Solov'ev: "The Structure of a Magnetic Field", in Reviews of Plasma
physics, Vol.2 (Consultants Bureau, New York 1966) p. 1
9.14 JL. Shohet: "Stellarators", in Fusion, Vol. I, Pan A, ed. by E. Teller (Academic, New York
1981) p. 243
9.15 K. Miyamoto: Recent Stellarator Research, Nucl. Fusion 18, 243 (1978)
9.16 B.A. Carreras, G. Grieger, J.H. Harris, JL. Johnson, J.F. Lyon, O. Motojima, F. Rau, H.
Renner, J.A. Rome, K. Uo, M. Wakatani, M. Wobig: Progress in Stellarator/Heliotron Research:
1981-1986, Nuclear Fusion 28, 1613 (1988)
9.17 H. Motz: The Physics of Laser Fusion (Academic, New York 1979)
9.18 WL. Kruer: The Physics of Laser Plasma Interactions (Addison-Wesley, New York 1988)
9.19 M. Miyanaga, Y. Kato, Y. Kitagawa, T. Kouketsu, M. Yoshida, M. Nakatsuka, T. Yabe,
C. Yamanaka: Efficient Spherical Compression of Cannonball Targets with 1.0521'm Laser
Beams, Jap. J. Appl. Phys. 22, L551 (1983)
9.20 K. Okada, T. Mochizuki, M. Hamada, N. Ikeda, H. Shiraga, T. Yabe, C. Yamanaka: Spectrum-
Resolved Absolute Energy Measurement of X-ray Emission in 0.17 - l.6KeV Range from a
0.531'm Laser-Irradiated Au Target, Jap. J. Appl. Phys. 22, L671 (1983)

Chapter 10

10.1 J.P. Friedberg: Ideal Magnetohydrodynamics (plenum, New York 1987)

10.2 W.B. Thompson: An Introduction to Plasma Physics (pergamon, Oxford 1962)
10.3 G. Schmidt: Physics of High Temperature Plasmas (Academic, New York 1966)
10.4 V D. Shafranov: "Plasma Equilibrium in a Magnetic Field", in Reviews of Plasma Physics,
\\>1.2 (Consultants Bureau, New York 1966) p. 103
10.5 V.S. Mukovatov, V D. Shafranov: Plasma Equilibrium in a Tokamak, Nuclear Fusion 11, 605
(1971)
10.6 L.S. Solov'ev, V D. Shafranov: "Plasma Confinement in a Oosed Magnetic System", in Re-
views of Plasma Physics, Vol.5 (Consultants Bureau, New York 1970) p. 1
10.7 MD. Kruskal, RM. Kulsrud: Equilibrium of a Magnetically Confined Plasma in a Toroid,
Phys. Fluids I, 265 (1958)
10.8 JM. Greene, JL. Johnson, K.E. Weimer: Tokamak Equilibrium, Phys. Fluids 14, 671 (1971)
10.9 J.F. Clark, DJ. Sigmar: High Pressure F1ux-Conserving Tokamak Equilibria, Phys. Rev. Lett.
38, 10 (1977)
10.10 B.B. Kadomtsev: "Hydromagnetic Stability of a Plasma", in Reviews of Plasma Physics, Vol.2
(Consultants Bureau, New York 1966) p. 153
10.11 W.A. Newcomb: Hydromagnetic Stability of a Diffuse Linear Pinch, Ann. Phys. (New York)
3,347 (1958)
10.12 I.B. Bernstein, E.A. Frieman, MD. Kruskal, RM. Kulsrud: An Energy Principle for Hydro-
magnetic Stability Problems, Proc. Roy. Soc. A244, 17 (1958)

326
10.13 J.A. Wesson: Hydromagnetic Stability of Thkamaks, Nuclear Fusion 18, 87 (1978)
10.14 B.R. Suydam: Stability of a Unear Pinch, IAEA Geneva Conf. 31, 157 (1958)
10.15 YD. Sbafranov, E.I. \'Urchenko: Condition for Flute Instability of a Toroidal-Geometry
Plasma, Sov. Pbys-JETP 26, 682 (1968)
10.16 G. Batemann: MHD InstlJbiJilies (Massachusetts Institute of Thclmology Press, Cambridge
1978)
10.17 VD. Sbafrmov: HydrOlJl831lCltic Stability of a CUrrent Carrying Pinch in a Strong Longitudinal
Magnetic Field, Soy. Phys. Thch. Phys. 15, 175 (1970)

Chapter 11
11.1 H.P. Furth, J. Killeen. M.N. Rosenbluth: Fmite-Resistivity Instabilities of a Sheet Pinch, Pbys.
Fluids 6, 459 (1963)
11.2 J.M. Greene: InlrodIIction to Resistive Instabilws, Centre de Recherches en Pbysique des
plasmas report LRP 114{16 (Lausanne, Switzerland 1976)
11.3 B.B. Kadomtsev, O.P. Pogutse: "Turbulence in Toroidal Systems", in Reviews of Plosmll
Physics, \b1.5 (Consultants Bureau, New York 1967) p. 247
11.4 R.B. White: "Resistive Instabilities and Field Line Reconnection", in Basic Plosmll Physics I,
ed. by A.A. Galeev, R.N. Sudan (North-Holland, Amsterdam 1983) p. 611
11.5 H.R. Sttauss: Dynamics of High fj Tokamaks. Pbys. Fluids 20, 1354 (1977)
11.6 J.W. Connor, RJ. Hastie, J.B. Taylor: Shear, Periodicity, and Plasma Ballooning Modes, Pbys.
Rev. Lett. 40,396 (1978)
11.7 B. Coppi, A. Ferreira. U. Ramos: Self-Healing of Confined Plasma with Fmite Pressure, Pbys.
Rev. Lett. 44, 990 (1980)
11.8 M.S. Chance, "MHO Stability Limits on High-fj Tokamaks", in Proc. of 7th IAEA Con/. on
Plosmll Phys. and ConITolled Nllel. Fusion ReseQICh, \bl I (1978) p. 677
11.9 F. Troyon, R. Gruber, H. Saurenmann. S. Semenzato, S. Succi: MHD-Limits to Plasma Con-
finement, Plasma Pbys. 26, 209 (1984)
11.10 J.M. Greene, JL. Johnson: Determination of H)'dromapetic Equilibria, Pbys. Fluids 5, 875
(1961)
11.11 H.R. Sttauss: SteUarator Equations of Motion, Plasma Physics n, 733 (1980)
11.12 S. von Goeler, W. Stodiek, N. Sauthoff: Studies of Internal Disruptions and m=1 Oscillations
in Tokamak Discharges with Soft-X-Ray Tecbniques, Pbys. Rev. Lett. 33, 1201 (1974)
11.13 JD. Callen. GL. Johns: Experimental Measurement of Electron Heat Diffusivity in a Tokamak,
Phys. Rev. Lett. 38, 491 (1977)
11.14 B.B.ICadomtsev: Disruptive Instability in Thkamaks, Sov. J. Plasma Pbys. I, 389 (1975)
11.15 B.V. Waddel, M.N. Rosenbluth, D.A. Monticello, R.B. White: Nonlinear Growth of the m=1
Tharing Mode, Nuc!. Fusion 16, 528 (1976)
11.16 A. Sykes, J.A. Wesson: Relaxation Instabilities in Thkamaks, Pbys. Rev. Lett. 37, 140 (1976)
11.17 P.H. Rutherford: Nonlinear Growth of the Tearing Mode, Phys. Fluids 16, 1903 (1973)
11.18 B.V. Waddel, B. Carreras, H.R. Hiclts, J.A. Holmes: Nonlinear Interaction of Tearina Modes
in Hightly Resistive Tokamaks, Phys. Fluids n. 896 (1979)
11.19 H.P. Furth, P.H. Rutherford, H. Selbel-g: Tearing Mode in the Cylindrical Tokamak, Phys.
Fluids 16, 1054 (1973)
11.20 B. Coppi. R. Galvao, R. Pellet, M.N. Rosenbluth, P.H. Rutherford, Resistive Internal Kink
Modes, Soy. J. Plasma Phys.l, 533 (1976)
11.21 A.W. Edwards et al.: Rapid Collapse of a Plasma Sawtooth Oscillation in the JET Tokamak,
Phys. Rev. Lett. 57, 210 (1986)
11.22 A. Hasegawa, T. Sato: Spoce Plosmll Physics 1 (Springer, Heidelberg. Berlin 1989)
11.23 T. Sato, T. Hayashi: Extemally Driven Mapetic Reconnection and a Powerful Magnetic
&ergy Convertor, Phys. Fluids n, 1189 (1979)
11.24 T. SIlO: NOIIliMor Driven RecOllN!ction, HIFT-97, Institute For Fusion Theory (Hiroshima
University Preas 1984)

327
11.25 J.B. Taylor: Relaxation of Toroidal PJasma and Generation of Diverse Magnetic Fields, Phys.
Rev. Lett. 33, 1139 (1974)
11.26 R. Horiuchi, T. Sato: Self-Organization and Fnergy Relaxation in a Three-Dimensional Mag-
netohydrodynamic Plasma, Phys. Fluids 29, 1161 (1986)
11.27 A. Reiman: Minimum Fnergy State of a Toroidal Discharge, Phys. Fluids 23, 230 (1980)

Chapter 12

12.1 VL. Ginzburg: The Propagation of Electromagnetic Waves in Plasmos (pergamon. Oxford
1964) Clap. IV, V
12.2 A. Messiah: QuanJum Mechanics (North-Holland, Amsterdam 1970) Vo1.1, Clap. VI
12.3 T. Watanabe, H. Sanuki, M. Watanabe: New Treatment of Eigenmode Analyses for an Inho-
mogeneous V1asov Plasma, J. Phys. Soc. Japan 47,286 (1979)
12.4 T. Watanabe, M. Watanabe, H. Sanuki, K. llno, K. NIShikawa: Eigenmode Analyses of the
Electrostatic Wave in the Nonuniform V1asov PJasma. I. Integral Equation in the Wavenumber
Space, J. Phys. Soc. Japan SO, 1745 (1981)
12.5 P.A. Sturrock: Kinematics of Growing Waves. Phys. Rev. 112, 1488 (1958)
12.6 R.N. Sudan: Classification of Instabilities from their Dispersion Relations, Phys. Fluids 8,
1899 (1965)
12.7 LD. Pearlstein, HL. Berk: Universal Eigenmode in a Strongly Sheared Magnetic Field, Phys.
Rev. Lett. 23, 220 (1969)
12.8 TR. Stix: The Theory of PIasINl Waves (McGraw-Hill, New York 1962)
12.9 R.A. Cairns, O.N. Lashmore-Davies: The Absorption Mechanism of the Ordinary Mode Prop-
agating Perpendicular to the Magnetic Field at the Electron Cyclotron Frequency, Phys. Fluids
25, 1605 (1982)
12.10 NJ. Fisch, AR. Boozer: Creating an Asymmetric PJasma Resistivity with Waves, Phys. Rev.
Lett. 45, 720 (1980)
12.11 WL. Kruer: The Physics of Laser PlaslNllnteractWns (Addision-Wesley, New York 1988)
12.12 C.E. Max: "Theory of Coronal PJasma in Laser Fusion Targets", in Physics of Laser Fusion
\b1.1, Proc. Summer School of Theoretical Physics (Leg Houches, France 1980)

Chapter 13

13.1 S.I. Bragniskii: "Transport Processes in a PJasma", in Reviews of PIasINl Physics, \b!. 1
(Consultants Bureau, New York 1965) p. 205
13.2 FL. Hinton, RD. Hazeltine: Theory of PJasma Transport in Toroidal Confinemeru Systems,
Rev. Mod. Phys. 41, 239 (1976)
13.3 A.A. Gaieev, R2. Sagdeev: "Theory of Neoclassical Diffusion", in Reviews of PIasINl Physics,
\b!. 7 (Coosultants Bureau, New York 1975) p. 257
13.4 B.B. Kadomtsev, O.P. Pogutse: Trapped Particles in Toroidal Magnetic Systems, Nucl. Fusion
11, 67 (1971)
13.5 P.C. Liewer: Measurements of Microturbulence in Tokamaks and Comparison with Theories
of Turbulence and Anomalous Transport. Nuc!. Fusion 25, 543 (1985)
13.6 D. Montgomery: "Introductioo to the Theory of Fluid and Magnet Fluid Turbulence",
in Nagoya Lecnues in PIasINl Physics and Controlled Fusion, ed. by Y.M. Ichikawa, T.
Karnimura (Tokai University Press 1989) p. 207
13.7 A. Hasegawa: Self-Organization Processes in Continuous Media, Adv. Phys. 34, 1 (1985)
13.8 W.M. Tang: Microinstability Theory in Tokamaks, Nuc!. Fusion 18, 1089 (1978)
13.9 M.N. Rosenbluth, R2. Sagdeev, J.B. 1aylor, G.M. Zaslavski: Destruction of Magnetic Surfaces
by Magnetic Field Irregularities, Nuc!. Fusion 6,297 (1966)
13.10 A.B. Rechester, M.N. Rosenbluth: Electron Heat Transport in a Tokamak with Destroyed
Magnetic Surfaces, Phys. Rev. Lett. 40, 38 (1978)

328
13.11 R.E. Waltz: "Turbulent Transport in Tokamaks", in Nagoya Lectures in PlasfNl Physics and
ConJrolled Fusion, ed. by Y.H. Ichikawa, T. Kamimura (fokai University Press 1989) p. 357
13.12 R.H. Kraichnan: Inertial Range in l'wo-Dimensionalli1rbulence, Pltys. Fluids 10, 1417 (1967)

Chapter 14
For reference of tokamaks:
14.1 D. Johnsoo et al.: "High-Beta Experiments with Neub'al-Beam Injection on PDX", in Proc.
of9th IAEA Co';' 011 PlasfNl Phys. and ConJrolled Nucl. Fusion Research, Vol. 1 (Baltimore
1982) p. 9
14.2 RD. Stambaugh et al.: "Test of Beta Limits as a Function of Plasma Shape in Doublet m",
in lOth-IAEA Co';' on PlasfNl Phys. and ConJrolled Nucl. Fusion Research, \bl. 1 (London
1984) p. 217
14.3 M. Keilhacker et al.: Confinement and Beta-Limit Studies in ASDEX H-Mode Discharges,
ibid., \bl. I, p. 71
14.4 M. Greenwald et al.: "Studies of the Regime of Improved Panicle and Energy Confinement
Following Pellet Injection into Alcator C", in Proc. of 11th IAEA Co';' on Plasma Phys. and
ConJrolled Nucl. Fusion Research, Vol. 1 (Kyoto 1986) p. 139
14.5 M. Okabayashi et al.: Stability and Confinement Studies in the Princeton Beta Experiment
(PBX), ibid., Vol. I, p. 275
14.6 JT-60 ThaIn: Recent Experiments in JT-60, ibid., \bl. I, p. 11
14.7 JET ThaIn: JET Latest Results and Future Prospects, ibid., \bl. I, p. 31
14.8 RJ. Hawryluk et al.: TFTR Plasma Regimes, ibid., \bl. I, p. 51

For reference on tandem mirror:

14.9 T. Cho et al.: Studies of Potential Formation and Transport in the Tandem Mirror GAMMA
10, ibid., \bl. 2, p. 243

For references on inertial fusion:

14.10 E. Storm: Progress of Inertial Confinement Fusion at Lawrence Livennore National LalKratory,
ibid., \01. 3, p. 15
14.11 C. Yamanaka et al.: Inertial Confinement Fusion Research by GEKKO Lasers at ILE Osaka
and Target Design for Ignition, ibid., Vol. 3, p. 33
14.12 RL. McOory et al.: Direct-Drive Laser Fusion in the United States of America, ibid., \bl. 3,
p.47
14.13 J.P. VanDevender: Progress in Inertial Confinement Fusion with Light 100 Beams at Sandia
National Laboratories, ibid., Vol. 3, p. 93

For references on controlled fusion:

14.14 DJ. Rose, M. Clark: PlasfNl and COnJrolled Fusion (Massachusetts Institute of Thchnology
Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts 1961)
14.15 W.M. Stacy, Jr.: Fusion Plasma Analysis (Wiley-Interscience, New York 1981)

329
 Subject Index

ablation pressure 254 Bessel function solution 237

absolute instability 244 beta 180
accessibility 246,247 blanket 158
accumulation point 203 Bolun diffusion 273
action 133 Bohr-Sommerfeld quantization condition 243
additional heating power 294 Boltmlallll disttibution 57,277,289
adiabatic compression 172 Boltmlallll equation 39
adiabatic invariant 17 Boltmlallll relation 289
Alcator C tokamak 285 Boltzmann-Vlasov system of equations 42
Alcator scaling law 284 bootstrap current 266,286
Aifv~n spectrum 203 bounce frequency 99
Alfv~n speed 126 Bremsstrahlung 159
Aifvm velocity 173,202 bumlHID tail instability 92
Aifvm wave 126,201
alpha heating 294,295
alpha-particle heating 158 cannon ball target 292
alpha particle loss 295 canonical angular momentum 265
ambipolar condition 258 canonical momentum 55
ambipolar diffusion 258 central cell 163, 290
Ampere's law 52,295 centrifugal drift 22
anchor cells 163 Cerenkov condition 107
angular deflection time 31 Cerenkov emission 105
anomalous absorption 254 charge neutrality 53
anomalous diffusion 275 classical conductive heat flux 275
anomalous transport 74, 167,284 classical diffusion coefficient 257, 261
ASDEX tokamak 286 classical plasma 11
average cwvature 225 Clemmow-Mullaly-Allis (CMA) diagram 247
axisymmettic toroidal configuration 260 cold electron return current 254
cold plasma dispersion relation 246
cold plasma model 60, 122
{3 stability limit 220 collective motion 10
P(average beta) 285 collision frequency 29,30
backscattering 144, 149 collision integral 108
Balescu-Lenard equation 113 collisioniess Boltmlallll equation 39,43
ballistic mode 121 collisioniess continuum 9
ballooning instability 219,220 collisionless drift wave instability 97
ballooning mode equation 221 collisionless plasma 6, 8
ballooning representation 221 compression 170,291
banana orbit 259 - efficiency 172
banana regime 264 condensation 152
Benette pinch 181 condition of quasi-neutrality 262
Bernstein-Greene-KruskaI(BGK) waves 100,102 conductivity tensor 118
Bernstein mode 115 connection length 220,261

331
conservation of energy law 176 drift wave 68,97,274
constant W approximation 213,227 - instability 73
continuity equation 48,53 - turbulence 274
continUlDD 9 driven reconnection 231
convective cell 271 driver efficiency 170, 172
-mode 271 dynamical imtability 296
convective derivative 49
convective instability 244
Coui<xnb barrier 157 E x B drift 20
CoulOOlb collision term 264 effective collision frequency 35,260
CoulOOlb logaritJun 30 eikonal approximation 240
coupled-mode parametric excitatioo 140 electric susceptibility 84
critical density 125,171,254 - tensor 119
cwnulative small-angle scattering 28 electrical resistivity 29
current drive 166. 252, 286 electrOOllgnetic ftuid 9
current driven instability 197,216 electrOOllgnetic ion cyclotron wave 134
current-Given ioo acoustic instability 93 electrOOllgnetic pump 145
curvature drift 21, 22 electrOOllgnetic wave 124
cut-()jf density 125 electroo cyclotron heating 285
cut-()jf of electromagnetic wave 125 electroo cyclotron range frequency (ECRF)
cyclotron damping 96,249 wave 247,251
cyclotron frequency 15 electroo cyclotron wave current drive 253
cyclotron motion IS electroo plasma frequency 60
cyclotron radius IS electroo plasma oscillation 56,61
cyclotron resonance 24 electroo plasma wave 62, 115
cyclotron (harmonic) wave 250 electrostatic approximatioo 56
cylindrical plasma model 180 electrostatic drift waves 56
C-stel1arator 283 electrostatic response 56
C(h laser 171,293 electrostatic waves 56
end loss 163
end plug 290
D-D reaction 156 energy conservation relation 177
D-m tokamak 285 energy driver 170,291,293
D-m-D tokamak 285 energy equilibration time 33
D-T reaction 158 energy principle 190
Debye length 7,58,86 energy relaxation process 238
Debye potential 58, 87 envelope soliton 77
Debye screening 29,86 equilibrium beta limit 185
Debye shielding 8,56,57 Euler-lagrange equation 193
decoupling approximation 110 extraordinary mode 127
degenerate plasma II extraordinary wave 247
degree of ionization 1,7
dianlagnetic current 68
dianIagnetic drift velocity 70 fast magnetosonic wave 201
dielectric tensor 118, 119 fast mode 134
dipole pump 143, 146 fast wave 203
disa'eteness (e1Iect) 42 ,82, lOS - spectrum 203
dispersion relatioo 61,85, 121, 141 field reversal configuration (PRC) 164,182
disruptive instability 166,226 filamentation instability 145,150
diverted field lines 296 finite Larmor radius effects 97
divertor 285,286,296 finite threshold 140
drift frequency 72 fixed boundary 197
drift Idnetic equation 39,44,270 ftuctuation induced particle ftux 276
drift velocity 20 ftute imtability 162

332
flux conserving torus (PeT) 186 ideal magnetohydrodynamics (MHO) 173
Fokker-Planck collision term 263 ideal plasma 7
Fokker-Planck equation 113 igniter 172
force-free equilibrium 236 ignition condition 159
fourth state of matter 1,10 ignition temperature 160
fraction of trapped particles 260 incompressibility 174
free boundary 197 incompressible fluid 187
frequency locking 138, 140 incompressible ideal MHD 174
frequency mismatch 138, 139 individual motion 10
frozen-in field 178,205 induced scattering of elecuon plasma wave
fusion reactor 293 on ion ISO
fusion research 282 inertial confinement 162, 170
- fusion (lCF) 170,291
interchange instability 162, 186
r-space description 40 intemal disruption 227,287
Gamma-1O device 291 internal inductance 185
gas puffing 285 inverse(oObremssttahlung 253,291
gauge invariant 237 inverse cascade 279
Gekko XII (Osaka University) 292 ion acoustic soliton 76
geometrical q>tic approximation 133 ion acoustic speed 67
geometrical optics 241 ion acoustic wave 56,65,67,74,115,145
global balance equation 293 ion cyclotton range frequency (lCRF) wave
Gould-Trivelpiece mode 35 163,285
gradient B drift 22, 23 ion plasma oscillation 68
Grad-Shafranov equation 179 ionosphere 11
grid excitation 121 island width 211
group dispersion 79
group velocity 62, 79,102, 201
guiding center 17 JET 286
- coordinates 17 JT-60 286
- equation 46 Jacobi's identity 210
-frame 17
-motion 17
gyration 15 Kadomtsev model 229
K-dV equation 74
kinetic instability 92
Hasegawa-Mirna equation 278 kinetic theay 82
heat flow vector SO kink instability 166,197,234
heat flux 275 K1imontovich equations 39,40,41
heavy tamper 292 Knudsen gas 9
helical symmetry 266 KrF excimer laser 293
helical system 168 Kruskal-Schwarzschild instability 196
helical windings 266 Kruskal-Shafranov limit 166,199,219
heliotton 168,266,270,287
Heliotton E 287
high energy tail 35 Landau damping 87,91
high-Z impurities 285 Langmuir wave 62
Hill's spherical vortex 181 - collapse 153
hot electton driven mode 293 Laplace transform 118
hydrodynamic energy 291 Larmor frequency 15
H-mode286 Larmor radius 15
- discharge 286 laser-plasma interaction 253
Lawson aiterion 161
Lawson diagram 161

333
left band polarized wave 134 minimum-B mirror 289
Lenard-Bemsrein model 114 minimum-B stabilization 289
linear electtostatic response 83 minimum threshold 140,143
linear reconnection 231 minor disruption 283
linear response S6, 117 Mirnov oscillations 283
linear waves 116 mixing length level 2n
linearized Vlasov equation 83 mode conversioo 249,2S4
Liouville equation 55 mode coupling 136
L-mode286 modified decay instability 145
local charge neutrality 70 modulational instability 79,145
local dispersioo relatioo 241 momentum transfer tensor 48
local Maxwellian disttibution 48 multi--belicity tearing mode 230
localized Jrapped particles 10 1 Murakami limit 284
10113 raJIIe potential 8
lonaitudinal (adiabatic) invariant 19,268,281
lonaitudinal dielectric functioo 119 neo-AlcalQl' scaling law 284
lonaitudinal elecbic susceptibility 120 neoclassical diffusion coefficient 264
lonaitudinal wave 125 - in the banana regime 260
Lorentz transfonnation 36 neoclassical theory 284
lower hybrid current drive 253,286 neodymium glass laser 171,291
lower hybrid frequency 28S neutral beam injection (NBI) 165,285
lower hybrid mode 127 noise level 105, 108
lower hybrid resooance 127 nonaxisymmetric magnetic oonfinement 266
lOw-frequency drift wave 273 nonaxisymmebic torus 267
low-Z impurities 28S nonlinear electron plasma waves 76
nonlinear force 25
nonlinear Landau damping 150
,,-.pace description 42 nonlinear Schri!dinger equatioo 78
magnetic confinement 162 nonlinear wavc-partic1e interaction ISO
magnetic field line diffusion coefficient 279 nonlocal beat transport 2S4
magnetic flutter 279 nonresonant coupling 142
magnetic belicity 235 nonresonant particles 88
magnetic island 211, 284 non-uniformity effect 133
- oonfiguration 212,214 Nova(LLL) 292
magnetic mirror 18,162
- oonfinement sysrem 18
-trap 18 oblique propagation 128
magnetic moment 18 ohmic dischaJge 165
magnetic Reynolds number 173 ohmic beating 165,282,294
magnetic sbear 99, 166, 194 Ohm's law 54,173
magnetic well 188 one-ftuid MIlD 173
magnetohydrodynamics (MHD) 39,52 Onsager relatioo 266
~ disruption 230 open-end oonfinement 162
MaDley-Rowe relation 154 orbit modification 10
Markov nmdom process 113, 2S6 ordering function 208
Mathieu equation 136 ordinary mode 127
maximum growth rare 138, 139 ordinary wave 247
Maxwell-BoIIZmaDn disttibutioo 32 oscillating two-stream instability (OTSI) 143
Maxwell's equations 41,43,51, 52 outgoing wave boundary coodition 244
mean fnle path 8,261 overall charge neutrality 1
MIlD equilibrium 178
MIlD lUrbuleuce 278
MIlD waves 200 parallel propagation 125
minimum B configuration 163 parametric excitation 136

334
parametric instability 136,254 radial electric field 258
particle beams 293 radial particle flux 274
particle drift 19 radiation power loss 296
passing particles 101 random phase approximation 111
PBFA-n (Sandia Laboratory) 293 random phase mask 292
PBX tokamak 285 random walk 257, 2n
PDX tokamak 285 ray tracing 245
pellet 171,295 ray trajectory 245
- injection 285 Rayleigh-Taylor instability 172, 194,220,292
pmfectly~gflwd1n reactor teclmo1ogy 161
perpendicular propagation 126 reconnection 205,227,231
Pfirsch-Schliiter current 262 reduced MIlD equations 207
Pfirsch-Schliiter (di1Jusion) coefficient 264 reflected particles 101
Pfirsch-Schliiter regime 264 reflectioo coefficient 294
phase velocity 62,201 relativistic effects 12,35
pitch angle 19 relativistic plasma 11
- scattering 35 relaxatioo time 30
plasma bum cycle 293 resistive ballooning mode 222
plasma condition 6,7 resistive drift wave instability 277
plasma confinement 161 resistive drift wave turbulence 278
plasma dielectric function 85 resistive interchange mode 222
plasma dispersion function 91 resistive magnetohydrodynamics 52,205
plasma oscillation 1 resistivity 29,54, 173
plasma parameter 7 resonance absorption 254
plasma-limiter interaction 285 resonance approximatioo 138
plasma-vacuum boundary condition 176 resonance condition 88,96, 137,151,268
plateau diffusion 264 resonant coupling 142
plateau regime 264 resonant decay instability 143,144
PLT tokamak 28S resonant particles 88
plug cells 163 response 116
Poisson bracket 210 reversed field pinch (RFP) 166,181,237,287
Poisson equation 52, 57,83 RF control 251
polarizatioo drift 23,24, 147 RF current drive 251,286
ponderomotive (potential) force 24, 142, 252 right hand polarized wave 126
power balance 293 rippling mode 222, 22S
- conditioo 297 rotational transform 164,181
preheating 172,254,291 run-away electrons 35
pressure tensor 41 Rutherford scattering 27
profile COIlsistency 286
pump 141
purely growing mode instability 140 Saha ionizatioo formula 7
sawtooth oscillation 283
screw pinch 181
Qmachine 12 second adiabatic invariant 19
Q-value 161 second stability region 222
quadrupole stabilizing coil 188 self-generated magnetic field 254
quasi-classical approximation 243 self-«ganizatioo 166,234
quasi-interchange mode 229 self-reversal 288
quasilinear effects 99,102, 103 Self-sustaining tokamak 295
quasilinear theory 276 shear Alfvm wave 201,279
quasi-reactive modes 144 shear length 73
sheared magnetic field 74,99,288
shock wave 172, 292
simple mirror 162,288

335
 single particle Hamiltonian 55 titanium gettering 285
slab geometry 205 tokamak 165,282
slab model 69,205 - bum cycle 294
slow magnetosonic wave 201 - configuration 282
slow mode 134 - research 282
slow wave 203 toroidal confinement 162,164
slowing-down time 31 toroidal current 165
small angle scattering processes 8 toroidal geometry 207
solitary wave 75 torsatron 169,287
soliton 75 transport process 256
source 105,116 transverse waves 125
SJileromak 167,287 trapped particle effects 99
Spitzer resistivity 30, 251 trapped particles 10 I, 259
spontaneous emission 107 Troyon limit 222
sputtering 285 tw<rbody correlation term 42
- yield 294 two-fluid equati<llS 52
stagnation 292 two-fluid theory 47
stagnation-free implosion 292 two-stream instability 56,62,64,254
state of minimum magnetic energy 236 T-3 tokamak 2. 283
stellarator 168,266,270,287
- field 224
stimulated Brillouin scattering' 149,255 uniform pump 143
stimulated Raman scattering 149 urunagnetized plasma 124
stimulated scattering 144, 149 UDtrapped particles 101,259
Stokes theorem 177 upper hybrid mode 127
straight orbit approximation 110 upper hybrid resonance 127,248
stress tensor 175
ST-tokamak 283
superbanana 269 vertical magnetic field 185
- diffusion 271 viscosity tensor 49
supra-thermal particles 35 Vlasov equations 39,43
Suydam criterion 194

W Vll-A Stellarator 287

tandem mirror 163,289 wall loading 166
Taylor state 166 Ware pinch 266
tearing mode 207,211 wave energy 128,130
- instability 205,214 - equation 128
test particle 8, 42 -flux 130
- diffusion coefficient 272. 280 wave momentum 132
TFTR286 - flux 132
thermal barrier 290 wave-particle interaction 47
thermal level 108 whistler wave 126
thermal speed 28 WKB approximation 243
thermonuclear burning wave 291
thermonuclear fusion 156,158
theta pinch 164,180 z pinch 180
threshold 137,138

336
 Spri nger-Verlag
and the Environment

We at Springer-Verlag firmly believe that an

international science publisher has a special
obligation to the environment, and our corpo-
rate policies consistently reflect this conviction.

We also expect our busi-

ness partners - paper mills, printers, packag-
ing manufacturers, etc. - to commit themselves
to using environmentally friendly materials and
production processes.

The paper in this book is made from

low- or no-chlorine pulp and is acid free, in
conformance with international standards for
paper permanency.